Home

National Instruments 321645c-01 Welding System User Manual

1. 2 372 Set_DAQ_Device_Info 2 389 Timeout_Config 2 400 WFM_Chan_Control 2 402 WFM_Check 2 404 WFM_ClockRate 2 406 WFM_DB_Config 2 411 WFM_DB_HalfReady 2 413 Contents National Instruments Corporation ix NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles WFM_DB_Transfer 2 415 WFM_from_Disk 2 417 WFM_Group_Control 2 420 WFM_Group_Se
2. 2 96 CTR_Period 2 98 CTR_Pulse 2 100 CTR_Rate 2 104 CTR_Reset 2 106 CTR_Restart 2 107 CTR_Simul_Op 2 108 CTR_Square 2 110 CTR_State 2 113 CTR_Stop 2 114 DAQ_Check 2 115 DAQ_Clear
3. 2 287 RTSI_Conn 2 289 RTSI_DisConn 2 291 SC_2040_Config 2 292 SCAN_Demux 2 294 SCAN_Op 2 296 SCAN_Sequence_Demux 2 300 SCAN_Sequence_Retrieve 2 303 SCAN_Sequence_Setup 2 304 SCAN_Setup 2 307 SCAN_Start 2 309 SCAN_to_Disk
4. 2 117 DAQ_Config 2 118 DAQ_DB_Config 2 121 DAQ_DB_HalfReady 2 122 DAQ_DB_Transfer 2 124 DAQ_Monitor 2 126 DAQ_Op 2 129 DAQ_Rate 2 132 DAQ_Set_Clock 2 134 DAQ_Start 2 136 DAQ_StopTrigger_Config 2 140 DAQ_to_Disk
5. 2 348 Table 2 35 Possible Values for signal 2 374 Table 2 36 Legal Parameters for the 6602 Devices 2 385 Table 2 37 E Series Signal Name Equivalencies 2 387 Table 2 38 RTSI Bus Line and VXIbus Trigger Mapping 2 387 Contents NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles xii National Instruments Corporation Table 2 39 Data Ranges for the Buffer Parameter for DAQArb 5411 Devices 2 426 Table 2 40 Mode Values for the Count Parameter for DAQArb 5411 Devices 2 427 Table 2 41 Mode Values for the Iterations Parameter for DAQArb 5411 Devices 2 428 Table 2 42 Array Structures for DDS Mode 2 430 Table 2 43 Array Structures for ARB Mode 2 431 Table A 1 Status Code Summary A 1 Table B 1 Valid Analog Input Channel Settings B 1 Table B 2 Valid Internal Analog Input Channels B 2 Table B 3 Internal
6. 2 347 SCXI_Reset 2 349 SCXI_Scale 2 352 SCXI_SCAN_Setup 2 355 SCXI_Set_Config 2 357 SCXI_Set_Gain 2 360 SCXI_Set_Input_Mode 2 361 SCXI_Set_State 2 362 SCXI_Set_Threshold 2 364 SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup 2 366 SCXI_Track_Hold_Control 2 367 SCXI_Track_Hold_Setup 2 368 Select_Signal
7. 2 45 AO_Write 2 47 Calibrate_1200 2 49 Calibrate_DSA 2 55 Calibrate_E_Series 2 58 Config_Alarm_Deadband 2 63 Config_ATrig_Event_Message 2 67 Config_DAQ_Event_Message 2 71 Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger 2 83 CTR_Config 2 90 CTR_EvCount 2 92 CTR_EvRead 2 94 CTR_FOUT_Config
8. 2 251 Init_DA_Brds 2 255 Lab_ISCAN_Check 2 263 Lab_ISCAN_Op 2 266 Lab_ISCAN_Start 2 270 Lab_ISCAN_to_Disk 2 274 Line_Change_Attribute 2 277 LPM16_Calibrate 2 279 MIO_Calibrate 2 280 MIO_Config 2 284 RTSI_Clear 2 286 Contents NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles viii National Instruments Corporation RTSI_Clock
9. 2 166 DIG_Grp_Status 2 169 DIG_In_Grp 2 171 DIG_In_Line 2 173 DIG_In_Port 2 175 DIG_Line_Config 2 177 DIG_Out_Grp 2 178 DIG_Out_Line 2 179 DIG_Out_Port 2 181 DIG_Prt_Config 2 183 DIG_Prt_Status 2 186 DIG_SCAN_Setup 2 188 DIG_Trigger
10. 2 142 DAQ_VScale 2 145 Contents National Instruments Corporation vii NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DIG_Block_Check 2 147 DIG_Block_Clear 2 148 DIG_Block_In 2 149 DIG_Block_Out 2 152 DIG_Block_PG_Config 2 154 DIG_DB_Config 2 158 DIG_DB_HalfReady 2 160 DIG_DB_Transfer 2 162 DIG_Grp_Config 2 164 DIG_Grp_Mode
11. ND_GATE to any legal value listed in the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function description ND_GATE_POLARITY to ND_NEGATIVE Measurements will be performed between successive high to low transitions of the signal present at the gate To provide your timebase you can connect your timebase source to one of the PFI pins on the I O connector and change ND_SOURCE and ND_SOURCE_POLARITY to the appropriate values You also can configure the other general purpose counter for ND_PULSE_TRAIN_GNR and set ND_SOURCE of this counter to ND_OTHER_GPCTR_TC to measure intervals longer than 160 s Note The counter will start counting as soon as you arm it Be aware of this when you interpret the first count in your buffer Caution If gate edges arrive and no source edges are present between those gate edges then the previously saved value is saved again as shown in Figure 2 25 Please make sure that this condition does not occur during your measurement Source Gate Buffer 2 1 4 3 6 5 1 7 3 2 5 4 1 6 3 2 4 Measured Period Measured Period Measured Period 7 7 6 7 6 4 Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application National Instruments Corporation 2 239 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Figure 2 26 Buffered Period Measurement when No Source Edges Are Present between Gate Edges application ND_BUFFERED_SEMI_PERIOD_MSR In this application the counter is used for the continuous measur
12. ACK OBF OBF OBF Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Trigger_Config NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 192 National Instruments Corporation DIG_Trigger_Config Format status DIG_Trigger_Config deviceNumber group startTrig startPol stopTrig stopPol ptsAfterStopTrig pattern patternMask Purpose Sets up trigger configuration for subsequent buffered digital operations with pattern generation mode only either internal or external requests Parameters Input Parameter Discussion startTrig specifies the source of the start trigger 0 Software start trigger 1 Hardware trigger 2 Digital pattern trigger input group only startPol specifies the polarity of the start trigger 0 Active high 1 Active low 2 Pattern matched 3 Pattern not matched Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility group i16 group startTrig i16 source of start trigger startPol i16 polarity of start trigger stopTrig i16 source of stop trigger stopPol i16 polarity of stop trigger ptsAfterStopTrig u32 number of points to acquire after the trigger pattern u32 data pattern on which to trigger lineMask u32 mask selecting bits to be compared for pattern or change detection Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Trigger_Config National Instruments Corporation 2 193 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles stopTrig specifies the source of the stop trigger
13. AO_Change_Parameter National Instruments Corporation 2 31 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles To change the FIFO transfer count set paramID to ND_FIFO_TRANSFER_COUNT and use paramValue to pass in a 32 bit integer Set channel to one of the channel numbers in your waveform group For example if you have configured group 1 to contain channels 0 and 1 you can set channel to 0 or 1 Note This option is valid only for PCI E Series devices Ground DAC Reference You can ground the reference that the analog output channels use which causes the output voltage to remain at 0 V regardless of the value you write to the channel To change the grounding of the DAC Reference set paramID to ND_GROUND_DAC_REFERENCE and set paramValue to either ND_YES or ND_NO The effect is immediate Also grounding the DAC reference on one channel has the effect of grounding it for both channels so you can specify either 0 or 1 for channel number Note This option is valid only for PCI E Series devices Analog Filter Some devices have a lowpass analog filter after the DAC You can switch this filter ON or OFF By switching this filter OFF the analog lowpass filter stage is bypassed To change the digital filter setting set paramID to ND_ANALOG_FILTER Digital Filter Some devices have a lowpass digital filter before the DAC You can switch this filter ON or OFF By switching this filter OFF the digital lowpass filter stage is bypassed To change the
14. DAQCard DAQ Designer DAQPad DAQ PnP DAQ STC DAQWare LabVIEW NI DAQ NI DSP NI PGIA RTSI and SCXI are trademarks of National Instruments Corporation Product and company names referenced in this document are trademarks or trade names of their respective companies WARNING REGARDING MEDICAL AND CLINICAL USE OF NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS PRODUCTS National Instruments products are not designed with components and testing intended to ensure a level of reliability suitable for use in treatment and diagnosis of humans Applications of National Instruments products involving medical or clinical treatment can create a potential for accidental injury caused by product failure or by errors on the part of the user or application designer Any use or application of National Instruments products for or involving medical or clinical treatment must be performed by properly trained and qualified medical personnel and all traditional medical safeguards equipment and procedures that are appropriate in the particular situation to prevent serious injury or death should always continue to be used when National Instruments products are being used National Instruments products are NOT intended to be a substitute for any form of established process procedure or equipment used to monitor or safeguard human health and safety in medical or clinical treatment National Instruments Corporation v NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles C
15. For relay modules a 0 bit indicates that the relay is closed or in the normally closed position and a 1 indicates that the module is open or in the normally open position For SCXI digital modules a 0 bit indicates that the line is low and a 1 bit indicates that the line is high Note For a discussion of the NC and NO positions see your SCXI module user manual Note C Programmers data is a pass by reference parameter Using This Function The SCXI 1160 is a latching module in other words the module powers up with its relays in the position they were left at power down Thus at the beginning of an NI DAQ application there is no way to know the states of the relays The driver will retain the state of a relay as soon as a hardware write takes place The SCXI 1161 is a nonlatching module and powers up with its relays in the NC position After you call SCXI_Load_Config or SCXI_Set_Config an actual hardware write to the relays must take place before the driver can obtain the state information of the relays just like the SCXI 1160 You can call SCXI_Reset to do this The SCXI 1163 and 1163R are optocoupler output modules with 32 digital output channels and 32 solid state relay channels respectively NI DAQ can read the states of the module only if the module is jumper configured and operating in Parallel mode When operating in Serial or Multiplexed mode the driver retains the states of the digital output lines in memory Consequentl
16. ND_RTSI_3 VXIbus TTL Trigger 3 TTLTRG3 Chapter 2 Function Reference Select_Signal NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 388 National Instruments Corporation Note Unpredictable behavior might result if other VXIbus devices simultaneously use the same VXIbus trigger line that the VXI MIO devices are using to synchronize their operations ND_RTSI_4 VXIbus TTL Trigger 4 TTLTRG4 ND_RTSI_5 VXIbus ECL Trigger 0 ECLTRG0 ND_RTSI_6 VXIbus ECL Trigger 1 ECLTRG1 ND_RTSI_CLOCK VXIbus ECL Trigger 0 ECLTRG0 Table 2 38 RTSI Bus Line and VXIbus Trigger Mapping Continued RTSI bus line identifier VXIbus trigger line Chapter 2 Function Reference Set_DAQ_Device_Info National Instruments Corporation 2 389 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Set_DAQ_Device_Info Format status Set_DAQ_Device_Info deviceNumber infoType infoValue Purpose This function can be used to change the data transfer mode interrupts and DMA for certain classes of data acquisition operations some settings for an SC 2040 track and hold accessory and an SC 2043 SG strain gauge accessory as well as the source for the CLK1 signal on the DAQCard 700 Refer to the Using This Function section to determine which settings can be changed for your device Parameters Input Parameter Discussion Legal ranges for the infoType and infoValue are given in terms of constants that are defined in a header file The header file you should use depends
17. AI_Mux_Config NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 10 National Instruments Corporation AI_Mux_Config Format status AI_Mux_Config deviceNumber numMuxBrds Purpose Configures the number of multiplexer AMUX 64T devices connected to the MIO and AI devices and informs NI DAQ of the presence of any AMUX 64T devices attached to the system MIO and AI devices only Parameters Input Parameter Discussion numMuxBrds is the number of external multiplexer devices connected 0 No external AMUX 64T devices are connected default 1 2 4 Number of AMUX 64T devices connected Using This Function You can use an external multiplexer device AMUX 64T to expand the number of analog input signals that you can measure with the MIO and AI device The AMUX 64T has 16 separate four to one analog multiplexer circuits One AMUX 64T reads 64 single ended 32 differential analog input signals You can cascade four AMUX 64T devices to permit up to 256 single ended 128 differential analog input signals to be read through one MIO or AI device Refer to Chapter 1 Introduction to NI DAQ of the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles See Chapter 10 AMUX 64T External Multiplexer Device in the DAQ Hardware Overview Guide for more information on using the AMUX 64T AI_Mux_Config configures the number of multiplexer devices connected to the MIO or AI device Input channels are then referenced in subsequent analog input calls AI_VRead AI_Setup and
18. AO 2DC Series AT AO 6 10 VXI AO 48XDC AO_Calibrate AO_Change_Parameter AO_Configure AO_Update AO_VScale AO_VWrite AO_Write Config_DAQ_Event_Message DIG_In_Line DIG_In_Port DIG_Line_Config DIG_Out_Line DIG_Out_Port DIG_Prt_Config Get_DAQ_Device_Info Get_NI_DAQ_Version Init_DA_Brds RTSI_Clear RTSI_Clock RTSI_Conn RTSI_DisConn Select_Signal Set_DAQ_Device_Info Timeout_Config WFM_Chan_Control WFM_Check WFM_ClockRate Appendix C NI DAQ Function Support NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles C 12 National Instruments Corporation WFM_DB_Config WFM_DB_HalfReady WFM_DB_Transfer WFM_from_Disk WFM_Group_Control WFM_Group_Setup WFM_Load WFM_Op WFM_Rate WFM_Scale Table C 5 Digital I O Family Functions Function Device AT DIO 32F DAQDIO 6533 DIO 32HS DIO 24 and DIO 96 PC OPDIO 16 VXI DIO 128 Align_DMA_Buffer Config_DAQ_Event_Message DIG_Block_Check DIG_Block_Clear DIG_Block_In DIG_Block_Out Table C 4 Analog Output Family Functions Continued Function Device DAQArb 5411 Devices AO 2DC Series AT AO 6 10 VXI AO 48XDC Appendix C NI DAQ Function Support National Instruments Corporation C 13 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DIG_Block_PG_Config DIG_DB_Config DIG_DB_HalfReady DIG_DB_Tansfer DIG_GRP_Config DIG_GRP_Mode DIG_GRP_Status DIG_In_Grp DIG_In_Line DIG_In_Port DI
19. Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_Simul_Op NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 108 National Instruments Corporation CTR_Simul_Op Format status CTR_Simul_Op deviceNumber numCtrs ctrList mode Purpose Configures and simultaneously starts and stops multiple counters Parameters Input Parameter Discussion numCtrs is the number of counters to which the operation is performed Range 1 through 10 ctrList is an array of integers of size numCtrs containing the counter numbers of the counters for performing the operation Range 1 2 or 5 for an MIO device except the E Series devices 1 through 10 for a PC TIO 10 Note By default counters are not reserved for simultaneous operations mode is the operating mode to be performed by this call 0 Cancel reservation of counters specified in ctrList 1 Reserve counters specified in ctrList for simultaneous start restart stop or count latch operation 2 Perform a simultaneous start restart on the counters specified in ctrList 3 Perform a simultaneous stop on the counters specified in ctrList 4 Perform a simultaneous count latch on the counters specified in ctrlist The counters must have been started by a previous call to CTR_EvCount The counts can be retrieved one at a time by subsequent calls to CTR_EvRead Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility numCtrs i16 number of counters to operate ctrList i16 array of
20. Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger CTR_Config CTR_EvCount CTR_EvRead CTR_FOUT_Config CTR_Period CTR_Pulse CTR_Rate CTR_Reset CTR_Restart CTR_Simul_Op CTR_Square Table C 1 MIO and AI Device Functions Continued Function Device Non E Series AT MIO AI E Series PCI 6110E and PCI 6111E MIO E Series Appendix C NI DAQ Function Support National Instruments Corporation C 3 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles CTR_State CTR_Stop DAQ_Check DAQ_Clear DAQ_Config DAQ_DB_Config DAQ_DB_HalfReady DAQ_DB_Transfer DAQ_Monitor DAQ_Op DAQ_Rate DAQ_Start DAQ_StopTrigger_Config DAQ_to_Disk DAQ_VScale DIG_Block_Check DIG_Block_Clear DIG_Block_In DIG_Block_Out DIG_In_Line DIG_In_Port DIG_Line_Config DIG_Out_Line DIG_Out_Port DIG_Prt_Config DIG_Prt_Status Table C 1 MIO and AI Device Functions Continued Function Device Non E Series AT MIO AI E Series PCI 6110E and PCI 6111E MIO E Series Appendix C NI DAQ Function Support NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles C 4 National Instruments Corporation DIG_SCAN_Setup Get_DAQ_Device_Info Get_NI_DAQ_Version GPCTR_Change_Parameter GPCTR_Config_Buffer GPCTR_Control GPCTR_Set_Application GPCTR_Watch Init_DA_Brds MIO_Calibrate MIO_Config RTSI_Clear RTSI_Clock RTSI_Conn RTSI_DisConn SC_2040_Config SCAN_Demux SCAN_Op S
21. Init_DA_Brds initializes the device in the specified slot to the default conditions These conditions are summarized for each device as follows MIO and AI devices Analog Input defaults number of channels 2 Mode Differential Range 20 V 10 V for AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and 12 bit E Series Polarity Bipolar 10 V to 10 V for MIO 16 AT MIO 16D AT MIO 16X PCI 6110E PCI 6111E and 16 bit E Series devices and 5 to 5 V for all other devices External conversion Disabled Start trigger Disabled Stop trigger Disabled Coupling DC coupling Gain and offset calibration values are loaded AT MIO 16F 5 only Analog Output defaults MIO devices only Range 20 V Reference 10 V Mode Bipolar 10 to 10 V Level 0 V Digital Input and Output defaults Direction Input For ports 2 3 and 4 of the AT MIO 16D and AT MIO 16DE 10 see also the default conditions of ports 0 1 and 2 of the DIO 24 Counter Timer defaults for Am9513 based MIO devices Gating mode No gating Output type Terminal count toggled that is TC toggled Output polarity Positive Edge mode Count rising edges Count mode Count once Output level Off After you call Init_DA_Brds the output of each counter is in a high impedance state Counter 1 on the MIO 16 and AT MIO 16D and counters 1 2 and 5 on the AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO
22. 2 Call the AI_Read function with gain set to the gain that will be used in your real acquisition g The reading given by the AI_Read function is the value of offset The offset is only valid for the gain setting at which it was measured Remember that the data type of offset in the AI_VScale and DAQ_VScale functions is floating point so if you use AI_Read to get the offset you will have to typecast it before passing it to the scale function Note Another way to read the offset is to perform multiple readings using a DAQ function call and average them to be more accurate and reduce the effects of noise Measurement of Gain Adjustment To determine the gainAdjust parameter used in the AI_VScale and DAQ_VScale functions follow this procedure 1 Connect the known voltage Vin to channel i 2 Call the AI_Read function with gain equal to g Use the reading returned by AI_Read with the offset value determined above to calculate the real gain Note You can use the DAQ functions to take many readings and average them instead of using the AI_Read function The real gain is computed as follows The gain adjustment is computed as follows GR reading offset maxReading maxVolt Vin gainAdjust 1 g GR g National Instruments Corporation C 1 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles AppendixC NI DAQ Funct
23. 2 103 Figure 2 11 Square Wave Timing 2 112 Figure 2 12 Digital Scanning Input Group Handshaking Connections 2 190 Figure 2 13 Digital Scanning Output Group Handshaking Connections 2 191 Figure 2 14 Simple Event Counting 2 217 Figure 2 15 Single Period Measurement 2 219 Figure 2 16 Single Pulse Width Measurement 2 221 Figure 2 17 Single Triggered Pulse Width Generation Measurement 2 224 Figure 2 18 Start Stop Measurement 2 226 Figure 2 19 Single Pulse Generation 2 228 Figure 2 20 Single Triggered Pulse Generation 2 230 Figure 2 21 Retriggerable Pulse Generation 2 232 Figure 2 22 Pulse Train Generation 2 233 Figure 2 23 Frequency Shift Keying 2 235 Figure 2 24 Buffered Event Count
24. 2 MB maximum number of samples 2 000 000 2 Must be equal to 16 384 samples If you load less samples you will see the contents of unfilled sections of memory also appearing in the waveform generation in this mode 3 Minimum count 256 samples Must be a multiple of 8 samples Maximum number of samples depends on the number of times you have called WFM_Load consecutively in this mode The total of all counts loaded should be less than or equal to the size of the memory If memory size 2 MB it should be less than or equal to 2 000 000 4 The count depends on the number of stages being loaded Because this mode is valid only after you have called WFM_Load with mode 2 or mode 3 the maximum number of stages depend on the mode that was called earlier Maximum count occurs when mode 2 was called earlier 340 stages mode 3 was called earlier 290 stages Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Load NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 428 National Instruments Corporation and the pattern of waveform followed by delay followed by waveform and so on which goes on indefinitely for devices other than DAQArb 5411 devices Note The following information applies to DAQArb 5411 devices only mode allows you to indicate whether to use FIFO mode waveform generation if your device has a FIFO Range 0 or 1 for most devices 0 for all other devices 1 2 3 or 4 for the DAQArb 5411 devices Note To determine the size of the an
25. 5 to 5 V 5 10 to 10 V 6 0 to 20 mA SCXIgain is the SCXI module or channel gain range setting NI DAQ only uses this parameter for analog input modules Valid SCXIgain values depend on the module type SCXI 1100 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1 000 2 000 SCXI 1120 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 250 500 1 000 2 000 SCXI 1120D 0 5 1 2 5 5 10 25 50 100 250 500 1 000 SCXI 1121 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 250 500 1 000 2 000 SCXI 1122 0 01 0 02 0 05 0 1 0 2 0 5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1 000 2 000 SCXI 1126 250 500 1 000 2 000 4 000 8 000 16 000 32 000 64 000 128 000 SCXI 1140 1 10 100 200 500 SCXI 1141 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 DAQboard is the DAQ device you are using with this SCXI module This applies only when opCode 0 1 2 or 3 and moduleSlot is an analog input module Otherwise set to 0 DAQchan is the analog input channel of DAQboard that you are using with this SCXI module If you have only one chassis connected to DAQboard and moduleSlot is in multiplexed mode DAQchan should be 0 calConst1 will be scaled by the current input Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Cal_Constants National Instruments Corporation 2 325 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles range and polarity settings for this channel This applies only when opCode 0 1 2 or 3 and moduleSlot is an analog input module Otherwise set to 0 DAQgain is the gain setting for DAQchan
26. 50 ns 150 ns When the counter reaches terminal count 224 1 for E Series and 445X devices and 232 1 for 6602 and 455X devices it rolls over and keeps counting To check if this occurred use GPCTR_Watch function with entityID set to ND_TC_REACHED Typically you will find modifying the following parameters through the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function useful when the counter application is ND_BUFFERED_TWO_SIGNAL_EDGE_SEPARATION_MSR You can change the following ND_SOURCE to ND_INTERNAL_100_KHZ With this timebase you can measure intervals between 20 s and 11 37 hours long The resolution will be lower than if you are using ND_INTERVAL_20_MHZ ND_SOURCE_POLARITY to ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_GATE to any legal value listed in the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function description ND_GATE_POLARITY to ND_NEGATIVE Measurement will be performed on the active low pulses ND_SECOND_GATE to any legal value listed in the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function description ND_SECOND_GATE_POLARITY to ND_NEGATIVE Measurement is performed on the active low pulses application ND_SINGLE_PULSE_GNR In this application the counter is used for the generation of single delayed pulse By default you get by using through the 20 MHz internal timebase ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ so the resolution of timing is 50 ns By default the counter counts down from ND_COUNT_1 5 million to 0 for the delay time and then down from ND_C
27. AT DIO 32F and DIO 6533 devices lt DIO gt PC DIO 24 PnP DAQCard DIO 24 PC DIO 96 PnP DAQPad 6507 6508 lt DIO gt Voltage out of bounds 3 Send a message each time a data point from any channel in chanStr is outside of the voltage region bounded by DAQTrigVal0 and DAQTrigVal1 where DAQTrigVal0 DAQTrigVal1 MIO and AI devices lt AI gt Lab and 1200 Series devices lt AI gt 516 and LPM devices DAQCard 500 700 lt AI gt Voltage within bounds 4 Send a message each time a data point from any channel in chanStr is inside of the voltage region bounded by DAQTrigVal0 and DAQTrigVal1 where DAQTrigVal0 DAQTrigVal1 MIO and AI devices lt AI gt Lab and 1200 Series devices lt AI gt 516 and LPM devices DAQCard 500 700 lt AI gt Table 2 17 DAQEvent Messages Continued DAQEvent Type Code Description of Message Usable Devices lt Usable Operation Families gt Chapter 2 Function Reference Config_DAQ_Event_Message NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 76 National Instruments Corporation Analog positive slope triggering 5 Send a message when data from any channel in chanStr positively triggers on the hysteresis window specified by DAQTrigVal0 and DAQTrigVal1 where DAQTrigVal0 DAQTrigVal1 To positively trigger data must first go below DAQTrigVal1 and above DAQTrigVal0 MIO and AI devices lt AI gt Lab and 1200 Series devices lt AI gt 516 and LPM dev
28. Functions that which initiate data acquisition DAQ_Start SCAN_Start DAQ_Op and SCAN_Op and waveform generation operations WFM_Group_Control and WFM_Op use the configuration tables to set the device circuitry to the correct timing modes You do not need to call this function if you are satisfied with the default settings for the signals If you have selected a signal that is an I O connector connector or a RTSI bus signal Select_Signal performs signal routing and enables or disables output on a pin pin or a RTSI line Example Sending a signal from your E Series device to the RTSI bus To send a signal from your E Series device to the RTSI bus set signal to the appropriate RTSI bus line and source to indicate the signal from your device If you want to send the analog input start trigger on to RTSI line 3 use the following call Select_Signal deviceNum ND_RTSI_3 ND_IN_START_TRIGGER ND_LOW_TO_HIGH Example Receiving a signal from the RTSI bus on your E Series device To receive a signal from the RTSI bus and use it as a signal on your E Series device set signal to indicate the appropriate E Series device signal and source to the appropriate RTSI line If you want to use low to high transitions of the signal present on the RTSI line 4 as your scan clock use the following call Select_Signal deviceNum ND_IN_SCAN_START ND_RTSI_4 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH ND_PFI_0 through ND_PFI_39 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH or ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_RTSI_0 throu
29. ND_INT_AI_GND ND_INT_REF_5V ND_INT_CM_REF_5V ND_INT_AO_GND_VS_AI_GND Table B 1 Valid Analog Input Channel Settings Continued Device Settings Single ended Configuration Differential Configuration Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation National Instruments Corporation B 3 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles PCI MIO 16XE 10 PCI MIO 16XE 50 PXI 6030E PXI 6011E PCI 6031E CPCI 6030E CPCI 6011E VXI MIO 64XE 10 ND_INT_AI_GND ND_INT_REF_5V ND_INT_AO_GND_VS_AI_GND ND_INT_AO_CH_0 ND_INT_AO_CH_0_VS_REF_5V ND_INT_AO_CH_1 ND_INT_AO_CH_1_VS_REF_5V ND_INT_AO_CH_1_VS_AO_CH_0 ND_INT_DEV_TEMP PCI MIO 16E 1 PCI MIO 16E 4 PXI 6070E PXI 6040E CPCI 6070E CPCI 6040E VXI MIO 64E 1 ND_INT_AI_GND ND_INT_REF_5V ND_INT_CM_REF_5V ND_INT_AO_GND_VS_AI_GND ND_INT_AO_CH_0 ND_INT_AO_CH_0_VS_REF_5V ND_INT_AO_CH_1 ND_INT_AO_CH_1_VS_AO_CH_0 ND_INT_DEV_TEMP AT AI 16XE 10 PCI 6032E PCI 6033E DAQCard AI 16XE 50 NEC AI 16XE 50 ND_INT_AI_GND ND_INT_REF_5V ND_INT_AO_GND_VS_AI_GND AT MIO 16E 1 AT MIO 16E 2 AT MIO 64E 3 AT MIO 16DE 10 AT MIO 16E 10 DAQPad 6020E NEC MIO 16E 4 ND_INT_AI_GND ND_INT_REF_5V ND_INT_CM_REF_5V ND_INT_AO_GND_VS_AI_GND ND_INT_AO_CH_0 ND_INT_AO_CH_0_VS_REF_5V ND_INT_AO_CH_1 ND_INT_AO_CH_1_VS_REF_5V Table B 2 Valid Internal Analog Input Channels Continued Device Internal Channels Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation
30. ND_SUSPEND_POWER_STATE State of the USB device power when operating system enters power saving suspend mode Keep in mind that this applies only to USB devices run by external power Chapter 2 Function Reference Get_NI_DAQ_Version National Instruments Corporation 2 197 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Get_NI_DAQ_Version Format status Get_NI_DAQ_Version version Purpose Returns the version number of the NI DAQ library Parameter Output Using This Function Get_NI_DAQ_Version returns a 4 byte value in the version parameter The upper two bytes are reserved and the lower two bytes contain the version number Always bitwise and the 4 byte value with the hexadecimal value FFFF before using the version number For version 6 0 the lower 2 byte value is the hexadecimal value 600 Note C Programmers version is a pass by reference parameter Name Type Description version u32 version number assigned Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Change_Parameter NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 198 National Instruments Corporation GPCTR_Change_Parameter Format status GPCTR_Change_Parameter deviceNumber gpctrNum paramID paramValue Purpose Selects a specific parameter setting for the general purpose counter E Series 6602 and DSA devices only Parameters Input Parameter Discussion Legal ranges for gpctrNum paramID and paramValue are given in terms of constants defined in a header file The he
31. NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles B 4 National Instruments Corporation Internal Channel constants are defined in the following header files C programmers NIDAQCNS H DATAACQ H for LabWindows CVI BASIC programmers NIDAQCNS INC Visual Basic for Windows programmers should refer to the Programming Language Considerations section in Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions for more information Pascal programmers NIDAQCNS PAS Note When the channel is ND_INT_DEV_TEMP you can compute the temperature from the retrieved voltage by applying the following formulas For VXI MIOs For all other supported E series devices Table B 3 Internal Channel Purposes for Analog Input Devices Internal Channel Purpose ND_INT_AI_GND Analog Input Channels Offset ND_INT_AO_GND_VS_AI_GND Ground Differential ND_INT_AO_CH_0 Analog Output Channel 0 Offset Linearity ND_INT_AO_CH_1 Analog Output Channel 1 Offset Linearity ND_INT_CM_REF_5V Analog Input Channels Offset ND_INT_REF_5V Analog Input Channels Gain ND_INT_AO_CH_0_VS_REF_5V Analog Output Channel 0 Gain ND_INT_AO_CH_1_VS_REF_5V Analog Output Channel 1 Gain ND_INT_AO_CH_1_VS_AO_CH_0 Analog Output Channel 1 vs Analog Output Channel 0 ND_INT_DEV_TEMP Device Temperature T C Voltage 100 32 5 9 T C Voltage 100 50 Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Cal
32. Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility chan i16 analog input channel number gain i16 gain setting count u32 number of samples to be acquired timebase i16 timebase value sampInterval u16 sample interval Name Type Description buffer i16 used to hold acquired readings Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_Start National Instruments Corporation 2 137 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles buffer is an integer array buffer must have a length equal to or greater than count The elements of buffer are the results of each A D conversion in the DAQ operation This buffer is often referred to as the acquisition buffer or circular buffer when double buffered mode is enabled elsewhere in this manual For DSA devices buffer should be an array of i32 These devices return the data in a 32 bit format in which the data bits are in the most significant bits count is the number of samples to be acquired that is the number of A D conversions to be performed For double buffered acquisitions count must be even Range 3 through 232 1 except Lab and 1200 Series devices that are not enabled for doubled buffered mode and the E Series devices 3 through 65 535 Lab and 1200 Series devices not enabled for double buffered mode 2 through 224 E Series devices 2 through 224 3 PCI 6110E and PCI 6111E count must always be EVEN 2 through 224 PCI 445X 2 through 232 1 PC
33. sampleRate f64 desired sample rate in units of pts s scanRate f64 desired scan rate in units of pts s concat i16 enables concatenation of data to an existing file Chapter 2 Function Reference Lab_ISCAN_to_Disk National Instruments Corporation 2 275 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 1 through 8 for the DAQCard 700 in differential mode 1 through 8 for the 516 and Lab and 1200 Series devices in single ended mode 1 through 16 for the DAQCard 700 and LPM devices in single ended mode gain is the gain setting to be used for the scanning operation NI DAQ applies the same gain to all the channels scanned This gain setting applies only to the DAQ device if you use SCXI modules with additional gain selection you must establish any gain you want at the SCXI module either by setting jumpers on the module or by calling SCXI_Set_Gain The following gain settings are valid for the Lab and 1200 Series devices 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 If you use an invalid gain setting NI DAQ returns an error NI DAQ ignores gain for the DAQCard 500 700 and LPM devices count is the number of samples to be acquired that is the number of A D conversions to be performed The length of your data file should be exactly twice the value of count If you have previously enabled pretrigger mode by a call to DAQ_StopTrigger_Config NI DAQ ignores the count parameter Range 3 through 232 1 sampleRate is the sample rate you want in units of pts s R
34. sc2040gain i16 specifies gain you have set using jumpers on the SC 2040 Chapter 2 Function Reference SC_2040_Config National Instruments Corporation 2 293 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Example 1 You have selected set the jumper for a gain of 100 for all your SC 2040 channels You should call SC_2040_Config as follows SC_2040_Config deviceNumber 1 100 Example 2 You have selected gain set the jumper for a gain of 100 for channels 0 3 4 5 and 6 on your SC 2040 gain 200 for channels 1 and 2 and gain 500 for channel 7 You should call function SC_2040_Config several times as follows SC_2040_Config deviceNumber 1 100 SC_2040_Config deviceNumber 1 200 SC_2040_Config deviceNumber 2 200 SC_2040_Config deviceNumber 7 500 Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_Demux NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 294 National Instruments Corporation SCAN_Demux Format status SCAN_Demux buffer count numChans numMuxBrds Purpose Rearranges or demultiplexes data acquired by a SCAN operation into row major order that is each row of the array holding the data corresponds to a scanned channel for easier access by C applications SCAN_Demux does not need to be called by BASIC applications to rearrange two dimensional arrays because these arrays are accessed in column major order Parameters Input Input Output Parameter Discussion buffer is an integer array of A D conversion samples r
35. where n 0 Each function returns a value in the status variable that indicates the success or failure of the function as shown in Table 1 1 Note In all applications status is always a 16 bit integer Appendix A Status Codes contains a list of status codes In the parameter tables that follow the status codes the first parameter to almost every NI DAQ function is the device number of the DAQ device you want NI DAQ to use for the given operation After you have followed the installation and configuration instructions in the NI DAQ release notes and Chapter 1 Introduction to NI DAQ of the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles you can use the NI DAQ Configuration Utility to determine the device number for each device you have installed in the system You can Table 1 1 Status Values Status Result Negative Function did not execute because of an error Zero Function completed successfully Positive Function executed but with a potentially serious side effect Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 1 2 National Instruments Corporation use the configuration utility to verify your device numbers You can use multiple DAQ devices in one application to do so simply pass the appropriate device number to each function If you are using SCXI you must pass the chassis ID that you assigned to your SCXI chassis in the configuration utility to the SCXI functions that you use For many of the SCX
36. 0 for the PCI 4451 and PCI 4452 0 through 3 for the PCI 4551 and PCI 4552 line is the digital line for which to configure Range 0 through 7 dir indicates the direction input or output to which the line is to be configured 0 Line is configured as an input line default 1 Line is configured as an output line 3 Line is configured as an output line with a wired OR open collector driver DIO 6533 only Using This Function With this function a PC TIO 10 DIO 6533 VXI AO 48XDC E Series or DSA port can have any combination of input and output lines Use DIG_Prt_Config to set all lines on the port to be either all input or all output lines Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility port i16 digital I O port number line i16 digital line dir i16 direction input or output Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Out_Grp NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 178 National Instruments Corporation DIG_Out_Grp Format status DIG_Out_Grp deviceNumber group groupPattern Purpose Writes digital output data to the specified digital group Parameters Input Parameter Discussion group is the group to be written to Range 1 or 2 groupPattern is the digital data to be written to the specified port NI DAQ maps groupPattern to the digital output ports making up the group in the following way If the group contains one port NI DAQ writes the low order eight bit
37. 1 whichever is less for E Series and DSA devices For PCI 611X devices count must be EVEN count must be an integer multiple of the total number of channels scanned count refers to the total number of A D conversions to be performed therefore the number of samples acquired from each channel is equal to count divided by the total number of channels scanned This number is also the total number of scans For the E Series devices the total number of scans must be at least 2 If you do not use external multiplexer AMUX 64T devices the total number of channels scanned is equal to the value of numChans see Scan_Setup If you use one or more external multiplexer devices with any MIO or AI device except the MIO 64 the total number of channels scanned equals four to one multiplexer number of onboard channels scanned scanned number of external multiplexer devices or the total number of channels scanned equals 4 numChans num_mux_brds For example if you use one AMUX 64T and scan eight onboard channels the total number of channels scanned equals 4 8 1 32 If you use one or more external multiplexer devices AMUX 64Ts with the MIO 64 the total number of channels scanned equals 4 numChans1 num_mux_brds numChans2 where 4 represents a four to one multiplexer numChans1 is the number of onboard channels of an MIO or AI connector the first connector scanned Range 0 through 7 diff
38. 2 158 National Instruments Corporation DIG_DB_Config Format status DIG_DB_Config deviceNumber group dbMode oldDataStop partialTransfer Purpose Enables or disables double buffered digital transfer operations and sets the double buffered options Parameters Input Parameter Discussion group is the group to be configured Range 1 or 2 dbMode indicates whether to enable or disable the double buffered mode of digital transfer 0 Disable double buffering default 1 Enable double buffering oldDataStop is a flag whose value enables or disables the mechanism whereby the function stops the digital block output when NI DAQ is about to output old data a second time For digital block input oldDataStop enables or disables the mechanism whereby the function stops the input operation before NI DAQ overwrites unretrieved data 0 Allow regeneration of data 1 Disallow regeneration of data Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility group i16 group dbMode i16 enable or disable double buffered mode oldDataStop i16 enable or disable regeneration of old data partialTransfer i16 enable or disable transfer of final partial half buffer Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_DB_Config National Instruments Corporation 2 159 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles partialTransfer is a flag whose value enables or disables the mechanism whereby NI DAQ can transfer a final partial
39. AI_Setup function 2 15 to 2 16 AI_VRead function 2 17 to 2 18 AI_VRead_Scan function 2 19 AI_VScale function 2 20 to 2 21 Align_DMA_Buffer function 2 22 to 2 24 Am9513 counter CTR functions See counter timer functions AMUX 64T boards configuring 2 10 to 2 11 analog filter enabling disabling 2 31 frequency correction 2 33 to 2 34 analog input calibration SCXI modules 2 326 to 2 328 analog input channel settings DAQ devices table B 1 to B 2 internal channel purposes for analog input devices table B 4 valid internal analog input channels table B 2 to B 3 analog input functions AI_Change_Parameter 2 1 to 2 2 AI_Check 2 3 to 2 4 AI_Clear 2 5 AI_Configure 2 6 to 2 9 AI_MUX_Config 2 10 to 2 11 AI_Read 2 12 to 2 13 AI_Setup 2 15 to 2 16 AI_VRead 2 17 to 2 18 AI_VScale 2 20 to 2 21 Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger 2 83 to 2 89 DAQ_Check function 2 115 to 2 116 DAQ_Clear 2 117 DAQ_Config 2 118 to 2 120 DAQ_DB_Config 2 121 DAQ_DB_HalfReady 2 122 to 2 123 DAQ_DB_Transfer 2 124 to 2 125 DAQ_Monitor 2 126 to 2 128 DAQ_Rate 2 132 to 2 133 DAQ_Set_Clock 2 134 to 2 135 DAQ_Start 2 136 to 2 139 DAQ_StopTrigger_Config 2 140 to 2 141 DAQ_VScale 2 145 to 2 146 definition 1 13 Lab_ISCAN_Check 2 263 to 2 265 Lab_ISCAN_Start 2 270 to 2 273 LabWindows function panel tree 1 7 to 1 8 NI DAQ function support table DSA devices C 9 to C 10 Lab 516 DAQCard 500 700 devices C 6 to C 7 MIO and AI devices
40. AT MIO 16DE 10 lt DIO gt Counter pulse event 9 Send a message each time a pulse occurs in a timing signal You can configure only one such event message at a time on a device except on the PC TIO 10 which can have two Am9513 based MIO devices lt TIO gt PC TIO 10 lt TIO gt Table 2 17 DAQEvent Messages Continued DAQEvent Type Code Description of Message Usable Devices lt Usable Operation Families gt Chapter 2 Function Reference Config_DAQ_Event_Message NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 78 National Instruments Corporation using The PC TIO 10 can have two of these event messages configured at the same time therefore you must specify which pin you want to use on the PC TIO 10 with the DAQTrigVal0 parameter To use DAQEvent 9 you must configure the device for interrupt driven waveform generation This DAQEvent works by using the waveform generation timing system Thus you cannot use waveform generation or single point analog output with delayed update mode and this DAQEvent at the same time on the same device Also DAQEvent 9 is not valid for the E Series devices trigSkipCount is the number of valid triggers NI DAQ ignores It can be any value greater than or equal to zero For example if trigSkipCount is 3 NI DAQ notifies you when the fourth trigger occurs preTrigScans is the number of scans of data NI DAQ collects before looking for the very first trigger Setting preTrigScans to
41. If your application calls AI_Read with channel and gain parameters different from those used in the last AI_Setup call you must call AI_Setup again for AI_Check to return data from the channel you want at the selected gain Note This function cannot be used if you have an SC 2040 connected to your DAQ device Chapter 2 Function Reference AI_VRead National Instruments Corporation 2 17 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles AI_VRead Format status AI_VRead deviceNumber chan gain voltage Purpose Reads an analog input channel initiates an A D conversion on an analog input channel and returns the result scaled to a voltage in units of volts Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion chan is the analog input channel number Range See Table B 1 in Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation gain is the gain setting to be used for the specified channel Refer to Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation for valid gain settings If you use an invalid gain NI DAQ returns an error If you call AI_VRead for the 516 and LPM devices or DAQCard 500 700 NI DAQ ignores the gain Note NI DAQ does not distinguish between the low gain and high gain versions of the AT MIO 16 If you enter a gain of 10 and you have a device with gains of 1 2 4 and 8 NI DAQ uses a gain of 2 and returns no error Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configurat
42. In the latter case the Start call merely arms the device If you are using all E Series devices see the Select_Signal function for information about the external timing signals When the A D conversions have begun with the start trigger the onboard counters control the timing of the conversions When extConv is 1 the timing of A D conversions is completely controlled by the signal applied at the EXTCONV input Again the Start call merely arms the device and after you make this call the device performs an A D conversion every time NI DAQ receives a pulse at the EXTCONV input When extConv is 2 the device performs a multiple channel scan each time the device receives an active low pulse at the OUT2 signal pin 46 of the non E Series MIO device I O connector or the COUTB1 signal pin 43 on Lab and 1200 Series devices On the MIO 16 16D you cannot use both external start triggering and external sample clock startTrig 1 and extConv 1 simultaneously NI DAQ returns an error if you try to configure them simultaneously On the AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 AT MIO 16X E Series and Lab and 1200 Series devices you can configure external start triggering and the external sample clock simultaneously MIO 16 and Lab and 1200 Series devices only In most cases you should not use external conversion pulses in scanning operations when you are using SCXI in Multiplexed mode There is no way of masking conversions before the data acquisition begin
43. ND_SOURCE 445X and E Series Devices 6602 and 455X Devices ND_PFI_0 through ND_PFI_9 the 10 I O connector pins ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 the seven RTSI lines ND_INTERAL_20_MHZ and ND_INTERNAL_100_KHZ the internal timebases ND_OTHER_GPCTR_TC the terminal count of the other general purpose counter See Table 2 22 for definition of other counter I O connector pins ND_PFI_39 ND_PFI_35 ND_PFI_31 ND_PFI_27 ND_PFI_23 ND_PFI_19 ND_PFI_15 and ND_PFI_11 ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 the seven RTSI lines ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ and ND_INTERNAL_100_HZ the internal timebases ND_INTERNAL_MAX_TIMEBASE the maximum timebase The value of this timebase can be determined by a GPCTR_Watch call ND_OTHER_GPCTR_GATE See Table 2 22 for definition of other counter ND_OTHER_GPCTR_TC the terminal count of the other general purpose counter See Table 2 22 for definition of other counter ND_PFI_39 ND_PFI_35 ND_COUNTER_2 through ND_COUNTER_7 are not available on 455X devices Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Change_Parameter NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 200 National Instruments Corporation Note The default source selection for all other applications is ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ Use this function with paramID ND_SOURCE_POLARITY to select polarity of transitions to use for counting Note If you have configured an analog hardware trigger using the Config_HW_Analog_Trigger function the resulting analog t
44. NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles For the VXI AO 48XDC device the paramID of ND_OUTPUT_TYPE is used in conjunction with the channel value to select the analog output channel to be affected To select a voltage channel set the paramValue to ND_VOLTAGE To select a current channel set the paramValue to ND_CURRENT FIFO Transfer Condition You can specify the condition that causes more data to be transferred from the waveform buffer into the analog output FIFO NI DAQ selects a default setting for you in order to achieve maximum performance However by changing this setting you can force the FIFO to remain as full as possible or effectively disable or reduce the size of the FIFO For example to reduce the FIFO lag effect the amount of time it takes data to come out of the FIFO after being transferred into the FIFO you can change the FIFO transfer condition to FIFO empty Notice that reducing the effective FIFO size can also reduce the maximum sustainable update rate To change the FIFO transfer condition set paramID to ND_DATA_TRANSFER_CONDITION and set paramValue to one of the values shown in Table 2 5 Set channel to one of the channel numbers in your waveform group For example if you have configured group 1 to contain channels 0 and 1 you can set channel to 0 or 1 Note This option is valid only for PCI E Series devices Table 2 4 Voltage or Current Output Parameters Device Type Per Channel Selection Possible Legal Ra
45. NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 138 National Instruments Corporation If you use external conversion pulses NI DAQ ignores the timebase parameter and you can set it to any value For DSA devices timebase is ignored Use DAQ_Set_Clock to set the sampling rate sampInterval indicates the length of the sample interval that is the amount of time to elapse between each A D conversion Range 2 through 65 535 The sample interval is a function of the timebase resolution NI DAQ determines the actual sample interval in seconds using the following formula sampInterval timebase resolution where the timebase resolution for each value of timebase is given above For example if sampInterval 25 and timebase 2 the sample interval is 25 10 s 250 s If you use external conversion pulses NI DAQ ignores the sampInterval parameter and you can set it to any value For DSA devices sampInterval is ignored Use DAQ_Set_Clock to set the sampling rate Note If you are using an SCXI 1200 with remote SCXI the maximum rate will depend on the baud rate setting and count Refer to the SCXI 1200 User Manual for more details Using This Function DAQ_Start configures the analog input multiplexer and gain circuitry as indicated by chan and gain If external sample interval timing has not been indicated by a DAQ_Config call the function sets the sample interval counter to the specified sampInterval and timebase If you have indicated
46. NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 442 National Instruments Corporation actualRate is the rate at which data points are sent to the DACs The capabilities of your device will determine how closely actualRate matches desiredRate The DSA devices use the same base clock for both DAQ SCAN and WFM operations so the rates available for WFM will be restricted if a DAQ SCAN operation is already in progress Note C Programmers actualRate is a pass by reference parameter Using This Function The frequency of a waveform is related to the update rate and the number of points in the buffer indicated in an earlier call to WFM_Load Assuming that your buffer contains exactly one period of your waveform frequency update rate points in the buffer You can make repeated calls to WFM_Set_Clock to change the update rate of a waveform in progress National Instruments Corporation A 1 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles AppendixA Status Codes This appendix lists the status codes returned by NI DAQ including the name and description Each NI DAQ function returns a status code that indicates whether the function was performed successfully When an NI DAQ function returns a code that is a negative number it means that the function did not execute When a positive status code is returned it means that the function did execute but with a potentially serious side effect A summary of the status codes is listed in Table A 1 Note All status code
47. SCXI_Set_Threshold NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 364 National Instruments Corporation SCXI_Set_Threshold Format status SCXI_Set_Threshold SCXIChassisID moduleSlot channel level hysteresis Purpose Sets the high and low threshold values for the SCXI 1126 frequency to voltage module Parameters Input Parameter Discussion channel is the number of the channel on the module Range 0 to n 1 where n is the number of channels available on the module 1 for all channels on the modules level is the middle of the window between the high and low threshold values For example to set a low threshold of 1 0 V and a high threshold of 3 0 V you would specify a level of 1 0 3 0 2 2 0 V level should be between 0 5 and 4 48 V hysteresis is the size of the window between high and low threshold values The low threshold value plus hysteresis equals the high threshold value For example for a low threshold value of 1 0 V and a high threshold value of 3 0 V you would specify a hysteresis of 3 0 1 0 2 0 V hysteresis should be between 0 and 4 98 V Using This Function Currently only the SCXI 1126 supports this function The SCXI 1126 uses the high and low threshold values to transform a periodic input signal into a square wave with the same frequency When the input signal rises above the high threshold value the square wave triggers high When the input signal falls below the low threshold value the square wav
48. WFM_Op initiates a waveform generation operation NI DAQ writes the data in the buffer to the specified analog output channels at a rate as close to the rate you want as the specified rate hardware permits see WFM_Rate for a further explanation With the exception of indefinite waveform generation WFM_Op waits until NI DAQ completes the waveform generation is complete before returning that is it is synchronous AT MIO 16F 5 only If you have aligned the buffer with a previous call to Align_DMA_Buffer WFM_Op automatically indexes into the buffer at the new starting point if necessary If the call to WFM_Op is synchronous when the function returns the buffer is unaligned That is the data samples will start at index 0 of the buffer If the waveform generation is indefinite the buffer remains aligned until you call WFM_Group_Control operation CLEAR Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Op NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 436 National Instruments Corporation If you have changed the analog output configuration from the defaults by changing the jumpers on the device you must call AO_Configure to set the software copies of the settings prior to calling WFM_Op NI DAQ ignores the group settings made by calling WFM_Group_Setup when you call WFM_Op and the settings are not changed after NI DAQ executes you execute WFM_Op Note For the MIO 16 16D counter 2 must be available in order to use waveform generation If an interval scan
49. chassis enclosures peripherals and cables hardware triggering a form of triggering where you set the start time of an acquisition and gather data at a known position in time relative to a trigger signal hex hexadecimal Hz hertz I ID identification IDE integrated development environment IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers instrument driver a set of high level software functions that controls a specific GPIB VXI or RS 232 programmable instrument or a specific plug in DAQ board Instrument drivers are available in several forms ranging from a function callable language to a virtual instrument VI in LabVIEW interrupt a computer signal indicating that the CPU should suspend its current task to service a designated activity interrupt level the relative priority at which a device can interrupt I O input output the transfer of data to from a computer system involving communications channels operator interface devices and or data acquisition and control interfaces IRQ interrupt request ISA Industry Standard Architecture National Instruments Corporation G 7 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Glossary K k kilo the standard metric prefix for 1 000 or 103 used with units of measure such as volts hertz and meters K kilo the prefix for 1 024 or 210 used with B in quantifying data or computer memory kbytes s a unit for data transfer that means 1 000 or 103 bytes s
50. definition 1 13 DIG_Block_PG_Config 2 154 to 2 157 DIG_DB_Config 2 158 to 2 159 DIG_Grp_Config 2 164 to 2 165 DIG_Line_Config 2 177 DIG_Prt_Config 2 183 to 2 185 DIG_SCAN_Setup 2 188 to 2 191 Index NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles I 4 National Instruments Corporation DIG_Trigger_Config 2 192 to 2 194 GPCTR_Config_Buffer 2 209 to 2 210 ICTR_Setup 2 251 to 2 254 LabWindows function panel tree 1 6 MIO_Config 2 284 to 2 285 SC_2040_Config function 2 292 to 2 293 SCXI_Configure_Filter 2 333 to 2 335 SCXI_Get_Chassis_Info 2 336 to 2 337 SCXI_Get_Module_Info 2 338 to 2 339 SCXI_Load_Config 2 344 SCXI_MuxCtr_Setup 2 347 to 2 348 SCXI_SCAN_Setup 2 355 to 2 356 SCXI_Set_Config 2 357 to 2 359 SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup 2 366 SCXI_Track_Hold_Setup 2 368 to 2 371 Timeout_Config 2 400 to 2 401 WFM_DB_Config 2 411 to 2 412 WFM_Group_Setup 2 423 to 2 424 Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger function 2 83 to 2 89 description 2 83 to 2 87 ND_ABOVE_HIGH_LEVEL figure 2 85 ND_BELOW_LOW_LEVEL figure 2 85 ND_HIGH_HYSTERESIS figure 2 86 ND_INSIDE_REGION figure 2 85 ND_LOW_HYSTERESIS figure 2 86 using the function 2 87 to 2 89 continuous trigger mode for DAQArb 5411 devices 2 34 counter timer functions 8253 counters ICTR ICTR_Read 2 248 to 2 249 ICTR_Reset 2 250 ICTR_Setup 2 251 to 2 254 LabWindows function panel tree 1 11 to 1 12 Am9513 counters CTR CTR_Config function 2 90 to 2 91 CTR_EvCount fun
51. definition of other counter ND_OTHER_GPCTR_SOURCE the source of the other general purpose counter See Table 2 22 for definition of other counter ND_PFI_2 and ND_PFI_5 not valid for 445X devices Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Change_Parameter NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 204 National Instruments Corporation Use this function with paramID ND_GATE_POLARITY to select polarity of the gate signal paramID ND_GATE_POLARITY This gate signal controls the operation of the general purpose counter in some applications In those applications you can use polarity of the gate signals to modify behavior of the counter Corresponding legal values for paramValue are as follows ND_POSITIVE ND_NEGATIVE The meaning of the two ND_GATE_POLARITY selections is described in the GPCTR_Set_Application function paramID ND_Z_INDEX_PULSE 6602 and 455X devices only This parameter allows automatic reloading of counter when a quadrature Z Index pulse occurs on the gate when input conditioning is set to one of the quadrature input mode The counter is reloaded with a value from 0 to 232 1 The Z Index pulse of a quadrature encoder can be connected to the gate pin With this setting the counter will reload every time it sees a pulse on the gate pin The Z Index pulse will be registered only if encoder channels A and B are both in the low state paramID ND_RELOAD_ON_GATE 6602 and 455X devices only This param
52. f64 input double precision values Name Type Description binArray i16 binary values converted from the voltages Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Scale NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 440 National Instruments Corporation range NI DAQ sets the voltage to the maximum or minimum value and returns an error NI DAQ still completes the translation however Range Any real number that produces a voltage within the analog output range voltArray is the input array of double precision values that represents the voltages NI DAQ is to produce at one of the outputs Range Any real number that produces a voltage within the analog output range binArray is the array of binary values converted from the voltages contained in voltArray The values in binArray produce the original voltages when NI DAQ writes them to a DAC on your device Refer to Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation for the calculation of binary value Using This Function WFM_Scale calculates each binary value using the following formulas Unipolar configuration 12 bit DACs binVal voltage gain 4 096 outputRange 16 bit DACs binVal voltage gain 65 536 outputRange Bipolar configuration 12 bit DACs binVal voltage gain 2 048 outputRange 16 bit DACs binVal voltage gain 32 768 outputRange 18 bit DACs binVal voltage gain 131 072 outputRange The DSA
53. in the configuration utility or manually using switches located on the device device a plug in data acquisition board card or pad that can contain multiple channels and conversion devices Plug in boards PCMCIA cards and devices such as the DAQPad 1200 which connects to your computer parallel port are all examples of DAQ devices SCXI modules are distinct from devices with the exception of the SCXI 1200 which is a hybrid DIG digital digital port See port DIN Deutsche Industrie Norme DIO digital I O DIP dual inline package dithering the addition of Gaussian noise to an analog input signal DLL dynamic dynamic link library DMA direct memory access DNL differential nonlinearity a measure in LSB of the worst case deviation of code widths from their ideal value of 1 LSB National Instruments Corporation G 5 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Glossary drivers software that controls a specific hardware device such as a DAQ board or a GPIB interface board DSP digital signal processing E EEPROM electronically erasable programmable read only memory EISA Extended Industry Standard Architecture ETS Equivalent Time Sampling F fetch and deposit a data transfer in which the data bytes are transferred from the source to the controller and then from the controller to the target FIFO first in first out memory buffer the first data stored is the first data sent to the acceptor FIFOs are of
54. need to make another call to RTSI_Conn to program another MIO or AI device or the same device to receive the OUT1 signal dir 0 in order to make use of it Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility sigCode i16 signal code number to be connected trigLine i16 RTSI bus trigger line dir i16 direction of the connection Chapter 2 Function Reference RTSI_Conn NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 290 National Instruments Corporation The second call could access another non E Series MIO or AI device and use parameters sigCode 0 trigLine 3 and dir 0 This call configures the second non E Series MIO or AI device RTSI interface to receive a signal from trigger line 3 and drive it onto the non E Series MIO or AI device EXTCONV signal The total effect of these two calls is that the non E Series MIO or AI device EXTCONV signal on the second device is controlled by the OUT1 signal on the first MIO or AI device thus controlling A D conversions on the second non E Series MIO or AI device by a counter on the first Note If you are using an E Series device see the Select_Signal function Rules for RTSI Bus Connections Observe the following rules when routing signals over the RTSI bus trigger lines You can connect any signal to any trigger line RTSI connections should have only one source signal but can have multiple receiver signals Connecting two or more source signals ca
55. overFlowError Because of system limitations the driver could not read data from the device fast enough to keep up with the device throughput the onboard device memory reported an overflow error 10846 overWriteError The driver wrote new data into the input transfer buffer before the previously acquired data was read 10847 dmaChainingError New buffer information was not available at the time of the DMA chaining interrupt DMA transfers will terminate at the end of the currently active transfer buffer Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description Appendix A Status Codes NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles A 22 National Instruments Corporation 10848 noDMACountAvailError The driver could not obtain a valid reading from the transfer count register in the DMA controller 10849 OpenFileError The configuration file could not be opened 10850 closeFileError Unable to close a file 10851 fileSeekError Unable to seek within a file 10852 readFileError Unable to read from a file 10853 writeFileError Unable to write to a file 10854 miscFileError An error occurred accessing a file 10855 osUnsupportedError NI DAQ does not support the current operation on this particular version of the operating system 10856 osError An unexpected error occurred from the operating system while performing the given operation 10857 internalKer
56. properly for the current data transfer mode For example the buffer is at an odd address is not aligned to a 32 bit boundary is not aligned to a 512 bit boundary and so on Alternatively the driver is unable to align the buffer because the buffer is too small 10444 memFullError No more system memory is available on the heap or no more memory is available on the device or insufficient disk space is available 10445 memLockError The transfer buffer cannot be locked into physical memory On PC AT machines portions of the DMA data acquisition buffer may be in an invalid DMA region for example above 16 MB 10446 memPageError The transfer buffer contains a page break system resources might require reprogramming when the page break is encountered 10447 memPageLockError The operating environment is unable to grant a page lock Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description Appendix A Status Codes NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles A 12 National Instruments Corporation 10448 stackMemError The driver is unable to continue parsing a string input due to stack limitations 10449 cacheMemError A cache related error occurred or caching is not supported in the current mode 10450 physicalMemError A hardware error occurred in physical memory or no memory is located at the specified address 10451 virtualMemError The driver is unable to make th
57. purpose and use 2 378 ND_IN_CONVERT signal definition table 2 374 purpose and use 2 377 ND_IN_EXTERNAL_GATE signal definition table 2 374 purpose and use 2 376 ND_IN_SCAN_CLOCK_TIMEBASE signal definition table 2 374 purpose and use 2 378 Index NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles I 12 National Instruments Corporation ND_IN_SCAN_START signal definition table 2 374 purpose and use 2 376 to 2 377 ND_IN_START_TRIGGER signal definition table 2 374 purpose and use 2 375 ND_IN_STOP_TRIGGER signal definition table 2 374 purpose and use 2 376 ND_OUT_EXTERNAL_GATE signal definition table 2 374 purpose and use 2 379 to 2 380 ND_OUT_START_TRIGGER signal definition table 2 374 purpose and use 2 378 to 2 379 ND_OUT_UPDATE signal definition table 2 374 purpose and use 2 379 ND_OUT_UPDATE_CLOCK_TIMEBA SE signal definition table 2 374 purpose and use 2 380 ND_PFI_0 through ND_PFI_9 signals definition table 2 374 purpose and use 2 380 to 2 381 ND_PLL_REF_SOURCE signal definition table 2 374 purpose and use 2 384 ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 signals definition table 2 375 purpose and use 2 382 to 2 383 ND_RTSI_CLOCK signal definition table 2 375 purpose and use 2 383 to 2 384 RTSI bus line and VXIbus trigger mapping table 2 387 to 2 388 special considerations when source ND_CONVERT 2 384 using the function 2 386 Set_DAQ_Device_Info function 2 389 to 2 399 data transfer m
58. status SCXI_Scale SCXIchassisID moduleSlot channel SCXIgain TBgain DAQboard DAQchannel DAQgain numPoints binArray scaledArray Purpose Scales an array of binary data acquired from an SCXI channel to voltage or frequency SCXI_Scale uses stored software calibration constants if applicable for the given module when it scales the data The SCXI 1122 SCXI 1126 and SCXI 1141 have default software calibration constants loaded from the module EEPROM all other analog input modules have no software calibration constants unless you follow the analog input calibration procedure outlined in the SCXI_Cal_Constants function description Parameters Input Output Name Type Description SCXIchassisID i16 SCXI chassis ID number moduleSlot i16 SCXI module slot number channel i16 SCXI channel from which the data was acquired SCXIgain f64 SCXI gain or range setting for the channel TBgain f64 gain applied at SCXI terminal block if any DAQboard i16 device number of the DAQ device that acquired the data DAQchannel i16 onboard DAQ channel used in the acquisition DAQgain i16 DAQ device gain used in the acquisition numPoints u32 number of data points to scale binArray i16 binary data returned from acquisition Name Type Description scaledArray f64 array of scaled data Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Scale National Instruments Corporation 2 353 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Paramet
59. use Calibrate_E_Series You can use this function to calibrate your AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X devices You need to calibrate your device under the following conditions If it is operating in an environment with a temperature that differs by more than 10 C from the temperature at which the device was calibrated Your device is calibrated at the factory at room temperature 25 C Once every year You can perform a new calibration or use an existing set of calibration constants by copying the constants from their storage location in the onboard EEPROM You also can store calibration constants NI DAQ automatically loads the calibration constants stored in the EEPROM load area the first time you call a function pertaining to the AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 or AT MIO 16X devices that requires calibration constants to be loaded when you call an AI AO DAQ SCAN or WFM function The load area for the AT MIO 16F 5 is user area 5 The load area for the AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X is user area 8 Caution Read the calibration chapter in your device user manual before using MIO_Calibrate Parameters Input Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility calOP i16 operation to be performed saveNewCal i16 save new calibration constants EEPROMloc i16 storage location Chapter 2 Function Reference MIO_Calibrate National Instruments Corporation 2 281 NI D
60. x AI for analog input channel n Analog channel digital port SCXI chassis SCXI module number or AMUX 64T device number SC Keyword stands for SCXI chassis MD Keyword stands for SCXI module CH Keyword stands for SCXI channel AM Keyword stands for AMUX 64T device Delimiter For example the following string specifies onboard analog input channel 5 as the trigger channel AI5 The following string specifies SCXI channel 1 in SCXI module 2 of SCXI chassis 4 as the trigger channel SC4 MD2 CH1 The following specifies AMUX channel 34 on the AMUX 64T device 1 as the trigger channel AM1 34 You also can specify more than one channel as the trigger channel by listing all the channels when specifying the channel number For example the following string specifies onboard analog input channel 2 4 6 and 8 as the trigger channels AI2 AI4 AI6 AI8 Also if your channel numbers are consecutive you can use the following shortcut to specify onboard analog input channels 2 through 8 as trigger channels AI2 8 trigLevel is the alarm limit in volts trigLevel and deadbandWidth determine the trigger condition deadbandWidth specifies in volts the hysteresis window for triggering handle is the handle to the window you want to receive a Windows message in when DAQEvent happens Chapter 2 Function Reference Config_Alarm_Deadband National Instruments Corporation 2 65 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles
61. 0 Chapter 2 Function Reference RTSI_Clear NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 286 National Instruments Corporation RTSI_Clear Format status RTSI_Clear deviceNumber Purpose Disconnects all RTSI bus trigger lines from signals on the specified device Parameter Input Using This Function RTSI_Clear clears all RTSI bus trigger line connections from the specified device including a system clock signal connected through a call to RTSI_Clock you can connect or disconnect other device system clocks only by changing jumpers on the devices After you execute RTSI_Clear the device is neither driving signals onto any trigger line nor receiving signals from any trigger line You can use this call to reset the device RTSI bus interface Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility Chapter 2 Function Reference RTSI_Clock National Instruments Corporation 2 287 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles RTSI_Clock Format status RTSI_Clock deviceNumber connect dir Purpose Connects or disconnects the system clock from the RTSI bus if the device can be programmed to do so You can connect or disconnect the other device system clock signals to and from the RTSI bus using jumper settings Parameters Input Parameter Discussion connect indicates whether to connect or disconnect the system clock from the RTSI bus 0 Disconnect 1 Connect dir indicates the direction of the connec
62. 0 None 1 Hardware trigger 2 Digital pattern trigger input group only stopPol specifies the polarity of the stop trigger 0 Active high 1 Active low 2 Pattern matched 3 Pattern not matched ptsAfterStopTrig is the number of data points to acquire following the trigger This parameter is valid only if stopTrig is not 0 If stopTrig is 2 this number will include the matching pattern Range 2 through count where count is the value of the count parameter in the DIG_Block_ functions pattern is the digital pattern to be used as a trigger point This parameter is used only when either startTrig or stopTrig is 2 lineMask selects the individual data lines to be compared when startTrig or stopTrig is 2 or 3 or when you enable change detection using DIG_Block_PG_Config This parameter allows you to set all the DON T_CARE bits in the pattern A 0 means DON T_CARE but a 1 is significant Using This Function If startTrig is 0 a digital block operation begins as soon as you call a DIG_Block_ function If startTrig is 1 a digital block operation does not begin until NI DAQ receives an external trigger pulse on the group s ACK STARTTRIG pin If stopTrig is 0 a digital block operation ends as soon as the operation reaches the end of the buffer unless you enable double buffering with the DIG_DB_Config function If stopTrig is 1 a digital block operation continues in a cyclical mode until NI DAQ receives an extern
63. 0 is rebooted and it will take a few seconds for this call to return because it waits for the chassis to finish booting and attempts to reestablish communication with the chassis 1 Reset all modules present in the chassis and reset Slot 0 Using This Function The default states of the SCXI modules are as follows SCXI 1100 and SCXI 1122 Module gain 1 Module filter 4 Hz SCXI 1122 only Channel 0 is selected Multiplexed channel scanning is disabled Module output is enabled if the module is cabled to a DAQ device Calibration is disabled Name Type Description SCXIchassisID i16 logical ID assigned to the SCXI chassis moduleSlot i16 chassis slot number of the module Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Reset NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 350 National Instruments Corporation SCXI 1120 SCXI 1120D SCXI 1121 and SCXI 1140 If the module is operating in Multiplexed mode Channel 0 is selected Multiplexed channel scanning is disabled Module output is enabled if the module is cabled to a DAQ device Hold count is 1 If the module is operating in Parallel mode All channels are enabled Track hold signal is disabled SCXI 1124 Sets the voltage range for each channel to 0 to 10 V Writes a binary 0 to each DAC SCXI 1126 Module range 250 Hz Module filter 1 Hz SCXI 1141 If the module is in Multiplexed mode Channel
64. 0 is selected Amplifier gains 1 Filters are bypassed MUXed scanning is disabled Module output is enabled if module is cabled to a DAQ device Autozeroing is disabled If the module is in Parallel mode All channels are enabled Amplifier gains 1 Filters are bypassed Autozeroing is disabled SCXI 1160 Sets the current state information of relays in memory to unknown No hardware write takes place SCXI 1161 Initializes all of the relays on the module to the Normally Closed position It also updates the software copy of the status maintained by the driver Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Reset National Instruments Corporation 2 351 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles SCXI 1163 Initializes all of the digital output lines on the module to a logical high state SCXI 1163R Initializes all of the solid state relays to their open states SCXI 1200 Sets channel 0 to read from the front panel 50 pin connector and not the SCXIbus Use Init_DA_Brds to completely initialize the hardware and software state of the SCXI 1200 SCXI 2400 Reboots the module It will take a few seconds for this call to return because it waits for the module to finish booting and attempts to reestablish communication with the module Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Scale NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 352 National Instruments Corporation SCXI_Scale Format
65. 0 to cancel the reserved status of counters specified in ctrList Note On the PC TIO 10 the 10 counters are included on two counter timer chips These counter timer chips are programmed sequentially Simultaneous start and stop operations that specify counters from both chips experience a delay between the counters on the first chip counters 1 through 5 and those on the second chip counters 6 through 10 NI DAQ returns a warning condition Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_Square NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 110 National Instruments Corporation CTR_Square Format status CTR_Square deviceNumber ctr timebase period1 period2 Purpose Causes the specified counter to generate a continuous square wave output of specified duty cycle and frequency Parameters Input Parameter Discussion ctr is the counter number Range 1 2 or 5 for an MIO device except the E Series devices 1 through 10 for a PC TIO 10 timebase is the timebase or resolution to be used by the counter timebase has the following possible values 1 Internal 5 MHz clock used as timebase 200 ns resolution AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 AT MIO 16X and PC TIO 10 only 0 TC signal of ctr 1 used as timebase 1 Internal 1 MHz clock used as timebase 1 s resolution 2 Internal 100 kHz clock used as timebase 10 s resolution 3 Internal 10 kHz clock used as timebase 100 s resolution 4 Internal 1 kHz clock used as timebase
66. 1 ms resolution 5 Internal 100 Hz clock used as timebase 10 ms resolution 6 SOURCE1 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or SOURCE 6 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 7 SOURCE2 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or SOURCE 7 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility ctr i16 counter number timebase i16 timebase value period1 u16 period of the square wave period2 u16 period of the square wave Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_Square National Instruments Corporation 2 111 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 8 SOURCE3 used as timebase if 1 ctr v 5 or SOURCE 8 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 9 SOURCE4 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or SOURCE 9 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 10 SOURCE5 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or SOURCE 10 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 11 GATE 1 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or GATE6 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 12 GATE 2 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or GATE7 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 13 GATE 3 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or GATE8 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 14 GATE 4 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or GATE9 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 15 GATE 5 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or GATE10 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 Set timebase to 0 to concatenate counters Set timebase to 1 through 5
67. 10 to 10 V for unterminated load For example to change the output levels to 2 5 to 2 5 V into a terminated load then Attenuation 20 log10 2 5 5 1000 6020 mdB The 4451 and 4551 devices have three levels of attenuation providing voltage ranges of 10 to 10 V 1 to 1 V and 100 to 100 mV To change the output attenuation setting set paramID to ND_ATTENUATION You can change the attenuation at any time Note The values are set up in millidecibels Frequency Correction for the Analog Filter Some devices have an analog lowpass filter in their output stage To correct for the abnormalities of this filter at a particular frequency set paramID to ND_FILTER_CORRECTION_FREQ You can set the paramValue to 0 to disable the frequency correction for the analog filter If you have disabled the analog filter you also must disable the frequency correction Table 2 11 Parameter Setting Information for Output Attenuation Device Type Per Channel Selection Possible Legal Range for paramValue Default Setting for paramValue DAQArb AT 5411 DAQArb PCI 5411 Yes 0 through 74 000 0 4451 and 4551 devices Yes 0 20 000 40 000 0 Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_Change_Parameter NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 34 National Instruments Corporation Trigger Mode Some devices can generate the waveforms stored in the memory on board in different ways by setting the trigger mode parameter The
68. 10033 invalidWinHandleError The window handle passed to the function is invalid 10034 noSuchMessageError No configured message matches the one you tried to delete 10035 irrelevantAttributeError The specified attribute is not relevant 10036 badYearError The specified year is invalid 10037 badMonthError The specified month is invalid 10038 badDayError The specified day is invalid 10039 stringTooLongError The specified input string is too long For instance DAQScope 5102 devices can only store a string up to 32 bytes in length on the calibration EEPROM In that case please shorten the string 10080 badGainError The gain is invalid 10081 badPretrigCountError The pretrigger sample count is invalid 10082 badPosttrigCountError The posttrigger sample count is invalid 10083 badTrigModeError The trigger mode is invalid 10084 badTrigCountError The trigger count is invalid 10085 badTrigRangeError The trigger range or trigger hysteresis window is invalid 10086 badExtRefError The external reference is invalid 10087 badTrigTypeError The trigger type is invalid 10088 badTrigLevelError The trigger level is invalid Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description Appendix A Status Codes National Instruments Corporation A 5 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 10089 badTotalCountError The total count
69. 1200AI Lab PC PCI 1200 SCXI 1200 and DAQCard 1200 only For interval channel scanning operations inputMode 2 NI DAQ configures the module to go into hold mode on the rising edge of the source signal If source 0 that will happen when counter 2 on the Am9513 based MIO devices a dedicated DAQ STC counter on E Series devices or counter B1 on the Lab PC 1200 Lab PC 1200AI Lab PC PCI 1200 SCXI 1200 or DAQCard 1200 pulses at the beginning of each scan interval if source 1 that will happen on the rising edge of the external signal connected to HOLDTRIG on the module front connector In the latter case you should configure the DAQ device for external scan interval timing using the DAQ_Config function so that the external signal will trigger each scan To scan more than one SCXI 1140 you can send the source signal from the module that is receiving it either from the counter or from HOLDTRIG to the other modules over the SCXIbus Notice that the module that is cabled to the device can Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Track_Hold_Setup National Instruments Corporation 2 371 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles receive the source signal from the SCXIbus and drive the scan interval timer of the DAQ device if you want or the module can use the DAQ device counter output and send the signal on the SCXIbus even if that module is not in the module scan list For example you want to scan two SCXI 1140 modules one of which is cabled
70. 18 if you set driveAIS to 1 When NI DAQ reads a channel in NRSE mode the device uses AISENSE as an input to the negative input of the amplifier regardless of the driveAIS setting When NI DAQ reads a channel in differential or referenced single ended RSE mode the device drives AISENSE to onboard ground if driveAIS is 1 LPM Devices RSE inputMode only ignored 5 unipolar 0 to 5 V No PC LPM 16 Yes PC LPM 16PnP 5 bipolar 2 5 to 2 5 V 10 unipolar 0 to 10 V 10 bipolar 5 to 5 V 516 Devices DAQCard 500 1 10 bipolar 5 to 5 V N A DAQCard 700 0 1 5 bipolar 2 5 to 2 5 V Yes 10 bipolar 5 to 5 V 20 bipolar 10 to 10 V Table 2 1 Parameter Settings for AI_Configure Continued Device Possible Values for inputMode Analog Input Range Software Configurable inputRange polarity Resulting Analog Input Range Chapter 2 Function Reference AI_Configure National Instruments Corporation 2 9 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Using This Function When you attach an SC 2040 or SC 2042 RTD to your DAQ device you must configure channels 0 through 7 for differential mode When you attach an SC 2043 SG or any SCC accessories to your DAQ device you must configure these channels for nonreferenced single ended mode On the AT MIO 16X 16 bit E Series AT MIO 16F 5 and AT MIO 64F 5 devices the calibration constants used for analog input change depending o
71. 2 315 SCXI_AO_Write 2 319 SCXI_Cal_Constants 2 322 SCXI_Calibrate_Setup 2 330 SCXI_Change_Chan 2 332 SCXI_Configure_Filter 2 333 SCXI_Get_Chassis_Info 2 336 SCXI_Get_Module_Info 2 338 SCXI_Get_State 2 340 SCXI_Get_Status 2 342 SCXI_Load_Config 2 344 SCXI_ModuleID_Read 2 345 SCXI_MuxCtr_Setup
72. 234 to 2 235 ND_PULSE_TRAIN_GNR application 2 232 to 2 234 ND_RETRIG_PULSE_GNR application 2 231 to 2 232 Index NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles I 8 National Instruments Corporation ND_SIMPLE_EVENT_CNT application 2 217 to 2 218 ND_SINGLE_PERIOD_MSR application 2 218 to 2 220 ND_SINGLE_PULSE_GNR application 2 227 to 2 229 ND_SINGLE_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR application 2 220 to 2 223 ND_SINGLE_TRIG_PULSE_GRN application 2 229 to 2 231 ND_TRIG_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR application 2 223 to 2 225 ND_TWO_SIGNAL_EDGE_SEPARATI ON_MSR application 2 225 to 2 227 GPCTR_Watch function 2 245 to 2 247 grounding of DAC reference 2 31 group digital I O functions DIG_Block_Check 2 147 DIG_Block_Clear 2 148 DIG_Block_In 2 149 to 2 151 DIG_Block_Out 2 152 to 2 153 DIG_Block_PG_Config 2 154 to 2 157 DIG_DB_Config 2 158 to 2 159 DIG_DB_HalfReady 2 160 to 2 161 DIG_DB_Transfer 2 162 to 2 163 DIG_Grp_Config 2 164 to 2 165 DIG_Grp_Mode 2 166 to 2 168 DIG_Grp_Status 2 169 to 2 170 DIG_In_Grp 2 171 to 2 172 DIG_Out_Grp 2 178 DIG_SCAN_Setup 2 188 to 2 191 H handshaking functions DIG_Grp_Mode 2 166 to 2 168 DIG_Grp_Status 2 169 to 2 170 DIG_Prt_Status 2 186 to 2 187 DIG_SCAN_Setup 2 188 to 2 191 high alarm deadband figure 2 65 I ICTR_Read function 2 248 to 2 249 ICTR_Reset function 2 250 ICTR_Setup function 2 251 to 2 254 Init_DA_Brds function 2 255 to 2 262 default conditions for specific boards 2 258 to 2 261 desc
73. 88 National Instruments Corporation For example if you set source to ND_THE_AI_CHANNEL the channel you are interested in is in bipolar mode you want a gain of 100 and you want to set the voltage window for triggering to 35 mV and 45 mV for your original signal that is signal before amplification by the onboard amplifier you should make the following programming sequence 12 bit boards status Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger deviceNumber ND_ON 218 243 mode ND_THE_AI_CHANNEL Status Select_Signal deviceNumber ND_IN_START_TRIGGER ND_PFI_0 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH 16 bit boards status Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger deviceNumber ND_ON 2764 2969 mode ND_THE_AI_CHANNEL status Select_Signal deviceNumber ND_IN_START_TRIGGER ND_PFI_0 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH To calculate lowValue in the previous example do the following 1 Multiply 35 mV by 100 to adjust for the gain to get 3 5 V 2 Use the following formula to map the 3 5 V from the 5 V to 5 V scale to a value on the 0 to 255 0 4 095 for the 16 bit boards scale value 3 5 5 1 128 218 for the 0 to 255 case Use the following formula to map the 3 5 V from the 10 V to 10 V scale to a value on the 0 to 4 095 scale value 3 5 10 1 2 048 2 764 for the 0 to 4 095 case In general the scaling formulas are as follows For an analog input channel in the bipolar mode 12 bit boards value voltage 5 1 128 16 bit boards
74. AT MIO 16DE 10 0 through 3 for the VXI AO 48XDC 0 through 4 for the DIO 32F DIO 6533 DIO 32HS and AT MIO 16D 0 through 11 for the DIO 96 8 through 15 for the VXI DIO 128 0 for the PCI 4451 and PCI 4452 0 through 3 for the PCI 4551 and PCI 4552 pattern is the 8 bit digital pattern for the data written to the specified port NI DAQ ignores the high eight bits of pattern NI DAQ maps the low eight bits of pattern to the digital output lines making up the port so that bit 0 the least significant bit corresponds to digital output line 0 If the port is less than eight bits wide fewer than eight pattern bits affect the port or some of the bits are not configured for port outport For example because ports 0 and 1 on the Am9513 based boards are four bits wide only bits 0 through 3 of pattern affect the digital output state of these ports Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility port i16 digital I O port number pattern i16 8 bit digital pattern for the data written Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Out_Port NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 182 National Instruments Corporation Using This Function DIG_Out_Port writes the specified digital data to the port on the specified device If the specified port is configurable and you have not configured that port as an output port NI DAQ does not perform the operation and returns an error You must call DIG_Prt_Config to make a configur
75. Compatibles DIG_Block_In Format status DIG_Block_In deviceNumber group buffer count Purpose Initiates an asynchronous transfer of data from the specified group to memory Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion group is the group to be read from Range 1 or 2 for most devices 1 through 8 for DIO 96 buffer is an integer array that contains the data obtained by reading the group indicated by group For the DIO 32F and DIO 6533 DIO 32HS NI DAQ uses all 16 bits in each buffer element Therefore the size of the array in bytes must be at least count multiplied by the size of group For all other devices only the lower 8 bits of each buffer element are used Therefore the size of the array in bytes must be at least twice count multiplied by the size of group count is the number of items for example 8 bit items for a group of size 1 16 bit items for a group of size 2 and 32 bit items for a group of size 4 to be transferred to the area of memory specified by buffer from the group indicated by group Range 2 through 232 1 Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility group i16 group count u32 number of items to be transferred Name Type Description buffer i16 data obtained by reading the group Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Block_In NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 150 National Instruments Corporation Using This Function DIG_Block_
76. DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles G 10 National Instruments Corporation Glossary PCMCIA an expansion bus architecture that has found widespread acceptance as a de facto standard in notebook size computers It originated as a specification for add on memory cards written by the Personal Computer Memory Card International Association PFI programmable function input Plug and Play devices devices that do not require dip switches or jumpers to configure resources on the devices also called switchless devices Plug and Play ISA a specification prepared by Microsoft Intel and other PC related companies that result in PCs with plug in boards that can be fully configured in software without jumpers or switches on the boards port 1 a communications connection on a computer or a remote controller 2 a digital port consisting of four or eight lines of digital input and or output posttriggering the technique used on a DAQ board to acquire a programmed number of samples after trigger conditions are met pts points R RAM random access memory real time a property of an event or system in which data is processed as it is acquired instead of being accumulated and processed at a later time REQ request rms root mean square ROM read only memory RSE referenced single ended mode all measurements are made with respect to a common reference measurement system or a ground Also called a grounded measurement system RTSI
77. DAQEvent 7 or 8 Refer to the DIG_Trigger_Config function for an explanation of the pattern match trigger mode If you are using a Lab or 1200 Series device in pretrigger mode NI DAQ does not send any messages you configure for the end of the acquisition These devices do not generate an interrupt at the end of the acquisition when in pretrigger mode DAQEvent 9 NI DAQ sends a message when a transition low to high or high to low appears on a counter output or external timing signal I O pin Table 2 17 shows the possible counters and external timing signals that are valid for each supported device If you are using one of the counters on the PC TIO 10 for your timing signal you must connect the counter output to the EXTIRQ pin either externally through the I O connector or with the two jumpers on the device The jumpers connect the OUT2 and OUT7 pins with the EXTIRQ1 and EXTIRQ2 pins respectively NI DAQ returns an error if you specify a counter that is in use Use EXT1 for the chanStr parameter regardless of which EXTIRQ pin you are Digital pattern matched 8 Send a message when data from any digital port in chanStr causes this statement to be true data AND DAQTrigVal0 EQUAL DAQTrigVal1 Only the lower word is relevant Lab and 1200 Series devices except an SCXI 1200 with Remote SCXI lt DIO gt DIO 6533 devices lt DIO gt PC DIO 24 PnP DAQCard DIO 24 PC DIO 96 PnP PCI DIO 96 DAQPad 6507 6508 lt DIO gt AT MIO 16D
78. Disabled Analog Output defaults Mode Bipolar 5 to 5 V Range 20 Level 0 V Digital Input and Output defaults Direction Input Handshaking Disabled Group assignments No ports assigned to any group Counter Timer defaults Output level Logical low 516 and LPM devices and DAQCard 500 700 Analog Input default Mode Single ended Differential also possible for 516 devices and DAQCard 700 Reference Range 10 V Polarity Bipolar 5 to 5 5 V Stop trigger External conversion Disabled Mode Differential Calibrated Digital Input and Output defaults Output port voltage level 0 V Counter Timer defaults Output level Logical low AT AO 6 10 Analog Output defaults Range 20 V Reference 10 V Mode Bipolar 10 to 10 V Level 0 V Group assignments No channels assigned to any group Digital input and output defaults direction Input Translate and demux Disabled Chapter 2 Function Reference Init_DA_Brds National Instruments Corporation 2 261 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles AO 2DC devices Analog Output defaults Mode Unipolar 0 to 10 V Level 0 V Digital Input and Output defaults Direction Input DAQArb 5411 devices Defaults Analog filter On Digital filter On Frequency correction for analog filter D
79. FRM for PC Compatibles Config_Alarm_Deadband Format status Config_Alarm_Deadband deviceNumber mode chanStr trigLevel deadbandWidth handle alarmOnMessage alarmOffMessage callbackAddr Purpose Notifies NI DAQ applications when analog input signals meet the alarm on or alarm off condition you specified Also NI DAQ sends your application a message or executes a callback function that you provide Parameters Input Parameter Discussion mode indicates whether to add a new alarm message or remove an old alarm message with the given device 0 Add a high alarm deadband event 1 Add a low alarm deadband event 2 Remove a high alarm deadband event 3 Remove a low alarm deadband event chanStr is a string description of the trigger analog channel or digital port Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility mode i16 add or remove high low alarm events chanStr STR channel string trigLevel f64 trigger level in volts deadbandWidth f64 the width of the alarm deadband in volts handle i16 handle alarmOnMessage i16 user defined alarm on message alarmOffMessage i16 user defined alarm off message callbackAddr u32 user callback function address Chapter 2 Function Reference Config_Alarm_Deadband NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 64 National Instruments Corporation The channel string has one of the following formats xn SCn MDn CHn AMn n where
80. FRM for PC Compatibles Note The following information applies to DAQArb 5411 devices only iterations is the number of times the waveform generation steps through buffer A value of 0 means that waveform generation proceeds indefinitely Range 0 through 232 1 Enabling FIFO mode waveform generation places some restrictions on the allowable values for the iterations parameter Refer to the mode parameter description below Enabling pulsed FIFO mode waveform generation by turning on the delay clock via WFM_ClockRate places two additional restrictions on the allowed values of iterations and also changes its meaning Setting iterations to 0 is not allowed Setting iterations to 1 is not allowed if you are using an AT MIO 16X or AT MIO 64F 5 Also instead of determining the number of times the waveform generation steps through buffer before stopping pulsed FIFO mode causes the iterations setting to determine the number of times the data in the FIFO is generated before pausing for the specified delay Once the delay has elapsed the data in the FIFO is generated again In other words when you use pulsed FIFO mode the value of iterations determines the number of cycles through the FIFO that occurs between delays Table 2 40 Mode Values for the Count Parameter for DAQArb 5411 Devices Mode Count 0 not supported 1 Minimum count is 256 samples Must be a multiple of 8 samples Maximum count size of the memory that is if memory size
81. Function Support National Instruments Corporation C 9 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Table C 3 DSA Device Functions Function Device PCI 4451 PCI 4551 PCI 4452 PCI 4552 AI_Change_Parameter AO_Change_Parameter AO_Configure Config_HW_Analog_Trigger DAQ_Check DAQ_Clear DAQ_Config DAQ_DB_Config DAQ_DB_HalfReady DAQ_DB_Transfer DAQ_Monitor DAQ_Op DAQ_Set_Clock DAQ_Start DAQ_StopTrigger_Config DAQ_to_Disk DAQ_VScale DIG_In_Line DIG_In_Port DIG_Line_Config DIG_Out_Line DIG_Out_Port DIG_Prt_Config Get_DAQ_Device_Info GPCTR_Change_Parameter GPCTR_Config_Buffer GPCTR_Control GPCTR_Read_Buffer GPCTR_Set_Application Appendix C NI DAQ Function Support NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles C 10 National Instruments Corporation GPCTR_Watch Init_DA_Brds SCAN_Demux SCAN_Op SCAN_Setup SCAN_Start SCAN_to_Disk Select_Signal Set_DAQ_Device_Info Timeout_Config WFM_Check WFM_DB_Config WFM_DB_HalfReady WFM_DB_Transfer WFM_from_Disk WFM_Group_Control WFM_Group_Setup WFM_Load WFM_Op WFM_Scale WFM_Set_Clock Table C 3 DSA Device Functions Continued Function Device PCI 4451 PCI 4551 PCI 4452 PCI 4552 Appendix C NI DAQ Function Support National Instruments Corporation C 11 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Table C 4 Analog Output Family Functions Function Device DAQArb 5411 Devices
82. I O connector NI DAQ considers all of the group s lines significant for change detection by default However you can set a mask specifying that only certain lines should be compared The same lines that are significant for pattern detection if used are also significant for change detection If you are using pattern detection messaging DAQEvent 7 or 8 use the DAQTrigVal0 parameter of the Config_DAQ_Event_Message function to set the pattern and change detection mask Otherwise use the line mask parameter of the DIG_Trigger_Config function When using the DIG_Trigger_Config function to set a line mask you do not need to select any particular start trigger stop trigger or search pattern timebase determines the amount of time that elapses during a single reqInterval The following values are possible for timebase 3 50 ns DIO 6533 DIO 32HS only 1 1 s 2 10 s 3 100 s 4 1 ms 5 10 ms reqInterval is a count of the number of timebase units of time that elapses between internally produced request signals Range 2 through 65 535 externalGate is an absolute parameter and should be set to 0 The AT DIO 32F does support external gating but this simply requires making a connection at the I O connector If you use external gating for group 1 the signal connected to IN1 gates the pattern If you use external gating for group 2 the signal connected to IN2 gates the pattern For an AT DIO 32F the signal at INx must
83. Internal 100 Hz clock used as timebase 10 ms resolution 6 SOURCE1 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or SOURCE 6 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 7 SOURCE2 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or SOURCE 7 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 8 SOURCE3 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or SOURCE 8 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 9 SOURCE4 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or SOURCE 9 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility ctr i16 counter number timebase i16 timebase value cont i16 whether counting continues Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_EvCount National Instruments Corporation 2 93 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 10 SOURCE5 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or SOURCE 10 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 11 GATE 1 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or GATE6 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 12 GATE 2 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or GATE7 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 13 GATE 3 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or GATE8 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 14 GATE 4 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or GATE9 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 15 GATE 5 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or GATE10 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 Set timebase to zero to concatenate counters Set timebase to 1 through 5 for the counter to count one of the five available internal si
84. Line_Change_Attribute Board Config amp Calibrate Configure MIO Boards MIO_Config Configure AMUX Boards AI_Mux_Config Configure SC 2040 SC_2040_Config Calibrate MIO Boards MIO_Calibrate Calibrate E Series Calibrate_E_Series Calibrate LPM 16 LPM16_Calibrate Calibrate Analog Output AO_Calibrate Calibrate 1200 Devices Calibrate_1200 Calibrate DSA Devices Calibrate_DSA Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions National Instruments Corporation 1 7 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Analog Input Single Point Change Analog Input Parameter AI_Change_Parameter Measure Voltage AI_VRead Clear Analog Input AI_Clear Read Analog Binary AI_Read Scale Binary to Voltage AI_VScale Setup Analog Input AI_Setup Check Analog Input AI_Check Configure Analog Input AI_Configure Multiple Point Acquire Single Channel DAQ_Op Scan Multiple Channels SCAN_Op Scan Lab Channels Lab_ISCAN_Op Single Scan Binary AI_Read_Scan Single Scan Voltage AI_VRead_Scan Single Channel to Disk DAQ_to_Disk Multiple Chan to Disk SCAN_to_Disk Scan Lab Chan to Disk Lab_ISCAN_to_Disk Low Level Functions Convert DAQ Rate DAQ_Rate Start DAQ DAQ_Start Setup Scan SCAN_Setup Setup Sequence of Scans SCAN_Sequence_Setup Retrieve Scan Sequence SCAN_Sequence_Retrieve Table 1 3 The LabWindows CVI Function Tree for Data Acquisition Continued LabWindows CVI Function Panel NI DAQ Function Cha
85. Line_Change_Attribute deviceNumber lineNum attribID attribValue Purpose Sets various options on an I O connector and internal lines 6602 devices only Parameters Input Parameter Discussion Legal ranges for the lineNum attribID and attribValue parameters are in terms of constants defined in a header file The header file you should use depends on the language you are using C programmers NIDAQCNS H DATAACQ H for LabWindows CVI BASIC programmers NIDAQCNS INC Visual Basic for Windows programmers should refer to the Programming Language Considerations section in Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions for more information Pascal programmers NIDAQCNS PAS lineNum indicates which line you want to change the attributes of Legal values for this parameter are ND_PFI_0 through ND_PFI_39 ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 and ND_RTSI_CLOCK attribID indicates which feature you are interested in changing Legal values are listed in the following paragraphs along with the corresponding values you can expect for attribValue Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility lineNum u32 name of the line you want to set properties of attribID u32 identification of the attribute you want to change attribValue u32 value of the attribute specified by attribID Chapter 2 Function Reference Line_Change_Attribute NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 278 National Instruments Cor
86. MIO devices 0 through 5 for the AT AO 6 0 through 9 for the AT AO 10 0 through 47 for the VXI AO 48XDC 0 for DAQArb 5411 devices Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility chan i16 analog output channel number outputPolarity i16 unipolar or bipolar intOrExtRef i16 reference source refVoltage f64 voltage reference value updateMode i16 when to update the DACs Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_Configure National Instruments Corporation 2 39 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles outputPolarity indicates whether the analog output channel is configured for unipolar or bipolar operation For the AT AO 6 10 and MIO devices except the MIO 16XE 50 devices 0 Bipolar operation default setting output range is from refVoltage to refVoltage 1 Unipolar operation output range is from 0 to refVoltage For the Lab and 1200 Series analog output devices 0 Bipolar operation default setting output range is from 5 to 5 V 1 Unipolar operation output range is from 0 to 10 V For the MIO 16XE 50 devices 0 Bipolar operation output range is from 0 from 10 to 10 V For the AO 2DC devices 0 Bipolar operation output range is from 5 to 5 V 1 Unipolar operation default setting output range is from 0 to 10 V or 0 to 20 mA For the VXI AO 48XDC 0 Bipolar operation voltage only output range is from 10 24 to 10 24 V 1 Unipolar
87. ND_PFI_1 and sourceSpec ND_HIGH_TO_LOW Therefore to use different selection for ND_IN_STOP_TRIGGER you need to call the Select_Signal function after DAQ_StopTrigger_Config signal ND_IN_EXTERNAL_GATE Use ND_IN_EXTERNAL_GATE for gating the data acquisition For example if you call this function with signal ND_IN_EXTERNAL_GATE source ND_PFI_9 and sourceSpec PAUSE_ON_HIGH the data acquisition will be paused whenever the PFI 9 is at the high level The pausing is performed on a per scan basis so no scans are split by the external gate If you do not call this function with signal ND_IN_EXTERNAL_GATE NI DAQ uses the default values source ND_NONE and sourceSpec ND_DONT_CARE therefore by default the data acquisition is not gated signal ND_IN_SCAN_START source sourceSpec ND_PFI_0 through ND_PFI_9 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW source sourceSpec ND_PFI_0 through ND_PFI_9 ND_PAUSE_ON_HIGH and ND_PAUSE_ON_LOW ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 ND_PAUSE_ON_HIGH and ND_PAUSE_ON_LOW ND_NONE ND_DONT_CARE source sourceSpec ND_PFI_0 through ND_PFI_9 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW Chapter 2 Function Reference Select_Signal National Instruments Corporation 2 377 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Use this signal for scan timing You can use a DAQ STC timer for timing t
88. NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles AT AO 6 10 AT MIO 16X and AT MIO 64F 5 only You can use the PAUSE and RESUME operations on group 1 output channels only if at least one of the following conditions is true Group 1 consists of a single output channel Group 1 is using interrupts instead of DMA AT AO 6 10 AT MIO 16X and AT MIO 64F 5 only You will see a FIFO lag effect when you pause or resume group 1 channels When you execute PAUSE for a group 1 channel the effective pause does not occur until the FIFO has finished writing all of the data remaining in the FIFO for the specified channel The same is true for the RESUME operation on a group 1 channel NI DAQ cannot place data for the specified channel into the FIFO until the FIFO has emptied Refer to the FIFO Lag Effect on the MIO E Series AT AO 6 10 AT MIO 16X AT MIO 64F 5 PCI 4451 and PCI 4551 section of Chapter 3 Software Overview of the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for a more detailed discussion Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Check NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 404 National Instruments Corporation WFM_Check Format status WFM_Check deviceNumber chan wfmStopped itersDone pointsDone Purpose Returns status information concerning a waveform generation operation Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion chan is the number of the analog output channel performing the waveform generation operation Range 0 or 1 for most
89. Note C Programmers alignIndex is a pass by reference parameter Using This Function Use Align_DMA_Buffer to avoid the negative effects of page boundaries in the data buffer on AT bus machines for the following cases DMA waveform generation at close to maximum speed Digital I O pattern generation at close to maximum speed Interleaved DMA waveform generation at any speed 32 bit digital I O pattern generation at any speed The possibility of a page boundary occurring in the data buffer increases with the size of the buffer When a page boundary occurs in the data buffer NI DAQ must reprogram the DMA controller before NI DAQ can transfer the next data sample The extra time needed to do the reprogramming increases the minimum update interval thus decreasing the maximum update rate A page boundary in an interleaved DMA waveform buffer or a buffer that is to be used for 32 bit digital pattern generation can cause unpredictable results regardless of your operating speed To avoid this problem you should always use Align_DMA_Buffer with interleaved DMA waveform generation indicated by resource 2 and 32 bit digital pattern generation indicated by resource 13 In these two cases Align_DMA_Buffer first attempts to align the buffer so that the data completely avoids a page boundary If bufferSize is not big enough for complete alignment the function attempts to partially align the data to ensure that a page boundar
90. SCAN function call and the same DAQboard number you passed to SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup or SCXI_SCAN_Setup DAQchannel is the DAQ device channel number you used to acquire the binary data This should be the same channel number that you passed to the DAQ or SCAN function call For most cases you will be multiplexing all of your SCXI channels into DAQ device channel 0 DAQgain is the DAQ device gain you used to acquire the binary data This should be the same gain code that you passed to the DAQ or SCAN function call For most cases you will use a DAQ device gain of 1 and you will set any gain you need at the SCXI module numPoints is the number of data points you want to scale for the given channel The binArray and voltArray parameters must be arrays of a length greater than or equal to numPoints If you acquired data from more than one SCXI channel you must be careful to pass the number of points for this channel only not the total number of points you acquired from all channels Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Scale NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 354 National Instruments Corporation binArray is the array of binary data for the given channel binArray should contain numPoints data samples from the SCXI channel If you acquired data from more than one SCXI channel you need to demultiplex the binary data that was returned from the SCAN call before you call SCXI_Scale You can use the SCAN_Demux call to do this After demuxing
91. SCXI Hardware in the DAQ Hardware Overview Guide and the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for more information on SCXI channel assignments Range See Table B 1 in Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation gain is the gain setting to be used for the specified channel gain applies only to the DAQ device if you are using SCXI establish any gain you want on the SCXI module by setting jumpers on the module if any or by calling SCXI_Set_Gain Refer to Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation for valid gain settings If you use an invalid gain NI DAQ returns an error If you call AI_Setup for the 516 and LPM devices or DAQCard 500 700 NI DAQ ignores the gain Note NI DAQ does not distinguish between the low gain and high gain versions of the AT MIO 16 If you enter a gain of 10 and you have a device with gains of 1 2 4 and 8 NI DAQ uses a gain of 2 and returns no error Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility chan i16 analog input channel number gain i16 gain setting to be used Chapter 2 Function Reference AI_Setup NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 16 National Instruments Corporation Using This Function AI_Setup addresses the specified analog input channel and changes the input gain to the specified gain setting AI_Setup in conjunction with AI_Check and AI_Clear is used for externally timed A D conversions
92. Series devices 0 7 0 2 4 6 LPM devices 0 15 N A DAQCard 700 0 15 0 7 516 devices DAQCard 500 0 7 0 3 516 devices only VXI MIO 64E 1 and VXI MIO 64XE 10 0 63 and ND_VXI_SC 0 7 16 23 32 39 48 55 Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles B 2 National Instruments Corporation Valid Internal Analog Input Channels Table B 2 lists the valid internal channels for analog input devices DAQPad MIO 16XE 50 0 15 and ND_CJ_TEMP 0 7 and ND_CJ_TEMP PCI 6110E PCI 6111E N A N A 0 3 0 1 PXI MIO and AI devices ND_PXI_SC N A PCI 4451 PCI 4551 N A 0 1 PCI 4452 PCI 4552 N A 0 3 ND_CJ_TEMP ND_PXI_SC and ND_VXI_SC are constants that are defined in the following header files C programmers NIDAQCNS H DATAACQ H for LabWindows CVI BASIC programmers NIDAQCNS INC Visual Basic for Windows programmers should refer to the Programming Language Considerations section in Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions for more information Pascal programmers NIDAQCNS PAS Table B 2 Valid Internal Analog Input Channels Device Internal Channels AT MIO 16XE 10 AT MIO 16XE 50 NEC MIO 16XE 50 DAQPad MIO 16XE 50 ND_INT_AI_GND ND_INT_REF_5V ND_INT_AO_GND_VS_AI_GND ND_INT_AO_CH_0 ND_INT_CH_0_VS_REF_5V ND_INT_AO_CH_1 ND_INT_AO_CH_1_VS_REF_5V DAQCard AI 16E 4 NEC AI 16E 4
93. Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description Appendix A Status Codes NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles A 18 National Instruments Corporation 10688 noTrigEnabledError The number of total scans and pretrigger scans implies that a triggered start is intended but triggering is not enabled 10689 digitalTrigBError Digital trigger B is illegal for the number of total scans and pretrigger scans specified 10690 digitalTrigAandBError This board does not allow digital triggers A and B to be enabled at the same time 10691 extConvRestrictionError This board does not allow an external sample clock with an external scan clock start trigger or stop trigger 10692 chanClockDisabledError The acquisition cannot be started because the channel clock is disabled 10693 extScanClockError You cannot use an external scan clock when doing a single scan of a single channel 10694 unsafeSamplingFreqError The sample frequency exceeds the safe maximum rate for the hardware gains and filters used 10695 DMAnotAllowedError You have set up an operation that requires the use of interrupts DMA is not allowed For example some DAQ events such as messaging and LabVIEW occurrences require interrupts 10696 multiRateModeError Multi rate scanning cannot be used with the AMUX 64 SCXI or pretriggered acquisitions 10697 rateNotSupportedError Unable to convert your tim
94. Terminology This manual uses generic terms to describe groups of devices whenever possible The generic terms for the MIO and AI devices are based on the number of bits the platform the functionality and the series name of the devices Table 1 lists each MIO and AI device and the possible classifications for each Table 1 MIO and AI Devices Device Number of SE Channels Bit Type Functionality Series AT AI 16XE 10 16 16 bit AT AI E Series AT MIO 16 16 12 bit AT MIO Am9513 based AT MIO 16D 16 12 bit AT MIO Am9513 based AT MIO 16DE 10 16 12 bit AT MIO E Series AT MIO 16E 1 16 12 bit AT MIO E Series AT MIO 16E 2 16 12 bit AT MIO E Series AT MIO 16E 10 16 12 bit AT MIO E Series AT MIO 16F 5 16 12 bit AT MIO Am9513 based AT MIO 16X 16 16 bit AT MIO Am9513 based AT MIO 16XE 10 16 16 bit AT MIO E Series AT MIO 16XE 50 16 16 bit AT MIO E Series AT MIO 64E 3 64 12 bit AT MIO E Series AT MIO 64F 5 64 12 bit AT MIO Am9513 based DAQCard AI 16E 4 16 12 bit PCMCIA AI E Series DAQCard AI 16XE 50 16 16 bit PCMCIA AI E Series DAQPad MIO 16XE 50 16 16 bit Parallel Port MIO E Series DAQPad 6020E 16 12 bit USB MIO E Series NEC AI 16E 4 16 12 bit NEC AI E Series NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles xviii National Instruments Corporation About This Manual NEC AI 16XE 50 16 16 bit NEC AI E Series NEC MIO 16E 4 16 12
95. The DSA devices cannot use externally controlled clocks so extConv is ignored The default settings for DAQ modes are as follows startTrig 0 DAQ sequences are initiated through software extConv 0 Onboard clock is used to time A D conversions If you want a DAQ timing configuration different from the default setting you must call DAQ_Config with the configuration you want before initiating any DAQ sequences You need to call DAQ_Config only when you change the DAQ configuration from the default setting To scan channels on an SCXI 1140 module using an external Track Hold signal you should call DAQ_Config with extConv 2 so that the Track Hold signal of the module can control the scan interval timing during the acquisition The configuration information for the analog input circuitry is controlled by the AI_Configure call This configuration information also affects data acquisition You cannot use pretrigger mode in conjunction with external conversion method on MIO 16 16D devices Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_DB_Config National Instruments Corporation 2 121 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DAQ_DB_Config Format status DAQ_DB_Config deviceNumber DBmode Purpose Enables or disables double buffered DAQ operations Parameters Input Parameter Discussion DBmode indicates whether to enable or disable the double buffered mode of acquisition 0 Disable double buffering default 1 Enable double buf
96. To change the counting direction during counting use the GPCTR_Control function with the action set to ND_COUNT_UP or ND_COUNT_DOWN Hardware Control To use hardware to control the counting direction use I O connector lines as shown in Table 2 29 the counter will count down when the I O line is in the low state and up when it is in the high state Use the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function with the paramID set to ND_UP_DOWN and the paramValue set to ND_HARDWARE to take advantage of this counter feature paramID ND_BUFFER_MODE 6602 and 455X devices only Corresponding legal values for paramValue are shown below ND_SINGLE for single buffer operations ND_DOUBLE for continuous buffer operation Table 2 29 Default Up Down Selection gpctrNum E Series Devices 6602 Devices 455X Devices ND_COUNTER_0 Digital I O Line 6 ND_PFI_37 ND_PFI_29 ND_COUNTER_1 Digital I O Line 7 ND_PFI_33 ND_PFI_25 ND_COUNTER_2 N A ND_PFI_29 N A ND_COUNTER_3 N A ND_PFI_25 N A ND_COUNTER_4 N A ND_PFI_21 N A ND_COUNTER_5 N A ND_PFI_17 N A ND_COUNTER_6 N A ND_PFI_13 N A ND_COUNTER_7 N A ND_PFI_9 N A Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Change_Parameter NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 208 National Instruments Corporation paramID ND_OUTPUT_MODE This value changes the output mode from default toggle the output of the counter toggles on each terminal count to pulsed the output of the counter makes a pul
97. To enable disable end of buffer interrupts set paramID to ND_LINK_COMPLETE_INTERRUPTS and set paramValue to either ND_ON or ND_OFF You may specify any channel in the waveform group and the setting will apply to all channels in the group Note This option is valid only for PCI CPCI PXI E Series devices Table 2 15 Parameter Setting Information for the SYNC Duty Cycle Device Type Per Channel Selection Possible Legal Range for paramValue Default Setting for paramValue DAQArb AT 5411 DAQArb PCI 5411 Yes 20 to 80 50 Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_Change_Parameter National Instruments Corporation 2 37 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Memory Transfer Width When doing waveform generation on PCI E Series boards that use the PCI MITE for DMA transfers NI DAQ transfers data from host memory to the DAQ device 16 bits at a time This allows for the finest level of control and is necessary to properly support features like old data stop and partial transfer stop see the NI DAQ function WFM_DB_Config It is also possible to transfer data from host memory to the DAQ device 32 bits at a time which requires fewer PCI bus cycles so that the DAQ device functions more effectively with the PCI bus The only drawback is that when using old data stop and partial transfer stop the waveform may stop one sample earlier than you would otherwise expect To set the memory transfer width set paramID to ND_MEMORY_TRANSFER_WIDTH an
98. Type Description calConst1 f64 return calibration constant calConst2 f64 return calibration constant Name Type Description Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Cal_Constants NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 324 National Instruments Corporation 5 Copy the entire calibration table in calibrationArea to driver memory so NI DAQ can use the table in subsequent scaling operations in the current NI DAQ session SCXI 1122 SCXI 1124 SCXI 1126 and SCXI 1141 only calibrationArea is the location NI DAQ uses for the calibration constants Read the following Using This Function section for an explanation of the calibration table stored in NI DAQ memory and the SCXI 1122 SCXI 1124 SCXI 1126 and SCXI 1141 EEPROM organization 0 NI DAQ memory NI DAQ maintains a calibration table in memory for use in scaling operations for the module 1 Default EEPROM load area NI DAQ also updates the calibration table in memory when you write to the default load area SCXI 1122 SCXI 1124 SCXI 1126 and SCXI 1141 only 2 Factory set EEPROM area You cannot write to this area but you can read or copy from it SCXI 1122 SCXI 1124 SCXI 1126 and SCXI 1141 only 3 User EEPROM area SCXI 1122 SCXI 1124 SCXI 1126 and SCXI 1141 only rangeCode is the voltage or current range of the analog output channel NI DAQ only uses this parameter for SCXI analog output modules 0 0 to 1 V 1 0 to 5 V 2 0 to 10 V 3 1 to 1 V 4
99. a new voltage is produced at the output channels every 250 s The frequency of a waveform is related to the update rate and the number of points in the buffer indicated in an earlier call to WFM_Load as follows where the buffer contains one cycle of the waveform frequency update rate points in the buffer You can make repeated calls to WFM_ClockRate to change the update rate of a waveform in progress You cannot change the internal timebase already being used by the device only the interval and the following conditions must be met whichclock is 0 You are not using FIFO pulsed waveform generation The timebase has the value it had when you called this function before starting the waveform generation At least one update was performed using the previously selected update interval to change the interval immediately that is when mode 0 If any of these conditions is not met NI DAQ returns updateRateChangeError To perform FIFO pulse waveform generation on an E Series device you must use the same timebase for update and delay clock You must specify the delay time as the product of four numbers delay time timebase period delay interval delay interval prescalar 1 delay interval prescalar 2 In this formula Timebase period is a single period corresponding to the selected timebase for example 50 ns when the 20 MHz clock is used Delay interval corresponds to the interval argu
100. a string description of the trigger analog channel s or digital port s The channel string has one of the following formats xn SCn MDn CHn AMn n where x AI for analog input channel AO for analog output channel DI for digital input channel DO for digital output channel CTR for counter EXT for external timing input n Analog channel digital port counter SCXI chassis SCXI module number or AMUX 64T device number SC Keyword stands for SCXI chassis MD Keyword stands for SCXI module CH Keyword stands for SCXI channel AM Keyword stands for AMUX 64T device Delimiter For example the following string specifies an onboard analog input channel 5 as the trigger channel AI5 When using messaging with an SCXI module in Parallel mode you must refer to the channels by their onboard channel numbers not their SCXI channel numbers message i16 user defined message callbackAddr u32 user callback function address Name Type Description Chapter 2 Function Reference Config_DAQ_Event_Message National Instruments Corporation 2 73 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles The following string specifies SCXI channel 1 in SCXI module 2 of SCXI chassis 4 as the trigger channel SC4 MD2 CH1 The following specifies AMUX channel 34 on the AMUX 64T device 1 as the trigger channel AM1 34 You can specify only one AMUX channel in the chanStr parameter You also can specify more than one channel as t
101. acquires an additional number of samples specified by the ptsAfterStoptrig parameter in DAQ_StopTrigger_Config and then terminates Because the trigger can occur at any point in the scan sequence the scanning operation can end in the middle of a scan sequence See the description for Lab_ISCAN_Check to determine how NI DAQ rearranges the buffer after the acquisition ends When you enable pretrigger mode the length of the buffer which is greater than or equal to count should be an integral multiple of numChans If you have selected external start triggering of the data acquisition operation a low to high edge at the EXTTRIG of the Lab and 1200 Series device I O connector input initiates the data acquisition operation after the Lab_ISCAN_Start call is complete Otherwise Lab_ISCAN_Start issues a software trigger to initiate the data acquisition operation before returning Note If your application calls Lab_ISCAN_Start always make sure that you call DAQ_Clear before your application terminates and returns control to the operating system Unless you make this call either directly or indirectly through Lab_ISCAN_Check or DAQ_DB_Transfer unpredictable behavior might result Chapter 2 Function Reference Lab_ISCAN_to_Disk NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 274 National Instruments Corporation Lab_ISCAN_to_Disk Format status Lab_ISCAN_to_Disk deviceNumber numChans gain filename count sampleRate scanRate concat Purpo
102. an edge of appropriate polarity is detected on the gate the counter keeps counting without interruption NI DAQ transfers data from the counter into the buffer until the buffer is filled the counter is disarmed at that time The counter width 24 bits lets you count up to 224 1 events for E Series and 445X devices or up to 232 1 for the 6602 and 455X devices with counter width 32 bits Figure 2 24 shows one possible scenario of a counter used for ND_BUFFERED_EVENT_CNT after the following programming sequence Make buffer be a 100 element array of u32 GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_RESET ND_RESET GPCTR_Set_Application deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_BUFFERED_EVENT_CNT GPCTR_Config_Buffer deviceNumber gpctrNum 0 100 buffer GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_PROGRAM In Figure 2 24 the following behavior is present Gate is the signal present at the counter gate input Source is the signal present at the counter source input Buffer is the contents of the buffer you can retrieve data from the buffer when the counter becomes disarmed Figure 2 24 Buffered Event Counting Source Buffer 3 Gate 1 9 7 8 10 11 2 4 5 6 Counted Events Counted Events Counted Events 4 4 6 4 6 11 Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application National Instruments Corporation 2 237 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Use the GPCTR_Watch function with ent
103. and 1200 Series devices lt AI AO DIO gt AT AO 6 10 lt AO gt 516 and LPM devices DAQCard 500 700 lt AI gt AT DIO 32F and DIO 6533 devices lt DIO gt DSA lt AI AO gt PC DIO 24 PnP DAQCard DIO 24 PC DIO 96 PnP PCI DIO 96 DAQPad 6507 6508 devices lt DIO gt Every N scans 1 Send a message each time an asynchronous operation completes a multiple of DAQTrigVal0 scans chanStr indicates the type of channel or port but the actual channel or port number is ignored MIO devices lt AI AO gt AT MIO 16D AT MIO 16DE 10 lt DIO gt AI devices lt AI gt Lab and 1200 Series devices lt AI AO DIO gt AT AO 6 10 lt AO gt 516 and LPM devices DAQCard 500 700 lt AI gt DSA lt AI AO gt AT DIO 32F DIO 6533 DIO 32HS PC DIO 24 PnP PCI DIO 96 DAQPad 6507 6508 devices lt DIO gt Chapter 2 Function Reference Config_DAQ_Event_Message National Instruments Corporation 2 75 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Completed operation or stopped by error 2 Send exactly one message when an asynchronous operation completes or is stopped for an error chanStr indicates the type of channel or port but the actual channel or port number is ignored MIO devices lt AI AO gt AT MIO 16D AT MIO 16DE 10 lt DIO gt AI devices lt AI gt Lab and 1200 Series devices lt AI AO DIO gt AT AO 6 10 lt AO gt 516 and LPM devices DAQCard 500 700 lt AI gt DSA lt AI AO gt
104. and bipolar configurations you need to complete the following steps The basic steps are to create and store both unipolar and bipolar ADC calibration constants and modify the default load table so that NI DAQ automatically loads your constants instead of the factory constants Step 1 Unipolar calibration Change the polarity of your device to unipolar by using the AI_Configure call or use the NI DAQ Configuration Utility in Windows Call Calibrate_1200 to perform an ADC calibration as in the following example status Calibrate_1200 device 2 1 EEPROMloc calRefChan grndRefChan 0 0 calRefVolts gain where you specify device EEPROMloc say 1 for example calRefChan grndRefChan calRefVolts and gain Chapter 2 Function Reference Calibrate_1200 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 54 National Instruments Corporation Next call this function again for example status Calibrate_1200 device 5 0 EEPROMloc 0 0 0 0 0 0 where the device and EEPROMloc are the same as in the first function call NI DAQ automatically modifies the ADC unipolar pointer in the default load table to point to user area 1 Step 2 Bipolar calibration Change the polarity of your device to bipolar Call Calibrate_1200 to perform another ADC calibration calOP 2 with saveNewCal 1 save and EEPROMloc set to a different user area say 2 as shown above Next call the function with calOP 5 and EEPROMloc 2 as shown above N
105. appropriate binary value to write to the output channel By default NI DAQ will load calibration constants into memory for the SCXI 1124 from the module EEPROM load area see the EEPROM Organization section for more information You can recalibrate your SCXI 1124 module to create your own calibration constants using the following procedure 1 Use the SCXI_AO_Write function with opCode 1 If you are calibrating a voltage output range pass the parameter binaryData 0 If you are calibrating the 0 to 20 mA current output range rangeCode 6 pass the parameter binaryData 255 2 Measure the output voltage or current at the output channel with a voltmeter This is your first volt binary pair binary1 0 or 255 and volt1 is the voltage or current you measured at the output 3 Use the SCXI_AO_Write function with opCode 1 to write the binaryData 4 095 to the output DAC 4 Measure the output voltage or current at the output channel This is your second volt binary pair binary2 4 095 and volt2 is the voltage or current you measured at the output 5 Call SCXI_Cal_Constants with your voltage binary pairs and opCode 2 You can save the constants on the module EEPROM calibrationArea 1 or 3 Refer to the following EEPROM Organization section for information about constants in the EEPROM It is best to use calibrationArea 3 user EEPROM area as you are Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Cal_Constants National
106. are available NI DAQ reports an error and it will not perform the operation ND_FOREGROUND NI DAQ performs data transfers through the CPU 1 You should use this setting to use the SC 2040 only as a preamplifier without using track and hold 2 With ND_NO_TRACK_AND_HOLD infoValue Description Chapter 2 Function Reference Set_DAQ_Device_Info National Instruments Corporation 2 393 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles All possible data transfer methods for the devices supported by NI DAQ are listed below If your device is not listed none of the data transfer modes are applicable The table also shows default values for data transfer modes and other settings An asterisk indicates default value Device Type infoType infoValue AT AO 6 10 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AO_GR1 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AO_GR2 ND_INTERRUPTS AT DIO 32F ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR1 ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR2 ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL AT DIO 32HS ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR1 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR2 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS PCI DIO 32HS PXI 6533 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR1 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR2 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_ACK_REQ_EXCHANGE_GR1 ND_ON ND_OFF ND_ACK_REQ_EXCHANGE_GR2 ND_ON ND_OFF ND_CLOC
107. array of samples to be used count u32 number of data samples bufferSize u32 actual size of buffer Name Type Description alignIndex u32 offset into the array of the first data sample Chapter 2 Function Reference Align_DMA_Buffer National Instruments Corporation 2 23 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles buffer is the integer array of samples NI DAQ uses in the waveform or pattern generation The actual size of buffer should be larger than the number of samples to make room for possible alignment If the actual size of the buffer is not big enough for alignment the function returns a memAlignmentError For Windows applications running in real or standard mode a bufferSize of 2 count guarantees that there is enough room for alignment count is the number of data samples contained in buffer Range 3 through 232 1 bufferSize is the actual size of buffer Range count through 232 1 alignIndex is the variable in which NI DAQ returns the offset into the array of the first data sample If NI DAQ did not have to align the buffer NI DAQ returns alignIndex as 0 indicating that the data is still located at the beginning of the buffer If NI DAQ aligned the buffer to avoid a page boundary alignIndex is a value other than 0 and the first data sample is located at buffer alignIndex if your array is zero based If you use digital input with an aligned buffer NI DAQ stores the data in the buffer beginning at alignIndex
108. be high to enable the pattern The DIO 6533 DIO 32HS devices use triggering instead of gating for more information refer to the DIG_Trigger_Config function Using This Function DIG_Block_PG_Config enables or disables the pattern generation mode of digital I O If the config parameter equals 1 or 2 any subsequent DIG_Block_In or DIG_Block_Out call initiates a pattern generation operation Pattern generation differs from handshaking I O in that NI DAQ produces the request signals at regularly clocked intervals If reqSource equals 0 the timebase parameter equals 2 and the reqInterval parameter equals 10 NI DAQ reads a new pattern from or writes a pattern to a group every 100 s Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Block_PG_Config NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 156 National Instruments Corporation DIG_Block_PG_Config enables or disabled the pattern generation mode of digital I O If the config parameter equals 1 or 2 any subsequent DIG_Block_In or DIG_Block_Out call initiates a pattern generation operation Pattern generation mode overrides any two way handshaking mode set by the DIG_Grp_Mode function The primary difference between pattern generation and two way handshaking is that in pattern generation timing information travels in only one direction over the REQ line The board can generate request signals at regularly clocked intervals internal mode or you provide request signals to the board external mode or the board
109. bit NEC MIO E Series NEC MIO 16XE 50 16 16 bit NEC MIO E Series PCI 6031E MIO 64XE 10 64 16 bit PCI MIO E Series PCI 6032E AI 16XE 10 16 16 bit PCI AI E Series PCI 6033E AI 64XE 10 64 16 bit PCI AI E Series PCI 6071E MIO 64E 1 64 12 bit PCI MIO E Series PCI 6110E 4 diff only 12 bit AI 16 bit AO PCI MIO E Series PCI 6111E 2 diff only 12 bit AI 16 bit AO PCI MIO E Series PCI MIO 16E 1 16 12 bit PCI MIO E Series PCI MIO 16E 4 16 12 bit PCI MIO E Series PCI MIO 16XE 10 16 16 bit PCI MIO E Series PCI MIO 16XE 50 16 16 bit PCI MIO E Series PXI 6011E 16 16 bit PXI MIO E Series PXI 6030E 16 16 bit PXI MIO E Series PXI 6040E 16 12 bit PXI MIO E Series PXI 6070E 16 12 bit PXI MIO E Series VXI MIO 64E 1 64 12 bit VXI MIO E Series VXI MIO 64XE 10 64 16 bit VXI MIO E Series Table 1 MIO and AI Devices Continued Device Number of SE Channels Bit Type Functionality Series National Instruments Corporation xix NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles About This Manual About the National Instruments Documentation Set The NI DAQ Function Reference Manual for PC Compatibles is one piece of the documentation set for your DAQ system You might have any of several types of manuals depending on the hardware and software in your system Use these manuals as follows Your SCXI hardware user manuals If you a
110. bit boards In addition lowValue must be less than highValue The voltage levels corresponding to lowValue and highValue are as follows When trigSource ND_PFI_0 0 corresponds to 10 V and 255 4 095 for the 16 bit boards corresponds to 10 V values between 0 and 255 4 095 for 16 bit boards are distributed evenly between 10 V and 10 V You can use ND_PFI_0 as the analog signal you are triggering off of at the same time you designate ND_PFI_0 as a source for a Select_Signal signal When trigSource ND_THE_AI_CHANNEL and the channel is in bipolar mode 0 corresponds to 5 V 255 corresponds to 5 V values between 0 and 255 are evenly distributed between 5 V and 5 V For 61XX devices 0 corresponds to 10 V 255 corresponds to 10 V For the 16 bit boards 0 corresponds to 10 V 4 095 corresponds to 10 V and values between 0 and 4 095 are evenly distributed between 10 V and 10 V When trigSource ND_THE_AI_CHANNEL and the channel is in unipolar mode 0 corresponds to 0 V 255 4 095 for the 16 bit boards corresponds to 10 V values between 0 and 255 4 095 for the 16 bit boards are evenly distributed between 0 V and 10 V See the end of this section for an example calculation for lowValue For DSA devices the legal range for lowValue and highValue is 65 536 to 65 535 These values correspond to the lower limit of the voltage range to the higher limit of the voltage range for the current configurat
111. bus real time system integration bus the National Instruments timing bus that connects DAQ boards directly by means of connectors on top of the boards for precise synchronization of functions National Instruments Corporation G 11 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Glossary S s seconds S samples sample counter the clock that counts the output of the channel clock in other words the number of samples taken On boards with simultaneous sampling this counter counts the output of the scan clock and hence the number of scans scan one or more analog or digital input samples Typically the number of input samples in a scan is equal to the number of channels in the input group For example one pulse from the scan clock produces one scan which acquires one new sample from every analog input channel in the group scan clock the clock controlling the time interval between scans On boards with interval scanning support for example the AT MIO 16F 5 this clock gates the channel clock on and off On boards with simultaneous sampling for example the EISA A2000 this clock clocks the track and hold circuitry scan rate the number of scans per second For example a scan rate of 10 Hz means sampling each channel 10 times per second SCXI Signal Conditioning eXtensions for Instrumentation SDK Software Development Kit SE single ended a term used to describe an analog input that is measured with respect to a common gr
112. by the DAQ device Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility chan i16 channel on which binary reading was taken gain i16 gain setting gainAdjust f64 multiplying factor to adjust gain offset f64 binary offset present in reading count u32 length of binArray and voltArray binArray i16 acquired binary data Name Type Description voltArray f64 double precision values returned Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_VScale NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 146 National Instruments Corporation gainAdjust is the multiplying factor to adjust the gain Refer to Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation for the procedure for determining gainAdjust If you do not want to do any gain adjustment for example the ideal gain as specified by the parameter gain you must set gainAdjust to 1 offset is the binary offset that needs to be subtracted from reading Refer to Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation for the procedure for determining offset If you do not want to do any offset compensation offset must be set to zero The data type is double to allow for offset fractional LSBs For example you could use DAQ_Op to acquire many samples from a grounded input channel and average them to obtain the offset binArray is an array of acquired binary data For DSA devices binArray should be an array of i32 voltArra
113. channel If you are using an SCXI 1100 SCXI 1122 or SCXI 1141 you can use the SCXI_Calibrate_Setup function to internally ground the module amplifier inputs For other analog input modules you need to wire the positive and negative channel inputs together at the terminal block 5 Take several readings using the DAQ functions and average them for greater accuracy You should use the DAQ device gain range settings you will be using in your application If you are using an AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 or AT MIO 16X you can enable dither using the MIO_Config function to make your averaging more accurate You should average over an integral number of 60 Hz or 50 Hz power line cycles to eliminate line noise You now have your first input value binary pair scaled1 0 0 and binary1 is your binary reading or binary average 6 Now apply a known stable non zero input value to your input channel at the terminal block Preferably your input value should be close to the upper limit of your input range for the given gain setting 7 Take another binary reading or average If your binary reading is the maximum binary reading for your DAQ device you should try a smaller input value This is your second input value binary pair scaled2 and binary2 8 Call SCXI_Cal_Constants with your two input value binary pairs and opCode 2 Make sure you pass the correct SCXIgain you used and pass the gain code you used in AI_Read or DAQ_Op in the DAQgain pa
114. channels are scanned Keep in mind that if you use 1 to select the temperature sensor all readings from that module will be readings of the temperature sensor only channel scanning is not possible DAQdeviceNumber is the device number of the DAQ device that will perform the channel scanning operation If you are using the SCXI 1200 to perform the data acquisition you should specify the module logical device number modeFlag indicates the scanning mode to be used Only one scanning mode is currently supported so you should always set this parameter to zero Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Set_Config National Instruments Corporation 2 357 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles SCXI_Set_Config Format status SCXI_Set_Config SCXIchassisID chassisType chassisAddress commMode commPath numSlots modulesPresent operatingModes connectionMap Purpose Changes the software configuration of the SCXI chassis that you established in the configuration utility Sets the software states of the chassis and the modules specified to their default states This function makes no changes to the hardware state of the SCXI chassis or modules Note You cannot use this function to configure a chassis that contains an SCXI 1200 Parameters Input Parameter Discussion chassisType indicates what type of SCXI chassis is configured for the given SCXIchassisID 0 SCXI 1000 4 slot chassis 1 SCXI 1001 12 slot chassis 2 SCXI 2000 remo
115. configuration parameters are invalid or the function cannot be executed with the current SCXI configuration 10344 chassisSynchedError The remote SCXI unit is not synchronized with the host Reset the chassis again to resynchronize it with the host Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description Appendix A Status Codes National Instruments Corporation A 9 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 10345 chassisMemAllocError The required amount of memory cannot be allocated on the remote SCXI unit for the specified operation 10346 badPacketError The packet received by the remote SCXI unit is invalid Check your serial port cable connections 10347 chassisCommunicationError There was an error in sending a packet to the remote chassis Check your serial port cable connections 10348 waitingForReprogError The remote SCXI unit is in reprogramming mode and is waiting for reprogramming commands from the host NI DAQ Configuration Utility 10349 SCXIModuleTypeConflictError The module ID read from the SCXI module conflicts with the configured module type 10360 DSPInitError The DSP driver was unable to load the kernel for its operating system 10370 badScanListError The scan list is invalid for example you are mixing AMUX 64T channels and onboard channels scanning SCXI channels out of order or have specified a different starting channel for the same SCX
116. configured for input handshaking handshakeStatus corresponds to the state of the IBF bit If the port is configured for output handshaking handshakeStatus corresponds to the state of the OBF bit Note You must call DIG_Prt_Config to configure a port for data direction and handshaking operation Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_SCAN_Setup NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 188 National Instruments Corporation DIG_SCAN_Setup Format status DIG_SCAN_Setup deviceNumber group groupSize portList dir Purpose Configures the specified group for port assignment direction input or output and size Parameters Input Parameter Discussion group is the group to be configured Range 1 or 2 for most devices 1 through 8 for the DIO 96 groupSize selects the number of 8 bit ports in the group Range 0 through 2 for most devices 0 through 8 for the DIO 96 Note Zero is to unassign any ports previously assigned to group portList is the list of ports in group The order of the ports in the list determines how NI DAQ interleaves data in your buffer when you call DIG_Block_In or DIG_Block_Out The last port in the list determines the port whose handshaking signal lines NI DAQ uses to communicate with the external device and to generate hardware interrupt Range 0 or 1 for most devices 2 or 3 for the AT MIO 16D and AT MIO 16DE 10 0 1 3 4 6 7 9 or 10 for the DIO 96 Name Type Description deviceNumber i
117. contained in the chans array refer to the onboard channel numbers If you use one or more external multiplexer devices AMUX 64Ts with any MIO or AI device except the MIO 64 the total number of channels scanned equals four to one multiplexer number of onboard channels scanned number of external multiplexer devices or the total number of channels scanned equals 4 numChans num_mux_brds For example if you use one AMUX 64T and scan eight onboard channels the total number of channels scanned equals 4 8 1 32 If you use one or more external multiplexer devices AMUX 64Ts with the MIO 64 the total number of channels scanned equals 4 numChans1 num_mux_brds numChans2 where numChans1 is the number of onboard channels of an MIO or AI connector scanned Range 0 through 7 differential 0 through 15 single ended num_mux_brds is the number of external multiplexer devices numChans2 is the number of onboard channels of an analog connector scanned Range 0 through 23 differential 0 through 48 single ended If you are using SCXI you must scan the appropriate analog input channels on the DAQ device that correspond to the SCXI channels you want You should select the SCXI scan list using SCXI_SCAN_Setup before you call this function Refer to the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for more information on SCXI channel assignments gains is an integer array of a length not less tha
118. conversions during the DAQ sequence is controlled externally or internally with the sample interval and or scan interval clocks 0 Use onboard clock to control data acquisition sample interval and scan interval timing the default 1 Allow external clock to control sample interval timing 2 Allow external clock to control scan interval timing MIO AI and Lab and 1200 Series devices only 3 Allow external control of sample interval timing and scan interval timing AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 AT MIO 16X and Lab and 1200 Series devices only If you are using an E Series or DSA device see the Select_Signal function for information about the external timing signals Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility startTrig i16 whether the trigger to initiate data acquisition is generated externally extConv i16 selects A D conversion clock source Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_Config National Instruments Corporation 2 119 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Using This Function DAQ_Config saves the parameters in the configuration table for future data acquisition DAQ_Start and SCAN_Start use the configuration table to set the DAQ circuitry to the correct timing modes If both startTrig and extConv are 0 A D conversions begin as soon as you call DAQ_Start SCAN_Start or Lab_ISCAN_Start When startTrig is 1 A D conversions do not begin until NI DAQ receives an external trigger pulse
119. counter numbers mode i16 operating mode Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_Simul_Op National Instruments Corporation 2 109 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Note It is not necessary to call CTR_Simul_Op with mode set to 1 before calling CTR_Simul_Op with mode set to 4 That is it is permissible to start two or more counters at different times and still latch their counts at the same time Using This Function You can start multiple counters simultaneously for any combination of event counting square wave generation or pulse generation The following sequence is an example of using CTR_Simul_Op 1 Specify the counters to use by putting their counter numbers into the ctrList array 2 Call CTR_Simul_Op with mode 1 to reserve these counters 3 Set up the counters by calling CTR_EvCount CTR_Period CTR_Square or CTR_Pulse for each reserved counter Because these counters are reserved they will not start immediately by those calls 4 Call CTR_Simul_Op with mode 2 to start these counters 5 Call CTR_Simul_Op with mode 3 to stop these counters 6 Call CTR_Simul_Op with mode 0 to free counters for non simultaneous operations You can stop counters from performing CTR_EvCount CTR_Period CTR_Square or CTR_Pulse simultaneously regardless of whether they were started by CTR_Simul_Op Trying to start unreserved counters simultaneously causes this function to return an error Call CTR_Simul_Op with mode
120. details concat enables concatenation of data to an existing file Regardless of the value of concat if the file does not exist it is created 0 Overwrite file if it exists 1 Concatenate new data to an existing file Using This Function DAQ_to_Disk initiates a synchronous process of acquiring A D conversion samples and storing them in a disk file DAQ_to_Disk does not return control to your application until NI DAQ acquires and saves all the samples you want or until an acquisition error occurs Note If you select external start triggering for the DAQ operation a high to low edge at the STARTTRIG I O connector of the MIO 16 16D the EXTTRIG input of the AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X or a low to high edge at the EXTTRIG input of Lab and 1200 Series devices initiates the DAQ operation If you are using an E Series device you need to apply a trigger that you select through the Select_Signal or DAQ_Config functions to initiate data acquisition If you are using all E Series devices see the Select_Signal function for information about the external timing signals Be aware that if you do not apply the start trigger DAQ_to_Disk does not return control to your application Otherwise DAQ_to_Disk issues a software trigger to initiate the DAQ operation If you enable pretrigger mode the sample counter does not begin counting acquisitions until you apply a signal at the stop trigger input Until you apply this signal the ac
121. devices use 32 bit data buffers If you are using C or Delphi you will need to typecast your i32 array to i16 when you call WFM_Scale If you are using Visual Basic you should use the nidaqr32 bas file instead of nidaq32 bas to relax type checking on binArray Each 18 bit binVal is shifted into the upper 18 bits of the array element Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Set_Clock National Instruments Corporation 2 441 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles WFM_Set_Clock Format WFM_Set_Clock deviceNumber group whichClock desiredRate units actualRate Purpose Sets the update rate for a group of channels DSA devices only Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion group is the group of analog output channels see WFM_Group_Setup Range 1 whichClock indicates the type of clock Only one clock is currently supported so set this parameter to zero desiredRate is the rate at which you want data points to be sent to the DACs units determines how desiredRate and actualRate are interpreted 0 points per second 1 seconds per point Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility group i16 group of analog output channels whichClock u32 only update clock supported desiredRate f64 desired update rate in units units u32 ticks second or seconds tick Name Type Description actualRate f64 actual update rate in units Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Set_Clock
122. digital filter setting set paramID to ND_DIGITAL_FILTER Table 2 7 Parameter Setting Information for the Analog Filter Device Type Per Channel Selection Possible Legal Range for paramValue Default Setting for paramValue DAQArb AT 5411 DAQArb PCI 5411 Yes ND_ON and ND_OFF ND_ON Table 2 8 Parameter Setting Information for the Digital Filter Device Type Per Channel Selection Possible Legal Range for paramValue Default Setting for paramValue DAQArb AT 5411 DAQArb PCI 5411 Yes ND_ON and ND_OFF ND_ON Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_Change_Parameter NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 32 National Instruments Corporation Output Enable On some of the devices you can disable the output even when the waveform generation is in progress You can use this feature to bring the output to a known level at any time On DAQArb 5411 devices there is a relay just in front of the I O connector By disabling the output this relay switches so that the I O connector output shorts to ground The waveform generation can still continue but no signal appears at the I O connector output You can enable or disable the output at any time To change the output enable setting set paramID to ND_OUTPUT_ENABLE Output Impedance On some of the devices you can select the output impedance to match the impedance of the load Output impedance of 50 is good for testing most of the devices You can use output im
123. do so you should remove the word Global from the CONSTANTS definition For example GLOBAL CONST ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AI amp 14000 would become CONST ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AI amp 14000 NI DAQ for LabWindows CVI Inside the LabWindows CVI environment the NI DAQ functions appear in the Data Acquisition function panels under the Libraries menu Each function panel represents an NI DAQ function which is displayed at the bottom of the panel The function panels have help text for each function and each parameter however if you need additional information you can look up the appropriate NI DAQ function alphabetically in Chapter 2 Function Reference of this manual Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 1 6 National Instruments Corporation Table 1 3 shows how the LabWindows CVI function panel tree is organized and the NI DAQ function name that corresponds to each function panel Table 1 3 The LabWindows CVI Function Tree for Data Acquisition LabWindows CVI Function Panel NI DAQ Function Data Acquisition Initialization Utilities Initialize Board Init_DA_Brds Configure Timeout Timeout_Config Get Device Information Get_DAQ_Device_Info Set Device Information Set_DAQ_Device_Info Align DMA Buffer Align_DMA_Buffer Get DAQ Library Version Get_NI_DAQ_Version Select E Series Signals Select_Signal Config Analog Trigger Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger Change Line Attribute
124. element is 32 bits wide Each data point goes in the upper 18 bits of its buffer element You should set the lower bits to zero count is the number of points in your buffer When NI DAQ is using interleaved waveform generation count should be a multiple of numChans and not less than 2 numChans Range 1 through 232 1 except E Series devices 2 through 224 E Series devices On PCI 61XX devices the buffer must contain an even number of samples because of the 32 bit FIFO iterations is the number of times the waveform generation steps through buffer A value of 0 means that waveform generation proceeds indefinitely Range 0 through 232 1 rate is the rate of waveform generation you want in points per second pts s A value of 0 0 for rate means that external update pulses applied to OUT2 for the MIO 16 and AT MIO 16D to EXTDACUPDATE for the AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X to EXTUPDATE for the AT AO 6 10 and Lab and 1200 Series analog output devices and to PFI Pin 5 on E Series devices will determine the waveform generation rate Range 0 0 for external update or approximately 0 0015 to 500 000 pts s Your maximum rate depends on your device type and your computer system If the number of points that represents represent one cycle of the waveform equals count the frequency of the generated waveform is related to the rate by this the following formula frequency rate count cycles s Using This Function
125. external sample interval timing the DAQ circuitry relies on pulses received on the external conversion signal EXTCONV input to initiate individual A D conversions The sample counter is set up to count the number of samples and to stop the DAQ process when NI DAQ has acquired count samples DAQ_Start initializes a background process to handle storing of A D conversion samples into the buffer as NI DAQ acquires the conversions When you use posttrigger mode with pretrigger mode disabled the process stores up to count A D conversions in the buffer and ignores any subsequent conversions If a call to DAQ_Check returns status 1 the samples are available and NI DAQ terminates the DAQ process In addition a call to DAQ_Clear terminates the background DAQ process and enables a subsequent call to DAQ_Start Notice that if DAQ_Check returns daqStopped 1 or an error code of overRunError or overFlowError the process is automatically terminated and there is no need to call DAQ_Clear Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_Start National Instruments Corporation 2 139 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Note You need to apply a trigger that you select through the Select_Signal or DAQ_Config functions to initiate data acquisition Be aware that if you do not apply the start trigger DAQ_Op does not return control to your application Otherwise DAQ_Op issues a software trigger to initiate the DAQ operation If you select external start triggering for
126. following parameters through the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function useful when the counter application is ND_SINGLE_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR You can change the following ND_SOURCE to ND_INTERNAL_100_KHZ With this timebase you can measure pulse widths between 20 s and 160 s The resolution will be lower than if you are using the ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ timebase ND_SOURCE_POLARITY to ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_GATE to any legal value listed in the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function description ND_GATE_POLARITY to ND_NEGATIVE The pulse width will be measured from a high to low to the next low to high transition of the gate signal You can use the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function after calling GPCTR_Set_Application and before calling GPCTR_Control with action ND_PROGRAM or ND_PREPARE To provide your timebase connect your timebase source to one of the PFI pins on the I O connector and change ND_SOURCE and ND_SOURCE_POLARITY to the appropriate values You can also configure the other general purpose counter for ND_PULSE_TRAIN_GNR and set ND_SOURCE of this counter to ND_OTHER_GPCTR_TC to measure pulse widths longer than 160 s for E Series and 445X devices and 11 37 hours for 6602 and 455X devices Caution Application ND_SINGLE_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR works as described only if the gate signal stays in the low state when ND_GATE_POLARITY is ND_POSITIVE or if the signal stays in the high state when ND_GATE_POLARITY is ND_NEGATIVE while GPCTR_Contr
127. following trigger modes are possible on the DAQArb 5411 devices Single The waveform described by the user in the sequence list1 is generated once by going through all the sequence list Only a start trigger is required Continuous The waveform described by the user in the sequence list is generated infinitely by recycling through all of the sequence list Only the start trigger is required Stepped After the start trigger the waveform described by the first sequence entry is generated It then waits for another trigger At the time of triggering the waveform described by the second sequence entry is generated and so on When all of the sequence list is exhausted it returns to the first sequence entry Burst After the start trigger has been implemented the waveform described by the first sequence entry is generated until another trigger is implemented At the time of triggering the earlier waveform is completed before the waveform described by the second sequence entry is generated and so on When all of the sequence list is exhausted it returns to the first sequence entry To change the trigger mode setting set paramID to ND_TRIGGER_MODE 1 A sequence list is used in staging based waveform generation for linking looping and generating multiple waveforms stored on the onboard memory The sequence list has a list of entries Each entry is called a stage Each stage specifies which waveform to generate and the other associated se
128. for PC Compatibles DIG_In_Grp Format status g DIG_In_Grp deviceNumber group groupPattern Purpose Reads digital input data from the specified digital group Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion group is the group to be read from Range 1 or 2 groupPattern returns the digital data read from the ports in the specified group groupPattern is mapped to the digital input ports making up the group in the following way If the group contains one port NI DAQ returns the eight bits read from that port in the low order eight bits of groupPattern If the group contains two ports NI DAQ returns the 16 bits read from those ports in the following way if the group contains ports 0 and 1 NI DAQ returns the value read from port 0 in the low order eight bits and NI DAQ returns the value read from port 1 in the high order eight bits If the group contains ports 2 and 3 NI DAQ returns the value read from port 2 in the low order eight bits and NI DAQ returns the value read from port 3 in the high order eight bits NI DAQ reads from the two ports simultaneously If the group contains four ports NI DAQ returns a deviceSupportError Use DIG_Block_In to read a group containing four ports Note C Programmers groupPattern is a pass by reference parameter Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility group i16 group Name Type Description groupPattern i16 digital dat
129. function 2 118 to 2 120 DAQ_DB_Config function 2 121 DAQ_DB_HalfReady function 2 122 to 2 123 DAQ_DB_Transfer function 2 124 to 2 125 DAQ_Monitor function 2 126 to 2 128 DAQ_Op function 2 129 to 2 131 DAQ_Rate function 2 132 to 2 133 DAQ_Set_Clock function 2 134 to 2 135 DAQ_Start function 2 136 to 2 139 DAQ STC counter functions See counter timer functions DAQ_StopTrigger_Config function 2 140 to 2 141 DAQ_to_Disk function 2 142 to 2 144 DAQ_VScale function 2 145 to 2 146 data acquisition functions Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger 2 83 to 2 89 DAQ_Check 2 115 to 2 116 DAQ_Clear 2 117 DAQ_Config 2 118 to 2 120 DAQ_DB_Config 2 121 DAQ_DB_HalfReady 2 122 to 2 123 DAQ_DB_Transfer 2 124 to 2 125 DAQ_Monitor 2 126 to 2 128 DAQ_Op 2 129 to 2 131 DAQ_Rate 2 132 to 2 133 DAQ_Set_Clock 2 134 to 2 135 DAQ_Start 2 136 to 2 139 DAQ_StopTrigger_Config 2 140 to 2 141 DAQ_to_Disk 2 142 to 2 144 DAQ_VScale 2 145 to 2 146 Lab_ISCAN_Check 2 263 to 2 265 Lab_ISCAN_Op 2 266 to 2 269 Lab_ISCAN_Start 2 270 to 2 273 Lab_ISCAN_to_Disk 2 274 to 2 276 Line_Change Attribute 2 277 to 2 278 NI DAQ function support table DSA devices C 9 Lab 516 DAQCard 500 700 devices C 6 to C 7 MIO and AI devices C 3 SCAN_Demux 2 294 to 2 295 SCAN_Op 2 296 to 2 299 SCAN_Sequence_Retrieve 2 303 SCAN_Sequence_Setup 2 304 to 2 306 SCAN_Setup 2 307 to 2 308 SCAN_Start 2 309 to 2 314 SCAN_to_Disk 2 315 to 2 318 Select_Signal 2 372
130. generated during the waveform generation can be routed to any of the RTSI trigger lines For more details on the MARKERs and SYNC output refer to your DAQArb 5411 User Manual You also can route the start trigger signal to any of the RTSI trigger lines This action might be useful to trigger multiple devices with the same signal at one time signal ND_RTSI_CLOCK source sourceSpec ND_MARKER ND_DONT_CARE ND_SYNC_OUT ND_DONT_CARE ND_OUT_START_TRIGGER ND_DONT_CARE ND_NONE ND_DONT_CARE source sourceSpec ND_NONE ND_DONT_CARE ND_BOARD_CLOCK ND_DONT_CARE Chapter 2 Function Reference Select_Signal NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 384 National Instruments Corporation Use source ND_NONE to stop the device from driving the RTSI clock line When source ND_BOARD_CLOCK this device drives the signal on the RTSI clock line For DAQArb 5411 devices the board clock is a 20 MHz clock signal ND_BOARD_CLOCK Use source ND_BOARD_CLOCK to stop the device from receiving the clock signal from the RTSI clock line Use source ND_RTSI_CLOCK to program the device to receive the clock signal from the RTSI clock line signal ND_PLL_REF_SOURCE Use ND_NONE for internal calibrated reference By using ND_IO_CONNECTOR you can select an external reference clock to be the source for the phase locked loop PLL or you can use ND_RTSI_CLOCK when running at 20 MHz to be the reference clock source for the PLL By
131. generates request signals whenever the input data changes change detection Either there is no return handshake on the ACK line DIO 6533 or the return handshake can be ignored DIO 32F On the DIO 6533 pattern generation mode enables some additional features You can enable start and stop triggers using DIG_Trigger_Config NI DAQ monitors the transfer speed and the DIG_Block_Check function returns an error message if the system is unable to keep up with the programmed transfer rate internal requests or the rate of request pulses external requests or pattern generation Only the DIO 6533 boards support change detection In this mode the board generates an internal request any time it detects activity on the group s significant input lines As long as the rate of change is within the board s change detection limits the board captures exactly one copy of each new input pattern If you set a pattern mask for change detection you can select a subset of the group s input lines to be significant However when the board detects a change it acquires data from all of the group s input lines whether masked or not Using change detection mode in conjunction with the Configure_DAQ_Event_Message function you can also receive a message every time the input data changes Use the Configure_DAQ_Event_Message function to generate a message after each pattern is acquired To ensure best precision in messaging use the interrupt driven d
132. generation you must set mode to 1 Notice that if you enable delay clock you must load finite iterations If you load infinite iterations NI DAQ returns error code fifoModeError whichclock 2 mode is ignored in this case whichclock 3 Mode is ignored in this case If any of these conditions is not met NI DAQ returns updateRateChangeError Using This Function You can calculate the actual update rate in seconds from the timebase resolution selected by timebase and interval as shown by the following example Suppose that timebase equals 2 On an MIO device this value selects the 100 kHz internal clock signal which provides counter 2 with a rising edge to count every 10 s thus selecting the 10 s resolution On Lab and 1200 Series analog output devices if the total update interval given by timebase resolution interval is greater than 65 535 s it programs counter B0 Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_ClockRate National Instruments Corporation 2 409 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles if it is not busy in a data acquisition or a counting operation to produce a clock of 100 kHz which is used by the counter producing the update interval Also suppose that interval equals 25 This value indicates that counter 2 must count 25 rising edges of its input clock signal before issuing a request to produce a new voltage at the analog output channels The actual update rate in seconds is then 25 10 s 250 s Thus
133. gpctrNum indicates which counter to program Legal values for this parameter are shown in Table 2 20 Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility gpctrNum u32 number of the counter to use application u32 application for which to use the counter Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 216 National Instruments Corporation application can be one of the following Table 2 31 Descriptions for application Group Application Description Simple Counting and Time Measurement ND_SIMPLE_EVENT_CNT Simple event counting ND_SINGLE_PERIOD_MSR Simple single period measurement ND_SINGLE_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR Simple single pulse width measurement ND_TRIG_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR Pulse width measurement you can use for recurring pulses ND_TWO_SIGNAL_EDGE_SEPARATION_ MSR Pulse width measurement for signals on two separate gates 6602 and 455X devices only Simple Pulse and Pulse Train Generation ND_SINGLE_PULSE_GNR Generation of a single pulse ND_SINGLE_TRIG_PULSE_GNR Generation of a single triggered pulse ND_RETRIG_PULSE_GNR Generation of a retriggerable single pulse ND_PULSE_TRAIN_GNR Generation of pulse train ND_FSK Frequency Shift Keying Buffered Counting and Time Measurement ND_BUFFERED_EVENT_CNT Buffered asynchronous event counting ND_BUFFERED_PERIOD_MSR Buffered asynchronous period measurement ND_BUFFERE
134. half buffer to the digital output block through a DIG_DB_Transfer call The function stops digital block output when NI DAQ has output the partial half This field is ignored for input groups 0 Disallow partial half buffer transfer 1 Allow partial half buffer transfer Using This Function Double buffered digital block functions cyclically input or output digital data to or from a buffer The buffer is divided into two equal halves so that NI DAQ can save or write data from one half while block operations use the other half For input this mechanism makes it necessary to alternately save both halves of the buffer so that NI DAQ does not overwrite data in the buffer before saving the data For output the mechanism makes it necessary to alternately write to both halves of the buffer so that NI DAQ does not output old data Use DIG_DB_Transfer to save or write the data as NI DAQ is inputting or outputting the data You should call DIG_Block_Clear to stop the continuous cyclical double buffered digital operation started by DIG_Block_Out or DIG_Block_In Refer to Chapter 5 NI DAQ Double Buffering of the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for an explanation of double buffering For the AT DIO 32F and AT DIO 32HS enabling either oldDataStop or partialTransfer causes an artificial split in the digital block buffer which requires DMA reprogramming at the end of each half buffer For a group that is configured for handshaking this means that a
135. has the following possible values 3 20 MHz clock used as the timebase 50 ns E Series only 1 200 ns AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 AT MIO 16X and E Series devices only Name Type Description rate f64 desired DAQ rate units i16 pts s or s pt see CTR_Rate Name Type Description timebase i16 onboard source signal used sampleInterval u16 number of timebase units that elapse between consecutive A D conversions Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_Rate National Instruments Corporation 2 133 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 1 1 s 2 10 s 3 100 s 4 1 ms 5 10 ms sampleInterval is the number of timebase units that elapse between consecutive A D conversions The combination of the timebase resolution value and the sampleInterval produces the DAQ rate you want Range 2 through 65 535 Note C Programmers timebase and sampleInterval are pass by reference parameters Using This Function DAQ_Rate produces timebase and sample interval values to closely match the DAQ rate you want To calculate the actual acquisition rate produced by these values first determine the clock resolution that corresponds to the value timebase returns Then use the appropriate formula below depending on the value specified for units units 0 pts s actual rate 1 clock resolution sampleInterval units 1 s pt actual rate clock resolution sampleInterval Chapter 2 Function Re
136. high The output goes high when NI DAQ reaches the terminal count that is the counter has decremented to zero and stays high until you set the selected counter to a different mode Figure 2 32 shows the mode 0 timing diagram Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility ctr i16 counter number mode i16 mode in which the counter is to operate count u16 period from one output pulse to the next binBcd i16 16 bit binary or 4 decade binary coded decimal Chapter 2 Function Reference ICTR_Setup NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 252 National Instruments Corporation Figure 2 32 Mode 0 Timing Diagram In mode 1 the output goes low on the count following the rising edge of the gate input and goes high on terminal count The value of the counter before the rising edge of the gate input is undefined Figure 2 33 shows the mode 1 timing diagram Figure 2 33 Mode 1 Timing Diagram In mode 2 the output goes low for one period of the clock input count indicates the period from one output pulse to the next Figure 2 34 shows the mode 2 timing diagram Figure 2 34 Mode 2 Timing Diagram Clock WR Gate Output 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 n 6 A B A B n Clock Gate Output n 4 4 3 2 1 0 WR Clock Output Gate 4 2 3 1 0 4 3 2 1 n 4 0 4 Chapter 2 Function Reference ICTR_Setup National Instruments Corporation 2 253 NI D
137. if one is available AI_Check is intended for use when A D conversions are initiated by external pulses applied at the EXTCONV pin or if you are using the E Series devices at the pin selected through the Select_Signal function see DAQ_Config for information on enabling external conversions Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion readingAvailable represents the status of the analog input circuitry 1 NI DAQ returns an A D conversion result in reading 0 No A D conversion result is available reading is the integer in which NI DAQ returns the 12 bit result of an A D conversion If the device is configured for unipolar operation reading ranges from 0 to 4 095 If the device is configured for bipolar operation reading ranges from 2 048 to 2 047 For devices with 16 bit ADCs reading ranges from 0 to 65 535 in unipolar operation and 32 768 to 32 767 in bipolar operation Note C Programmers readingAvailable and reading are pass by reference parameters Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility Name Type Description readingAvailable i16 whether a reading is available reading i16 integer result Chapter 2 Function Reference AI_Check NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 4 National Instruments Corporation Using This Function AI_Check checks the status of the analog input circuitry If the device has performed an A D conversion AI_Check returns readingAvaila
138. if these are internal the signal rate and gating mode Parameters Input Parameter Discussion group is the group for which pattern generation is to be enabled or disabled Range 1 or 2 config is a flag that enables or disables pattern generation 0 Disable pattern generation 1 Enable pattern generation using request edge latching output input always uses request edge latching 2 Enable pattern generation without request edge latching input always uses request edge latching reqSource 0 Internal The board generates requests internally from onboard counters 1 External The board accepts requests from the REQ pin on the I O connector Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility group i16 group config i16 enables or disables pattern generation reqSource i16 source of the request signals timebase i16 timebase value reqInterval u16 number of timebase units between request signals externalGate i16 enables or disables external gating Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Block_PG_Config National Instruments Corporation 2 155 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 Change detection DIO 6533 DIO 32HS input groups only The board generates an internal request whenever it detects a change on a significant input pin When using internally generated requests reqSource 0 or 2 the REQ signal is an output do not drive any external signal onto the REQ pin of the
139. in chanVector Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_Setup NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 308 National Instruments Corporation devices or the total number of channels scanned equals 4 numChans num_mux_brds For example if you use one AMUX 64T and scan eight onboard channels the total number of channels scanned equals 4 8 1 32 If you use one or more external multiplexer devices AMUX 64Ts with the MIO 64 the total number of channels scanned equals 4 numChans1 num_mux_brds numChans2 where 4 represents four to one multiplexer numChans1 is the number of onboard channels of an MIO or AI connector the first connector scanned Range 0 through 7 differential 0 through 15 single ended num_mux_brds is the number of external multiplexer devices numChans2 is the number of onboard channels of an analog connector the second connector scanned Range 0 through 23 differential 0 through 48 single ended If you are using SCXI you must scan the analog input channels on the DAQ device that corresponds to the SCXI channels you want You should select the SCXI scan list using SCXI_SCAN_Setup before you call this function Refer to the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for more information on SCXI channel assignments gainVector is an integer array of length numChans that contains the gain setting to be used for each channel specified in chanVector This gain setting
140. in the onboard EEPROM or are maintained by NI DAQ Range ND_FACTORY_EEPROM_AREA Factory calibration area of the EEPROM You cannot modify this area so you can set setOfCalConst to ND_FACTORY_EEPROM_AREA only when calOP is set to ND_SET_DEFAULT_LOAD_AREA ND_NI_DAQ_SW_AREA NI DAQ maintains calibration constants internally no writing into the EEPROM occurs You cannot use this setting when calOP is set to ND_SET_DEFAULT_LOAD_AREA You can use this setting to calibrate your device repeatedly during your program and you do not want to store the calibration constants in the EEPROM ND_USER_EEPROM_AREA For the user calibration area of the EEPROM If calOP is set to ND_SELF_CALIBRATE or ND_EXTERNAL_CALIBRATE the new calibration constants is written into this area and this area becomes the new default load area You can use this setting to run several NI DAQ applications during one measurement session conducted at same temperature and you do not want to recalibrate your device in each application calRefVolts is the value of the DC calibration voltage connected to analog input channel 0 when calOP is ND_EXTERNAL_CALIBRATE This parameter is ignored when calOP is ND_SET_DEFAULT_LOAD_AREA or ND_SELF_CALIBRATE Range 12 bit E Series devices 6 0 to 10 0 V 16 bit E Series devices 6 0 to 9 999 V Using This Function Your device contains calibration D A converters calDACs that are used for fine tuning the analog circuitry The calDACs m
141. input range of the device gain is the device gain setting at which you want to calibrate when calOP is 2 or 3 When you perform an analog input operation a calibration constant for that gain must be available When you run the Calibrate_1200 function at a particular gain the device only can be used to collect data accurately at that gain If you are creating a set of calibration constants that you intend to use you must be sure to calibrate at all gains at which you intend to sample Range 1 2 5 10 50 or 100 Using This Function A calibration performed in bipolar mode is not valid for unipolar and vice versa Calibrate_1200 performs a bipolar or unipolar calibration or loads the bipolar or unipolar constants calOP 1 EEPROMloc 0 depending on the value of the polarity parameter in the last call to AI_Configure and AO_Configure If analog input measurements are taken with the wrong set of calibration constants loaded you might produce erroneous data Calibrate for a particular gain if you plan to acquire at that gain If you calibrate the device yourself make sure you calibrate at a gain that you are likely to use Each gain has a different calibration constant When you switch gains NI DAQ automatically loads the calibration constant for that particular gain If you have not calibrated for that gain and saved the constant earlier an incorrect value is used To set up your own calibration constants in the user area for both unipolar
142. inputMode is 0 NI DAQ ignores this parameter 0 A counter of the DAQ device that is cabled to the module will be the source NI DAQ will reserve and use Am9513 based device counter 2 an E Series dedicated DAQ STC counter Lab and 1200 Series devices counter B1 DAQCard 700 or LPM device counter 2 for this purpose This source is only valid if the module is cabled to a DAQ device 1 An external signal connected to the HOLDTRIG pin on the front connector of the module will control the track hold state of the module There is a hardware connection between the HOLDTRIG pin and the counter output of the DAQ device so if source 1 the appropriate counter listed above is driven by the external signal and will be reserved Keep in mind that if inputMode 2 this external signal will drive the scan interval timer If you are using a Lab and 1200 Series devices DAQCard 700 or LPM device you must change the jumper setting on the SCXI 1341 or SCXI 1342 adapter device to prevent the external signal from damaging the timer chip on the DAQ device 2 NI DAQ will use a signal routed on an SCXIbus trigger line to control the track hold state of the module If you are using an SCXI 1200 or the internal connection to the SCXI backplane on the PXI 1010 you must use this option to route the trigger signal from the backplane send indicates where else to send the signal specified by source for synchronization purposes NI DAQ also ignores this parameter if
143. interval counter The sample interval counter controls the time that elapses between acquisition of samples within a scan sequence sampTimebase has the following possible values 1 1 MHz clock used as timebase 1 s resolution 2 100 kHz clock used as timebase 10 s resolution 3 10 kHz clock used as timebase 100 s resolution 4 1 kHz clock used as timebase 1 ms resolution 5 100 Hz clock used as timebase 10 ms resolution If sample interval timing is to be externally controlled NI DAQ ignores sampTimebase and the parameter can be any value sampInterval indicates the length of the sample interval that is the amount of time to elapse between each A D conversion within a scan sequence Range 2 through 65 535 The sample interval is a function of the timebase resolution NI DAQ determines the actual sample interval in seconds by the following formula sampInterval sample timebase resolution Chapter 2 Function Reference Lab_ISCAN_Start NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 272 National Instruments Corporation where the sample timebase resolution is equal to one of the values of sampTimebase as specified above For example if sampInterval 25 and sampTimebase 2 the actual sample interval is 25 10 s 250 s The total sample interval the time to complete one scan sequence in seconds is the actual sample interval number of channels scanned If the sample interval is to be externally control
144. is inconsistent with the buffer size and pretrigger scan count or with the board type 10090 badRPGError The individual range polarity and gain settings are valid but the combination is not allowed 10091 badIterationsError You have attempted to use an invalid setting for the iterations parameter The iterations value must be 0 or greater Your device might be limited to only two values 0 and 1 10092 lowScanIntervalError Some devices require a time gap between the last sample in a scan and the start of the next scan The scan interval you have specified does not provide a large enough gap for the board See the SCAN_Start function in the language interface API for an explanation 10093 fifoModeError FIFO mode waveform generation cannot be used because at least one condition is not satisfied 10094 badCalDACconstError The calDAC constant passed to the function is invalid 10095 badCalStimulusError The calibration stimulus passed to the function is invalid 10100 badPortWidthError The requested digital port width is not a multiple of the hardware port width or is not attainable by the DAQ hardware 10120 gpctrBadApplicationError Invalid application used 10121 gpctrBadCtrNumberError Invalid counterNumber used 10122 gpctrBadParamValueError Invalid paramValue used 10123 gpctrBadParamIDError Invalid paramID used Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Statu
145. monospace italic Italic text in this font denotes that you must supply the appropriate words or values in the place of these items NI DAQ Refers to the NI DAQ software for PC compatibles unless otherwise noted PC Refers to the IBM PC XT IBM PC AT and compatible computers PCI Series Refers to the National Instruments products that use the high performance expansion bus architecture originally developed by Intel to replace ISA and EISA Remote SCXI Refers to an SCXI configuration where either an SCXI 2000 chassis or an SCXI 2400 remote communications module is connected to the PC serial port SCXI 1102 B C SCXI 1102 B C refers to the SCXI 1102 SCXI 1102B and SCXI 1102C devices SCXI 1120 D SCXI 1120 D refers to the SCXI 1120 and SCXI 1120D SCXI analog input Refers to the SCXI 1100 SCXI 1102 SCXI 1120 SCXI 1120D module SCXI 1121 SCXI 1122 SCXI 1140 and SCXI 1141 SCXI chassis Refers to the SCXI 1000 SCXI 1000DC SCXI 1001 and SCXI 2000 SCXI digital module Refers to the SCXI 1160 SCXI 1161 SCXI 1162 SCXI 1162HV SCXI 1163 and SCXI 1163R National Instruments Corporation xvii NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles About This Manual Simultaneous sampling Refers to the PCI 6110E PCI 6111E PCI 4451 PCI 4452 PCI 4551 device and PCI 4552 VXI MIO device Refers to the VXI MIO 64E 1 and VXI MIO 64XE 10 VXI SC 1102 B C Refers to the VXI SC 1102 VXI SC 1102B and VXI SC 1102C MIO and AI Device
146. must then call WFM_Load again with mode 4 Notice that only one buffer is allowed for a mode of 2 Use mode 3 for loading waveforms which are arbitrary in nature and for which very deep memory is required Very complex waveforms also can be generated using the linking and looping capabilities of the device in this mode This mode is referred to as arbitrary waveform generation ARB mode For more details on the ARB mode refer to Chapter 16 DAQArb 5411 Devices in the DAQ Hardware Overview Guide The minimum size of the buffer is 256 samples and the total number of samples must be a multiple of 8 samples You can call WFM_Load a multiple number of times consecutively to load different buffers When you do this you must assign each buffer an ID using the iterations parameter The first buffer should have an ID of 0 and the successive buffers always should have the buffer ID of one more than the previously loaded buffer To generate a sequence of these buffers in the order you want call WFM_Load again with mode 4 Notice that a multiple number of buffers are allowed for mode of 3 Use mode 4 for loading a sequence list of buffers for ARB mode or frequencies DDS mode to be generated Each stage in the sequence list is an array of 16 bit values The total number of these 16 bit values for a stage depends on the previous mode WFM_Load mode being 2 or 3 The structure of this array for one stage in the DDS and ARB mode is as follows DDS
147. on the language you are using C programmers NIDAQCNS H DATAACQ H for LabWindows CVI BASIC programmers NIDAQCNS INC Visual Basic for Windows programmers should refer to the Programming Language Considerations section in Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions for more information Pascal programmers NIDAQCNS PAS operation determines the operation to be performed Range ND_SELF_CALIBRATE Self calibrates the device ND_EXTERNAL_CALIBRATE Externally calibrates the device ND_RESTORE_FACTORY_CALIBRATION Calibrates the device using internal factory reference refVoltage is the value of the DC calibration voltage connected to analog input channel 0 when operation is ND_EXTERNAL_CALIBRATE This parameter is ignored when operation is set to ND_EXTERNAL_CALIBRATE or ND_RESTORE_FACTORY_CALIBRATION Range 1 0 to 9 99 V To achieve the highest accuracy use a reference voltage between 5 0 and 9 99 V Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility operation u32 operation to be performed refVoltage f64 DC calibration voltage Chapter 2 Function Reference Calibrate_DSA NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 56 National Instruments Corporation Using This Function Your device contains calibration D A converters calDACs that are used for fine tuning the analog circuitry The calDACs must be programmed loaded with certain numbers called calibration constants These cons
148. pin is used for device to SCXI communication Currently there are no SCXI modules that require this signal ND_FREQ_OUT Use ND_NONE to disable the output on the pin in other words to place the pin in high impedance state The signal present on the FREQ_OUT pin of the I O connector is the divided down version of one of the two internal timebases Use sourceSpec to specify the divide down factor signal ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 Note This information applies to E Series devices only When source ND_IN_SCAN_START the actual signal source on the specified RTSI line will be ND_IN_SCAN_START or ND_IN_SCAN_IN_PROG The default signal source is ND_IN_SCAN_START with source ND_IN_SCAN_START The following actions will change the signal source Call the select_signal function with signal ND_PFI_7 and source ND_IN_SCAN_START or ND_SCAN_IN_PROG source sourceSpec ND_NONE ND_DONT_CARE ND_INTERNAL_10_MHZ 1 through 16 ND_INTERNAL_100_KHZ 1 through 16 source sourceSpec ND_NONE ND_DONT_CARE ND_IN_START_TRIGGER ND_LOW_TO_HIGH ND_IN_STOP_TRIGGER ND_LOW_TO_HIGH ND_IN_CONVERT ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_OUT_UPDATE ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_OUT_START_TRIGGER ND_LOW_TO_HIGH ND_GPCTR0_SOURCE ND_LOW_TO_HIGH ND_GPCTR0_GATE ND_POSITIVE ND_GPCTR0_OUTPUT ND_DONT_CARE ND_IN_SCAN_START ND_LOW_TO_HIGH Chapter 2 Function Reference Select_Signal National Instruments Corporation 2 383 NI DAQ FRM for
149. scanRate is the scan rate you want in units of scans s This is the rate at which NI DAQ performs scans NI DAQ performs a scan each time the function samples all the channels listed in the scan sequence Range 0 and roughly 0 00153 scans s through 500 000 scans s A value of zero means that there is no delay between scans and that the effective scanRate is sampleRate numChans concat enables concatenation of data to an existing file Regardless of the value of concat if the file does not exist NI DAQ creates the file 0 Overwrite file if it exists 1 Concatenate new data to an existing file Using This Function SCAN_to_Disk initiates a synchronous process of acquiring A D conversion samples and storing them in a disk file The maximum rate varies according to the type of device you have and the speed and degree of fragmentation of your disk storage device SCAN_to_Disk does not return control to your application until NI DAQ acquires and saves all the samples you want or until an acquisition error occurs When you use posttrigger mode with pretrigger mode disabled the process stores count A D conversions in the file and ignores any subsequent conversions Note If you have selected external start triggering of the data acquisition operation a high to low edge at the STARTTRIG I O connector of the MIO 16 and AT MIO 16D or the EXTTRIG connector of the AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X initiates the data acquisition operat
150. subclass of the Digital Input Output class that contains functions for handshaked digital input and output operations Block Transfer is a subclass of the Group Mode class that contains functions for handshaked or clocked buffered or double buffered digital input and output operations SCXI is a class of functions used to configure the SCXI line of signal conditioning products Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 1 14 National Instruments Corporation Counter Timer is a class of function panels that perform counting and timing operations DAQ STC Counters GPCTR is a subclass of Counter Timer that contains functions that perform operations on the DAQ STC counters on the E Series devices Am9513 Counters CTR is another subclass of Counter Timer that contains functions that perform operations on the Am9513 counters on the Am9513 based devices and the PC TIO 10 8253 Counters ICTR is a subclass of Counter Timer that contains functions that perform counting and timing operations for the DAQCard 500 700 and 516 Lab and 1200 series and LPM devices RTSI Bus is a class of function panels that connect control signals to the RTSI bus and to other boards The DAQ Event Messages class contains functions that set up conditions for sending messages to your application when certain events occur National Instruments Corporation 2 1 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Chapter2 Function Reference This chap
151. synchronous multiple channel scanned data acquisition operation and simultaneously saves the acquired data in a disk file SCAN_to_Disk does not return until all the data has been acquired and saved or an acquisition error has occurred MIO and AI devices only Parameters Input Parameter Discussion numChans is the number of channels listed in chansArray Range 1 through 16 1 through 512 for the E Series devices AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X 1 through n for PCI 6110E PCI 6111E and DSA devices where n is the number of physical channels onboard Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility numChans i16 number of channels chans i16 list of channels gains i16 list of gain settings filename STR name of the data file count u32 number of samples sampleRate f64 desired sample rate in pts s scanRate f64 desired scan rate in scans s concat i16 enables concatenation of existing file Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_to_Disk NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 316 National Instruments Corporation chans is an integer array of a length not less than numChans that contains the onboard channel scan sequence to be used chans can contain any analog input channel number in any order For channel number ranges refer to Table B 1 in Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation For example if numChans 4 and if chans 1 7 th
152. text denotes emphasis a cross reference or an introduction to a key concept This font also denotes text for which you supply the appropriate word or value such as in NI DAQ 5 x Lab and 1200 analog Refers to the DAQCard 1200 DAQPad 1200 Lab PC Lab PC 1200 output device PCI 1200 and SCXI 1200 Lab and 1200 device Refers to the DAQCard 1200 DAQPad 1200 Lab PC Lab PC 1200 Lab PC 1200AI PCI 1200 and SCXI 1200 LPM device Refers to the PC LPM 16 and PC LPM 16PnP MIO device Refers to multifunction I O devices See Table 1 for a list of these devices NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles xvi National Instruments Corporation About This Manual MIO F 5 16X device Refers to the AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 16X and the AT MIO 64F 5 MIO 16 16D device Refers to the AT MIO 16 and AT MIO 16D MIO 16XE 50 device Refers to the AT MIO 16XE 50 DAQPad MIO 16XE 50 and NEC MIO 16XE 50 and PCI MIO 16XE 50 MIO 64 Refers to the AT MIO 64F 5 AT MIO 64E 4 PCI 6031E PCI 6033E PCI 6071E VXI MIO 64E 1 and VXI MIO 64XE 10 monospace Text in this font denotes text or characters that you should literally enter from the keyboard sections of code programming examples and syntax examples This font also is used for the proper names of disk drives paths directories programs subprograms subroutines device names functions operations variables filenames and extensions and for statements and comments taken from program code
153. that the oldest data point in the buffer can belong to any channel in the scan sequence Lab_ISCAN_Check rearranges the buffer so that the oldest data point is at index 0 in the buffer This rearrangement causes the scanning order to change This new scanning order is returned by finalScanOrder For example if you scanned three channels the original scan order is channel 2 channel 1 channel 0 channel 2 channel 1 channel 0 and so on However after the stop trigger if the acquisition ends after taking a Chapter 2 Function Reference Lab_ISCAN_Check National Instruments Corporation 2 265 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles sample from channel 1 the oldest data point belongs to channel 0 So finalScanOrder returns finalScanOrder 0 0 finalScanOrder 1 2 finalScanOrder 2 1 So the first sample in the buffer belongs to channel 0 the second sample belongs to channel 2 the third sample belongs to channel 1 the fourth sample belongs to channel 0 and so on Note C Programmers daqStopped and retrieved are pass by reference parameters Using This Function Lab_ISCAN_Check checks the current background data acquisition operation to determine whether it has completed and returns the number of samples acquired at the time that you called Lab_ISCAN_Check If the operation is complete Lab_ISCAN_Check sets daqStopped 1 Otherwise daqStopped is set to 0 Before Lab_ISCAN_Check returns daqStopped 1 it calls DAQ_Clear allow
154. that you established in the configuration utility Sets the software states of the chassis and the modules present to their default states This function makes no changes to the hardware state of the SCXI chassis or modules Parameters Input Using This Function It is important to realize that this function makes no changes to the hardware To reset the hardware to its default state you should use the SCXI_Reset function Refer to the SCXI_Reset function description for a listing of the default states of the chassis and modules It is possible to change the configuration programmatically that you established in the configuration utility using the SCXI_Set_Config function Name Type Description SCXIchassisID i16 logical ID assigned to the SCXI chassis Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_ModuleID_Read National Instruments Corporation 2 345 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles SCXI_ModuleID_Read Format status SCXI_ModuleID_Read SCXIchassisID moduleSlot ModuleID Purpose Reads the Module ID register of the SCXI module in the given slot Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion moduleID is the value read from the Module ID register on the module The module ID has the same numeric values as the modulePresent parameter of the SCXI_Get_Module_Info function 1 or 0 The communication path most likely is broken for example the chassis is powered off a cable is not connected the wrong cable adapter has been i
155. the DAQ operation a high to low edge at the STARTTRIG I O connector input of the MIO16 16D the EXTTRIG input of the AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X or a low to high edge at the EXTTRIG input of Lab and 1200 Series devices initiates the DAQ operation after the DAQ_Start call is complete If you are using an E Series or DSA device you need to apply a trigger that you select through the Select_Signal or DAQ_Config functions to initiate data acquisition Otherwise DAQ_Start issues a software trigger to initiate the DAQ operation before returning If you enable pretrigger mode the sample counter does not begin counting acquisitions until a signal is applied at the stop trigger input Until this signal is applied the acquisition remains in a cyclical mode continually overwriting old data in the buffer with new data Note If your application calls DAQ_Start SCAN_Start or Lab_ISCAN_Start always make sure that you call DAQ_Clear before your application terminates and returns control to the operating system Unpredictable behavior can result unless you make this call either directly or indirectly through DAQ_Check or DAQ_DB_Transfer Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_StopTrigger_Config NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 140 National Instruments Corporation DAQ_StopTrigger_Config Format status DAQ_StopTrigger_Config deviceNumber stopTrig ptsAfterStoptrig Purpose Enables the pretrigger mode of data acquisition a
156. the maximum rate your DAQ hardware permits You must use the SCAN_Setup function prior to invoking this function You cannot use external signals to control A D conversion timing and use this function at the same time Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility Name Type Description reading f64 voltage readings from each sampled analog input channel Chapter 2 Function Reference AI_VScale NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 20 National Instruments Corporation AI_VScale Format status AI_VScale deviceNumber chan gain gainAdjust offset reading voltage Purpose Converts the binary result from an AI_Read call to the actual input voltage Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion chan is the onboard channel or AMUX channel on which NI DAQ took the binary reading using AI_Read For devices other than the AT MIO 16X AT MIO 64F 5 and E Series devices this parameter is ignored because the scaling calculation is the same for all of the channels However you are encouraged to pass the correct channel number gain is the gain setting that you used to take the analog input reading If you used SCXI to take the reading this gain parameter should be the product of the gain on the SCXI module channel and the gain that the DAQ device used Refer to Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation for valid gain settings Use of invalid gain settings cau
157. the second dimension For example suppose NI DAQ scanned channels 3 and 5 and buffer is zero based Then buffer 0 9 contains the 10th data point numbering starts at zero scanned from channel 3 the first of the two channels and buffer 1 14 contains the 15th data point acquired from channel 5 If the number of channels scanned varies each time you run your program you probably should be using a one dimensional array to hold the data You can index this array in the following manner after SCAN_Demux performs its rearrangement to access any point acquired from any channel again suppose that channels 3 and 5 were scanned count is the total number of data points acquired total_chans is the total number of channels scanned different from numChans if numMuxBrds is greater than zero points_per_chan is then the number of data points acquired from each channel that is count total_chans buffer 0 points_per_chan 9 contains the 10th data point scanned from channel 3 buffer 1 points_per_chan 14 contains the 15th data point acquired at channel 5 Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_Op NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 296 National Instruments Corporation SCAN_Op Format status SCAN_Op deviceNumber numChans chans gains buffer count sampleRate scanRate Purpose Performs a synchronous multiple channel scanned data acquisition operation SCAN_Op does not return until NI DAQ has acquired all the data o
158. this with any SCXI analog input or analog output module The constants can be stored and retrieved from NI DAQ memory or the module EEPROM if your module has an EEPROM The driver uses the calibration constants to more accurately scale analog input data when you use the SCXI_Scale function and output data when you use SCXI_AO_Write Parameters Input Name Type Description SCXIchassisID i16 SCXI chassis ID number moduleSlot i16 SCXI module slot number channel i16 analog input or output channel number opCode i16 operation to perform with the calibration constants calibrationArea i16 where to store or retrieve constants rangeCode i16 the voltage current range for the analog output channel SCXIgain f64 gain setting for the SCXI analog input channel DAQboard i16 device number of DAQ device used to acquire binary1 and binary2 DAQchan i16 DAQ device channel number used when acquiring binary1 and binary2 DAQgain i16 DAQ device gain code used when acquiring binary1 and binary2 Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Cal_Constants National Instruments Corporation 2 323 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Output Parameter Discussion channel is the number of the channel on the module Range 0 to n 1 where n is the number of channels available on the module 1 All channels on the module For instance the SCXI 1100 and SCXI 1122 modules have one amplifier for all channels so calibration constant
159. through 9 999 in BCD counter operation Range for modes 2 and 3 2 through 65 535 and 0 in binary counter operation 2 through 9 999 and 0 in BCD counter operation Note Zero is equivalent to 65 536 in binary counter operation and 10 000 in BCD counter operation Note BASIC Programmers NI DAQ passes count as a 16 bit unsigned number In BASIC integer variables are represented by a 16 bit two s complement system Thus count values greater than 32 767 must be passed as negative numbers One way to obtain the count value to be passed is to assign the required number between zero and 65 535 to a long variable and then obtain count as shown below count lcount amp 65 536 binBcd controls whether the counter operates as a 16 bit binary counter or as a 4 decade binary coded decimal BCD counter 0 4 decade BCD counter 1 16 bit binary counter Chapter 2 Function Reference Init_DA_Brds National Instruments Corporation 2 255 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Init_DA_Brds Format status Init_DA_Brds deviceNumber deviceNumberCode Purpose Initializes the hardware and software states of a National Instruments DAQ device to its default state and then returns a numeric device code that corresponds to the type of device initialized Any operation that the device is performing is halted This function is called automatically and does not have to be explicitly called by your application This function is useful for reini
160. through DIG_Block_Check to unalign the data Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Block_In National Instruments Corporation 2 151 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles you must use the value of alignIndex return by Align_DMA_Buffer to access your data In other words data in an aligned buffer begins at buffer alignIndex Data in an unaligned buffer begins at buffer 0 Note DIG_Block_In will not work with groups of size 1 because of a DMA limitation when using the AT DIO 32F Note If you are using an SCXI 1200 with remote SCXI count is limited by the amount of memory made available on the remote SCXI unit For digital buffered input you are limited to 5 000 bytes of data The upper bound for count depends on the groupSize set in DIG_SCAN_Setup for example if groupSize 2 count 2 500 Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Block_Out NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 152 National Instruments Corporation DIG_Block_Out Format status DIG_Block_Out deviceNumber group buffer count Purpose Initiates an asynchronous transfer of data from memory to the specified group Parameters Input Parameter Discussion group is the group to be written to Range 1 or 2 for most devices 1 through 8 for DIO 96 buffer is an integer array containing your data NI DAQ writes the data in this array to the group indicated by group For the DIO 32F and DIO 6533 DIO 32HS devices NI DAQ uses all 16 bits in each buffer elem
161. to 2 388 data types See variable data types demultiplexing functions SCAN_Demux 2 294 to 2 295 SCAN_Sequence_Demux 2 300 to 2 302 device numbers 1 1 to 1 2 2 255 to 2 257 digital filter 2 31 digital I O functions block transfer group mode DIG_Block_Check 2 147 Index NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles I 6 National Instruments Corporation DIG_Block_Clear 2 148 DIG_Block_In 2 149 to 2 151 DIG_Block_Out 2 152 to 2 153 DIG_Block_PG_Config 2 154 to 2 157 DIG_DB_Config 2 158 to 2 159 DIG_DB_HalfReady 2 160 to 2 161 DIG_DB_Transfer 2 162 to 2 163 DIG_SCAN_Setup 2 188 to 2 191 definition 1 13 DIG_In_Line 2 173 to 2 174 DIG_In_Port 2 175 to 2 176 DIG_Line_Config 2 177 DIG_Out_Line 2 179 to 2 180 DIG_Out_Port 2 181 to 2 182 DIG_Prt_Config 2 183 to 2 185 DIG_Prt_Status 2 186 to 2 187 DIG_Trigger_Config 2 192 to 2 194 group mode DIG_Grp_Config 2 164 to 2 165 DIG_Grp_Mode 2 166 to 2 168 DIG_Grp_Status 2 169 to 2 170 DIG_In_Grp 2 171 to 2 172 DIG_Out_Grp 2 178 DIG_SCAN_Setup 2 188 to 2 191 LabWindows function panel tree 1 9 NI DAQ function support table AT DIO 32F DAQDIO 6533 DIO 24 DIO 96 PC OPDIO 16 and VXI DIO 128 devices C 12 to C 14 DSA devices C 9 Lab 516 DAQCard 500 700 devices C 7 MIO and AI devices C 3 to C 4 DIG_SCAN_Setup function 2 188 to 2 191 bidirectional port configuration table 2 189 digital scanning input group handshaking connections figure 2 190 digital scanni
162. to the DAQ device that is to perform the acquisition An external signal connected to the HOLDTRIG pin of the module that is not cabled to the DAQ device is to control the track hold state of both modules and the scan interval during the acquisition The SCXI_Track_Hold_Setup parameters would be as follows For the SCXI 1140 that is cabled to the DAQ device inputMode 2 source 2 send 1 For the other SCXI 1140 module to be scanned inputMode 2 source 1 send 2 Remember to call the DAQ_Config function to enable external scan interval timing whenever the source signal of a module will be driving the scan interval counter as in the previous example The module will go back into track mode after n module scan list entries for that module have occurred where n is the holdCount Usually each module is represented in the module scan list only once so a holdCount of one is appropriate However if an SCXI 1140 module is represented more than once in the module scan list and you want the module to remain in hold mode until after the last scan list entry for that module you will need to set the module holdCount to equal the number of times the module is represented in the module scan list Chapter 2 Function Reference Select_Signal NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 372 National Instruments Corporation Select_Signal Format status Select_Signal deviceNumber signal source sourceSpec Purpose
163. upper bound for analog alarm region binary must be greater than or equal to DAQTrigVal1 upper bound for analog alarm region binary must be greater than or equal to DAQTrigVal1 upper bound for hysteresis window binary must be greater than or equal to DAQTrigVal1 upper bound for hysteresis window binary must be greater than or equal to DAQTrigVal1 digital pattern mask decimal digital pattern mask decimal EXTIRQ no 1 or 2 if chanStr EXTn for the PC TIO 10 otherwise ignored DAQTrigVal1 ignored ignored ignored lower bound for analog alarm region binary lower bound for analog alarm region binary lower bound for hysteresis window binary lower bound for hysteresis window binary digital pattern not to match decimal digital pattern to match decimal ignored trigSkipCount ignored ignored ignored ignored ignored no of triggers to skip no of triggers to skip ignored ignored ignored preTrigScans ignored ignored ignored ignored ignored no of scans before trigger condition is met no of scans before trigger condition is met ignored ignored ignored postTrigScans ignored ignored ignored ignored ignored no of scans after trigger condition is met no of scans after trigger condition is met ignored ignored ignored Chapter 2 Function Reference Config_DAQ_Event_Message NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatib
164. used for double buffered digital block input to another buffer which NI DAQ passes to the function For an output operation DIG_DB_Transfer waits until NI DAQ can transfer the data from the buffer passed to the function to the buffer being used for double buffered digital block output You can execute DIG_DB_Transfer repeatedly to read or write sequential half buffers of data Parameters Input Input Output Parameter Discussion group is the group to be configured Range 1 or 2 halfBuffer is the integer array to which or from which NI DAQ is to transfer the data The size of the array must be at least half the size of the circular buffer being used for the double buffered digital block operation ptsTfr is only used for output groups with partial transfers enabled If you have set the partial transfer flag NI DAQ can make a transfer to the digital output buffer of less than or equal to half the buffer size as specified by this field However the function will halt the double buffered digital operation when NI DAQ makes a transfer of less than half the buffer Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility group i16 group ptsTfr u32 points to transfer Name Type Description halfBuffer i16 array to which or from which the data is to be transferred Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_DB_Transfer National Instruments Corporation 2 163 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles size NI D
165. value voltage 10 1 2048 For an analog input channel in the unipolar mode 12 bit boards value voltage 10 256 16 bit boards value voltage 10 4096 For the PFI0 TRIG1 pin 12 bit boards value voltage 10 1 128 16 bit boards value voltage 10 1 2048 Chapter 2 Function Reference Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger National Instruments Corporation 2 89 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles If you apply any of the formulas and get a value equal to 256 use the value 255 instead if you get 4 096 with the 16 bit boards use 4 095 instead You can use the following programming sequence to set up an acquisition to be triggered using the hardware analog trigger where the trigger source is the PFI0 TRIG1 pin status Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger deviceNumber ND_ON lowValue highValue mode ND_PFI_0 status Select_Signal deviceNumber ND_IN_START_TRIGGER ND_PFI_0 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_Config NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 90 National Instruments Corporation CTR_Config Format status CTR_Config deviceNumber ctr edgeMode gateMode outType outPolarity Purpose Specifies the counting configuration to use for a counter Parameters Input Parameter Discussion ctr is the counter number Range 1 2 or 5 for an MIO device except the E Series devices 1 through 10 for a PC TIO 10 edgeMode indicates which edge of the input signal that th
166. voltage or current output 2 28 to 2 29 AO_Configure function 2 38 to 2 41 AO_Update function 2 42 AO_VScale function 2 43 to 2 44 AO_VWrite function 2 45 to 2 46 AO_Write function 2 47 to 2 48 arrays 1 3 B block transfer digital I O functions See digital I O functions board numbers See device numbers boards terminology for table xvii xviii board specific functions AI_MUX_Config 2 10 to 2 11 AO_Calibrate 2 25 to 2 26 Calibrate_1200 2 49 to 2 54 LPM16_Calibrate 2 279 MIO_Calibrate 2 280 to 2 283 MIO_Config 2 284 to 2 285 SC_2040_Config 2 292 to 2 293 Borland Delphi 1 4 buffer interrupts enabling disabling 2 36 buffered counting and time measurement event counting application 2 235 to 2 237 period measurement application 2 237 to 2 239 pulse width measurement application 2 240 to 2 241 Index National Instruments Corporation I 3 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles semi period measurement application 2 239 to 2 240 signals on separate gates application 2 242 to 2 244 bulletin board support D 1 burst trigger mode for DAQArb 5411 devices 2 34 C Calibrate_1200 function 2 49 to 2 54 Calibrate_DSA function 2 55 to 2 57 description 2 55 to 2 56 performing external calibration of board 2 56 performing self calibration of board 2 56 restoring factory calibration 2 57 Calibrate_E_Series function 2 58 to 2 62 calibration constant loading by NI DAQ 2 62 calibration constants 2 59 changin
167. 0 causes NI DAQ to look for the first trigger as soon as the DAQ process begins postTrigScans is the number of scans of data NI DAQ collects after the triggers before notifying you Setting postTrigScans to 0 causes event notification to happen as soon as the trigger occurs Refer to the following table for further details on usable parameters for each DAQEvent type Table 2 18 Valid Counters and External Timing Signals for DAQEvent 9 Data Acquisition Device I O Pin I O Pin State Change AT MIO 16 OUT2 low to high AT MIO 16D OUT2 low to high AT MIO 16F 5 OUT1 OUT2 OUT5 or EXTDACUPDATE high to low AT MIO 16X OUT1 OUT2 OUT5 or EXTTMRTRIG high to low AT MIO 64F 5 OUT1 OUT2 OUT5 or EXTTMRTRIG high to low PC TIO 10 EXTIRQ1 or EXTIRQ2 high to low Chapter 2 Function Reference Config_DAQ_Event_Message National Instruments Corporation 2 79 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Table 2 19 Usable Parameters for Different DAQ Events Codes Parameter DAQEvent 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 chanStr where n and m are numbers AIn DIn DOn SCn AMn m AOn AIn DIn DOn SCn AMn m AOn AIn AOn DIn DOn SCn AMn m AIn SCn AMn m AIn SCn AMn m AIn SCn AMn m AIn SCn AMn m DIn DOn DIn DOn CTRn EXT1 DAQTrigVal0 no of scans must be greater than 0 no of scans must be greater than 0 see note below ignored
168. 1200 Series devices are not assigned to any group If this is not the digital I O configuration you want you must call DIG_Prt_Config to change the port configuration You must call DIG_Grp_Config instead to use handshaking modes on the DIO 32F and DIO 6533 Note AT MIO 16D AT MIO 16DE 10 Lab and 1200 Series PC AO 2DC PC DIO 24 PnP and DIO 96 users Because of the design of the Intel 8255 chip calling this function on one port will reset the output states of lines on other ports on the same 8255 chip The other ports will remain in the same configuration input ports are not affected Therefore you should configure all ports before outputting data Note If you have connected one or more AMUX 64T boards or an SCXI chassis module to your MIO or AI device DIG_Prt_Config returns a badPortError if called with port equal to 0 Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Prt_Status NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 186 National Instruments Corporation DIG_Prt_Status Format status DIG_Prt_Status deviceNumber port handshakeStatus Purpose Returns a status word indicating the handshake status of the specified port Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion port is the digital I O port number Range 0 or 1 for the DIO 24 and Lab and 1200 Series devices 2 or 3 for the AT MIO 16D and AT MIO 16DE 10 0 1 3 4 6 7 9 and 10 for the DIO 96 handshakeStatus returns the handshake status of the port 0 A port is not a
169. 16 assigned by configuration utility group i16 group to be configured groupSize i16 number of 8 bit ports portList i16 list of ports dir i16 direction input or output Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_SCAN_Setup National Instruments Corporation 2 189 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles dir selects the direction input or output to which the group is to be configured 0 Port is configured as an input port default 1 Port is configured as an output port 2 Port is configured as a bidirectional port The following ports can be configured as bidirectional Using This Function DIG_SCAN_Setup configures the specified group according to the specified port assignment and direction If groupSize is 0 NI DAQ releases any ports previously assigned to group Any configurations not supported by or invalid for the specified group return an error and NI DAQ does not change the group configuration NI DAQ subsequently writes to or reads from ports assigned to a group as a group using DIG_Block_In and DIG_Block_Out NI DAQ can no longer access any ports assigned to a group through any of the non group calls listed previously Because each port on the DIO 24 AT MIO 16D AT MIO 16DE 10 and Lab and 1200 Series devices has its own handshaking circuitry extra wiring might be necessary to make data transfer of a group with more than one port reliable If the group has only one port no extra wiring is needed Each input p
170. 16X are pulled up to 5 V while in the high impedance state Chapter 2 Function Reference Init_DA_Brds National Instruments Corporation 2 259 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DIO 24 DIO 32F DIO 6533 DIO 32HS DIO 96 Digital Input and Output defaults Direction Input Handshaking Disabled Group assignments No ports assigned to any group PC TIO 10 Analog Digital Input and Output defaults Mode Differential Direction Input Counter Timer defaults Gating mode No gating Output type Terminal count toggled Output polarity Positive Edge mode Count rising edges Count mode Count once Output level Off VXI DIO 128 Digital Input and Output defaults Direction Input ports 0 through 7 Direction Output ports 8 through 15 Input ports logic threshold 1500 mV VXI AO 48XDC Analog Output defaults Mode Bipolar 10 to 10 V Digital Input and Output defaults Direction Input Range 20 V Reference 10 V Lab and 1200 Series devices Analog Input defaults Input mode Single ended eight single ended input channels Polarity Bipolar 5 to 5 V External conversion Disabled Chapter 2 Function Reference Init_DA_Brds NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 260 National Instruments Corporation Start trigger Disabled External conversion Stop trigger
171. 2 3 User calibration area 3 4 User calibration area 4 5 User calibration area 5 6 User calibration area 6 7 Invalid 8 Invalid 9 Factory calibration area for unipolar write protected 10 Factory calibration area for bipolar write protected Notice that the user cannot write into EEPROMloc 9 and 10 calRefChan is the analog input channel connected to the calibration voltage of calRefVolts when calOP is 2 Range 0 through 7 grndRefChan is the analog input channel connected to ground when calOP is 2 Range 0 through 7 DAC0chan is the analog input channel connected to DAC0 when calOP is 3 Range 0 through 7 5 ignored 1 6 9 10 ignored ignored ignored ignored ignored ignored 6 ignored 1 6 9 10 ignored ignored ignored ignored ignored ignored Table 2 16 Possible Calibrate_1200 Parameter Values Continued calOP saveNewCal EEPROMloc calRefChan grndRefChan DAC0chan DAC1chan calRefVolts gain Chapter 2 Function Reference Calibrate_1200 National Instruments Corporation 2 53 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DAC1chan is the analog input channel connected to DAC1 when calOP is 3 Range 0 through 7 calRefVolts is the value of the DC calibration voltage connected to calRefChan when calOP 2 Note If you are calibrating at a gain other than 1 make sure you apply a voltage so that calRefVolts gain is within the upper limits of the analog
172. 2 25 The counter counts the 20 MHz internal timebase ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ so the resolution of measurement is 50 ns The counter counts up starting from 0 With the default 20 MHz timebase combined with the counter width 24 bits you can measure a time interval between 100 ns and 0 8 s long For the 6602 devices with counter width 32 bits you can measure a time interval between 100 ns and 214 s long Table 2 32 Terminal Count E Series and 445X Devices 6602 and 455X Devices 224 1 232 1 Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application National Instruments Corporation 2 219 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Figure 2 15 shows one possible scenario of a counter used for ND_SINGLE_PERIOD_MSR after the following programming sequence GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_RESET GPCTR_Set_Application deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_SINGLE_PERIOD_MSR GPCTR_Set_Application GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_PROGRAM In Figure 2 15 the following behavior is present Gate is the signal present at the counter gate input Source is the signal present at the counter source input Count is the value you would read from the counter if you called the GPCTR_Watch function with entityID ND_COUNT The different numbers illustrate behavior at different times Armed is the value you would read from the counter if you called the GPCTR_Watch function with entityID ND_ARMED The different value
173. 4 National Instruments Corporation The previous example describes a parameter that can accept an array of signed integers or an array of floating point numbers Programming Language Considerations Apart from the data type differences there are a few language dependent considerations you need to be aware of when you use the NI DAQ API Read the following sections that apply to your programming language Note Be sure to include the NI DAQ function prototype files by including the appropriate NI DAQ header file in your source code Borland Delphi When you pass arrays to NI DAQ functions using Borland Delphi in Windows you need to pass a pointer to the array You can either declare an array and pass the array address to the NI DAQ function or you can declare a pointer dynamically allocate memory for the pointer and pass the pointer directly to the NI DAQ function For example var buffer array 1 1000 of Integer bufPtr Integer status DAQ_Start device chan gain buffer count timebase sampInterval or allocate memory for bufPtr first using AllocMem or New status DAQ_Start device chan gain bufPtr count timebase sampInterval Visual Basic for Windows When you pass arrays to NI DAQ functions using Visual Basic for Windows you need to pass the first element of the array by reference For example you would call the DAQ_Start function using the following syntax status DAQ_St
174. 4451 and PCI 4452 455X device Refers to the PCI 4551 and PCI 4552 516 device Refers to the DAQCard 516 and PC 516 611X device Refers to the PCI 6110E and PCI 6111E 6602 device Refers to the PCI 6602 and PXI 6602 AI device These analog input devices are listed in Table 1 National Instruments Corporation xv NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles About This Manual Am9513 based device These devices are the AT MIO 16 AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 16X AT MIO 16D and AT MIO 64F 5 bold Bold text denotes the names of menus menu items parameters dialog boxes dialog box buttons or options icons windows Windows 95 tabs or pages or LEDs bold italic Bold italic text denotes a note caution or warning DAQArb 5411 device Refers to the AT 5411 and PCI 5411 DAQCard 500 700 Refers to the DAQCard 500 and DAQCard 700 DAQMeter 4350 Refers to the PC 4350 DAQCard 4350 and DAQPad 4350 DIO 6533 Refers to the AT DIO 32HS PCI DIO 32HS DAQCard 6533 and PXI 6533 DIO 24 Refers to the PC DIO 24 PC DIO 24PnP and DAQCard DIO 24 DIO 32F Refers to the AT DIO 32F DIO 96 Refers to the PC DIO 96 PC DIO 96PnP PCI DIO 96 DAQPad 6507 DAQPad 6508 and PXI 6508 DIO device Refers to any DIO 24 DIO 32 DIO 6533 or DIO 96 DSA device Refers to the PCI 4451 PCI 4452 PCI 4551 and PCI 4552 E Series device These are MIO and AI devices Refer to Table 1 for a complete list of these devices italic Italic
175. 6 National Instruments Corporation The scan sequence created by NI DAQ looks like this scan number 1 2 3 4 channels sampled 2 5 7 2 2 5 2 scansPerSequence 4 samplesPerSequence 7 If your base scan rate is 1 000 scans s channel 2 is sampled at 1 000 S s channel 5 is sampled at 500 S s and channel 7 is sampled at 250 S s ScansPerSequence and samplesPerSequence are used to calculate the size of your acquisition buffer Your buffer size must be an integer multiple of samplesPerSequence Use ScansPerSequence to size your buffer to hold some unit of time s worth of data For example to figure out the size of a buffer in units of samples and to hold N seconds of data use the following formula bufferSize N scanRate scansPerSequence samplesPerSequence The bufferSize returned by the above formula will have to be rounded up so that it is a multiple of the samplesPerSequence if scansPerSequence does not divide evenly into scanRate In this example your buffer size must be a multiple of 7 The number of samples your buffer must hold to contain 5 s of data at a base scan rate of 1 000 scans s is 5 1 000 4 7 8 750 S Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_Setup National Instruments Corporation 2 307 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles SCAN_Setup Format status SCAN_Setup deviceNumber numChans chanVector gainVector Purpose Initializes circuitry for a scanned data acquisition operation Initi
176. 6 group Name Type Description remaining u32 number of items yet to be transferred Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Block_Clear NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 148 National Instruments Corporation DIG_Block_Clear Format status DIG_Block_Clear deviceNumber group Purpose Halts any ongoing asynchronous transfer allowing another transfer to be initiated Parameters Input Parameter Discussion group is the group involved in the asynchronous transfer Range 1 or 2 for most devices 1 through 8 for the DIO 96 Using This Function AT DIO 32F only If you aligned the buffer that you used in the previous call to DIG_Block_Out or DIG_Block_In by a call to Align_DMA_Buffer DIG_Block_Clear unaligns that buffer before returning Unaligning a buffer means that the data is shifted so that the first data point is located at buffer 0 After NI DAQ has started a block transfer you must call DIG_Block_Clear before NI DAQ can initiate another block transfer Notice that DIG_Block_Check makes this call for you when it sees that NI DAQ has completed a transfer DIG_Block_Clear does not change any current group assignments alter the current handshaking settings or affect the state of the pattern generation mode Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility group i16 group Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Block_In National Instruments Corporation 2 149 NI DAQ FRM for PC
177. 7 and ND_PFI_33 are not available on 455X devices The default values of paramValue for paramID ND_SECOND_GATE are shown in Table 2 26 paramID ND_SECOND_GATE_POLARITY 6602 and 455X devices only This gate signal controls the operation of the general purpose counters in the start stop applications In those applications you can use polarity of the second gate signals to modify behavior of a counter Corresponding legal values for paramValue are shown below ND_POSITIVE ND_NEGATIVE The meaning of the two ND_SECOND_GATE_POLARITY selections is described in the GPCTR_Set_Application function paramID ND_INITIAL_COUNT The general purpose counter starts counting from this number when the counter is configured for one of the simple event counting and time measurement applications Corresponding legal values for paramValue are shown in Table 2 27 Table 2 26 Default Second Gate Selection gpctrNum 6602 Devices 455X Devices ND_COUNTER_0 ND_PFI_37 ND_PFI_29 ND_COUNTER_1 ND_PFI_33 ND_PFI_25 ND_COUNTER_2 ND_PFI_29 N A ND_COUNTER_3 ND_PFI_25 N A ND_COUNTER_4 ND_PFI_21 N A ND_COUNTER_5 ND_PFI_17 N A ND_COUNTER_6 ND_PFI_13 N A ND_COUNTER_7 ND_PFI_9 N A Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Change_Parameter NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 206 National Instruments Corporation paramID ND_COUNT_1 ND_COUNT_2 ND_COUNT_3 ND_COUNT_4 The general purpose counter uses these numbers for puls
178. 7 to 2 308 SCAN_Start 2 309 to 2 314 SCAN_to_Disk 2 315 to 2 318 Select_Signal 2 372 to 2 388 multiplexing operations AI_MUX_Config function 2 10 to 2 11 SCXI_MuxCtr_Setup function 2 347 to 2 348 SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup function 2 366 Index NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles I 10 National Instruments Corporation N NI DAQ constants include file Microsoft Visual Basic for Windows 1 5 O offset and gain adjustment gain adjustment measurement B 7 offset measurement B 7 output attenuation 2 33 output enable setting 2 32 output impedance 2 32 overflow detection 2 95 P page boundaries 2 23 to 2 24 PCI MITE DMA transfers enabling disabling interrupts 2 36 memory transfer width 2 37 period measurement applications buffered period measurement 2 237 to 2 239 buffered semi period measurement 2 239 to 2 240 single period measurement 2 218 to 2 220 phase locking of internal timebases 2 35 PLL reference frequency 2 35 Port 0 digital I O lines reserved table 2 11 programming language considerations 1 4 to 1 5 pulse generation applications frequency shift keying 2 234 to 2 235 retriggerable 2 231 to 2 232 single pulse 2 227 to 2 229 triggered 2 229 to 2 231 pulse generation timing considerations 2 102 to 2 103 pulse generation timing figure 2 102 pulse timing for pulseWidth 0 figure 2 103 pulse train generation application 2 232 to 2 234 pulse width measurement applications buffered puls
179. AO 2DC DAQCard 700 DIO Devices Lab and 1200 Devices except DAQPad 1200 and SCXI 1200 MIO and AI Devices LPM Devices National Instruments Corporation D 1 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles AppendixD Customer Communication For your convenience this appendix contains forms to help you gather the information necessary to help us solve your technical problems and a form you can use to comment on the product documentation When you contact us we need the information on the Technical Support Form and the configuration form if your manual contains one about your system configuration to answer your questions as quickly as possible National Instruments has technical assistance through electronic fax and telephone systems to quickly provide the information you need Our electronic services include a bulletin board service an FTP site a fax on demand system and e mail support If you have a hardware or software problem first try the electronic support systems If the information available on these systems does not answer your questions we offer fax and telephone support through our technical support centers which are staffed by applications engineers Electronic Services Bulletin Board Support National Instruments has BBS and FTP sites dedicated for 24 hour support with a collection of files and documents to answer most common customer questions From these sites you can also download the latest instrument drivers updates a
180. AQ FRM for PC Compatibles In mode 3 the output stays high for one half of the count clock pulses and stays low for the other half Figure 2 35 shows the mode 3 timing diagram Figure 2 35 Mode 3 Timing Diagram In mode 4 the output is initially high and the counter begins to count down while the gate input is high On terminal count the output goes low for one clock pulse then goes high again Figure 2 36 shows the mode 4 timing diagram Figure 2 36 Mode 4 Timing Diagram Mode 5 is similar to mode 4 except that the gate input is used as a trigger to reset the counter The value of the counter before the rising edge of the gate is undefined Figure 2 37 shows the mode 5 timing diagram Figure 2 37 Mode 5 Timing Diagram Clock Gate Output Output n 4 n 5 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 5 4 2 5 2 5 4 2 5 2 5 4 2 Clock WR Gate Output n 4 4 3 2 1 0 Clock Gate WR Output 4 3 2 1 0 n 2 Chapter 2 Function Reference ICTR_Setup NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 254 National Instruments Corporation See the 8253 Programmable Interval Timer data sheet in your DAQCard 500 700 or Lab and 1200 Series user manual for a detailed description of these modes and the associated timing diagrams count is the period from one output pulse to the next Range for modes 0 1 4 and 5 0 through 65 535 in binary counter operation 0
181. AQ FRM for PC Compatibles Lab_ISCAN_to_Disk WFM_from_Disk DAQ_to_Disk SCAN_Op WFM_Op SCAN_to_Disk Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Chan_Control NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 402 National Instruments Corporation WFM_Chan_Control Format status WFM_Chan_Control deviceNumber chan operation Purpose Temporarily halts or restarts waveform generation for a single analog output channel Parameters Input Parameter Discussion chan is the analog output channel to be paused or restarted Range 0 or 1 for most devices 0 through 5 for AT AO 6 0 through 9 for AT AO 10 operation selects the operation to be performed on the output channel operation 2 PAUSE Temporarily halts waveform generation for the output channel The last voltage available on the analog output channel is maintained indefinitely operation 4 RESUME Restarts waveform generation for the output channel previously halted by operation PAUSE Using This Function Note This function does not support E Series devices When you have halted a waveform generation has been halted by executing PAUSE the RESUME operation restarts the waveform exactly at the point in your buffer where it left off Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility chan i16 analog output channel operation i16 pause or resume Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Chan_Control National Instruments Corporation 2 403
182. AQ FRM for PC Compatibles Parameter Discussion calOP determines the operation to be performed 1 Load calibration constants from EEPROMloc 2 Calibrate the ADC using internal reference voltage calibration constants in refLoc 3 Calibrate the DACs using internal voltage calibration constants in refLoc DAC0chan and DAC1chan are the analog input channels to which DAC0 and DAC1 are connected respectively 4 Calibrate the internal reference voltage You must connect a DC voltage of calRefVolts to the analog input channel calRefChan The calibration constants are always stored in refLoc 5 Copy ADC calibration constants from EEPROMloc to EEPROM load area 6 Copy DAC calibration constants from EEPROMloc to EEPROM load area Note AT MIO 16F 5 users only When calOp is 3 you must connect each DAC to the negative side of the respective input channel Otherwise the calibration will not converge saveNewCal is only valid when calOP is 2 or 3 0 Do not save new calibration constants in EEPROMloc 1 Save new calibration constants in EEPROMloc EEPROMloc selects the storage location in the onboard EEPROM You can use different sets of calibration constants to compensate for configuration or environmental changes For the AT MIO 16F 5 1 User calibration area 1 2 User calibration area 2 3 User calibration area 3 4 User calibration area 4 5 User calibration area 5 initial load area 6 Factory calibration area you c
183. AQ ignores this field for all other cases input or output without partial transfers enabled and the transfer count is equal to half the buffer size Range 0 to half the size of the digital block buffer Using This Function If you have set the partial transfer flag for an output group the ptsTfr field allows NI DAQ to make transfers of less than half the buffer size to an output buffer This is useful when NI DAQ must output a long stream of data but the amount of data is not evenly divisible by half the buffer size If ptsTfr is equal to half the buffer size the transfer is identical to a transfer without the partial transfer flag set If ptsTfr is less than half the buffer size however NI DAQ makes the transfer to the circular output buffer and alters the DMA reprogramming information so that the digital output operation will halt after the new data is output Refer to Chapter 5 NI DAQ Double Buffering of the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for an explanation of double buffering and possible error and warning conditions Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Grp_Config NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 164 National Instruments Corporation DIG_Grp_Config Format status DIG_Grp_Config deviceNumber group groupSize port dir Purpose Configures the specified group for port assignment direction input or output and size Parameters Input Parameter Discussion group is the group to be configured Range 1 or 2 f
184. AQ_Device_Info Table C 6 Timing Device Functions Continued Function Device PC TIO 10 6602 devices Appendix C NI DAQ Function Support NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles C 16 National Instruments Corporation Table C 7 SCXI Functions Function Module Device SCXI 1100 1102 Series SCXI 1120 SCXI 1120D SCXI 1121 SCXI 1122 SCXI 1124 SCXI 1140 SCXI 1141 SCXI 1160 SCXI 1161 SCXI 1162 1162HV SCXI 1163 1163R VXI SC 1150 SCXI 1200 AO 2DC DAQCard 700 DIO Devices Lab and 1200 Devices except DAQPad 1200 and SCXI 1200 MIO and AI Devices LPM Devices SCXI_AO_Write SCXI_Cal_Constants SCXI_Calibrate_Setup SCXI_Change_Chan SCXI_Configure_Filter SCXI_Get_Chassis_Info SCXI_Get_Module_Info SCXI_Get_State SCXI_Get_Status SCXI_Load_Config SCXI_ModuleID_Read SCXI_MuxCtr_Setup SCXI_Reset v SCXI_Scale SCXI_SCAN_Setup SCXI_Set_Config SCXI_Set_Gain SCXI_Set_Input_Mode SCXI_Set_State Appendix C NI DAQ Function Support National Instruments Corporation C 17 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup SCXI_Track_Hold_Control SCXI_Track_Hold_Setup Table C 7 SCXI Functions Continued Function Module Device SCXI 1100 1102 Series SCXI 1120 SCXI 1120D SCXI 1121 SCXI 1122 SCXI 1124 SCXI 1140 SCXI 1141 SCXI 1160 SCXI 1161 SCXI 1162 1162HV SCXI 1163 1163R VXI SC 1150 SCXI 1200
185. ATE6 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 12 GATE 2 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or GATE7 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 13 GATE 3 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or GATE8 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 14 GATE 4 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or GATE9 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 15 GATE 5 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or GATE10 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 Set timebase to 0 to concatenate counters Set timebase to 1 through 5 for the counter to count one of the five available internal signals Set timebase to 6 through 15 except 10 for the PC TIO 10 to provide an external signal to a counter This external signal becomes the signal NI DAQ counts for event counting Using This Function CTR_Period configures the specified counter for period and pulse width measurement The function configures the counter to count up from zero and to use the gating mode edge mode output type and polarity as specified by the CTR_Config call Applications for CTR_Period are discussed in the section Period and Continuous Pulse Width Measurement Applications in Chapter 3 Software Overview of the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_Pulse NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 100 National Instruments Corporation CTR_Pulse Format status CTR_Pulse deviceNumber ctr timebase delay pulseWidth Purpose Causes the specified counter to generate a s
186. BASE Update clock timebase for the WFM functions ND_PLL_REF_SOURCE Phase locked loop PLL reference clock source for WFM functions ND_OUT_EXTERNAL_GATE External gate signal for the WFM functions I O Connector Pins ND_PFI_0 through PFI_9 Signal present at the I O connector pin PFI0 through PFI9 ND_GPCTR0_OUTPUT Signal present at the I O connector pin GPCTR0_OUTPUT ND_GPCTR1_OUTPUT Signal present at the I O connector pin GPCTR1_OUTPUT ND_FREQ_OUT Signal present at the FREQ_OUT output pin on the I O connector Chapter 2 Function Reference Select_Signal National Instruments Corporation 2 375 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Legal values for source and sourceSpec depend on the signal and are shown in the following tables signal ND_IN_START_TRIGGER Use ND_IN_START_TRIGGER to initiate a data acquisition sequence You can use an external signal or output of general purpose counter 0 as a source for this signal or you can specify that NI DAQ generates it corresponds to source ND_AUTOMATIC If you do not call this function with signal ND_IN_START_TRIGGER NI DAQ uses the default values source ND_AUTOMATIC and sourceSpec ND_LOW_TO_HIGH If you call DAQ_Config with startTrig 1 NI DAQ calls Select_Signal function with signal ND_IN_START_TRIGGER source ND_PFI_0 and sourceSpec ND_HIGH_TO_LOW If you call DAQ_Config with startTrig 0 NI DAQ calls Select_Signal function with signal ND_IN
187. By default you get this by using the 20 MHz internal timebase ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ so the resolution of timing is 50 ns By default when the gate is low the counter repeatedly counts down from ND_COUNT_1 5 million to 0 for the delay time and then down from ND_COUNT_2 10 million to 0 for the pulse generation time to generate a train 0 5 s pulses separated by 0 25 s of delay Also by default when the gate is high the counter repeatedly counts down from ND_COUNT_3 4 million to 0 for the delay time and then down from ND_COUNT_4 6 million to 0 for the pulse generation time to generate a train 0 3 s pulses separated by 0 2 s of delay The FSK pulse generation starts as soon as you arm the counter You must reset the counter to stop the pulse generation The default 20 MHz timebase combined with the counter width 24 bits lets you generate pulses with a delay and length between 100 ns and 0 8 s For the 6602 devices with counter width 32 bits you can generate pulses with a delay and width of 100 ns and 214 s long Assume that you want to generate a pulse train with 100 ns low time and 150 ns high time when the gate is low and with 300 ns low time and 200 ns high time when the gate is high You need to set ND_COUNT_1 to 100 ns 50 ns 2 ND_COUNT_2 to 150 ns 50 ns 3 ND_COUNT_3 to 300 ns 50 ns 6 and ND_COUNT_4 to 200 ns 50 ns 4 Figure 2 23 shows a counter used for ND_FSK after the following programming sequence GPCTR_Control devi
188. C 1 to C 5 SCAN_Demux 2 294 to 2 295 Index NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles I 2 National Instruments Corporation SCAN_Sequence_Demux 2 300 to 2 302 SCAN_Sequence_Retrieve 2 303 SCAN_Sequence_Setup 2 304 to 2 306 SCAN_Setup 2 307 to 2 308 SCAN_Start 2 309 to 2 314 Select_Signal 2 372 to 2 388 analog output calibration SCXI modules 2 328 to 2 329 analog output functions See also waveform generation functions AO_Change_Parameter 2 27 to 2 37 AO_Configure 2 38 to 2 41 AO_Update 2 42 AO_VScale 2 43 to 2 44 AO_VWrite 2 45 to 2 46 AO_Write 2 47 to 2 48 definition 1 13 LabWindows function panel tree 1 8 to 1 9 NI DAQ function support table DAQArb AO 2DC AT AO 6 10 and VXI AO 48XDC devices C 11 to C 12 Lab 516 DAQCard 500 700 functions C 6 C 8 MIO and AI devices C 2 C 5 analog trigger event figure 2 70 AO_Calibrate function 2 25 to 2 26 AO_Change_Parameter function 2 27 to 2 37 analog filter 2 31 buffer interrupts 2 36 DAQArb 5411 device parameters 2 31 to 2 36 description 2 27 to 2 28 digital filter 2 31 FIFO transfer condition 2 29 to 2 30 FIFO transfer count 2 30 to 2 31 frequency correction for analog filter 2 33 to 2 34 ground DAC reference 2 31 memory transfer width 2 37 output attenuation 2 33 output enable 2 32 output impedance 2 32 PLL reference frequency 2 35 reglitching 2 28 SYNC duty cycle 2 35 to 2 36 trigger mode 2 34 to 2 35 using the function 2 26 to 2 37
189. C Compatibles WFM_Group_Setup Format status WFM_Group_Setup deviceNumber numChans chanVect group Purpose Assigns one or more analog output channels to a waveform generation group A call to WFM_Group_Setup is only required for the AT AO 6 10 By default both analog output channels for the MIO devices and the Lab PC are in group 1 Parameters Input Parameter Discussion numChans indicates the number of analog output channels specified in the array chanVect A 0 clears the channel assignments for group Range 0 through 2 for most devices 0 through 6 for AT AO 6 0 through 10 for AT AO 10 1 for DAQArb 5411 devices chanVect is your array of channel numbers indicating which analog output channels are in a group Channel number range 0 or 1 for most devices 0 through 5 for AT AO 6 0 through 9 for AT AO 10 0 for DAQArb 5411 devices group is the group number Range 1 for most devices 1 or 2 for AT AO 6 10 Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility numChans i16 number of analog output channels chanVect i16 channel numbers group i16 group number Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Group_Setup NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 424 National Instruments Corporation Using This Function For the AT AO 6 10 you can assign analog output channels to one of two waveform generation groups Each group has a separate update clock source You can assign different u
190. CAN_Sequence_Demux SCAN_Sequence_Retrieve SCAN_Sequence_Setup SCAN_Setup SCAN_Start SCAN_to_Disk Select_Signal Set_DAQ_Device_Info Table C 1 MIO and AI Device Functions Continued Function Device Non E Series AT MIO AI E Series PCI 6110E and PCI 6111E MIO E Series Appendix C NI DAQ Function Support National Instruments Corporation C 5 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Timeout_Config WFM_Chan_Control WFM_Check WFM_ClockRate WFM_DB_Config WFM_DB_HalfReady WFM_DB_Transfer WFM_from_Disk WFM_Group_Control WFM_Group_Setup WFM_Load WFM_Op WFM_Rate WFM_Scale All E Series devices except for XE 50 devices AT MIO 16DE 10 only Table C 1 MIO and AI Device Functions Continued Function Device Non E Series AT MIO AI E Series PCI 6110E and PCI 6111E MIO E Series Appendix C NI DAQ Function Support NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles C 6 National Instruments Corporation Table C 2 Lab 516 DAQCard 500 700 Functions Function Device 516 and LPM Devices DAQCard 500 700 Lab PC 1200 Series AI_Check AI_Clear AI_Configure AI_Read AI_Setup AI_VRead AI_VScale AO_Configure AO_Update AO_VScale AO_VWrite AO_Write Calibrate_1200 Config_Alarm_Deadband Config_ATrig_Event_Message Config_DAQ_Event_Message DAQ_Check DAQ_Clear DAQ_Config DAQ_DB_Config DAQ_DB_H
191. CIA VXIbus EISA and USB bus computers How to Use the NI DAQ Manual Set You should begin by reading the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles Chapter 1 Introduction to NI DAQ contains a flowchart that illustrates the sequence of steps you should take to learn about and get started with NI DAQ software When you are familiar with the material in the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles you can use the NI DAQ Function Reference Manual for PC Compatibles which contains detailed descriptions of the NI DAQ functions You also can use the Windows help file NIDAQPC HLP which contains all of the function reference material Other documentation includes the DAQ Hardware Overview Guide HWOG PDF the NI DAQ Configuration Utility help file NIDAQCFG HLP and the DAQ Channel Wizard help file CHANWIZ HLP Organization of This Manual The NI DAQ Function Reference Manual for PC Compatibles is organized as follows Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions contains important information about how to apply the function descriptions in this manual to your programming language and environment Chapter 2 Function Reference contains a detailed explanation of each NI DAQ function The functions are arranged alphabetically Appendix A Status Codes lists the status codes returned by NI DAQ including the name and description NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles xiv National Instruments Corporation About This Manual A
192. CNT or ND_BUFFERED_EVENT_CNT you can use the up or down control options of the DAQ STC general purpose counters You can use the up or down control options for other counter applications too Software or hardware can perform the up or down control Table 2 27 Legal Values for paramValue when paramID ND_INITIAL_COUNT E Series and 445X Devices 6602 and 455X Devices 0 through 224 1 0 through 232 1 Table 2 28 Legal Values for paramValue when paramID ND_COUNT_1 ND_COUNT_2 ND_COUNT_3 and ND_COUNT_4 E Series and 445X Devices 6602 and 455X Devices 0 through 224 1 0 through 232 1 Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Change_Parameter National Instruments Corporation 2 207 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Software Control This function lets you customize the counter for your application You can use this function after the GPCTR_Set_Application function and before GPCTR_Control function with action ND_PREPARE or action ND_PROGRAM You can call this function as many times as you need to The software up or down control is available by default if you do not use the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function with paramID set to ND_UP_DOWN the counter is configured for the software up or down control and starts counting up To make the counter use the software up or down control and start counting down use the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function with the paramID set to ND_UP_DOWN and the paramValue set to ND_COUNT_DOWN
193. CTR_Change_Parameter function description ND_GATE_POLARITY to ND_NEGATIVE A high to low transition of the gate signal initiates the pulse generation timing You can use the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function after calling GPCTR_Set_Application and before calling GPCTR_Control with action ND_PROGRAM or ND_PREPARE To provide your timebase you can connect your timebase source to one of the PFI pins on the I O connector and change ND_SOURCE and ND_SOURCE_POLARITY to the appropriate values You also can configure the other general purpose counter for ND_RETRIG_PULSE_GNR and set ND_SOURCE of this counter to ND_OTHER_GPCTR_TC to generate pulses with delays and intervals longer than 160 s application ND_PULSE_TRAIN_GNR In this application the counter is used for generation of a pulse train By default you get this by using the 20 MHz internal timebase ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ so the resolution of timing is 50 ns By default the counter repeatedly counts down from ND_COUNT_1 5 million to 0 for the delay time and then down from ND_COUNT_2 10 million to 0 for the pulse generation time to generate a train of 0 5 s pulses separated by 0 25 s of delay Pulse train generation starts as soon as you arm the counter You must reset the counter to stop the pulse train Source Gate Output Count_1 3 Count_2 4 Count_1 3 Count_2 4 Count_1 3 Count_2 4 Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application National Instruments Cor
194. CXI 1120D Any other value for an element of the modulesPresent array indicates that a module that is unfamiliar to NI DAQ such as a custom built module is present in the corresponding slot operatingModes is an array of length numSlots that indicates the operating mode of each module in the modulesPresent array multiplexed or parallel Refer to Chapter 13 SCXI Hardware of the DAQ Hardware Overview Guide for an explanation of each operating mode If any of the slots are empty indicated by a value of 1 in the corresponding element of the modulesPresent array NI DAQ ignores the corresponding element in the operatingModes array 0 Multiplexed operating mode 1 Parallel operating mode 2 Parallel operating mode using the secondary connector of the DAQ device connectionMap is an array of length numSlots that describes the connections between the SCXI chassis and the DAQ devices in the PC For each module present in the chassis you must specify the device number of the DAQ device that is cabled to the module if there is one For the SCXI 1200 module you should specify the logical device number of the module If any of the slots are empty indicated by a value of 1 in the corresponding element of the modulesPresent array NI DAQ ignores the corresponding element of the connectionMap array The commPath parameter value must be one of the DAQ device numbers specified in this array 0 No DAQ device is cabled to the module n where
195. Channel Purposes for Analog Input Devices B 4 Table B 4 Valid Gain Settings B 5 Table B 5 The Values of maxReading and maxVolt B 6 Table C 1 MIO and AI Device Functions C 1 Table C 2 Lab 516 DAQCard 500 700 Functions C 6 Table C 3 DSA Device Functions C 9 Table C 4 Analog Output Family Functions C 11 Table C 5 Digital I O Family Functions C 12 Table C 6 Timing Device Functions C 14 Table C 7 SCXI Functions C 16 National Instruments Corporation xiii NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles About This Manual The NI DAQ Function Reference Manual for PC Compatibles is for users of the NI DAQ software for PC compatibles version 6 1 NI DAQ software is a powerful application programming interface API between your data acquisition DAQ application and the National Instruments DAQ boards for ISA PCI PXI XT PC Card PCM
196. Chooses the source and polarity of a signal that the device uses E Series and DAQArb 5411 devices only Parameters Input Parameter Discussion for the E Series DAQArb 5411 and DSA Devices Legal ranges for the signal source and sourceSpec parameters are given in terms of constants that are defined in a header file The header file you should use depends on which of the following languages you are using C programmers NIDAQCNS H DATAACQ H for LabWindows CVI BASIC programmers NIDAQCNS INC Visual Basic for Windows programmers should refer to the Programming Language Considerations section in Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions for more information Pascal programmers NIDAQCNS PAS You can use the onboard DAQ STC to select among many sources for various signals signal specifies the signal whose source you want to select Table 2 35 shows the possible values for signal Note Only the following signals are supported for the DAQArb 5411 devices ND_OUT_START_TRIGGER ND_OUT_UPDATE Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility signal u32 signal to select the source and polarity source u32 the source of the signal sourceSpec u32 further signal specification the polarity of the signal Chapter 2 Function Reference Select_Signal National Instruments Corporation 2 373 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles ND_RTSI_CLOCK ND_RTSI_0 thr
197. D read does not match the configured module type Note Saving your SCXI configuration in the NI DAQ Configuration Utility also reads the module ID from the SCXI module being saved and reports an error if the module ID read and the module type being configured do not match The Test button on the SCXI Devices tab reads the module IDs of all configured modules and verifies that all the module IDs read from the chassis match the configured module types Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_MuxCtr_Setup National Instruments Corporation 2 347 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles SCXI_MuxCtr_Setup Format status SCXI_MuxCtr_Setup deviceNumber enable scanDiv ctrValue Purpose Enables or disables a DAQ device counter to be used as a multiplexer counter during SCXI channel scanning to synchronize the DAQ device scan list with the module scan list that NI DAQ has downloaded to Slot 0 of the SCXI chassis Parameters Input Parameter Discussion enable indicates whether to enable a device counter to be a mux counter for subsequent SCXI channel scanning operations 0 Disable the mux counter the device counter is freed 1 Enable the device counter to be a mux counter scanDiv indicates whether the mux counter will divide the scan clock during the acquisition 0 The mux counter does not divide the scan clock it simply pulses after every n mux gain entry on the DAQ device where n is the ctrValue The mux counter pulses are currently n
198. DAQ is to perform for the group of output channels operation 0 CLEAR Terminates a waveform operation for the group of analog output channels The last voltage produced at the DAC is maintained indefinitely After you execute CLEAR for an analog output group you must call WFM_Load before you can restart waveform generation using operation START AT MIO 16F 5 only If you aligned the data buffer used in the waveform generation by calling Align_DMA_Buffer CLEAR unaligns the buffer That is the data samples start at index 0 of the buffer If you want to use the same buffer again for waveform generation you must call Align_DMA_Buffer again before calling WFM_Load operation 1 START Initiates waveform generation at the analog output channels in group Your application must call operation CLEAR before terminating if START is executed If you do not execute CLEAR unpredictable behavior might result Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility group i16 group of analog output channels operation i16 operation to be performed Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Group_Control National Instruments Corporation 2 421 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Note If you invoke this function to clear continuous waveform generation that was stopped previously because of an underflow error WFM_Group_Control does not report the occurrence of the underflow error If you want to check for this type of
199. DAQ process has ended doneFlag 0 Asynchronous operation is still running doneFlag 1 Asynchronous operation has stopped lParam contains the number of the scan in which DAQEvent occurred The following is an example WindowProc routine written in C LRESULT CALLBACK WindowProc HWND hWnd UINT uMsgId WPARAM wParam LPARAM lParam static unsigned long int uNIDAQeventCount 0 short DAQeventDevice short doneFlag long scansDone switch uMsgId case WM_PAINT handle this message break case WM_DESTROY handle this message break case WM_NIDAQ_MSG put your NI DAQ Message handling here increment static counter uNIDAQeventCount DAQeventDevice wParam amp 0x00FF doneFlag wParam amp 0xFF00 gt gt 8 scansDone lParam handle this message return 0 break Chapter 2 Function Reference Config_DAQ_Event_Message NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 82 National Instruments Corporation default handle other usual messages return DefWindowProc hWnd uMsgId wParam lParam Callback Functions To enable the callback function you need to provide the address of the callback routine in callbackAddr Therefore you must write your application in a programming language that supports function pointers such as C or Assembly If you are using LabWindows CVI your callback funct
200. DAQArb 5411 devices except for E Series devices 2 through 16 777 216 for E Series devices Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_ClockRate NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 408 National Instruments Corporation The only internal timebases available on the E Series devices are 20 MHz and 100 kHz If you use a timebase other than 3 or 2 for these devices NI DAQ performs the appropriate translation if possible Note If you are using an SCXI 1200 with remote SCXI the maximum rate depends on the baud rate setting and updateRate Refer to the SCXI 1200 User Manual for more details mode depends on the whichclock parameter Range 0 1 or 2 for E Series devices 0 or 1 for the AT MIO 16X and AT MIO 64F 5 0 for all other devices whichclock 0 When whichclock is 0 update clock mode should be 0 for all other devices except for E Series devices For these devices mode is used to indicate the time of change of update rate when a waveform is already in progress If no waveform is in progress mode is ignored Set argument mode to 0 to indicate that you wish to change the update rate immediately For E Series devices you cannot change the update rate when using FIFO pulsed waveform generation and waveform is already in progress whichclock 1 When whichclock is 1 delay clock mode indicates whether delay clock should be enabled or disabled When mode is 1 NI DAQ enables the delay clock If you want to use FIFO pulse waveform
201. DAQ_Start for example with respect to the external AMUX 64T analog input channels instead of the MIO and AI device onboard channel numbers You need to execute the call to AI_Mux_Config only once in an application program Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility numMuxBrds i16 number of external multiplexer devices Chapter 2 Function Reference AI_Mux_Config National Instruments Corporation 2 11 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles For the AT MIO 64F 5 AT MIO 64E 3 PCI 6031E MIO 64XE 10 PCI 6033 AI 64XE 10 and PCI 6071E MIO 64E 1 you also must call MIO_Config if you plan to use AMUX 64T channels Refer to the MIO_Config function for further details Note Some of the digital lines of port 0 on the MIO or AI device with AMUX 64T devices are reserved for AMUX device control Any attempt to change the port or line direction or the digital values of the reserved line causes an error Table 2 2 shows the relationship between the number of AMUX 64T devices assigned to the MIO or AI device and the number of digital I O lines reserved You can use the remaining lines of port 0 On non E Series devices the remaining lines are available for output only Table 2 2 Port 0 Digital I O Lines Reserved Number of AMUX 64T Devices Assigned to an MIO or AI Device Port 0 Digital Lines Reserved 0 none 1 lines 0 and 1 2 lines 0 1 and 2 4 lines 0 1 2 and 3 Chapter 2 Function R
202. DDS Frequency Word 63 0 1 000 232 40 000 000 107 374 25Hz DDS Frequency Word 63 0 25 232 40 000 000 2 684 1 256 kHz DDS Frequency Word 63 0 1 256 232 40 000 000 13 486 Note For the DAQArb 5411 the maximum sinewave frequency that you can generate is 16 MHz The corresponding maximum valid DDS Frequency Word is 1 717 986 918 You also can specify the duration you want the frequency to be generated for each stage This duration is specified in number of 5 MHz interval 200 ns counts The duration in 5 MHz interval 31 0 is divided into two 16 bit unsigned words as shown in the previous array For DAQArb 5411 devices the range for the duration in 5 MHz interval 31 0 is through 16 777 215 Also you can refer to the triggering modes in your DAQArb 5411 User Manual for more details on the various operation modes available ARB Mode Table 2 43 Array Structures for ARB Mode Buffer ID Array Element Buffer ID 31 16 Array element 0 range 0 to 65 535 Buffer ID 15 0 Array element 1 range 0 to 65 535 Sample Count 31 16 Array element 2 range 0 to 65 535 Sample Count 15 0 Array element 3 range 0 to 65 535 Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Load NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 432 National Instruments Corporation For each stage Buffer ID 31 0 specifies the buffer number to be generated This buffer ID should correspond to one of the buffers that was loaded i
203. DMA_CHANNEL ND_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS AT 5411 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AO_GR1 ND_FOREGROUND ND_AUTOMATIC PCI 5411 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AO_GR1 ND_UP_TO_A_DMA_CHANNEL ND_AUTOMATIC ND_FOREGROUND PCI PXI E Series devices ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AI ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AO_ GR1 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_ GPCTR0 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_ GPCTR1 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_AI_FIFO_INTERRUPTS ND_AUTOMATIC ND_INTERRUPT_EVERY _SAMPLE ND_INTERRUPT_HALF_FIFO Device Type infoType infoValue Chapter 2 Function Reference Set_DAQ_Device_Info NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 396 National Instruments Corporation AT AI 16XE 10 NEC AI 16E 4 NEC AI 16XE 50 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AI ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR0 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR1 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 16X AT MIO 64F 5 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AI ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AO_GR1 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS AT MIO 16E 10 AT MIO 16DE 10 AT MIO 16XE 10 AT MIO 16XE 50 NEC MIO 16XE 50 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AI ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AO_GR1 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL N
204. D_MSR or ND_BUFFERED_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR or ND_BUFFERED_TWO_SIGNAL_EDGE_SEPARATION_MSR you should wait for the operation to be completed before accessing the buffer For the 6602 and 455X devices you can use GPCTR_Change_Parameter with paramID ND_BUFFER_MODE to select continuous buffered operations ND_DOUBLE or single buffered operations ND_SINGLE In continuous buffered operation mode you can use GPCTR_Read_Buffer to access parts of the buffer while the operation is in progress Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Control National Instruments Corporation 2 211 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles GPCTR_Control Format status GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum action Purpose Controls the operation of the general purpose counter Parameters Input Parameter Discussion Legal ranges for the gpctrNum and action are given in terms of constants defined in a header file The header file you should use depends on the language you are using C programmers NIDAQCNS H DATAAQC H for LabWindows CVI BASIC programmers NIDAQCNS INC Visual Basic for Windows programmers should refer to the Programming Language Considerations section in Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions for more information Pascal programmers NIDAQCNS PAS gpctrNum indicates which counter to program Legal values for this parameter are shown in Table 2 20 action is what NI DAQ performs with the counter Legal values for this paramete
205. D_SEMI_PERIOD_MSR Buffered asynchronous semi period measurement ND_BUFFERED_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR Buffered asynchronous pulse width measurement ND_BUFFERED_TWO_SIGNAL_EDGE_ SEPARATION_MSR Buffered asynchronous pulse width measurement for signals on separate gates 6602 and 455X devices only _CNT Counting _MSR Measurement _GNR Generation Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application National Instruments Corporation 2 217 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Using This Function NI DAQ requires you to select a set of parameters so that it can program the counter hardware Those parameters include for example signals to be used as counter source and gate and the polarities of those signals A full list of the parameters is given in the description of the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function By using the GPCTR_Set_Application function you assign specific values to all of those parameters If you do not like some of the settings used by this function you can alter them by using the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function When using DMA for buffered GPCTR operations on E Series and 445X devices you should use the internal 20 MHz timebase over the internal 100 kHz timebase The 100 kHz timebase does not work correctly when you are using DMA For measuring gate signals slower than the internal 20 MHz timebase will allow or when you need to use DMA we recommend using external timebases You can use DMA operations on typical 486 based m
206. D_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR0 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR1 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS DAQCard AI 16E 4 DAQCard AI 16XE 50 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AI ND_INTERRUPTS ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR0 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR1 ND_INTERRUPTS Device Type infoType infoValue Chapter 2 Function Reference Set_DAQ_Device_Info National Instruments Corporation 2 397 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DAQPad MIO 16XE 50 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AI ND_INTERRUPTS ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AO_GR1 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR0 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR1 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_AI_FIFO_INTERRUPTS ND_INTERRUPT_EVERY _SAMPLE ND_INTERRUPT_HALF_FIFO ND_AUTOMATIC 516 devices DAQCard 500 700 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AI ND_INTERRUPTS DAQCard 700 ND_AI_FIFO_INTERRUPTS ND_INTERRUPT_EVERY _SAMPLE ND_INTERRUPT_HALF_FIFO ND_AUTOMATIC LPM devices ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AI ND_INTERRUPTS Lab PC Lab PC 1200 PCI 1200 Rev D and later ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AI ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AO_GR1 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_AI_FIFO_INTERRUPTS ND_INTERRUPT_EVERY _SAMPLE ND_INTERRUPT_HALF_FIFO ND_AUTOMATIC DAQCard 1200 DAQPad 1200 PCI 1200 Rev C and earlier SCXI 1200 DAQPad 6020E ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AI ND_INTERRUPTS ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AO_GR1 ND_INTERRUPTS ND
207. G_Line_Config DIG_Out_Grp DIG_Out_Line DIG_Out_Port DIG_Prt_Config DIG_Prt_Status DIG_SCAN_Setup DIG_Trigger_Config Get_DAQ_Device_Info Get_NI_DAQ_Version Init_DA_Brds RTSI_Clear RTSI_Clock RTSI_Conn Table C 5 Digital I O Family Functions Continued Function Device AT DIO 32F DAQDIO 6533 DIO 32HS DIO 24 and DIO 96 PC OPDIO 16 VXI DIO 128 Appendix C NI DAQ Function Support NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles C 14 National Instruments Corporation RTSI_DisConn Set_DAQ_Device_Info Timeout_Config Table C 6 Timing Device Functions Function Device PC TIO 10 6602 devices Config_DAQ_Event_Message CTR_Config CTR_EvCount CTR_EvRead CTR_FOUT_Config CTR_Period CTR_Pulse CTR_Rate CTR_Reset CTR_Restart CTR_Simul_Op CTR_Square CTR_State CTR_Stop DIG_In_Line DIG_In_Port Table C 5 Digital I O Family Functions Continued Function Device AT DIO 32F DAQDIO 6533 DIO 32HS DIO 24 and DIO 96 PC OPDIO 16 VXI DIO 128 Appendix C NI DAQ Function Support National Instruments Corporation C 15 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DIG_Line_Config DIG_Out_Line DIG_Out_Port DIG_Prt_Config Get_DAQ_Device_Info Get_NI_DAQ_Version GPCTR_Change_Parameter GPCTR_Config_Buffer GPCTR_Control GPCTR_Read_Buffer GPCTR_Set_Application GPCTR_Watch Init_DA_Brds Line_Change_Attribute Select_Signal Set_D
208. I 1162HV 28 SCXI 1163R 30 SCXI 1102 32 SCXI 1141 38 SCXI 1200 40 SCXI 2400 42 VXI SC 1102 44 VXI SC 1150 68 SCXI 1120D Any other value returned in the modulePresent parameter indicates that an unfamiliar module is present in the given slot operatingMode indicates whether the module present in the given slot is being operated in Multiplexed or Parallel mode Refer to Chapter 13 SCXI Hardware in the DAQ Hardware Overview Guide for an explanation of each operating mode If the slot is empty operatingMode is meaningless 0 Multiplexed operating mode 1 Parallel operating mode DAQdeviceNumber is the device number of the DAQ device in the PC that is cabled directly to the module present in the given slot If the slot is empty DAQdeviceNumber is meaningless 0 No DAQ device is cabled to the module n where n is the device number of the DAQ device cabled to the module If the moduleSlot contains an SCXI 1200 DAQdeviceNumber is the logical device number of the SCXI 1200 If the moduleSlot contains an SCXI 2400 DAQdeviceNumber is 0 Note C Programmers modulePresent operatingMode and DAQdeviceNumber are pass by reference parameters Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Get_State NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 340 National Instruments Corporation SCXI_Get_State Format status SCXI_Get_State SCXIChassisID moduleSlot port channel data Purpose Gets the state of a single channel or
209. I 455X timebase is the timebase or resolution to be used for the sample interval counter timebase has the following possible values 3 20 MHz clock used as a timebase 50 ns E Series only 1 5 MHz clock used as timebase 200 ns resolution AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X only 0 External clock used as timebase connect your own timebase frequency to the internal sample interval counter via the SOURCE5 input for MIO boards or by default the PFI8 input for E Series devices 1 1 MHz clock used as timebase 1 s resolution non E Series MIO devices only 2 100 kHz clock used as timebase 10 s resolution 3 10 kHz clock used as timebase 100 s resolution non E Series MIO devices only 4 1 kHz clock used as timebase 1 ms resolution non E Series MIO devices only 5 100 Hz clock used as timebase 10 ms resolution non E Series MIO devices only On E Series devices if you use this function with the timebase set at 0 you must call the function Select_Signal with signal set to ND_IN_CHANNEL_CLOCK_TIMEBASE and source set to a value other than ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ and ND_INTERNAL_100_KHZ before calling DAQ_Start with timebase set to 0 otherwise DAQ_Start will select low to high transitions on the PFI 8 I O connector pin as your external timebase Refer to the Select_Signal function for further details about using the timebase with E Series devices Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_Start
210. I DAQ automatically modifies the ADC bipolar pointer in the default load table to point to user area 2 At this point you have set up user area 1 to be your default load area when you operate the device in unipolar mode and user area 2 to be your default load area when you operate the device in bipolar mode NI DAQ automatically handles the loading of the appropriate constants Failed calibrations leave your device in an incorrectly calibrated state If you run this function with calOp 2 or 3 and receive an error you must reload a valid set of calibration constants If you have a valid set of user defined constants in one of the user areas you can load them Otherwise reload the factory constants Note If you are using remote SCXI the time this function might take depends on the baud rate settings where slower baud rates causes this function to take longer You also might want to call Timeout_Config to set the timeout limit for your device to a longer value if you do obtain a timeoutError from this function Chapter 2 Function Reference Calibrate_DSA National Instruments Corporation 2 55 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Calibrate_DSA Format status Calibrate_DSA deviceNumber operation refVoltage Purpose Use this function to calibrate your DSA device Parameters Input Parameter Discussion The legal range for operation is given in terms of constants defined in a header file The header file you should use depends
211. I functions you must also pass the module slot number of the module you want to use The slots in the SCXI chassis are numbered from left to right beginning with slot 1 The controller on the left side of the chassis is referred to as Slot 0 You can use the configuration utility to verify your chassis IDs and your module slot numbers Variable Data Types The NI DAQ API is identical in Windows 95 and Windows NT Every function description has a parameter table that lists the data types in each of the environments LabWindows CVI uses the same types as Windows The following sections describe the notation used in those parameter tables and throughout the manual for variable data types Primary Types Table 1 2 shows the primary type names and their ranges Table 1 2 Primary Type Names Type Name Description Range Type C C Visual BASIC Pascal Borland Delphi u8 8 bit ASCII character 0 to 255 char Not supported by BASIC For functions that require character arrays use string types instead See the STR description Byte i16 16 bit signed integer 32 768 to 32 767 short Integer for example deviceNum SmallInt Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions National Instruments Corporation 1 3 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Arrays When a primary type is inside square brackets for example i16 an array of the type named is required for that parameter Multiple Types Some parameters ca
212. I module Also the driver attempts to achieve complicated gain distributions over SCXI channels on the same module by manipulating the scan list and returns this error if it fails 10400 userOwnedRsrcError The specified resource is owned by the user and cannot be accessed or modified by the driver 10401 unknownDeviceError The specified device is not a National Instruments product or the driver does not support the device for example the driver was released before the device was supported Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description Appendix A Status Codes NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles A 10 National Instruments Corporation 10402 deviceNotFoundError No device is located in the specified slot or at the specified address 10403 deviceSupportError The specified device does not support the requested action the driver recognizes the device but the action is inappropriate for the device 10404 noLineAvailError No line is available 10405 noChanAvailError No channel is available 10406 noGroupAvailError No group is available 10407 lineBusyError The specified line is in use 10408 chanBusyError The specified channel is in use 10409 groupBusyError The specified group is in use 10410 relatedLCGBusyError A related line channel or group is in use if the driver configures the specified line channel or group the conf
213. ILABLE The different values illustrate behavior at different times Figure 2 16 Single Pulse Width Measurement Use the GPCTR_Watch function with entityID ND_ARMED to monitor the progress of the counting process This measurement completes when entityValue becomes ND_NO When the counter is no longer armed you can retrieve the counted value by using GPCTR_Watch with entityID ND_COUNT as shown in the following example code Create u32 variable count_available Create u32 variable counted_value repeat 0 1 NO NO 2 Gate Source Count Count Available Measured Interval YES YES 2 2 2 2 2 Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 222 National Instruments Corporation GPCTR_Watch deviceNumber gpctrNumber ND_COUNT_AVAILABLE count_available until count_available ND_YES GPCTR_Watch deviceNumber gpctrNumber ND_COUNT counted_value To calculate the measured interval multiply the counted value by the period corresponding to the timebase you are using For example if your ND_SOURCE is ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ the interval will be 1 20 MHz 50 ns If the ND_COUNT is 4 Figure 2 15 the actual interval is 4 50 ns 200 ns When the counter reaches TC Terminal Count it rolls over and keeps counting To check if this occurred use the GPCTR_Watch function with entityID set to ND_TC_REACHED Typically you will find modifying the
214. If you have previously enabled pattern generation on a DIO 32F or a 6533 device the generation takes effect upon the execution of DIG_Block_Out To avoid delays due to DMA reprogramming on the AT DIO 32F or AT DIO 32HS you can use dual DMA see the Set_DAQ_Device_Info function or you can align your data using the Align_DMA_Buffer function AT DIO 32F only See the Pattern Generation I O with the DIO 32F and DIO 6533 DIO 32HS section in Chapter 3 Software Overview of the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for important information about pattern generation Note DIG_Block_Out will not work with groups of size 1 because of a DMA limitation when using the AT DIO 32F Note If you are using an SCXI 1200 with remote SCXI count is limited by the amount of memory made available on the remote SCXI unit For digital buffered output you are limited to 5 000 bytes of data The upper bound for count depends on the groupSize set in DIG_SCAN_Setup for example if groupSize 2 count 2 500 Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Block_PG_Config NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 154 National Instruments Corporation DIG_Block_PG_Config Format status DIG_Block_PG_Config deviceNumber group config reqSource timebase reqInterval externalGate Purpose Enables or disables the pattern generation mode of buffered digital I O When pattern generation is enabled this function also determines the source of the request signals and
215. In initiates an asynchronous transfer of data from a specified group to your buffer The hardware is responsible for the handshaking details Call DIG_Grp_Config for the DIO 32F and the DIO 6533 DIO 32HS or DIG_SCAN_Setup for all other devices at least once before calling DIG_Block_In DIG_Grp_Config and DIG_SCAN_Setup select the group configuration for handshaking If you use a DIO 32F or DIO 6533 DIO 32HS DIG_Block_In writes data to all bytes of your buffer regardless of the group size If the group size is 1 which is supported only by the DIO 6533 DIG_Block_In writes to the lower eight bits of buffer 0 on the first read from the group and the upper eight bits of buffer 0 on the second read from the group For example if the first read acquired is 0xCD and the second data acquired is 0xAB buffer 0 is 0xABCD If group size is 2 DIG_Block_In writes data from the lower port port 0 or port 2 to the lower eight bits of buffer 0 and data from the higher port port 1 or port 3 to the upper eight bits of buffer 0 If group size is 4 DIG_Block_In writes the data from ports 0 and 1 to buffer 0 and the data from ports 2 and 3 to buffer 1 Note On the DIO 32F you cannot use DIG_Block_In with a group of size 1 On the DIO 6533 you can use DIG_Block_In with a group of size 1 but count must be even in this case If you use any device but a DIO 32F or DIO 6533 NI DAQ writes to the lower byte of each buffer element with a value rea
216. Instruments Corporation entityID ND_COUNT This is the counter contents entityValue can be between 0 and 224 1 for E Series and 445X and between 0 and 232 1 for 6602 and 455X devices entityID ND_COUNT_AVAILABLE If the application is ND_TRIG_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR ND_SINGLE_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR or ND_SINGLE_PERIOD_MSR this entityID allows you to see whether your measurement has completed Corresponding entityValue indicates the following ND_YES the measurement has completed ND_NO the measurement has not completed entityID ND_AVAILABLE_POINTS If the application is buffered event counting or time measurement this entityID allows you to see how many points have been transferred to the buffer entityID ND_ARMED Indicates whether the counter is armed entityValue can be ND_YES or ND_NO You can use this in applications such as ND_SINGLE_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR for finding out when the pulse width measurement completes entityID ND_TC_REACHED Indicates whether the counter has reached terminal count entityValue can be ND_YES or ND_NO You can use this in applications such as ND_SINGLE_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR for detecting overflow pulse was too long to be measured using the selected timebase entityID ND_DONE When the application is ND_SINGLE_TRIG_PULSE_GNR this indicates that the pulse has completed entityValue can be ND_YES or ND_NO When the application is ND_RETRIG_PULSE_GNR this indicates that an individual pulse has completed In t
217. Instruments Corporation 2 329 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles calibrating and then call SCXI_Cal_Constants again at the end of your calibration sequence with opCode 4 to copy the user EEPROM area to the default load area That way there will be two copies of your new constants and you can revert to the factory constants using opCode 4 without wiping out your new constants entirely Repeat the procedure above for each channel and range you want to calibrate Subsequent calls to SCXI_AO_Write will use your new constants to scale voltage or current to the correct binary value EEPROM Organization The SCXI 1122 SCXI 1124 SCXI 1126 and SCXI 1141 modules have an onboard EEPROM to handle storage of calibration constants The EEPROM is divided into the following three areas The factory area is shipped with a set of factory calibration constants you cannot write into the factory area but you can read from it The default load area is where NI DAQ automatically looks to load calibration constants the first time you access the module during an NI DAQ session using an NI DAQ function call such as SCXI_Reset SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup or SCXI_AO_Write When the module is shipped the default load area contains a copy of the factory calibration constants When you write to the default load area using SCXI_Cal_Constants NI DAQ also updates the constants in NI DAQ memory The user area is an area for you to store your own calibration
218. Instruments office in your country contact the source from which you purchased your software to obtain support Country Telephone Fax Australia 03 9879 5166 03 9879 6277 Austria 0662 45 79 90 0 0662 45 79 90 19 Belgium 02 757 00 20 02 757 03 11 Brazil 011 288 3336 011 288 8528 Canada Ontario 905 785 0085 905 785 0086 Canada Quebec 514 694 8521 514 694 4399 Denmark 45 76 26 00 45 76 26 02 Finland 09 725 725 11 09 725 725 55 France 01 48 14 24 24 01 48 14 24 14 Germany 089 741 31 30 089 714 60 35 Hong Kong 2645 3186 2686 8505 Israel 03 6120092 03 6120095 Italy 02 413091 02 41309215 Japan 03 5472 2970 03 5472 2977 Korea 02 596 7456 02 596 7455 Mexico 5 520 2635 5 520 3282 Netherlands 0348 433466 0348 430673 Norway 32 84 84 00 32 84 86 00 Singapore 2265886 2265887 Spain 91 640 0085 91 640 0533 Sweden 08 730 49 70 08 730 43 70 Switzerland 056 200 51 51 056 200 51 55 Taiwan 02 377 1200 02 737 4644 United Kingdom 01635 523545 01635 523154 United States 512 795 8248 512 794 5678 Technical Support Form Photocopy this form and update it each time you make changes to your software or hardware and use the completed copy of this form as a reference for your current configuration Completing this form accurately before contacting National Instruments for technical support helps our applications engineers answer your questions more efficiently If you are using any National Instruments hardwar
219. It is used to scale calConst1 binary offset This applies only when opCode 0 1 2 or 3 and moduleSlot is an analog input module Otherwise set to 0 TBgain is the terminal block gain applied to the SCXI channel if any Currently the SCXI 1327 terminal block is the only terminal block that applies gain to your SCXI channels The SCXI 1327 has switches that you use to select either a gain of 1 0 or a gain of 0 01 You can use this terminal block with an SCXI 1120 SCXI 1120D or SCXI 1121 module For terminal blocks that do not apply gain to your SCXI channels set TBgain 1 0 scaled1 binary1 is the measured input value binary pair you have taken for the given channel and range or gain If the module is analog output scaled1 is the voltage or current you measured at the output channel after writing the binary value binary1 to the output channel If the module is analog input binary1 is the binary value you read from the input channel with a known voltage of scaled1 applied at the input The binary1 parameter is floating point so you can take multiple binary readings from scaled1 and average them to be more accurate and reduce the effects of noise scaled2 binary2 is a second measured input value binary pair you have taken for the given channel and range or gain If the module is analog output scaled2 is the voltage or current you measured when NI DAQ wrote the binary value binary2 to the output channel If the module is analog input bi
220. K_REVERSE_MODE_GR1 ND_ON ND_OFF ND_CLOCK_REVERSE_MODE_GR2 ND_ON ND_OFF Chapter 2 Function Reference Set_DAQ_Device_Info NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 394 National Instruments Corporation DAQCard 6533 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR1 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR2 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_ACK_REQ_EXCHANGE_GR1 ND_ON ND_OFF ND_ACK_REQ_EXCHANGE_GR2 ND_ON ND_OFF ND_CLOCK_REVERSE_MODE_GR1 ND_ON ND_OFF ND_CLOCK_REVERSE_MODE_GR2 ND_ON ND_OFF AT MIO 16 AT MIO 16D ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AI ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AO ND_INTERRUPTS AT MIO 16E 1 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AI ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AO_GR1 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR0 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR1 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS Device Type infoType infoValue Chapter 2 Function Reference Set_DAQ_Device_Info National Instruments Corporation 2 395 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles AT MIO 16E 2 NEC MIO 16E 4 AT MIO 64E 3 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AI ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AO_GR1 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR0 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR1 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_
221. Kword 1 024 words of memory L LabVIEW laboratory virtual instrument engineering workbench latched digital I O a type of digital acquisition generation where a device or module accepts or transfers data after a digital pulse has been received Also called handshaked digital I O LED light emitting diode library a file containing compiled object modules each comprised of one of more functions that can be linked to other object modules that make use of these functions NIDAQMSC LIB is a library that contains NI DAQ functions The NI DAQ function set is broken down into object modules so that only the object modules that are relevant to your application are linked in while those object modules that are not relevant are not linked LSB least significant bit M m meters M 1 Mega the standard metric prefix for 1 million or 106 when used with units of measure such as volts and hertz 2 mega the prefix for 1 048 576 or 220 when used with B to quantify data or computer memory MB megabytes of memory MBLT eight byte block transfers in which both the Address bus and the Data bus are used to transfer data NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles G 8 National Instruments Corporation Glossary Mbytes s a unit for data transfer that means 1 million or 106 bytes s MC Micro Channel memory buffer See buffer min minutes MIO multifunction I O MITE MXI Interfaces to Everything a custom ASIC designed by Nation
222. Mode For each stage DDS Frequency Word specifies the frequency to be generated of the waveform loaded into the DDS lookup memory DDS Frequency Word is 64 bits long and is divided into four 16 bit unsigned words as shown in the array Table 2 42 Array Structures for DDS Mode Frequency Array Element DDS Frequency Word 63 48 Array element 0 range 0 to 65 535 DDS Frequency Word 47 32 Array element 1 range 0 to 65 535 DDS Frequency Word 31 16 Array element 2 range 0 to 65 535 DDS Frequency Word 15 0 Array element 3 range 0 to 65 535 Duration in 5 MHz Intervals 31 16 Array element 4 range 0 to 65 535 Duration in 5 MHz Intervals 15 0 Array element 5 range 0 to 65 535 Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Load National Instruments Corporation 2 431 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Assume the following conditions Update rate of the waveform is U Hz Accumulator size is n bits Desired frequency is f Hz Then the DDS Frequency word 63 0 is f 2n U Note For the DAQArb 5411 accumulator size n is 32 bits Example If one cycle of sine wave already is loaded into the lookup memory by calling WFM_Load with mode 2 and U 40 MHz use the following formulas for the frequency you want 1MHz DDS Frequency Word 63 0 1 000 000 232 40 000 000 107 374 182 1 234567 MHz DDS Frequency Word 63 0 1 234 567 232 40 000 000 132 560 622 1kHz
223. Mode Format status DIG_Grp_Mode deviceNumber group protocol edge reqPol ackPol delayTime Purpose Configures the specified group for handshake signal modes Parameters Input Parameter Discussion group is the group to be configured Range 1 or 2 protocol indicates the basic handshaking mode Refer to your device user manual for details on using the protocol parameter Range is 0 through 2 for the DIO 32F or 0 through 4 for the DIO 6533 DIO 32HS 0 Group is configured for held ACK level ACK handshake protocol 1 Group is configured for pulsed ACK handshake protocol 2 Group is configured for pulsed ACK handshake protocol with variable ACK pulse width 3 Group is configured for synchronous burst handshaking using the REQ ACK and PCLK signals 4 Group is configured to emulate 8255 DIO 24 handshake timing Note This function does not support variable length ACK pulse width signal 2 on AT DIO 32F Revision B and earlier Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility group i16 group protocol i16 basic handshaking system edge i16 rising edge or falling edge pulsed signals reqPol i16 request signal is to be active high or active low ackPol i16 acknowledge handshake signal is to be active high or active low delayTime i16 data settling time allowed Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Grp_Mode National Instruments Corporation 2 167 NI DAQ F
224. NI DAQ Function Reference Manual for PC Compatibles Version 6 1 Data Acquisition Software for the PC NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles April 1998 Edition Part Number 321645C 01 Copyright 1991 1998 National Instruments Corporation All rights reserved Internet Support E mail support natinst com FTP Site ftp natinst com Web Address www natinst com Bulletin Board Support BBS United States 512 794 5422 BBS United Kingdom 01635 551422 BBS France 01 48 65 15 59 Fax on Demand Support 512 418 1111 Telephone Support USA Tel 512 795 8248 Fax 512 794 5678 International Offices Australia 03 9879 5166 Austria 0662 45 79 90 0 Belgium 02 757 00 20 Brazil 011 288 3336 Canada Ontario 905 785 0085 Canada Qu bec 514 694 8521 Denmark 45 76 26 00 Finland 09 725 725 11 France 01 48 14 24 24 Germany 089 741 31 30 Hong Kong 2645 3186 Israel 03 6120092 Italy 02 413091 Japan 03 5472 2970 Korea 02 596 7456 Mexico 5 520 2635 Netherlands 0348 433466 Norway 32 84 84 00 Singapore 2265886 Spain 91 640 0085 Sweden 08 730 49 70 Switzerland 056 200 51 51 Taiwan 02 377 1200 United Kingdom 01635 523545 National Instruments Corporate Headquarters 6504 Bridge Point Parkway Austin Texas 78730 5039 USA Tel 512 794 0100 Important Information Warranty The media on which you receive National Instruments software are warranted not to fail to execute programming instructions due to defects in materials and wo
225. NI DAQ does not perform the operation and returns an error Except for the PC TIO 10 the DIO 6533 DIO 32HS the VXI AO 48XDC E Series or DSA device you must call DIG_Prt_Config to configure a digital I O port as an output port On the PC TIO 10 DIO 6533 VXI AO 48XDC E Series or DSA device you need only configure the specified line for output using DIG_Prt_Config or DIG_Line_Config Note Connecting one or more AMUX 64T boards or an SCXI chassis to an MIO or AI device causes DIG_Out_Line to return a badInputValError when called with port equal to 0 and line equal to one of the following values One AMUX 64T device line equal to 0 or 1 Two AMUX 64T devices line equal to 0 1 or 2 Four AMUX 64T devices line equal to 0 1 2 or 3 An SCXI chassis line equal to 0 1 or 2 and 4 for the E Series devices only Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Out_Port National Instruments Corporation 2 181 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DIG_Out_Port Format status DIG_Out_Port deviceNumber port pattern Purpose Writes digital output data to the specified digital port Parameters Input Parameter Discussion port is the digital I O port number Range 0 or 1 for the AT AO 6 10 DAQCard 500 700 PC TIO 10 PC OPDIO 16 516 devices AO 2DC Am9513 based MIO devices and LPM devices 0 for the E Series devices except the AT MIO 16DE 10 0 through 2 for the DIO 24 and Lab and 1200 Series devices 0 and 2 through 4 for the
226. NI_DAQ_Version function 2 197 glitches 2 28 GPCTR_Change_Parameter function 2 198 to 2 208 default source selection for ND_SIMPLE_EVENT_CNT or ND_BUFFERED_EVENT_CNT table 2 200 gpctrNum parameter legal values for table 2 199 ND_AUTOINCREMENT_COUNT 2 206 ND_BUFFER_MODE 2 207 ND_COUNT_1 ND_COUNT_2 ND_COUNT_3 ND_COUNT_4 2 206 ND_GATE 2 203 to 2 204 default gate selection table 2 204 legal values for table 2 203 ND_GATE_POLARITY 2 204 ND_INITIAL_COUNT 2 205 to 2 206 ND_INPUT_CONDITIONING 2 201 to 2 203 ND_OTHER_GPCTR_TC definition of other counter for table 2 200 ND_OUTPUT_MODE 2 208 ND_OUTPUT_POLARITY 2 208 ND_PRESCALE_VALUE 2 201 ND_RELOAD_ON_GATE 2 204 ND_SECOND_GATE 2 205 ND_SECOND_GATE_POLARITY 2 205 ND_SOURCE legal values for table 2 199 ND_SOURCE_POLARITY 2 201 ND_START_TRIGGER 2 201 ND_UP_DOWN 2 206 to 2 207 hardware control 2 207 software control 2 207 ND_Z_INDEX_PULSE 2 204 GPCTR_Config_Buffer function 2 209 to 2 210 GPCTR_Control function 2 211 to 2 212 GPCTR_Read_Buffer function 2 213 to 2 214 GPCTR_Set_Application function 2 215 to 2 244 description 2 215 ND_BUFFERED_EVENT_CNT application 2 235 to 2 237 ND_BUFFERED_PERIOD_MSR application 2 237 to 2 239 ND_BUFFERED_PULSE_WIDTH_MS R application 2 240 to 2 241 ND_BUFFERED_SEMI_PERIOD_MSR application 2 239 to 2 240 ND_BUFFERED_TWO_SIGNAL_EDG E_SEPARATION_MSR application 2 242 to 2 245 ND_FSK application 2
227. National Instruments for technical support helps our applications engineers answer your questions more efficiently National Instruments Products DAQ hardware __________________________________________________________________ Interrupt level of hardware _________________________________________________________ DMA channels of hardware ________________________________________________________ Base I O address of hardware _______________________________________________________ Programming choice _____________________________________________________________ National Instruments software ______________________________________________________ Other boards in system ____________________________________________________________ Base I O address of other boards ____________________________________________________ DMA channels of other boards _____________________________________________________ Interrupt level of other boards ______________________________________________________ Other Products Computer make and model ________________________________________________________ Microprocessor __________________________________________________________________ Clock frequency or speed __________________________________________________________ Type of video board installed _______________________________________________________ Operating system version __________________________________________________________ Operating system mode ______
228. O 2DC 48 DAQCard 1200 49 DAQCard 500 50 AT MIO 16XE 10 51 AT AI 16XE 10 52 DAQCard AI 16XE 50 53 DAQCard AI 16E 4 54 DAQCard 516 55 PC 516 56 PC LPM 16PnP 57 Lab PC 1200 58 Lab PC 1200AI 59 VXI MIO 64E 1 60 VXI MIO 64XE 10 61 VXI AO 48XDC 62 VXI DIO 128 Chapter 2 Function Reference Init_DA_Brds National Instruments Corporation 2 257 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 65 PC DIO 24PnP 66 PC DIO 96PnP 67 AT DIO 32HS 68 PXI 6533 69 DAQArb AT 5411 75 DAQPad 6507 6508 76 DAQPad 6020E 200 PCI DIO 96 201 PCI 1200 202 PCI MIO 16XE 50 204 PCI MIO 16XE 10 205 PCI MIO 16E 1 206 PCI MIO 16E 4 207 PXI 6070E 208 PXI 6040E 209 PXI 6030E 210 PXI 6011E 211 PCI DIO 32HS 212 DAQArb PCI 5411 215 DAQCard 6533 220 PCI 6031E MIO 64XE 10 221 PCI 6032E AI 16XE 10 222 PCI 6033E AI 64XE 10 223 PCI 6071E MIO 64E 1 232 PCI 6602 233 PCI 4451 234 PCI 4452 235 PCI 4551 236 PCI 4552 240 PXI 6508 241 PCI 6110E 244 PCI 6111E Note C Programmers deviceNumberCode is a pass by reference parameter Note AT MIO 16X only Calibration of the AT MIO 16X takes up to 2 s Therefore Init_DA_Brds which calls MIO_Calibrate can take up to 2 s to execute Chapter 2 Function Reference Init_DA_Brds NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 258 National Instruments Corporation Using This Function
229. OUNT_2 10 million to 0 for the pulse generation time to generate a 0 5 s pulse after 0 25 s of delay With the default 20 MHz timebase combined with the counter width of 24 bits E Series and 445X only you can generate pulses with a delay and length between 100 ns and 0 8 s long For the 6602 and 455X devices with counter width 32 bits you can generate pulses with a delay and length between 100 ns and 214 s long Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 228 National Instruments Corporation For example assume that you want to generate a pulse 200 ns long after 150 ns of delay You need to set ND_COUNT_1 to 150 ns 50 ns 3 and ND_COUNT_2 to 200 ns 50 ns 4 Figure 2 19 shows the scenario of a counter used for ND_SINGLE_PULSE_GNR after the following programming sequence GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_RESET GPCTR_Set_Application deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_SINGLE_PULSE_GNR GPCTR_Change_Parameter deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_COUNT_1 3 GPCTR_Change_Parameter deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_COUNT_2 4 Select_Signal deviceNumber gpctrNumOut gpctrNumOut ND_LOW_TO_HIGH GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_PROGRAM In Figure 2 19 the following behavior is present Source is the signal present at the counter source input Output is the signal present at the counter output Armed is the value you would read from the counter if you called the GPCTR_Wa
230. OUT_port 2 9 SOURCE4 used as timebase if FOUT_port 1 or SOURCE 9 used as timebase if FOUT_port 2 10 SOURCE5 used as timebase if FOUT_port 1 or SOURCE 10 used as timebase if FOUT_port 2 11 GATE 1 used as timebase if FOUT_port 1 or GATE6 used as timebase if FOUT_port 2 12 GATE 2 used as timebase if FOUT_port 1 or GATE7 used as timebase if FOUT_port 2 13 GATE 3 used as timebase if FOUT_port 1 or GATE8 used as timebase if FOUT_port 2 14 GATE 4 used as timebase if FOUT_port 1 or GATE9 used as timebase if FOUT_port 2 15 GATE 5 used as timebase if FOUT_port 1 or GATE10 used as timebase if FOUT_port 2 division is the divide down factor for generating the clock The clock frequency is then equal to timebase frequency division Range 1 through 16 Using This Function Generates a 50 duty cycle output clock at the programmable frequency output signal FOUT if mode 1 otherwise the FOUT signal is a low logic state The frequency of the FOUT signal is the frequency corresponding to timebase divided by the division factor Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_Period NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 98 National Instruments Corporation CTR_Period Format status CTR_Period deviceNumber ctr timebase Purpose Configures the specified counter for period or pulse width measurement Parameters Input Parameter Discussion ctr is the counter number Range 1 2 or 5 for an MIO devic
231. PC Compatibles Note Disabling the output on the PFI7 line by calling Select_Signal with signal ND_PFI_7 and source ND_NONE and then calling Select_Signal with signal ND_RTSI_i and source ND_IN_SCAN_START will result in ND_IN_SCAN_START being driven on the specified RTSI line regardless of what source was used to drive the PFI7 line in any previous Select_Signal call Configuring some external devices such as the SC 2040 will cause the ND_IN_SCAN_IN_PROG signal to be output on the PFI7 line This will cause an ensuing call to Select_Signal with signal ND_RTSI_i and source ND_IN_SCAN_START to drive ND_IN_SCAN_IN_PROG onto the specified RTSI line You can use the GPCTR0_OUTPUT pin on the I O connector in two ways as an output pin or an input pin When you configure the pin as an output pin you can program the pin to output a signal from a RTSI line or the general purpose counter 0 output see signal ND_GPCTR0_OUTPUT in this function for details When you configure the pin as an input pin you can attach an external signal to the pin When signal is one of the RTSI lines and source ND_GPCTR0_OUTPUT the signal on the RTSI line will be the signal present at the GPCTR0_OUTPUT pin on the I O connector which is not always the output of the general purpose counter 0 The following table applies to DAQArb 5411 devices only Use ND_NONE to diable the output on the RTSI line The MARKER output and the SYNC output which are
232. Q device if you are using SCXI you must establish any gain you want at the SCXI module by setting jumpers on the module or by calling SCXI_Set_Gain Refer to Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation for valid gain settings If you use an Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility chan i16 analog input channel number gain i16 gain setting to be used count u32 number of samples to be acquired sampleRate f64 desired sample rate in units of pts s Name Type Description buffer i16 contains the acquired data Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_Op NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 130 National Instruments Corporation invalid gain NI DAQ will return an error NI DAQ ignores gain for 516 and LPM devices and the DAQCard 500 700 buffer is an integer array buffer has a length equal to or greater than count When DAQ_Op returns with an error number equal to zero buffer contains the acquired data count is the number of samples to be acquired that is the number of A D conversions to be performed Range 3 through 232 1 except for the Lab and 1200 Series and E Series devices 3 through 65 535 Lab and 1200 Series devices 2 through 224 E Series devices 2 through 224 3 PCI 6110E and PCI 6111E requires an even number of samples 2 through 224 PCI 445X 2 through 232 1 PCI 455X sampleRate is the sample rate you want in u
233. Q STC signal routing and polarity selection features Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_to_Disk NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 142 National Instruments Corporation DAQ_to_Disk Format status DAQ_to_Disk deviceNumber chan gain filename count sampleRate concat Purpose Performs a synchronous single channel DAQ operation and saves the acquired data in a disk file DAQ_to_Disk does not return until NI DAQ has acquired and saved all the data or an acquisition error has occurred Parameters Input Parameter Discussion chan is the analog input channel number If you are using SCXI you must use the appropriate analog input channel on the DAQ device that corresponds to the SCXI channel you want Select the SCXI channel using SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup before calling this function Refer to the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for more information on SCXI channel assignments Range See Table B 1 in Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation gain is the gain setting to be used for that channel This gain setting applies only to the DAQ device if SCXI is used you must establish any gain at the SCXI module either by setting jumpers on the module or by calling SCXI_Set_Gain Refer to Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation for valid gain settings If you use invalid gain settings NI DAQ returns an error NI DAQ ignores gain for 516 and LPM devices and the DAQCa
234. RM for PC Compatibles edge indicates whether the group is to be configured for leading edge or trailing edge pulsed signals edge is valid only if protocol 1 or 2 0 Group is configured for leading edge pulsed handshake signals 1 Group is configured for trailing edge pulsed handshake signals This setting does not support variable ACK pulse width protocol 2 reqPol indicates whether the group request signal is to be active high or active low reqPol is ignored if protocol 4 protocol 4 always uses an active low request signal 0 Group is configured for active high non inverted request handshake signal polarity 1 Group is configured for active low inverted request handshake signal polarity ackPol indicates whether the group acknowledge handshake signal is to be active high or active low ackPol is ignored if protocol 4 protocol 4 always uses an active low acknowledge signal 0 Group is configured for active high non inverted acknowledge handshake signal polarity 1 Group is configured for active low inverted acknowledge handshake signal polarity delayTime indicates a data settling period in multiples of 100 ns inserted into the handshaking protocol The delay slows down the data transfer increasing setup and hold times The effect of the delay varies by handshaking protocol If protocol 0 or protocol 1 and edge 0 the delayTime delays the generation of the ACK signal If protocol 2 or protocol 1 a
235. RM for PC Compatibles 2 392 National Instruments Corporation When NI DAQ uses DMA channels for data transfers it must have an interrupt level available for the device performing the transfers In this case NI DAQ uses interrupts for DMA controller reprogramming and exception handling Using This Function You can use this function to select the data transfer method for a given operation on a particular device If you do not use this function NI DAQ decides on the data transfer method that typically takes maximum advantage of available resources ND_NO_TRACK_AND_HOLD Disables use of the track and hold circuitry on the SC 20401 ND_OFF Disables the ACK and REQ exchange or the reversal of the clock direction of the DIO 6533 DIO 32HS ND_ON Exchanges the ACK and REQ pins or reverses the clock direction on the DIO 6533 DIO 32HS ND_STRAIN_GAUGE Enables the SC 2043 SG accessory for strain gauge measurements no excitation on channel 0 ND_STRAIN_GAUGE_EX0 Enables the SC 2043 SG accessory with excitation on channel 0 ND_TRACK_AND_HOLD Re enables the track and hold circuitry on an SC 2040 if you have previously disabled it 2 ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL NI DAQ must use only one DMA channel if the DMA channel is not available NI DAQ reports an error and it will not perform the operation ND_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS NI DAQ uses two DMA channels if possible otherwise it uses one DMA channel if one is available if no DMA channels
236. SCXI modules with additional gain selection you must establish any gain you want at the SCXI module either by setting jumpers on the module or by calling SCXI_Set_Gain The following gain settings are valid for the Lab and 1200 Series devices 1 2 5 10 20 50 and 100 If you use an invalid gain NI DAQ returns an error NI DAQ ignores gain for the DAQCard 500 700 and 516 and LPM devices buffer is an integer array buffer must have a length not less than count When Lab_ISCAN_Op returns with an error code of zero buffer contains the acquired data count is the number of samples to be acquired that is the number of A D conversions to be performed Range 3 through 232 1 except Lab and 1200 Series devices which are limited to 65 535 sampleRate is the sample rate you want in units of pts s Range Roughly 0 00153 pts s through 62 500 pts s Lab and 1200 Series devices Roughly 0 00153 pts s through 50 000 pts s DAQCard 500 700 and 516 and LPM devices Note If you are using an SCXI 1200 with remote SCXI the maximum rate will depend on the baud rate setting and count Refer to the SCXI 1200 User Manual for more details scanRate is the scan rate you want in units of scans s This is the rate at which NI DAQ performs scans NI DAQ performs a scan each time NI DAQ samples all channels in the scan sequence ScanRate must be slightly less than sampleRate numChans due to a 5 s delay interval to the driver Lab_ISCAN interval s
237. SCXI functions 1 10 to 1 11 single point analog input functions 1 7 single point analog output functions 1 8 waveform generation functions 1 9 Line_Change Attribute function 2 277 to 2 278 low alarm deadband figure 2 66 LPM16_Calibrate function 2 279 M manual See documentation memory transfer width 2 37 Microsoft Visual Basic for Windows 1 4 to 1 5 MIO and AI device function support table C 1 to C 5 MIO_Calibrate function 2 280 to 2 283 MIO_Config function 2 284 to 2 285 dithering 2 284 Mode 0 through Mode 5 timing diagrams 2 252 to 2 253 multiple point analog input functions AI_Read_Scan function 2 14 AI_VRead_Scan function 2 19 Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger 2 83 to 2 89 DAQ_Check function 2 115 to 2 116 DAQ_Clear 2 117 DAQ_Config 2 118 to 2 120 DAQ_DB_Config 2 121 DAQ_DB_HalfReady 2 122 to 2 123 DAQ_DB_Transfer 2 124 to 2 125 DAQ_Monitor 2 126 to 2 128 DAQ_Op 2 129 to 2 131 DAQ_Rate 2 132 to 2 133 DAQ_Set_Clock 2 134 to 2 135 DAQ_Start 2 136 to 2 139 DAQ_StopTrigger_Config 2 140 to 2 141 DAQ_to_Disk 2 142 to 2 144 DAQ_VScale 2 145 to 2 146 definition 1 13 Lab_ISCAN_Check 2 263 to 2 265 Lab_ISCAN_Op 2 266 to 2 269 Lab_ISCAN_Start 2 270 to 2 273 Lab_ISCAN_to_Disk 2 274 to 2 276 LabWindows function panel tree 1 7 SCAN_Demux 2 294 to 2 295 SCAN_Op 2 296 to 2 299 SCAN_Sequence_Demux 2 300 to 2 302 SCAN_Sequence_Retrieve 2 303 SCAN_Sequence_Setup 2 304 to 2 306 SCAN_Setup 2 30
238. SE nonreferenced single ended mode all measurements are made with respect to a common NRSE measurement system reference but the voltage at this reference can vary with respect to the measurement system ground O onboard channels channels provided by the plug in data acquisition board onboard RAM optional RAM usually installed into SIMM slots operating system base level software that controls a computer runs programs interacts with users and communicates with installed hardware or peripheral devices optical coupler optocoupler a device designed to transfer electrical signals by utilizing light waves to provide coupling with electrical isolation between input and output Sometimes called optoisolator or photocoupler OUT Output P parallel mode a type of SCXI operating mode in which the module sends each of its input channels directly to a separate analog input channel of the device to the module pattern generation a type of handshaked latched digital I O in which internal counters generate the handshaked signal which in turn initiates a digital transfer Because counters output digital pulses at a constant rate this means you can generate and retrieve patterns at a constant rate because the handshaked signal is produced at a constant rate PC personal computer PC Card a credit card sized expansion card that fits in a PCMCIA slot often referred to as a PCMCIA card PCI peripheral component interconnect NI
239. SENSE to onboard ground Chapter 2 Function Reference AI_Configure National Instruments Corporation 2 7 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 1 Referenced Single Ended RSE configuration used when the input signal does not have its own ground reference The negative input of the instrumentation amplifier is tied to the instrumentation amplifier signal ground to provide one 2 Nonreferenced Single Ended NRSE configuration used when the input signal has its own ground reference The ground reference for the input signal is connected to AISENSE which is tied to the negative input of the instrumentation amplifier inputRange is the voltage range of the analog input channels polarity indicates whether the ADC is configured for unipolar or bipolar operation 0 Bipolar operation default value 1 Unipolar operation Table 2 1 shows all possible settings for inputMode inputRange and polarity inputMode is independent of inputRange and polarity In this table italic text denotes default settings Table 2 1 Parameter Settings for AI_Configure Device Possible Values for inputMode Analog Input Range Software Configurable inputRange polarity Resulting Analog Input Range AT MIO 64F 5 AT MIO 16F 5 12 bit E Series 0 1 2 ignored unipolar 0 to 10 V Yes ignored bipolar 5 to 5 V AT MIO 16X 16 bit E Series PCI 6110E PCI 6111E 0 1 2 ignored unipolar 0 to 10 V Yes ignored bipo
240. SIC programmers NIDAQCNS INC Visual Basic for Windows programmers should refer to the Programming Language Considerations in Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions for more information Pascal programmers NIDAQCNS PAS Legal values for channel depend on the type of device you are using analog output channels are labeled 0 through n 1 where n is the number of analog output channels on your device You can set channel to 1 to indicate that you want the same parameter selection for all channels You must set channel to 1 to change a parameter you cannot change on per channel basis Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility channel i16 number of channel you want to configure you can use 1 to indicate all channels paramID u32 identification of the parameter you want to change paramValue u32 new value for the parameter specified by paramID Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_Change_Parameter NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 28 National Instruments Corporation Legal values for paramValue depend on paramID The following paragraphs list features you can configure along with legal values for paramID with explanations and corresponding legal values for paramValue Reglitching Every time you change the state of your DAC a very small glitch is generated in the signal generated by the DAC When reglitching is turned off glitch size depends on the binary patterns that are w
241. Set to ND_OTHER_GPCTR_TC 2 200 Table 2 23 Default Source Selection for ND_SIMPLE_EVENT_CNT or ND_BUFFERED_EVENT_CNT 2 200 Table 2 24 Legal Values for paramValue when paramID ND_GATE 2 203 Table 2 25 Default Gate Selection 2 204 Table 2 26 Default Second Gate Selection 2 205 Table 2 27 Legal Values for paramValue when paramID ND_INITIAL_COUNT 2 206 Table 2 28 Legal Values for paramValue when paramID ND_COUNT_1 ND_COUNT_2 ND_COUNT_3 and ND_COUNT_4 2 206 Table 2 29 Default Up Down Selection 2 207 Table 2 30 Legal Values for the action Parameter 2 211 Table 2 31 Descriptions for application 2 216 Table 2 32 Terminal Count 2 218 Table 2 33 SCXI Module Scan List 2 348 Table 2 34 MIO or AI Scan List
242. Str trigLevel windowSize trigSlope trigSkipCount pretrigScans postTrigScans handle message callbackAddr Purpose Notifies NI DAQ applications when the trigger channel signal meets certain criteria you specify NI DAQ sends your application a message or executes a callback function that you provide Parameters Input Parameter Discussion mode indicates whether to add a new alarm message or to remove an old alarm message with the given device 0 Remove an existing analog trigger event 1 Add a new analog trigger event Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility mode i16 add or remove a message chanStr STR channel string trigLevel f64 trigger level in volts windowSize f64 hysteresis window size in volts triggerSlope i16 trigger slope trigSkipCount u32 number of triggers preTrigScans u32 number of scans to skip before trigger event postTrigScans u32 number of scans after trigger event handle i16 handle message i16 user defined message callbackAddr u32 user callback function address Chapter 2 Function Reference Config_ATrig_Event_Message NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 68 National Instruments Corporation chanStr is a string description of the trigger analog channel or digital port The channel string has one of the following formats xn SCn MDn CHn AMn n where x AI for analog input channel n Analog channel digital p
243. T TO RECOVER DAMAGES CAUSED BY FAULT OR NEGLIGENCE ON THE PART OF NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT THERETOFORE PAID BY THE CUSTOMER NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM LOSS OF DATA PROFITS USE OF PRODUCTS OR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF This limitation of the liability of National Instruments will apply regardless of the form of action whether in contract or tort including negligence Any action against National Instruments must be brought within one year after the cause of action accrues National Instruments shall not be liable for any delay in performance due to causes beyond its reasonable control The warranty provided herein does not cover damages defects malfunctions or service failures caused by owner s failure to follow the National Instruments installation operation or maintenance instructions owner s modification of the product owner s abuse misuse or negligent acts and power failure or surges fire flood accident actions of third parties or other events outside reasonable control Copyright Under the copyright laws this publication may not be reproduced or transmitted in any form electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording storing in an information retrieval system or translating in whole or in part without the prior written consent of National Instruments Corporation Trademarks CVI DAQArb
244. TA_XFER_MODE_AI Method NI DAQ uses for data transfers when performing the DAQ MDAQ and SCAN operations ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AO_GR1 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AO_GR2 Method NI DAQ uses for data transfers when performing the WFM operations which require buffers from the PC memory ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR0 Method NI DAQ uses for data transfers when buffered GPCTR operations with the general purpose counter 0 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR1 Method NI DAQ uses for data transfers when buffered GPCTR operations with the general purpose counter 1 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR2 Method NI DAQ uses for data transfers when buffered GPCTR operations with the general purpose counter ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR3 Method NI DAQ uses for data transfers when buffered GPCTR operations with the general purpose counter 3 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR4 Method NI DAQ uses for data transfers when buffered GPCTR operations with the general purpose counter 4 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR5 Method NI DAQ uses for data transfers when buffered GPCTR operations with the general purpose counter 5 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR6 Method NI DAQ uses for data transfers when buffered GPCTR operations with the general purpose counter 6 Chapter 2 Function Reference Set_DAQ_Device_Info National Instruments Corporation 2 391 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles infoValue can be one of the following ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR7 Method NI DAQ uses for data transfers for buffered GPCTR operations wi
245. This value means the SCXI 1122 or SCXI 1160 relays are still switching or the SCXI 1124 DACs are still settling 1 Indicates that the module is ready The SCXI 1122 or SCXI 1160 relays are finished switching or the SCXI 1124 DACs have settled Note C Programmers data is a pass by reference parameter Name Type Description SCXIChassisID i16 chassis ID number moduleSlot i16 module slot number wait i16 determines if the function should poll the Status Register until timeout for the SCXI module to become ready Name Type Description data u32 contains the contents of the Status Register Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Get_Status National Instruments Corporation 2 343 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Using This Function If wait 1 the function will wait a maximum of 100 ms or 3 seconds for the SCXI 1126 for the module status to be ready If while polling the Status Register a timeout occurs the output parameter data returns the current value of the Status Register The SCXI 1160 SCXI 1102 VXI SC 1102 SCXI 1122 SCXI 1126 and SCXI 1124 Status Registers contain only one bit so only the least significant bit of the data parameter is meaningful Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Load_Config NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 344 National Instruments Corporation SCXI_Load_Config Format status SCXI_Load_Config SCXIchassisID Purpose Loads the SCXI chassis configuration information
246. Typically you will find modification of the following parameters through the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function useful when the counter application is ND_SINGLE_TRIG_PULSE_GNR You can change the following ND_COUNT_1 and ND_COUNT_2 to any value between 2 and 224 1 The defaults are given for illustrative purposes only ND_SOURCE to ND_INTERNAL_100_KHZ With this timebase you can generate pulses with a delay and length between 20 s and 160 s The timing resolution will be lower than if you are using ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ timebase ND_GATE to any legal value listed in the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function description ND_GATE_POLARITY to ND_NEGATIVE A high to low transition of the gate signal initiates the pulse generation timing You can use the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function after calling GPCTR_Set_Application and before calling GPCTR_Control with action ND_PROGRAM or ND_PREPARE Source Armed No Output No Count_1 3 Count_2 4 Yes Gate Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application National Instruments Corporation 2 231 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles To provide your timebase you can connect your timebase source to one of the PFI pins on the I O connector and change ND_SOURCE and ND_SOURCE_POLARITY to the appropriate values You also can configure the other general purpose counter for ND_SINGLE_TRIG_PULSE_GNR and set ND_SOURCE of this counter to ND_OTHER_GPCTR_TC to generate
247. UPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AO_GR1 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR0 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR1 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL PCI 6602 PXI 6602 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR0 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR1 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR2 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR3 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR4 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR5 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR6 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR7 ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_ DMA_CHANNEL Device Type infoType infoValue Chapter 2 Function Reference Set_DAQ_Device_Info National Instruments Corporation 2 399 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 16X AT MIO 64F 5 only If you want to use separate DMA channels for each of the analog output channels you have to set ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AO to ND_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS and ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AI to ND_INTERRUPTS AT DIO 32F and AT DIO 32HS If you are performing high speed digital input or output for group 1 setting ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR1 to ND_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS makes both DMA channels available and can increase your performance Use ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR2 to achieve the same results for the AT DIO 32HS Chapter 2 Function Reference Timeout_Config NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 400 National Instruments Corporation Timeout_Config Format status Timeout_Config deviceNumber timeout Purpose Establishes a timeout limit that is used by the synch
248. Vect 0 channel 2 begins at index 0 and ends at index samplesPerChannelVector 0 1 index 7 The first sample for the channel listed in chanVector 1 channel5 begins at samplesPerChannelVector 0 index 8 and ends at samplesPerChannelVector 0 Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_Sequence_Demux NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 302 National Instruments Corporation samplesPerChannelVector 1 1 index 11 The first sample for the channel listed in chanVector 2 channel 7 begins at samplesPerChannelVector 0 samplesPerChannelVector 1 index 12 and ends at samplesPerChannelVector 0 samplesPerChannelVector 1 samplesPerChannelVector 2 1 index 13 Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_Sequence_Retrieve National Instruments Corporation 2 303 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles SCAN_Sequence_Retrieve Format status SCAN_Sequence_Retrieve device samplesPerSequence scanSequenceVector Purpose Returns the scan sequence created by NI DAQ as a result of a previous call to SCAN_Sequence_Setup Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion samplesPerSequence is the number of samples in a scan sequence obtained from a previous call to SCAN_Sequence_Setup and the size of the scanSequenceVector output parameter scanSequenceVector contains the scan sequence created by NI DAQ as a result of a previous call to SCAN_Sequence_Setup The scan sequence will not contain the ghost channel place hold
249. When you have an SC 2043 SG accessory connected to your DAQ device this function takes both the onboard gains and the SC 2043 SG fixed gain of 10 into account while scaling the data When you have any SCC accessories connected to an E Series device this function takes both the onboard gains and the SCC gains into account while scaling the data Chapter 2 Function Reference AI_VRead_Scan National Instruments Corporation 2 19 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles AI_VRead_Scan Format status AI_VRead_Scan deviceNumber reading Purpose Returns readings in volts for all analog input channels selected by SCAN_Setup E Series devices only with or without the SC 2040 accessory Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion reading is an array of readings from each sampled analog input channel The length of the reading array is equal to the number of channels selected in the SCAN_Setup numChans parameter NI DAQ uses values you have specified in SCAN_Setup through the gains parameter for computing voltages If you have attached an SC 2040 or SC 2043 SG to your DAQ device NI DAQ also uses values you have specified in SC_2040_Config through the sc2040gain parameter or Set_DAQ_Device_Info a fixed gain of 10 for computing voltages If you have SCC modules connected NI DAQ also uses the SCC module gain for computing voltages Using This Function AI_VRead_Scan samples the analog input channels selected by SCAN_Setup at half
250. XI module and its configuration settings Note NI DAQ stores constants in a table for each SCXI module gain setting If your module has independent gains on each channel NI DAQ stores constants for each channel at each gain setting When you use the following procedure you are also calibrating for your DAQ device settings so you must use the same DAQ device settings whenever you use the new calibration constants The SCXI 1122 SCXI 1126 and SCXI 1141 factory set EEPROM constants apply only to the SCXI 1122 SCXI 1126 and SCXI 1141 amplifiers respectively so you can use those with any DAQ device setup To perform a two point analog input calibration perform the following steps 1 If you are using an AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 or AT MIO 16X device you should calibrate your ADC first using the MIO_Calibrate function 2 Make sure the SCXI gain is set to the gain you will be using in your application If you are using an SCXI 1100 SCXI 1122 SCXI 1126 or SCXI 1141 you can use the SCXI_Set_Gain function because those modules have software programmable gain For other analog input modules you need to set gain jumpers or DIP switches appropriately 3 Use SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup to program the module for a single channel operation as opposed to a channel scanning operation Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Cal_Constants National Instruments Corporation 2 327 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 4 Ground your SCXI input
251. _AI_FIFO_INTERRUPTS ND_AUTOMATIC ND_INTERRUPT_EVERY_ SAMPLE ND_INTERRUPT_HALF_FIFO Device Type infoType infoValue Chapter 2 Function Reference Set_DAQ_Device_Info NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 398 National Instruments Corporation NI DAQ uses interrupts and DMA channels for data transfers The DMA data transfers are typically faster so you might want to take advantage of them Remember that the data transfer modes ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL and ND_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS do not reserve the DMA channel or channels for a particular operation they just authorize NI DAQ to use them if they are available AT MIO 16 AT MIO 16D AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 16X AT MIO 64F 5 only If you are performing high speed analog input you can increase your performance by setting ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AI to ND_UP_TO_2_DMA_CHANNELS Using two DMA channels these devices are able to chain across buffer boundaries caused by page breaks on AT compatible computers or by buffer fragmentation caused by mapping virtual into physical memory Notice that EISA computers provide their own DMA chaining mechanism and a single DMA channel is all that is necessary on these machines Lab PC 1200AI ND DATA_XFER_MODE_AI ND_INTERRUPTS ND_UP_TO_1_DMA_CHANNEL ND_AI_FIFO_INTERRUPTS ND_INTERRUPT_EVERY_ SAMPLE ND_INTERRUPT_HALF_FIFO ND_AUTOMATIC USB devices ND_SUSPEND_POWER_STATE ND_OFF ND_ON VXI MIO 64E 1 VXI MIO 64XE 10 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AI ND_INTERR
252. _Check or Lab_ISCAN_Check in this situation to determine where NI DAQ is currently depositing data in the buffer When you Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility stopTrig i16 enable or disable the pretriggered mode ptsAfterStoptrig u32 number of points to acquire after the trigger Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_StopTrigger_Config National Instruments Corporation 2 141 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles apply a pulse at the STOPTRIG input of the MIO 16 16D or the EXTTRIG input of the AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 or AT MIO 16X or the EXTTRIG input of Lab and 1200 Series devices NI DAQ acquires an additional number of data points specified by ptsAfterStoptrig before the acquisition terminates DAQ_Check or Lab_ISCAN_Check will rearrange the data into chronological order from oldest to newest and return with the status parameters equal to one when called after termination Calling DAQ_StopTrigger_Config with stopTrig set to 0 returns the acquisition mode to its default acyclical setting You cannot use pretrigger mode in conjunction with the external conversion method on the MIO 16 16D devices E Series devices only If you use this function with stopTrig 1 the device uses an active high signal from the PFI1 pin as the stop trigger This selection is consistent with the MIO 16 16D boards After calling this function you can use the Select_Signal function to take advantage of the DA
253. _Config 2 192 Get_DAQ_Device_Info 2 195 Get_NI_DAQ_Version 2 197 GPCTR_Change_Parameter 2 198 GPCTR_Config_Buffer 2 209 GPCTR_Control 2 211 GPCTR_Read_Buffer 2 213 GPCTR_Set_Application 2 215 GPCTR_Watch 2 245 ICTR_Read 2 248 ICTR_Reset 2 250 ICTR_Setup
254. _REQ_EXCHANGE_GR1 ND_ACK_REQ_EXCHANGE_GR2 See the Set_DAQ_Device_Info function for details ND_NOT_APPLICABLE if not relevant to the device ND_AI_FIFO_INTERRUPTS Mode of interrupt generation for analog input ND_BASE_ADDRESS Base address in hexadecimal of the device specified by deviceNumber ND_CLOCK_REVERSE_MODE_GR1 ND_CLOCK_REVERSE MODE_GR2 See the Set_DAQ_Device_Info function for details ND_NOT_APPLICABLE if not relevant to the device ND_COUNTER_1_SOURCE See the Set_DAQ_Device_Info function for details ND_NOT_APPLICABLE if not relevant to the device ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AI ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AO_GR1 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_AO_GR2 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR0 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_GPCTR1 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR1 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR2 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR3 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR4 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR5 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR6 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR7 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR8 See the Set_DAQ_Device_Info function for details ND_NOT_APPLICABLE if not relevant to the device ND_DEVICE_TYPE_CODE Type of the device specified by deviceNumber See Init_DA_Brds for a list of device type codes ND_DMA_A_LEVEL ND_DMA_B_LEVEL ND_DMA_C_LEVEL Level of the DMA channel assigned to the device as channel A B and C ND_NOT_APPLICABLE if not relevant or disabled ND_INTERRUPT_A_LEVEL ND_INTERRUPT_B_LEVEL Level of the interrupt assigned to the device as interrupt A and B ND_NOT_APPLICABLE if not relevant or disabled
255. _START_TRIGGER source ND_AUTOMATIC and sourceSpec ND_DONT_CARE RTSI Bus Signals ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 Signal present at the RTSI bus trigger line 0 through 7 ND_RTSI_CLOCK Enable the device to drive the RTSI clock line or prevent it from doing it ND_BOARD_CLOCK Enable the device to receive the clock signal from the RTSI clock line or stop it from doing so source sourceSpec ND_PFI_0 through ND_PFI_9 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_GPCTR0_OUTPUT ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_AUTOMATIC ND_DONT_CARE ND_ATC_OUT ND_DONT_CARE Table 2 35 Possible Values for signal Continued Group signal Description Chapter 2 Function Reference Select_Signal NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 376 National Instruments Corporation signal ND_IN_STOP_TRIGGER Use ND_IN_STOP_TRIGGER for data acquisition in the pretriggered mode The selected transition on the signal line indicates to the device that it should acquire a specified number of scans after the trigger and stop If you do not call this function with signal ND_IN_STOP_TRIGGER NI DAQ uses the default values source ND_PFI_1 and sourceSpec ND_HIGH_TO_LOW By default ND_IN_STOP_TRIGGER is not used because the pretriggered mode is disabled If you call DAQ_StopTrigger_Config with startTrig 1 NI DAQ calls Select_Signal function with signal ND_IN_STOP_TRIGGER source
256. _______________ The problem is __________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ List any error messages ___________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ The following steps reproduce the problem ___________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ NI DAQ for PC Compatibles Hardware and Software Configuration Form Record the settings and revisions of your hardware and software on the line to the right of each item Complete a new copy of this form each time you revise your software or hardware configuration and use this form as a reference for your current configuration Completing this form accurately before contacting
257. _____________________________________________________ Programming language ___________________________________________________________ Programming language version _____________________________________________________ Other boards in system ____________________________________________________________ Base I O address of other boards ____________________________________________________ DMA channels of other boards _____________________________________________________ Interrupt level of other boards ______________________________________________________ Documentation Comment Form National Instruments encourages you to comment on the documentation supplied with our products This information helps us provide quality products to meet your needs Title NI DAQ Function Reference Manual for PC Compatibles Edition Date April 1998 Part Number 321645C 01 Please comment on the completeness clarity and organization of the manual _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ ___________________
258. ____________________________________________________________ If you find errors in the manual please record the page numbers and describe the errors _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ Thank you for your help Name _________________________________________________________________________ Title __________________________________________________________________________ Company _______________________________________________________________________ Address ________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ E Mail Address __________________________________________________________________ Phone ___ __________________________ Fax ___ _______________________________ Mail to Technical Publications Fax to Technical Publications National Instruments Corporation National Instruments Corporation 6504 Bridg
259. a 1 MHz filter ND_5MHZ Filters the signal using a 5 MHz filter ND_NONE default Uses no filtering or synchronization The signal in this case passes through as is This is the default setting attribValue sourceSpec ND_SYNCHRONIZATION_ONLY Synchronizes the internal line with the internal clock ND_NONE default Uses no synchronization The signal passes through as is This is the default setting Chapter 2 Function Reference LPM16_Calibrate National Instruments Corporation 2 279 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles LPM16_Calibrate Format status LPM16_Calibrate deviceNumber Purpose Calibrates the LPM devices converter The calibration calculates the correct offset voltage for the voltage comparator adjusts positive linearity and full scale errors to less than 0 5 LSB each and adjusts zero error to less than 1 LSB Parameters Input Using This Function When the function is called the ADC1241 ADC goes into a self calibration cycle The function does not return until the self calibration is completed Name Type Description deviceNumber I16 assigned by configuration utility Chapter 2 Function Reference MIO_Calibrate NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 280 National Instruments Corporation MIO_Calibrate Format status MIO_Calibrate deviceNumber calOP saveNewCal EEPROMloc calRefChan DAC0chan DAC1chan calRefVolts refLoc Purpose Note If you have an E Series device
260. a read from the ports Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_In_Grp NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 172 National Instruments Corporation Using This Function DIG_In_Grp returns digital data from the group on the specified device If the group is configured as an input group reading that group returns the digital logic state of the lines of the ports in the group as some external device is driving them If the group is configured as an output group and has read back capability reading the group returns the output state of that group If no ports have been assigned to the group NI DAQ does not perform the operation and returns an error code You must call DIG_Grp_Config to assign ports to a group and to configure the group as an input or output group Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_In_Line National Instruments Corporation 2 173 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DIG_In_Line Format status DIG_In_Line deviceNumber port line state Purpose Returns the digital logic state of the specified digital line in the specified port Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion port is the digital I O port number Range 0 or 1 for the AT AO 6 10 DAQCard 500 700 PC TIO 10 PC OPDIO 16 AO 2DC Am9513 based 516 and LPM devices 0 for the E Series devices except the AT MIO 16DE 10 0 through 2 for the DIO 24 and Lab and 1200 Series devices 0 and 2 through 4 for the AT MIO 16DE 10 0 through 3 for the VXI AO 48XDC 0
261. able digital I O port as an output port Using DIG_Out_Port on a port with a combination of input and output lines returns a warning that some lines are configured for input Port 4 of the DIO 32F or DIO 6533 DIO 32HS is not a configurable port and does not require a DIG_Prt_Config call On a DIO 6533 however bits 0 and 2 of port 4 are unavailable when group 1 is configured for handshaking bits 1 and 3 are unavailable when group 2 is configured for handshaking Note If you have connected one or more AMUX 64T boards or an SCXI chassis to your Am9513 based MIO devices DIG_Out_Port returns a badPortError if called with port equal to 0 Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Prt_Config National Instruments Corporation 2 183 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DIG_Prt_Config Format status DIG_Prt_Config deviceNumber port mode dir Purpose Configures the specified port for direction input or output DIG_Prt_Config also sets the handshake mode for the DIO 24 AT MIO 16D AT MIO 16DE 10 DIO 96 and Lab and 1200 Series devices Parameters Input Parameter Discussion port is the digital I O port number Range 0 or 1 for the AT AO 6 10 DAQCard 500 700 PC TIO 10 PC OPDIO 16 516 devices AO 2DC Am9513 based MIO devices and LPM devices 0 for the E Series devices except the AT MIO 16DE 10 0 through 2 for the DIO 24 and Lab and 1200 Series devices 0 through 3 for the DIO 32F and DIO 6533 DIO 32HS 0 and 2 through 4 fo
262. achines without any errors for gate signals of up to 50 kHz using the internal 20 MHz timebase Trying to achieve rates higher than 50 kHz might cause gpctrDataLossError This error might cause some computers to lock up because of a memory parity error The behavior of the counter you are preparing for an application with this function will depend on application your future calls of the GPCTR functions and the signals supplied to the counter The following paragraphs illustrate typical scenarios application ND_SIMPLE_EVENT_CNT In this application the counter is used for simple counting of events By default the events are low to high transitions on the default source pins see Table 2 22 for default source selections The counter counts up starting from 0 and it is not gated Figure 2 14 shows one possible scenario of a counter used for ND_SIMPLE_EVENT_CNT after the following programming sequence GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_RESET GPCTR_Set_Application deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_SIMPLE_EVENT_CNT GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_PROGRAM In Figure 2 14 the following behavior is present Source is the signal present at the counter source input Count is the value you would read from the counter if you called the GPCTR_Watch function with entityID ND_COUNT The different numbers illustrate behavior at different times Figure 2 14 Simple Event Counting 0 1 2 Source Count 5 6 6 Chap
263. add approximately 0 5 LSB rms of white Gaussian noise to the input signal This is useful for applications that involve averaging to increase the effective resolution of a device For high speed applications that do not involve averaging dithering is not recommended and should be disabled 0 Disable dithering 1 Enable dithering This parameter is ignored for the 16 bit E Series devices Dithering is always enabled on these devices useAMUX is valid for the devices with 64 channels only 1 To use AMUX 64T channels 0 To use onboard channels Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility dither i16 whether to add approximately 0 5 LSB rms of white Gaussian noise to the input signal useAMUX i16 whether to use AMUX 64T input channels or onboard channels for 64 channel devices Chapter 2 Function Reference MIO_Config National Instruments Corporation 2 285 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Using This Function To use the AMUX 64T with devices with 64 channels you must call this function to specify whether to use the AMUX 64T input channels or the onboard channels for these devices For example if you have one AMUX 64T device connected to the MIO connector of a 64 channel device channel numbers 16 through 63 are duplicated To use AMUX 64T channel 20 you must call MIO_Config with useAMUX set to 1 Later if you decide to use onboard channel 20 you must call MIO_Config with useAMUX set to
264. ader file you should use depends on the language you are using C programmers NIDAQCNS H DATAACQ H for LabWindows CVI BASIC programmers NIDAQCNS INC Visual Basic for Windows programmers should refer to the Programming Language Considerations section in Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions for more information Pascal programmers NIDAQCNS PAS gpctrNum indicates which counter to program Legal values for this parameter are shown in Table 2 20 Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility gpctrNum u32 number of the counter to use paramID u32 identification of the parameter to change paramValue u32 new value for the parameter specified by paramID Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Change_Parameter National Instruments Corporation 2 199 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Legal values for paramValue depend on paramID The following paragraphs list legal values for paramID with explanations and corresponding legal values for paramValue paramID ND_SOURCE The general purpose counter counts transitions of this signal Corresponding legal values for paramValue are as follows Table 2 20 Legal Values for gpctrNum Parameter All DSA and E Series Devices 6602 Devices ND_COUNTER_0 ND_COUNTER_1 ND_COUNTER_0 ND_COUNTER_1 ND_COUNTER_2 ND_COUNTER_3 ND_COUNTER_4 ND_COUNTER_5 ND_COUNTER_6 ND_COUNTER_7 Table 2 21 Legal Values for paramValue when paramID
265. al Instruments that implements the PCI bus interface The MITE supports bus mastering for high speed data transfers over the PCI bus MS million samples MSB most significant bit multiplexed mode an SCXI operating mode in which analog input channels are multiplexed into one module output so that your cabled DAQ device has access to the module s multiplexed output as well as the outputs on all other multiplexed modules in the chassis through the SCXI bus Also called serial mode mux multiplexer a switching device with multiple inputs that sequentially connects each of its inputs to its output typically at high speeds in order to measure several signals with a single analog input channel N NC Normally Closed NI DAQ National Instruments driver software for DAQ hardware NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology NO Normally Open nonlatched digital I O a type of digital acquisition generation where LabVIEW updates the digital lines or port states immediately or returns the digital value of an input line Also called immediate digital I O or non handshaking National Instruments Corporation G 9 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Glossary nonreferenced signal sources signal sources with voltage signals that are not connected to an absolute reference or system ground Also called floating signal sources Some common example of nonreferenced signal sources are batteries transformers or thermocouples NR
266. al trigger pulse on the group s STOPTRIG pin at which time NI DAQ acquires an additional number of data points specified by ptsAfterStopTrig before terminating the operation The DIG_Block_Check function rearranges the data into chronological order from oldest to newest If startTrig or stopTrig is 2 or 3 the board compares incoming data to the specified pattern The DIO 6533 contains a single pattern detection circuit per group Therefore you cannot set both startTrig and stopTrig to 2 or 3 You also cannot set startTrig or stopTrig to 2 or 3 and also configure a pattern detection message DAQEvent 7 or 8 using Config_DAQ_Event_Message Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Trigger_Config NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 194 National Instruments Corporation If startTrig or stopTrig is 2 the operation starts or stops when the incoming data matches the pattern on all bits declared significant by lineMask If startTrig or stopTrig is 3 the operation starts or stops when the incoming data ceases to match the pattern on all bits declared significant by lineMask The lineMask also controls which bits are significant for change detection if used See DIG_Block_PG_Config for information about change detection Bits that are significant for one purpose are significant for all purposes If you configure both change detection and a start or stop trigger the same lineMask applies to both If you configure both change detection and a patter
267. al period is needed to produce the selected frequency the two periods returned by CTR_Rate will not be equal and the duty cycle of the square wave differs slightly from 50 percent For example if freq is 40 000 Hz and duty is 0 50 CTR_Rate returns values of 1 for timebase 13 for period1 and 12 for period2 The resulting square wave has the frequency of 40 000 Hz but a duty fraction of 0 52 Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_Reset NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 106 National Instruments Corporation CTR_Reset Format status CTR_Reset deviceNumber ctr output Purpose Turns off the specified counter operation and places the counter output drivers in the selected output state Parameters Input Parameter Discussion ctr is the counter number Range 1 2 or 5 for an MIO device except the E Series devices 1 through 10 for a PC TIO 10 output indicates the output state of the counter OUT signal driver output can be between 0 and 2 and represents three choices of output state 0 Set OUT signal driver to high impedance state 1 Set OUT signal driver to low logic state 2 Set OUT signal driver to high logic state Using This Function CTR_Reset causes the specified counter to terminate its current operation clears the counter mode and places the counter OUT driver in the specified output state When a counter has performed an operation a square wave for example you must use CTR_Reset to stop and clear the co
268. alConst becomes the new default load area Example You want to make the factory area of the EEPROM default load area You should make the following call Calibrate_E_Series deviceNumber ND_SET_DEFAULT_LOAD_AREA ND_FACTORY_EEPROM_AREA 0 0 Performing Self Calibration of the Board Set calOP to ND_SELF_CALIBRATE to perform self calibration of your device The storage location selected by setOfCalConst becomes the new default load area Chapter 2 Function Reference Calibrate_E_Series National Instruments Corporation 2 61 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Example You want to perform self calibration of your device and you want to store the new set of calibration constants in the user area of the EEPROM You should make the following call Calibrate_E_Series deviceNumber ND_SELF_CALIBRATE ND_USER_EEPROM_AREA 0 0 The EEPROM user area becomes the default load area Performing External Calibration of the Board Set calOP to ND_EXTERNAL_CALIBRATE to perform external calibration of your device The storage location selected by setOfCalConst becomes the new default load area Make the following connections before calling the Calibrate_E_Series function Example You want to perform an external calibration of your device using an external reference voltage source with a precise 7 0500 V reference and you want NI DAQ to maintain a new set of calibration constants without storing them in the EEPROM You should make the follow
269. alarmOnMessage and alarmOffMessage are messages you define When the alarm on condition occurs NI DAQ passes alarmOnMessage back to you Similarly when the alarm off condition occurs NI DAQ passes alarmOffMessage back to you The messages can be any value In Windows you can set the message to a value including any Windows predefined messages such as WM_PAINT However to define your own message you can use any value ranging from WM_USER 0x400 to 0x7fff This range is reserved by Microsoft for messages you define callbackAddr is the address of the user callback function NI DAQ calls this function when DAQEvent occurs See Config_DAQ_Event_Message for restrictions on this parameter Using This Function To meet the high alarm on condition the input signal must first go below trigLevel deadbandWidth 2 volts and then go above trigLevel deadbandWidth 2 volts On the other hand to meet the high alarm off condition the input signal must first go above trigLevel deadbandWidth 2 volts and then go below trigLevel deadbandWidth 2 volts See Figure 2 1 for an illustration of the high alarm condition Figure 2 1 High Alarm Deadband The low alarm deadband trigger condition is the opposite of the high alarm deadband trigger condition To meet the low alarm on condition the input signal must first go above trigLevel deadbandWidth 2 and then go below trigLevel deadbandWidth 2 On the other hand to meet the low alarm off c
270. alfReady DAQ_DB_Transfer DAQ_Monitor DAQ_Op DAQ_Rate DAQ_Start DAQ_StopTrigger_Config Appendix C NI DAQ Function Support National Instruments Corporation C 7 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DAQ_to_Disk DAQ_VScale DIG_Block_Check DIG_Block_Clear DIG_Block_In DIG_Block_Out DIG_In_Line DIG_In_Port DIG_Out_Line DIG_Out_Port DIG_Prt_Config DIG_Prt_Status DIG_SCAN_Setup Get_DAQ_Device_Info Get_NI_DAQ_Version ICTR_Read ICTR_Reset ICTR_Setup Init_DA_Brds Lab_ISCAN_Check Lab_ISCAN_Op Lab_ISCAN_Start Lab_ISCAN_to_Disk LPM16_Calibrate MIO_Config SCAN_Demux Set_DAQ_Device_Info Table C 2 Lab 516 DAQCard 500 700 Functions Continued Function Device 516 and LPM Devices DAQCard 500 700 Lab PC 1200 Series Appendix C NI DAQ Function Support NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles C 8 National Instruments Corporation Timeout_Config WFM_Chan_Control WFM_Check WFM_ClockRate WFM_DB_Config WFM_DB_HalfReady WFM_DB_Transfer WFM_from_Disk WFM_Group_Control WFM_Group_Setup WFM_Load WFM_Op WFM_Rate WFM_Scale LPM devices only Except for 1200AI Table C 2 Lab 516 DAQCard 500 700 Functions Continued Function Device 516 and LPM Devices DAQCard 500 700 Lab PC 1200 Series Appendix C NI DAQ
271. alibration constants from EEPROMloc If EEPROMloc is 0 the default load table is used and NI DAQ ensures that the constants loaded are appropriate for the current polarity settings If EEPROMloc is any other value you must ensure that the polarity of your device matches those of the calibration constants 2 Calibrate the ADC using DC reference voltage calRefVolts connected to calRefChan To calibrate the ADC you must ground one input channel grndRefChan and connect a voltage reference between any other channel and AGND pin 11 After calibration the calibration constants that were obtained during the process remain in use by the ADC until the device is initialized again Note The ADC must be in referenced single ended mode for successful calibration of the ADC 3 Calibrate the DACs DAC0chan and DAC1chan are the analog input channels to which DAC0 and DAC1 are connected respectively To calibrate the DACs you must wrap back the DAC0 out pin 10 and DAC1 out pin 12 to any two analog input channels After calibration the calibration constants that were Name Type Description device i16 device number calOP i16 operation to be performed saveNewCal i16 save new calibration constants EEPROMloc i16 storage location on EEPROM calRefChan i16 AI channel connected to the calibration voltage grndRefChan i16 AI channel that is grounded DAC0chan i16 AI channel connected to DAC0 DAC1chan i16 AI channel connected
272. alization includes storing a table of the channel sequence and gain setting for each channel to be digitized MIO and AI devices only Parameters Input Parameter Discussion numChans is the number of channels in the chanVector Range 1 through 16 1 through 512 for the E Series devices AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X 1 through n for PCI 6110E PCI 6111E and DSA devices where n is the number of physical channels onboard chanVector is an integer array of length numChans that contains the onboard channel scan sequence to be used chanVector can contain any analog input channel number in any order For the channel number range refer to Table B 1 in Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation For example if numChans 4 and if chanVector 1 7 the second channel to be scanned is analog input channel 7 and four analog input channels are scanned Note The channels listed in the scan sequence refer to the onboard channel numbers If you use one or more external multiplexer devices AMUX 64Ts with any MIO or AI device except the MIO 64 the total number of channels scanned equals four to one multiplexer number of onboard channels scanned number of external multiplexer Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility numChans i16 number of channels chanVector i16 channel scan sequence gainVector i16 gain setting to be used for each channel
273. alog output FIFO on your board refer to your hardware manual Table 2 41 Mode Values for the Iterations Parameter for DAQArb 5411 Devices Mode Iterations 0 not supported 1 0 for continuous cyclic waveform generation 1 through 65 535 for programmed cyclic waveform generation 3 iterations takes on a meaning of buffer ID To load multiple buffers into the memory for arbitrary waveform generation you can call WFM_Load a multiple number of times with mode set to 2 For the first buffer loaded set the iterations parameter to 0 You must continue to increment the iterations parameter by 1 every time you call WFM_Load with mode 2 The value of iterations parameter becomes the number I D for that buffer being loaded To generate those buffers call WFM_Load with mode 4 You can refer to those buffers by their buffer ID Note If you call WFM_Load in this mode with the iterations parameter not set to one more than it was for the previous WFM_Load you receive an error condition You do not have to load all the previous buffers in such an error condition You can load the new buffer with the corrected value for iterations parameter Loading a buffer with the iterations parameter set to 0 clears all the previous buffers 2 Ignored Set it to 0 4 Ignored Set it to 0 Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Load National Instruments Corporation 2 429 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles When mode is 0 NI DAQ does not use FIFO mod
274. alog output channels on the specified device to new voltage values when the later internal update mode is enabled by a previous call to AO_Configure Parameters Input Using This Function AO_Update issues an update pulse to all analog output channels on the specified device All analog output channel voltages then simultaneously change to the last value written Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 slot or device ID number Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_VScale National Instruments Corporation 2 43 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles AO_VScale Format status AO_VScale deviceNumber chan voltage binVal Purpose Scales a voltage to a binary value that when written to one of the analog output channels produces the specified voltage Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion chan is the analog output channel number Range 0 or 1 for the Lab and 1200 Series analog output devices and MIO devices 0 through 5 for AT AO 6 0 through 10 for AT AO 10 0 through 47 for the VXI AO 48XDC Note C Programmers binVal is a pass by reference parameter Using This Function Using the following formula AO_VScale calculates the binary value to be written to the specified analog output channel to generate an output voltage corresponding to voltage binVal voltage refVoltage maxBinVal where values of refVoltage and maxBinVal are appropriate for your device and current configuration Name Type Descri
275. alue between but not including 0 0 and 1 0 timebase is a code that represents the resolution of the onboard source signal that the counter uses to produce the square wave You can input the value returned by timebase directly to the CTR_Square function 1 1 s 2 10 s Name Type Description freq f64 frequency selected duty f64 duty cycle selected Name Type Description timebase i16 onboard source signal used period1 u16 units of time that the square wave is high period2 u16 units of time that the square wave is low Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_Rate National Instruments Corporation 2 105 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 3 100 s 4 1 ms 5 10 ms period1 and period2 represent the number of units of time selected by timebase that the square wave is high and low respectively The roles of period1 and period2 are reversed if the output polarity is negative Range 1 through 65 535 Note C Programmers timebase period1 and period2 are pass by reference parameters Using This Function CTR_Rate translates a definition of a square wave in terms of frequency and duty cycle into terms of a timebase and two period values You can then input the timebase and period values directly into the CTR_Square function to produce the selected square wave CTR_Rate emphasizes matching the frequency first and then the duty cycle That is if the duty fraction is 0 5 but an odd numbered tot
276. alues in this buffer are translated to voltages by the D A circuitry and produced at the output channel when you have called WFM_Group_Control operation START for a channel group To change the shape of a waveform in progress use WFM_DB_Config to enable double buffered mode and WFM_DB_Transfer to transfer data into the waveform buffer When loading buffers for double buffered mode all of the channel buffers should be the same size WFM_Load assigns your buffer to a selected analog output channel or channels The values in this buffer are translated to voltages by the digital to analog D A circuitry and produced at the output channel when you have called WFM_Group_Control operation START for a channel group If you have changed the analog output configuration from the defaults by Iterations 31 16 Array element 4 range 0 to 65 535 Iterations 15 0 Array element 5 range 0 to 65 535 Marker Offset 31 16 Array element 6 range 0 to 65 535 Marker Offset 15 0 Array element 7 range 0 to 65 535 Table 2 43 Array Structures for ARB Mode Continued Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Load National Instruments Corporation 2 433 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles changing the jumpers on the device you must call AO_Configure to set the software copies of the settings prior to calling WFM_Group_Control operation START You can make repeated calls to WFM_Load to change the shape of a waveform in progres
277. an entire port on a digital or relay SCXI module Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion port is the port number of the module to be read from Currently all of the SCXI modules support only Port 0 channel is the channel number on the specified port n Read from a single channel SCXI 1160 0 lt n lt 16 SCXI 1161 0 lt n lt 8 SCXI 1162 0 lt n lt 32 SCXI 1162HV 0 lt n lt 32 SCXI 1163 0 lt n lt 32 SCXI 1163R 0 lt n lt 32 1 Read the state pattern from an entire port Name Type Description SCXIChassisID i16 chassis ID number moduleSlot i16 module slot number port i16 port of the module to write to all current modules support only Port 0 channel i16 channel of the specified port to read from Name Type Description data u32 Contains data read from a single channel or a digital pattern for an entire port Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Get_State National Instruments Corporation 2 341 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles When channel 1 data contains the pattern of an entire port Bit 0 corresponds to the state of channel 0 in the port and the states of the other channels are represented in ascending order in data so that bit n corresponds to channel n If the port is less than 32 bits wide the unused bits in data are set to zero When channel n the least significant bit LSB bit 0 of data contains the state of channel n on the specified port
278. and returns the count and overflow conditions Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion ctr is the counter number Range 1 2 or 5 for an MIO device except the E Series devices 1 through 10 for a PC TIO 10 overflow returns the overflow state of the counter A counter overflows if it counts up to 65 535 and rolls over to zero on the next count If overflow 0 no overflow has occurred If overflow 1 an overflow occurred See the Special Considerations for Overflow Detection section later in this function count returns the current total of the specified counter count can be between zero and 65 535 count represents the number of edges either falling or rising edges not both that have occurred since the counter started counting Note C Programmers overflow and count are pass by reference parameters Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility ctr i16 counter number Name Type Description overflow i16 overflow state of the counter count u16 current total of the specified counter Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_EvRead National Instruments Corporation 2 95 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Using This Function CTR_EvRead reads the current value of the counter without disturbing the counting process and returns the value in count CTR_EvRead also performs overflow detection and returns the overflow status in overflow Overflow detection and the significance
279. ange Roughly 0 00153 pts s through 62 500 pts s Lab and 1200 Series devices Roughly 0 00153 pts s through 50 000 pts s DAQCard 500 700 and 516 and LPM devices Note If you are using an SCXI 1200 with remote SCXI the maximum rate will depend on the baud rate setting and count Refer to the SCXI 1200 User Manual for more details scanRate is the scan rate you want in units of pts s This is the rate at which NI DAQ performs scans The function performs a scan each time NI DAQ samples all channels in the scan sequence Therefore scanRate must be equal to or greater than sampleRate numChans Lab_ISCAN interval scanning is available on the Lab and 1200 Series devices only Range 0 and roughly 0 00153 pts s through 62 500 pts s Note If you are using an SCXI 1200 with remote SCXI the maximum rate will depend on the baud setting Refer to the SCXI 1200 User Manual for more details A value of 0 disables interval scanning concat enables concatenation of data to an existing file Regardless of the value of concat if the file does not exist NI DAQ creates the file 0 Overwrite file if it exists 1 Concatenate new data to an existing file Chapter 2 Function Reference Lab_ISCAN_to_Disk NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 276 National Instruments Corporation Using This Function Lab_ISCAN_to_Disk initiates a synchronous process of acquiring A D conversion samples and storing them in a disk file Lab_ISCAN_to_Disk does no
280. ange from numChans 1 to channel 0 If you are using SCXI modules with additional multiplexers you must scan the analog input channels on the DAQ device that corresponds to the SCXI channels you want You should select the SCXI scan list using SCXI_SCAN_Setup before you call this function Refer to the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for more information on SCXI channel assignments Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility numChans i16 number of channels to be scanned gain i16 gain setting count u32 number of samples to be acquired sampleRate f64 desired sample rate in units of pts s scanRate f64 desired scan rate in units of scans s Name Type Description buffer i16 contains the acquired data finalScanOrder i16 the scan channel order of the data Chapter 2 Function Reference Lab_ISCAN_Op National Instruments Corporation 2 267 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Range 1 through 4 for the 516 and Lab and 1200 Series devices in differential mode 1 through 8 for DAQCard 500 single ended mode only 1 through 8 for DAQCard 700 in differential mode 1 through 8 for the Lab and 1200 Series devices in single ended mode 1 through 16 for LPM devices or DAQCard 700 in single ended mode gain is the gain setting to be used for the scanning operation The same gain is applied to all the channels scanned This gain setting applies only to the DAQ device if you use
281. anges depending on whether the analog output channel is configured for unipolar or bipolar operations and on the analog output resolution of the device as shown in the following table Using This Function AO_Write writes value to the DAC in the analog output channel If you configure the analog output channel for immediate update which is the default setting the output voltage or current changes immediately Otherwise the output voltage or current changes on a call to AO_Update or the application of an external pulse Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility chan i16 analog output channel number value i16 digital value to be written Device Bipolar Unipolar Most devices 2 048 to 2 047 0 to 4 095 AT MIO 16X 16 bit E Series devices 32 768 to 32 767 0 to 65 535 Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_Write NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 48 National Instruments Corporation Note Some inaccuracy results when you use AO_Write on the VXI AO 48XDC because this device works with a larger analog output resolution than can be represented by the 16 bit value parameter value represents the most significant 16 bits of the DAC in order to minimize this inaccuracy Use the AO_VWrite function to prevent this type of inaccuracy Chapter 2 Function Reference Calibrate_1200 National Instruments Corporation 2 49 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Calibrate_1200 Format s
282. annot write into this area calRefChan i16 AI channel that the calibration voltage is connected to DAC0chan i16 AI channel that DAC0 is connected to DAC1chan i16 AI channel that DAC1 is connected to calRefVolts f64 DC calibration voltage refLoc i16 source of the internal voltage reference constants Name Type Description Chapter 2 Function Reference MIO_Calibrate NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 282 National Instruments Corporation For the AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X 1 User calibration area 1 2 User calibration area 2 3 User calibration area 3 4 User calibration area 4 5 User calibration area 5 6 User calibration area 6 7 User calibration area 7 8 User calibration area 8 initial load area 9 Factory calibration area for unipolar you cannot write to this area 10 Factory calibration area for bipolar you cannot write to this area calRefChan is the analog input channel that the calibration voltage is connected to when calOP is 4 Range 0 through 7 DAC0chan is the analog input channel that DAC0 is connected to when calOP is 3 This parameter is not applicable to the AT MIO 64F 5 because its DAC0 is internally wrapped back Range 0 through 7 DAC1chan is the analog input channel that DAC1 is connected to when calOP is 3 This parameter is not applicable to the AT MIO 64F 5 because its DAC0 is internally wrapped back Range 0 through 7 calRefVolts is the value o
283. ansfers using WFM_DB_Transfer calls are only allowed if partialTransferStop is enabled For double buffered waveform generation with group 1 The total number of points for all the group 1 channels specified in WFM_Load should be at least twice the size of the FIFO Refer to the AT AO 6 10 User Manual for information on the AT AO 6 10 FIFO size AT MIO 16F 5 only When using the double buffered waveform generation and oldDataStop mode is enabled the driver can alter bit 15 of the data points in the waveform buffer Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_DB_HalfReady National Instruments Corporation 2 413 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles WFM_DB_HalfReady Format status WFM_DB_HalfReady deviceNumber numChans chanVect halfReady Purpose Checks if the next half buffer for one or more channels is available for new data during a double buffered waveform generation operation You can use WFM_DB_HalfReady to avoid the waiting period that can occur with the double buffered transfer functions Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion numChans indicates the number of analog output channels specified in the array chanVect chanVect is the user array of channel numbers indicating which analog output channels are to be checked to see if the next half buffer for that channel is available Channel number range 0 or 1 for most devices 0 through 5 for AT AO 6 0 through 9 for AT AO 10 halfReady indicates whether the next ha
284. applies only to the DAQ device if you use SCXI you must establish any gain you want at the SCXI module either by setting jumpers on the module or by calling SCXI_Set_Gain Refer to Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation for valid gain settings For example if gainVector 5 10 when NI DAQ scans the sixth channel the function sets the gain circuitry to a gain of 10 Notice also that gainVector i corresponds to chanVector i If gainVector 2 100 and chanVector 2 3 the third channel NI DAQ scans is analog input channel 3 and the function sets its gain to 100 Using This Function SCAN_Setup stores numChans chanVector and gainVector in the Mux Gain Memory table on the device The function uses this memory table during scanning operations SCAN_Start to automatically sequence through an arbitrary set of analog input channels and to allow gains to automatically change during scanning You need to call SCAN_Setup to set up a scan sequence for scanned operations afterwards you only need to call the function when you want a scan sequence If you call DAQ_Start or AI_Read NI DAQ modifies the Mux Gain Memory table on the device therefore you should use SCAN_Setup again after NI DAQ modifies these calls to reinitialize the scan sequence Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_Start National Instruments Corporation 2 309 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles SCAN_Start Format status SCAN_Start d
285. apter 3 Software Overview of the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles especially when you are trying to read several channels on a module in a loop at relatively high speeds However you will need to call SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup again to select a channel on a different module Name Type Description SCXIchassisID i16 logical ID assigned to the SCXI chassis moduleSlot i16 chassis slot number of the module moduleChan i16 channel number Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Configure_Filter National Instruments Corporation 2 333 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles SCXI_Configure_Filter Format status SCXI_Configure_Filter chassisID moduleSlot channel filterMode freq cutoffDivDown outClkDivDown actualFreq Purpose Configures the filter on any SCXI module that supports programmable filter settings Currently only the SCXI 1122 SCXI 1126 and SCXI 1141 have programmable filter settings the other analog input modules have hardware selectable filters Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion channel is the module channel for which you want to change the filter configuration If channel 1 SCXI_Configure_Filter changes the filter configuration for all channels on the module filterMode indicates the filter configuration mode for the given channel 0 Bypass the filter 1 Set filter cutoff frequency to freq Name Type Description chassisID i16 chassis ID number moduleSlot i16 chassis
286. ark places the write mark outside the internal buffer 10025 limitsOutOfRangeError The requested input limits exceed the board s capability or configuration Alternative limits were selected 10026 badBufferSpecificationError The requested number of buffers or the buffer size is not allowed for example Lab PC buffer limit is 64K samples or the board does not support multiple buffers 10027 badDAQEventError For DAQEvents 0 and 1 general value A must be greater than 0 and less than the internal buffer size If DMA is used for DAQEvent 1 general value A must divide the internal buffer size evenly with no remainder If the TIO 10 is used for DAQEvent 4 general value A must be 1 or 2 10028 badFilterCutoffError The cutoff frequency specified is not valid for this device 10029 obsoleteFunctionError The function you are calling is no longer supported in this version of the driver 10030 badBaudRateError The specified baud rate for communicating with the serial port is not valid on this platform Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description Appendix A Status Codes NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles A 4 National Instruments Corporation 10031 badChassisIDError The specified SCXI chassis does not correspond to a configured SCXI chassis 10032 badModuleSlotError The SCXI module slot that was specified is invalid or corresponds to an empty slot
287. arming of multiple counters using a hardware signal Counters must be previously software armed before the hardware arm takes place The hardware arming circuitry looks for a rising edge on the hardware arming pin paramID ND_SOURCE_POLARITY The general purpose counter counts these the transitions of this the signal selected by paramID ND_SOURCE ND_SOURCE Corresponding legal values for paramValue are as follows ND_LOW_TO_HIGH counter counts the low to high transitions of the source signal ND_HIGH_TO_LOW counter counts the high to low transitions of the source signal paramID ND_PRESCALE_VALUE 6602 and 455X devices only This paramID specifies a prescaling to the counter source selection Using this paramID allows the counter to measure frequencies higher than the normal counter timer maximum Corresponding legal values for paramValue are as follows ND_ONE use this value if no prescaling is needed ND_MAX_PRESCALE measures signals of a frequency that is an order of ND_MAX_PRESCALE higher than the maximum frequency supported by the 6602 and 455X counter timers The value of ND_MAX_PRESCALE can be queried using the GPCTR_Watch function call paramID ND_INPUT_CONDITIONING 6602 and 455X devices only The general purpose counter enables the appropriate input conditioning on the default source and up down pins for the particular counter see Table 2 23 and Table 2 29 for definitions of the default Source and U
288. art device chan gain buffer 0 count amp timebase sampInterval Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions National Instruments Corporation 1 5 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles NI DAQ Constants Include File The file NIDAQCNS INC contains definitions for constants required for some of the NI DAQ functions You should use the constants symbols in your programs do not use the numerical values In Visual Basic for Windows you can add the entire NIDAQCNS INC file into your project You then will be able to use any of the constants defined in this file in any module in your program To add the NIDAQCNS INC file for your project in Visual Basic 3 0 and 4 0 go to the File menu and select the Add File option Select NIDAQCNS INC which is the Include subdirectory of NI DAQ subdirectory Then select Open to add the file to the project To add the NIDAQCNS INC file to your project in Visual Basic 5 0 go to the Project menu and select Add Module Click on the Existing tab page Select NIDAQCNS INC which is the Include subdirectory of your NI DAQ directory Then select Open to add the file to the project This procedure is identical to the procedure you would follow when loading the Visual Basic file CONSTANT TXT Search on the word CONSTANT for more information from the Visual Basic on line help Alternatively you can cut and paste individual lines from this file and place them in the module where you need them However if you
289. at has already been generated a second time Setting oldDataStop to 1 ensures seamless double buffered waveform generation 0 Allow regeneration of data 1 Disallow regeneration of data partialTransferStop is a flag indicating whether to stop waveform generation when NI DAQ transfers a partial half buffer to the analog output buffer using a WFM_DB_Transfer call NI DAQ stops the waveform when NI DAQ has output the partial half buffer 0 Allow partial half buffer transfers 1 Stop waveform generation after partial half buffer transfers Using This Function Use WFM_DB_Config to turn double buffered waveform generation on and off With the double buffered mode enabled you can use WFM_DB_Transfer to transfer new data into the waveform buffer selected by WFM_Load as NI DAQ generates the waveform Because of the extra bookkeeping involved unless you are going to use WFM_DB_Transfer you should leave double buffering disabled Refer to Chapter 5 NI DAQ Double Buffering of the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for a detailed discussion of double buffering If you are using DMA enabling partialTransferStop or oldDataStop causes an artificial split in the waveform buffer which requires DMA reprogramming at the end of each half buffer Therefore you should only enable these options if necessary AT AO 6 10 only For double buffered waveform generation with group 1 channels using DMA If oldDataStop is enabled partial half buffer tr
290. ata transfer method Otherwise messages might be delayed You can use the Set_DAQ_Device_Info function to select a transfer method On the DIO 32F the advantage of using double buffered output is that the variability in update intervals is reduced to an absolute minimum producing the highest quality output at high update rates The disadvantage is that the first ACK pulse produced by the device is not preceded by the first pattern Instead the second ACK pulse signals the generation of the first pattern Also the last pattern generated is not followed by an ACK pulse The advantage of single buffered output is the elimination of these ACK pulse irregularities The first ACK pulse signals generation of the first pattern and the last pattern is followed by a final ACK pulse The disadvantage of single buffered output is that at high update rates variations in DMA bus arbitration times can increase the variability in update intervals reducing the overall quality of the digital patterns Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Block_PG_Config National Instruments Corporation 2 157 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles On the DIO 6533 DIO 32HS output is always double buffered thus minimizing the variability in update intervals In addition the ACK pulse irregularities are not present Therefore values 1 and 2 for the config parameter are equivalent for the DIO 6533 Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_DB_Config NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles
291. ate is too fast for the number of channels and the channel clock rate or the given clock rate is not supported by the associated counter channel or I O channel 10012 badRangeError The analog input or analog output voltage range is invalid for the specified channel 10013 badErrorCodeError The driver returned an unrecognized or unlisted error code 10014 groupTooLargeError The group size is too large for the board 10015 badTimeLimitError The time limit is invalid 10016 badReadCountError The read count is invalid 10017 badReadModeError The read mode is invalid 10018 badReadOffsetError The offset is unreachable 10019 badClkFrequencyError The frequency is invalid 10020 badTimebaseError The timebase is invalid 10021 badLimitsError The limits are beyond the range of the board Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description Appendix A Status Codes National Instruments Corporation A 3 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 10022 badWriteCountError Your data array contains an incomplete update or you are trying to write past the end of the internal buffer or your output operation is continuous and the length of your array is not a multiple of one half of the internal buffer size 10023 badWriteModeError The write mode is out of range or is disallowed 10024 badWriteOffsetError Adding the write offset to the write m
292. atically subtract the offset for you Refer to the SCXI_Cal_Constants function for more information Refer to your SCXI 1321 or SCXI 1122 user manuals for information about how the module applies the shunt resistor when calOp 2 The SCXI 1141 has a separate amplifier for each channel so you will have to repeat the above procedure for each channel you wish to calibrate Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Change_Chan NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 332 National Instruments Corporation SCXI_Change_Chan Format status SCXI_Change_Chan SCXIchassisID moduleSlot moduleChan Purpose Selects a new channel of a multiplexed module that you have previously set up for a single channel analog input operation using the SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup function Parameters Input Parameter Discussion moduleChan is the channel number of the new input channel on the module that is to be read Range 0 to n 1 where n is the number of input channels on the module 1 Set up to read the temperature sensor on the terminal block connected to the module if the temperature sensor is in the MTEMP configuration Using This Function It is important to realize that this function affects only the channel selection on the module It does not affect the module output enable or any analog signal routing on the SCXIbus the SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup function is required to do that SCXI_Change_Chan can be very useful in applications like those shown in Ch
293. ation Caution If gate edges arrive and no source edges are present between those gate edges then the previously saved value is saved again as shown by Figure 2 28 Please make sure that this condition does not occur during your measurement Figure 2 28 Buffered Semi Period Measurement when No Source Edges Are Present between Gate Edges application ND_BUFFERED_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR In this application the counter is used for continuous measurement of width of pulses of selected polarity present at the counter gate By default those pulses are active high pulses present on the signal shown in Table 2 25 The counter counts the 20 MHz internal timebase ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ so the resolution of measurement is 50 ns The counter counts up starting from 0 its contents are placed in the buffer after a pulse completes the counter then starts counting up from 0 again when the next pulse appears NI DAQ transfers data from the counter into the buffer until the buffer is filled the counter is disarmed at that time The default 20 MHz timebase for E Series and 445X devices combined with the counter width 24 bits lets you measure the width of a pulse between 100 ns and 0 8 s long For the 6602 and 455X devices with counter width 32 bits you can generate pulses with a delay and length between 100 ns and 214 s long Source Buffer 3 Gate 1 3 1 2 4 5 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 Measured Semi Period 3 Measured Semi Period Measu
294. atus CTR_State deviceNumber ctr outState Purpose Returns the OUT logic level of the specified counter Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion ctr is the counter number Range 1 2 or 5 for an MIO device except the E Series devices 1 through 10 for a PC TIO 10 outState returns the logic level of the counter OUT signal outState is either 0 or 1 0 Indicates that OUT is at a low logic state 1 Indicates that OUT is at a high logic state Note C Programmers outState is a pass by reference parameter Using This Function CTR_State reads the logic state of the OUT signal of the specified counter and returns the state in outState If the counter OUT driver is set to the high impedance state outState is indeterminate and can be either 0 or 1 Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility ctr i16 counter number Name Type Description outState i16 returns the logic level of the counter OUT signal Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_Stop NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 114 National Instruments Corporation CTR_Stop Format status CTR_Stop deviceNumber ctr Purpose Suspends operation of the specified counter so that you can restart the counter operation Parameters Input Parameter Discussion ctr is the counter number Range 1 2 or 5 for an MIO device except the E Series devices 1 through 10 for a PC TIO 10 Using This Function CTR_Sto
295. atus is a pass by reference parameter Using This Function DIG_Grp_Status reads the handshake status of the specified group and returns an indication of the group status in handshakeStatus DIG_Grp_Status along with DIG_Out_Grp and DIG_In_Grp facilitates handshaking of digital data between systems If the specified group is configured as an input group and DIG_Grp_Status returns handshakeStatus 1 Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility group i16 group Name Type Description handshakeStatus i16 handshake status Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Grp_Status NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 170 National Instruments Corporation DIG_In_Grp can fetch the data an external device has latched in If the specified group is configured as an output group and DIG_Grp_Status returns handshakeStatus 1 DIG_Out_Grp can write the next piece of data to the external device If the specified group is not assigned any ports NI DAQ returns an error code and handshakeStatus 0 You must call DIG_Grp_Config to assign ports to a group and to configure a group for data direction Group configuration is discussed under the DIG_Grp_Config description For the DIO 32F the state of handshakeStatus corresponds to the state of the DRDY bit Refer to your device user manual for handshake timing details Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_In_Grp National Instruments Corporation 2 171 NI DAQ FRM
296. be Input STB together and connect them to the appropriate handshaking signal of the external device You should connect only the Input Buffer Full IBF of the last port on portList to the external device No connection is needed for the IBF of the other port on portList Figure 2 12 Digital Scanning Input Group Handshaking Connections If a group of ports is configured as output you should not make any connection on the control signals except those for the last port on portList You should make the connection with the external device as if only the last port on portList is in the group No connection is needed for any other port on the list Port x 1 STB External Device last port in portList Port x n Port x 2 STB STB IBF IBF IBF Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_SCAN_Setup National Instruments Corporation 2 191 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Figure 2 13 Digital Scanning Output Group Handshaking Connections For DIO 24 users the correct W1 jumper setting is required to allow DIG_Block_In and DIG_Block_Out to function properly If port 0 is configured as a handshaking output port set jumper W1 to PC4 otherwise set the jumper to PC6 However if port 0 is configured as bidirectional set the jumper to PC2 Also if port 0 is configured as bidirectional on a PC DIO 24 port 1 will not be available Port x 1 ACK External Device last port in portList Port x n Port x 2 ACK
297. ble 1 and the A D conversion result Otherwise AI_Check returns readingAvailable 0 AI_Setup in conjunction with AI_Check and AI_Clear is useful for externally timed A D conversions Before you call AI_Setup you can call AI_Clear to clear out the A D FIFO of any previous conversion results The device then performs a conversion each time the device receives a pulse at the appropriate pin You can call AI_Check to check for and return available conversion results Note You cannot use this function if you have an SC 2040 connected to your DAQ device Chapter 2 Function Reference AI_Clear National Instruments Corporation 2 5 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles AI_Clear Format status AI_Clear deviceNumber Purpose Clears the analog input circuitry and empties the FIFO memory Parameters Input Using This Function AI_Clear clears the analog input circuitry and empties the analog input FIFO memory AI_Clear also clears any analog input error conditions Call AI_Clear before AI_Setup to clear out the A D FIFO memory before any series of externally triggered conversions begins Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility Chapter 2 Function Reference AI_Configure NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 6 National Instruments Corporation AI_Configure Format status AI_Configure deviceNumber chan inputMode inputRange polarity driveAIS Purpose Informs NI DAQ of the in
298. bration Constant Loading by NI DAQ section later in this function for details When you call the Calibrate_E_Series function with setOfCalConst set to ND_NI_DAQ_SW_AREA NI DAQ uses a set of constants it maintains in a load area that does not reside inside the EEPROM Note Calibration of your MIO or AI device takes some time Do not be alarmed if the Calibrate_E_Series function takes several seconds to execute Note After powering on your computer you should wait for some time typically 15 minutes for the entire system to warm up before performing the calibration You should allow the same warm up time before any measurement session that will take advantage of the calibration constants determined by using the Calibrate_E_Series function Note 611X devices do not support external calibration Caution When you call the Calibrate_E_Series function with calOP set to ND_SELF_CALIBRATE or ND_EXTERNAL_CALIBRATE NI DAQ will abort any ongoing operations the device is performing and set all configurations to defaults Therefore we recommend that you call Calibrate_E_Series before calling other NI DAQ functions or when no other operations are going on Explanations about using this function for different purposes with different values of calOP are given in the following sections Changing the Default Load Area Set calOP to ND_SET_DEFAULT_LOAD_AREA to change the area used for calibration constant loading The storage location selected by setOfC
299. but is ignored during DMA driven waveform generation When you use DMA DMA requests are generated as long as the transfer condition is true Table 2 6 contains the default values that are used if you do not specify FIFO transfer count in addition to the valid values that can be set For example if you choose the FIFO empty transfer condition and set the transfer count to 10 each time the board is interrupted with a FIFO empty interrupt NI DAQ transfers 10 samples from the user buffer into the analog output FIFO Although this does not improve the maximum sustainable update rate it reduces the number of interrupts and reduces the FIFO lag effect to a maximum of 10 samples If you choose the FIFO half full or less transfer condition and set the transfer count to 100 on a board with a 2048 sample FIFO the FIFO fills with a maximum of 1124 samples half the FIFO plus 100 samples Each time the number of samples in the FIFO falls to less than 1024 another interrupt is generated at which time 100 samples are transferred from the waveform buffer to the FIFO Table 2 6 Default Values for FIFO Transfer Condition Transfer Condition Default Transfer Count Valid Input Values FIFO not full 1 1 FIFO half full or less half FIFO size 1 half FIFO size FIFO empty 1 1 FIFO size FIFO half full or less until full DMA only FIFO transfer count cannot be specified for this transfer condition N A Chapter 2 Function Reference
300. by NI DAQ NI DAQ automatically loads calibration constants into calDACs whenever you call functions that depend on them AI AO DAQ SCAN and WFM functions The following conditions apply 12 bit E Series Devices 16 bit E Series Devices The same set of constants is correct for both polarities of analog input One set of constants is valid for unipolar and another set is valid for bipolar configuration of the analog output channels When you change the polarity of an analog output channel NI DAQ reloads the calibration constants for that channel Calibration constants required by the 16 bit E Series devices for unipolar analog input channels are different from those for bipolar analog input channels If you are acquiring data from one channel or if all of the channels you are acquiring data from are configured for the same polarity NI DAQ selects the appropriate set of calibration constants for you If you are scanning several channels and you mix channels configured for unipolar and bipolar mode in your scan list NI DAQ loads the calibration constants appropriate for the polarity that analog input channel 0 is configured for Analog output channels on the AT MIO 16XE 50 can be configured only for bipolar operation Therefore NI DAQ always uses the same constants for the analog output channels Chapter 2 Function Reference Config_Alarm_Deadband National Instruments Corporation 2 63 NI DAQ
301. called the GPCTR_Watch function entityID ND_COUNT The different numbers illustrate the behavior at different times Armed is the value you would read from the counter if you called the GPCTR_Watch function with entityID ND_ARMED The different values illustrate behavior at different times Figure 2 18 Start Stop Measurement Use the GPCTR_Watch function with entityID ND_ARMED to monitor the progress of the counting process This measurement completes when entityValue becomes ND_NO When the counter is no longer armed you can retrieve the counted value by using GPCTR_Watch with entityID ND_COUNT as shown in the following example code Create U32 variable counter_armed Create U32 variable counter_value repeat Source Count Armed 3 Second Gate Gate 1 0 YES YES YES 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application National Instruments Corporation 2 227 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles GPCTR_Watch deviceNumber gpctrNumber ND_ARMED counter_armed until counter_armed ND_NO GPCTR_Watch deviceNumber gpctrNumber ND_COUNT counted_value To calculate the measured interval multiply the counted value by the period corresponding to the timebase you are using For example if your ND_SOURCE is ND_INTERVAL_20_MHZ the interval will be 1 20 MHz 50 ns If the ND_COUNT is 3 Figure 2 18 the actual interval is 3
302. canning is available on the Lab and 1200 Series devices only Range 0 and roughly 0 00153 scans s through 62 500 scans s Note If you are using an SCXI 1200 with remote SCXI the maximum rate will depend on the baud rate setting and count Refer to the SCXI 1200 User Manual for more details A value of 0 disables interval scanning Chapter 2 Function Reference Lab_ISCAN_Op NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 268 National Instruments Corporation finalScanOrder is an array that indicates the scan channel order of the data in the buffer passed to Lab_ISCAN_Op The size of finalScanOrder must be at least equal to the number of channels scanned This parameter is valid only when the error is returned to zero and is useful only when pretrigger mode is enabled Lab and 1200 Series devices only If you do not use pretrigger mode the values contained in finalScanOrder are in single ended mode n 1 n 2 1 0 in that order and in differential mode 2 n 1 2 n 2 1 0 in that order where n is the number of channels scanned For example if you scanned three channels in single ended mode the finalScanOrder returns finalScanOrder 0 2 finalScanOrder 1 1 finalScanOrder 2 0 So the first sample in the buffer belongs to channel 2 the second sample belongs to channel 1 the third sample belongs to channel 0 the fourth sample belongs to channel 2 and so on This is exactly the scan order you would expect from
303. cation is ND_TRIG_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR You can change the following ND_SOURCE to ND_INTERNAL_100_KHZ With this timebase you can measure pulse widths between 20 s and 160 s for E Series and 445X devices and pulse widths between 20 s and 11 37 hours for 6602 and 455X devices The timing resolution will be lower than if you are using the ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ timebase ND_SOURCE_POLARITY to ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_GATE to any legal value listed in the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function description ND_GATE_POLARITY to ND_NEGATIVE The pulse width will be measured from a high to low to the next low to high transition of the gate signal You can use the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function after calling GPCTR_Set_Application and before calling GPCTR_Control with action ND_PROGRAM or ND_PREPARE To provide your timebase connect your timebase source to one of the source pins on the I O connector and change ND_SOURCE and ND_SOURCE_POLARITY to the appropriate values You can also configure the other general purpose counter for ND_PULSE_TRAIN_GNR and set ND_SOURCE of this counter to ND_OTHER_GPCTR_TC to generate pulses with delays and measure interval pulse widths longer than 160 s for E Series and 445X devices You can generate pulse widths longer than 11 37 hours for 6602 and 455X devices by using this application application ND_TWO_SIGNAL_EDGE_SEPARATION_MSR In this application the counter is used for a single measurement of the ti
304. ce holders samplesPerSequence is an output parameter that contains the total number of samples in the scan sequence excluding any ghost channel place holders The total size of a scan sequence including ghost channel place holders is limited by the size of the memory on your device used to hold this information Currently this limit is 512 entries Because samplesPerSequence excludes ghost channel place holders an error might result even if samplesPerSequence is less than 512 Using This Function You must observe the following restrictions Interval scanning must be used A channel can be listed only once in the channel vector SCXI cannot be used The AMUX 64T device cannot be used Your acquisition cannot be pretriggered The size of your buffer the value of the count parameter to SCAN_Start must be a multiple of samplesPerSequence The following example shows how to use SCAN_Sequence_Setup numChans 3 chanVector 2 5 7 gainVector 1 1 1 scanRateDivisorVector 1 2 4 The scan rate divisor for channel 2 is 1 so it will be sampled at the base scan rate The scan rate divisor for channel 5 is 2 so it will be sampled at a rate equal to the base scan rate divided by 2 Likewise the scan rate divisor for channel 7 is 4 so it will be sampled at a rate equal to the base scan rate divided by 4 Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_Sequence_Setup NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 30
305. ce resources that can be reserved for SCXI Chapter 2 Function Reference Lab_ISCAN_Check National Instruments Corporation 2 263 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Lab_ISCAN_Check Format status Lab_ISCAN_Check deviceNumber daqStopped retrieved finalScanOrder Purpose Checks whether the current multiple channel scanned data acquisition begun by the Lab_ISCAN_Start function is complete and returns the status the number of samples acquired to that point and the scanning order of the channels in the data array DAQCard 500 700 and 516 Lab and 1200 Series and LPM devices only Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion daqStopped returns an indication of whether the data acquisition has completed 1 The data acquisition operation has stopped Either NI DAQ has acquired all the samples or an error has occurred 0 The data acquisition operation is not yet complete retrieved indicates the progress of an acquisition The meaning of retrieved depends on whether you have enabled pretrigger mode see DAQ_StopTrigger_Config If pretrigger mode is disabled retrieved returns the number of samples collected by the acquisition at the time of the call to Lab_ISCAN_Check The value of retrieved increases until it equals the total number of samples to be acquired at which time the acquisition terminates Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility Name Type Description daqStopped
306. ceNumber gpctrNum ND_RESET GPCTR_Set_Application deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_FSK GPCTR_Change_Parameter deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_COUNT_1 2 GPCTR_Change_Parameter deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_COUNT_2 3 GPCTR_Change_Parameter deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_COUNT_3 6 GPCTR_Change_Parameter deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_COUNT_4 4 Select_Signal deviceNumber gpctrNumOut gpctrNumOut ND_LOW_TO_HIGH GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_PROGRAM Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application National Instruments Corporation 2 235 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles In Figure 2 23 the following behavior is present Gate is the signal present at the counter gate input Source is the signal present at the counter source input Output is the signal present at the counter output Figure 2 23 Frequency Shift Keying Use the GPCTR_Control function with action ND_RESET to stop the pulse generation Typically you will find modifying the following parameters through the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function useful when the counter application is ND_FSK You can change the following ND_COUNT_1 ND_COUNT_2 ND_COUNT_3 and ND_COUNT_4 to any value between 2 and 224 1 The defaults are given for illustrative purposes only ND_SOURCE to ND_INTERNAL_100_KHZ With this timebase you can generate pulses with a delay and length between 20 s and 160 s The timing resolution will be lower than if yo
307. chassis 4 For the SCXI 1000 SCXI 2000 and PXI 1010 chassis 12 For the SCXI 1001 chassis 24 For the VXI SC 1000 carrier module Note C Programmers chassisType chassisAddress commMode commPath and numSlots are pass by reference parameters Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Get_Module_Info NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 338 National Instruments Corporation SCXI_Get_Module_Info Format status SCXI_Get_Module_Info SCXIchassisID moduleSlot modulePresent operatingMode DAQdeviceNumber Purpose Returns configuration information for the given chassis slot number Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion modulePresent indicates what type of module is present in the given slot 1 Empty slot there is no module present in the given slot 1 SCXI 1126 2 SCXI 1121 4 SCXI 1120 6 SCXI 1100 8 SCXI 1140 10 SCXI 1122 12 SCXI 1160 14 SCXI 1161 16 SCXI 1162 18 SCXI 1163 20 SCXI 1124 Name Type Description SCXIchassisID i16 logical ID assigned to the SCXI chassis moduleSlot i16 chassis slot number Name Type Description modulePresent i32 type of module present in given slot operatingMode i16 multiplexed or parallel mode DAQdeviceNumber i16 device number of the DAQ device that is cabled to the module Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Get_Module_Info National Instruments Corporation 2 339 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 24 SCX
308. combined with the counter width 32 bits lets you measure the duration of a pulse between 100 ns and 214 s long Figure 2 31 shows one possible use of a counter for ND_BUFFERED_TWO_SIGNAL_EDGE_SEPARATION_MSR after the following programming sequence GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_RESET GPCTR_Set_Application deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_BUFFERED_TWO_SIGNAL_EDGE_SEPARATION_MSR GPCTR_Config_Buffer deviceNumber gpctrNum 0 100 buffer GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_PROGRAM In Figure 2 31 the following behavior is present Gate is the signal present at the counter gate input Second Gate is the signal present at the counter second gate input Source is the signal present at the counter source input Buffer is the contents of the buffer you can retrieve data from the buffer when the counter is disarmed or while it is running Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application National Instruments Corporation 2 243 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Figure 2 31 Buffered Two Signal Edge Separation Measurement Use the GPCTR_Watch function with entityID ND_ARMED to monitor the progress of the counting process This measurement completes when entityValue becomes ND_NO You can do this as follows Create U32 variable counter_armed Create U32 variable counter_value repeat GPCTR_Watch deviceNumber gpctrNumber ND_ARMED counter_armed until counter_a
309. constants that you calculate by following the instructions above and using the SCXI_Cal_Constants function You can also put a copy of your own constants in the default load area if you want NI DAQ to automatically load your constants for subsequent NI DAQ sessions Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Calibrate_Setup NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 330 National Instruments Corporation SCXI_Calibrate_Setup Format status SCXI_Calibrate_Setup SCXIchassisID moduleSlot calOp Purpose Used to ground the amplifier inputs of an SCXI 1100 SCXI 1122 or SCXI 1141 so that you can determine the amplifier offset You can also use this function to switch a shunt resistor across your bridge circuit to test the circuit Shunt calibration is supported for the SCXI 1122 or SCXI 1121 modules with the SCXI 1321 terminal block Parameters Input Parameter Discussion calOp indicates the calibration mode you want 0 Disable calibration 1 Connect the positive and negative inputs of the SCXI 1100 SCXI 1122 or SCXI 1141 amplifier together and to analog reference 2 Switch the shunt resistors across the bridge circuit on the SCXI 1121 Revision C or later or SCXI 1122 Using This Function The zero offset of the SCXI 1100 SCXI 1122 or SCXI 1141 amplifiers varies with the module gain When you know the offset at a specific gain setting you can add that offset to any readings acquired at that gain In general the procedure for determinin
310. cording to the card and socket services resource manager Try different settings or use AutoAssign in the NI DAQ configuration utility 10255 remoteChassisDriverInitError There was an error in initializing the driver for remote SCXI Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description Appendix A Status Codes NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles A 8 National Instruments Corporation 10256 comPortOpenError There was an error in opening the specified COM port 10257 baseAddressError Bad base address specified in the configuration utility 10258 dmaChannel1Error Bad DMA channel 1 specified in the configuration utility or by the operating system 10259 dmaChannel2Error Bad DMA channel 2 specified in the configuration utility or by the operating system 10260 dmaChannel3Error Bad DMA channel 3 specified in the configuration utility or by the operating system 10261 userModeToKernelModeCallError The user mode code failed when calling the kernel mode 10340 noConnectError No RTSI signal line is connected or the specified signal and the specified line are not connected 10341 badConnectError The RTSI signal line cannot be connected as specified 10342 multConnectError The specified RTSI signal is already being driven by a RTSI line or the specified RTSI line is already being driven by a RTSI signal 10343 SCXIConfigError The specified SCXI
311. cquisitions until you apply a signal at the stop trigger input Until you apply this signal the acquisition remains in a cyclical mode continually overwriting old data in the buffer with new data Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_Op National Instruments Corporation 2 131 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Again if you do not apply the stop trigger DAQ_Op does not return control to your application In any case you can use Timeout_Config to establish a maximum length of time for DAQ_Op to execute Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_Rate NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 132 National Instruments Corporation DAQ_Rate Format status DAQ_Rate rate units timebase sampleInterval Purpose Converts a DAQ rate into the timebase and sample interval values needed to produce the rate you want Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion rate is the DAQ rate you want The units in which rate is expressed are either points per second pts s or seconds per point s pt depending on the value of the units parameter Range Roughly 0 00153 pts s through 5 000 000 pts s or 655 s pt through 0 000001 s pt units indicates the units used to express rate 0 pts s 1 s pt timebase is a code representing the resolution of the onboard clock signal that the device uses to produce the acquisition rate you want You can input the value returned by timebase directly to DAQ_Start Lab_ISCAN_Start or SCAN_Start timebase
312. ction 2 92 to 2 93 CTR_EvRead function 2 94 to 2 95 CTR_FOUT_Config 2 96 to 2 97 CTR_Period function 2 98 to 2 99 CTR_Pulse function 2 100 to 2 103 CTR_Rate 2 104 to 2 105 CTR_Reset 2 106 CTR_Restart 2 107 CTR_Simul_Op 2 108 to 2 109 CTR_Square 2 110 to 2 112 CTR_State 2 113 CTR_Stop function 2 114 LabWindows function panel tree 1 11 to 1 12 DAQ STC counters GPCTR GPCTR_Change_Parameter 2 198 to 2 208 GPCTR_Config_Buffer 2 209 to 2 210 GPCTR_Control 2 211 to 2 212 GPCTR_Read_Buffer 2 213 to 2 214 GPCTR_Set_Application 2 215 to 2 244 GPCTR_Watch 2 245 to 2 247 LabWindows function panel tree 1 11 definition 1 14 LabWindows function panel tree 1 11 to 1 12 NI DAQ function support table DSA devices C 9 to C 10 Lab 516 DAQCard 500 700 devices C 7 MIO and AI devices C 2 to C 3 C 4 PC TIO 10 and 6602 devices C 14 to C 15 Index National Instruments Corporation I 5 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles counting and time measurement applications See also buffered counting and time measurement event counting application 2 217 to 2 218 signals on two separate gates 2 225 to 2 227 single period measurement 2 218 to 2 220 single pulse width measurement 2 220 to 2 223 triggered pulse width measurement 2 223 to 2 225 customer communication xx D 1 to D 2 D DAQArb 5411 device settings See AO_Change_Parameter function DAQ_Check function 2 115 to 2 116 DAQ_Clear function 2 117 DAQ_Config
313. ction Reference GPCTR_Set_Application NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 242 National Instruments Corporation application ND_BUFFERED_TWO_SIGNAL_EDGE_SEPARATION_MSR Note This application is applicable only to 6602 and 455X devices In this application the counter is used for continuous measurement of the time interval between transitions of the gate and the second gate signal Measurement starts when the gate signal is asserted and stops when the second gate signal is asserted By default the measurement is performed between low to high transitions of the gate and the second gate signals The default values for gate and second gate signals for the eight counters are shown in Table 2 25 and Table 2 26 The counter counts the 20 MHz internal timebase ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ so the resolution of measurement is 50 ns The counter counts up starting from 0 when it detects an edge on the gate its contents are placed in the buffer after it encounters an edge on the second gate the counter then starts counting up from 0 again when another edge occurs on the gate For single buffer mode set using GPCTR_Change_Parameter using paramID ND_BUFFER_MODE and paramValue ND_SINGLE NI DAQ transfers data from the counter into the buffer until the buffer is filled Data is continuously placed in the buffer in double buffer mode set using GPCTR_Change_Parameter using paramID ND_BUFFER_MODE and paramValue ND_DOUBLE The default 20 MHz timebases
314. ction Reference SCAN_Op National Instruments Corporation 2 299 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Note If you have selected external start triggering of the data acquisition operation a high to low edge at the STARTTRIG pin on the I O connector of the MIO 16 and AT MIO 16D or the EXTTRIG pin on the AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X initiates the data acquisition operation If you are using an E Series device you need to apply a trigger that you select through the Select_Signal or DAQ_Config functions to initiate data acquisition Be aware that if you do not apply the start trigger SCAN_Op does not return control to your application Otherwise SCAN_Op issues a software trigger to initiate the data acquisition operation If you have enabled pretrigger mode the sample counter does not begin counting acquisitions until you apply a signal at the stop trigger input Until you apply this signal the acquisition remains in a cyclical mode continually overwriting old data in the buffer with new data Again if you do not apply the stop trigger SCAN_Op does not return control to your application In any case you can use Timeout_Config to establish a maximum length of time for SCAN_Op to execute Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_Sequence_Demux NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 300 National Instruments Corporation SCAN_Sequence_Demux Format status SCAN_Sequence_Demux numChans chanVector bufferSize buffer samp
315. culation National Instruments Corporation B 5 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DAQ Device Gain Settings Table B 4 lists the valid gain settings for DAQ devices Voltage Calculation AI_VScale and DAQ_VScale calculate voltage from reading as follows where maxReading is the maximum binary reading for the given board channel range and polarity maxVolt is the maximum voltage the board can measure at a gain of 1 in the given range and polarity Table B 4 Valid Gain Settings Device Valid Gain Settings AT MIO 16L AT MIO 16DL 1 10 100 500 AT MIO 16H AT MIO 16DH 1 2 4 8 AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and most E Series devices 1 for a gain of 0 5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 All 16XE 50 devices 1 2 10 100 AT MIO 16X PCI MIO 16XE 10 PCI 6031E MIO 64XE 10 PCI 6032E AI 16XE 10 PCI 6033E AI 64XE 10 PXI 6030E and Lab and 1200 Series devices 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 DAQCard 500 700 516 and LPM devices gain is ignored because gain is always 1 PCI 6110E PCI 6111E 2 for gain of 0 2 1 2 5 10 20 50 1 for gain of 0 5 PCI 4451 PCI 4452 PCI 4551 PCI 4552 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 these gains are in units dB voltage reading offset maxReading maxVolt gain gainAdjust Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calcu
316. cutoff frequency produced in the output parameter actualFreq If filterMode 2 set freq to the approximate frequency of the external signal you are using Chapter 2 of the SCXI 1141 User Manual explains the impact of different signal frequencies on the filters If filterMode 0 or 3 NI DAQ ignores freq cutoffDivDown is an integer by which the module divides the external signal to determine the filter cutoff frequency when filterMode 2 NI DAQ ignores this parameter if filterMode is not 2 Range 2 to 65 535 outClkDivDown is an integer by which the module divides either the internal 10 MHz signal if filterMode 1 or the external signal if filterMode 2 to send back to the module front connector OUTCLK pin This parameter is only used for the SCXI 1141 Range 2 to 65 535 actualFreq returns the actual cutoff frequency that the module uses Using this Function The SCXI 1122 has one filter setting applied to all channels on the module therefore you must set channel 1 The SCXI 1122 only works with filterMode 1 you cannot configure the SCXI 1122 to bypass the filter or to use an external signal to set the cutoff frequency The default frequency setting for the SCXI 1122 is 4 Hz Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Configure_Filter National Instruments Corporation 2 335 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles The SCXI 1126 has eight filter settings one for each channel These settings only work with filterMode 1 Th
317. d by the acquisition at the time of the call to DAQ_Check The value of retrieved increases until it equals the count indicated in the call that initiated the acquisition at which time the acquisition terminates However if pretrigger mode is enabled retrieved returns the offset of the position in your buffer where the next data point is placed when it is acquired When the value of retrieved reaches count 1 and rolls over to 0 the acquisition begins to overwrite old data with new data When NI DAQ applies a signal to the stop trigger input the acquisition collects an additional number of samples indicated by ptsAfterStoptrig in the call to DAQ_StopTrigger_Config and then terminates When DAQ_Check returns a status of 1 retrieved contains the offset of the oldest data point in the array assuming that the acquisition has written to the entire buffer at least once In pretrigger mode DAQ_Check Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility Name Type Description daqStopped i16 indication of whether the data acquisition has completed retrieved u32 progress of an acquisition Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_Check NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 116 National Instruments Corporation automatically rearranges the array upon completion of the acquisition so that the oldest data point is at the beginning of the array Thus retrieved always equals 0 upon completion of a pretrigger mode acquisitio
318. d from the group and sets the upper byte of each buffer element to zero If the group size is 2 the lower byte of buffer 0 receives data from the first port in the group and the lower byte of buffer 1 receives data from the second port NI DAQ sets the upper bytes of buffer 0 and buffer 1 to 0 If you have not configured the specified group as an input group NI DAQ does not perform the operation and returns an error If you have assigned no ports to the specified group NI DAQ does not perform the operation and returns an error You can call DIG_Block_Check to monitor the status of a transfer initiated by DIG_Block_In If previously enabled pattern generation for the DIO 32F or the DIO 6533 begins when you execute DIG_Block_In See Pattern Generation I O with the DIO 32F and DIO 6533 DIO 32HS Devices in Chapter 3 Software Overview of the your NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for important information about pattern generation To avoid delays that are caused by AT bus DMA reprogramming on an AT DIO 32F or AT DIO 32HS you can use dual DMA or you can align your buffer For more information about dual DMA see the Set_DAQ_Device_Info function The second option aligning your buffer works only for the AT DIO 32F with buffers up to 64K in size For the AT DIO 32F you can align your buffer by calling Align_DMA_Buffer If you have aligned your buffer with a call to Align_DMA_Buffer and have not called DIG_Block_Clear either directly or
319. d in the scan sequence Range 0 and roughly 0 00153 scans s up to 5 000 000 scans s A value of 0 means that there is no delay between scans and that the effective scanRate is sampleRate numChans When scanRate is not 0 scanRate must allow a minimum delay between the last channel of the scan and the first channel of the next scan scan This delay must be at least 11 s on the AT MIO 16X and 6 s on the AT MIO 16F 5 and AT MIO 64F 5 For E Series devices this delay corresponds exactly to the speed of the board for example 1 s for an E 1 board 2 s for an E 2 board and so on Note Simultaneous sampling devices do not use the sampleRate parameter Because these devices use simultaneous sampling of all channels the scanRate parameter controls the acquisition rate therefore scanRate of 0 is not allowed buffer is an integer array that must have a length not less than count When SCAN_Op returns with an error code equal to zero buffer contains the acquired data 4 represents a four to one multiplexer Using This Function SCAN_Op initiates a synchronous process of acquiring A D conversion samples and storing them in a buffer SCAN_Op does not return control to your application until NI DAQ acquires all the samples you want or until an acquisition error occurs When you use posttrigger mode with pretrigger mode disabled the process stores count A D conversions in the buffer and ignores any subsequent conversions Chapter 2 Fun
320. d set paramValue to either 16 or 32 You may specify any channel in the waveform group and the setting will apply to all channels in the group Note This option is valid only for PCI CPCI PXI E Series devices For 61XX devices only even sized buffers are allowed and the memory transfer width is always 32 bits Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_Configure NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 38 National Instruments Corporation AO_Configure Format status AO_Configure deviceNumber chan outputPolarity intOrExtRef refVoltage updateMode Purpose Informs NI DAQ of the output range and polarity selected for each analog output channel on the device and indicates the update mode of the DACs If you have recorded an analog output configuration that is not a default through the NI DAQ Configuration Utility you do not need to use AO_Configure because NI DAQ uses the settings recorded by the NI DAQ Configuration Utility If you have a software configurable device you can use AO_Configure to change the analog output configuration on the fly Caution For the AT AO 6 10 NI DAQ records the configuration information for output polarity and update mode in channel pairs A call to AO_Configure records the same output polarity and update mode selections for both channels in a pair Parameters Input Parameter Discussion chan is the analog output channel number Range 0 or 1 for the AO 2DC Lab and 1200 Series analog output devices and
321. data is to be read timeOut is the time in seconds that specifies the maximum amount of time this function should wait before returning If timeOut is 0 this function return immediately If the requested amount of data is not available the appropriate error code is returned buffer is the destination buffer to hold the retrieved data Its size should be numPts status is the return value that specifies success return value 0 or overWriteError Using This Function You need to use this function for reading data from a buffer during double buffered or asynchronous data acquisition Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application National Instruments Corporation 2 215 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles GPCTR_Set_Application Format status GPCTR_Set_Application deviceNumber gpctrNum application Purpose Selects the application for which you use the general purpose counter Parameters Input Parameter Discussion Legal ranges for gpctrNum and application are given in terms of constants that are defined in a header file The header file you should use depends on which of the following languages you are using C programmers NIDAQCNS H DATAACQ H for LabWindows CVI BASIC programmers NIDAQCNS INC Visual Basic for Windows programmers should refer to the Programming Language Considerations section in Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions for more information Pascal programmers NIDAQCNS PAS
322. ddress i16 hardware jumpered address of an SCXI 1001 chassis commMode i16 communication mode commPath i16 communication path numSlots i16 number of plug in module slots Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Get_Chassis_Info National Instruments Corporation 2 337 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles commMode is the Communication mode that will be used when the driver communicates with the SCXI chassis and modules 0 Communication mode is disabled In effect the chassis is disabled 1 Serial communication is enabled through a digital port of a DAQ device that is cabled to a module in the chassis 2 Serial communication is enabled over the PC parallel port that is cabled to the SCXI 1200 module 3 Serial communication is enabled over the PC serial port that is cabled to one or more SCXI 2000 chassis or SCXI 2400 modules 4 Serial communication is enabled over the VXI backplane 5 Serial communication is enabled through a digital port of a DAQ device internally connected to the SCXIbus of a PXI 1010 chassis commPath is the communication path that will be used when the driver communicates with the SCXI chassis and modules If commMode 1 2 4 or 5 commPath should be the device number of the DAQ device that is the designated communicator for the chassis If commMode 3 commPath is the serial port for this chassis When commMode 0 commPath is meaningless numSlots is the number of plug in module slots in the SCXI
323. de rangeCode voltCurrentData binaryData binaryWritten Purpose Sets the DAC channel on the SCXI 1124 module to the specified voltage or current output value You can also use this function to write a binary value directly to the DAC channel or to translate a voltage or current value to the corresponding binary value Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion channel is the number of the analog output channels on the module Range 0 to 5 opCode specifies the type of data to write to the DAC channel You can also use opCode to tell SCXI_AO_Write to translate a voltage or current value and return the corresponding binary pattern in binaryWritten without writing anything to the module 0 Write a voltage or current to channel 1 Write a binary value directly to channel Name Type Description SCXIchassisID i16 chassis ID number moduleSlot i16 module slot number channel i16 the DAC channel of the module to write to opCode i16 type of data rangeCode i16 the voltage current range to be used voltCurrentData f64 voltage or current to be produced at the channel binaryData i16 binary value to be written to the DAC Name Type Description binaryWritten i16 actual binary value written to the DAC Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_AO_Write NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 320 National Instruments Corporation 2 Translate a voltage or current value to binary return in binaryWritten
324. default NI DAQ selects the internal reference Special Considerations when source ND_CONVERT When you enable the convert signal to go out on PFI_2 or any of the RTSI lines there will be a pulse prior to the start of data acquisition This is the side effect of programming the device for data acquisition and the receiver of the signal should keep this in mind For example to synchronize two devices using the convert signal you should also make them share the start trigger signal so that the spurious convert pulse generated by the controlling device is ignored by the controlling device source sourceSpec ND_BOARD_CLOCK ND_DONT_CARE ND_RTSI_CLOCK ND_DONT_CARE source sourceSpec ND_RTSI_CLOCK ND_DONT_CARE ND_IO_CONNECTOR ND_DONT_CARE ND_NONE default ND_DONT_CARE Chapter 2 Function Reference Select_Signal National Instruments Corporation 2 385 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Parameter Discussion for the 6602 Devices Legal ranges for the signal source and sourceSpec parameters are given in terms of constants that are defined in a header file BASIC programmers NIDAQCNS INC Visual Basic for Windows programmers should refer to the Programming Language Considerations section in Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions for more information Pascal programmers NIDAQCNS PAS Note Use the signal parameter to specify the signal whose source you want to select The following table shows the possibl
325. devices 0 through 5 for AT AO 6 0 through 9 for AT AO 10 wfmStopped is a flag whose value indicates whether the waveform generation operation is still in progress If the number of iterations indicated in the last WFM_Load call is 0 the status is always 0 0 Ongoing operation 1 Complete operation itersDone returns the number of buffer iterations that have been completed Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility chan i16 number of the analog output channel Name Type Description wfmStopped i16 whether the waveform is still in progress itersDone u32 number of buffer iterations completed pointsDone u32 number of points written for the current buffer iteration Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Check National Instruments Corporation 2 405 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles pointsDone returns the number of points written to the analog output channels specified in chan for the current buffer iteration For devices that have analog output FIFOs pointsDone returns the number of points written to the FIFO if chan belongs to group 1 Refer to the following Using This Function section for more information Range 0 to count 1 where count is the parameter used in the last WFM_Load call Note C Programmers wfmStopped itersDone and pointsDone are pass by reference parameters Using This Function WFM_Check returns status information concerning the progress of a wave
326. devices use the upper 18 bits of each buffer element The lower 14 bits are ignored and you should set them to zero You can move each data point into the upper 18 bits with a left shift operation by multiplying it by 16 384 Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Rate National Instruments Corporation 2 437 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles WFM_Rate Format status WFM_Rate rate units timebase updateInterval Purpose Converts a waveform generation update rate into the timebase and update interval values needed to produce the rate you want Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion rate is the waveform generation update rate you want rate is expressed in either pts s or seconds per point s pt depending on the value of the units parameter Range Roughly 0 00153 pts s through 500 000 pts s or 655 s pt through 0 000002 s pt units indicates the units used to express rate 0 pts s 1 s pt timebase is a code representing the resolution of the onboard clock signal that the device uses to produce the update rate you want You can input the value returned in timebase directly to WFM_ClockRate timebase has the following possible values 3 20 MHz clock used as a timebase 50 ms E Series only 1 5 MHz clock used as timebase 200 ns resolution AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X only 1 1 MHz clock used as timebase 1 s resolution Am9513 based MIO devices only Name Type Description ra
327. disabling the output of any module that was previously driving the SCXIbus You also can use this function to set up to read the temperature sensor on a terminal block connected to the front connector of the module Parameters Input Parameter Discussion moduleChan is the channel number of the input channel on the module that is to be read Range 0 to n 1 where n is the number of input channels on the module 1 Set up to read the temperature sensor on the terminal block connected to the module if the temperature sensor is in the MTEMP configuration DAQdeviceNumber is the device number of the DAQ device that will perform the analog input If you will use the SCXI 1200 to perform the analog input you should specify the module logical device number Name Type Description SCXIchassisID i16 logical ID assigned to the SCXI chassis moduleSlot i16 chassis slot number moduleChan i16 channel number of the input channel on the module DAQdeviceNumber i16 device number of the DAQ device used to read the input channel Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Track_Hold_Control National Instruments Corporation 2 367 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles SCXI_Track_Hold_Control Format status SCXI_Track_Hold_Control SCXIchassisID moduleSlot state DAQdeviceNumber Purpose Controls the track hold state of an SCXI 1140 module that you have set up for a single channel operation Note This function is not supported for
328. e On the MIO 16 16D timebase 0 sets counter 2 to the high impedance state allowing its output level to be externally driven by a signal connected to the OUT2 pin on the I O connector On the Lab and 1200 Series analog output devices timebase 0 allows the signal applied to the EXTUPDATE pin on the I O connector to control the DAC update On the AT AO 6 10 timebase 0 allows the signal applied to the EXTDACUPDATE from the I O connector or RTSI bus to control the DAC update On the AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X timebase 0 allows the signal applied to the EXTDACUPDATE pin on the I O connector to control the DAC update Whenever an active low pulse is detected on one of these pins the DACs in the group are updated When timebase 0 the value of interval is irrelevant timebase 1 through 5 selects one of the five available internal clock signals to be used in determining the update interval interval indicates the number of timebase units If whichclock is 0 interval indicates the number of timebase units of time that elapse between voltage updates at the analog output channels in the group If whichclock is 1 interval indicates the number of timebase units of time that elapse after reaching the last point in DAC FIFO before the next cycle begins If whichclock is 2 interval indicates delay interval prescalar 1 If whichclock is 3 interval indicates delay interval prescalar 2 Range 2 through 65 535 for the MIO devices and
329. e Name Type Description SCXIchassisID i16 SCXI chassis ID number moduleSlot i16 SCXI module slot number channel i16 analog input channel level f64 specifies the average of the desired high and low threshold values hysteresis f64 the difference between the high and low threshold values Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Set_Threshold National Instruments Corporation 2 365 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles triggers low The SCXI 1126 module uses the square wave to produce a corresponding voltage that is proportional to the frequency of the original input signal The threshold values determines which part of the input signal to count and which part to ignore For example a large hysteresis setting will keep signal noise from adding to the frequency of a signal A small hysteresis and a properly chosen value for level will enable the SCXI 1126 to count almost every part of the input signal Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 366 National Instruments Corporation SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup Format status SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup SCXIchassisID moduleSlot moduleChan DAQdeviceNumber Purpose Sets up a multiplexed module for a single channel analog input operation to be performed by the given DAQ device Sets the module channel enables the module output and routes the module output on the SCXIbus if necessary Resolves any contention on the SCXIbus by
330. e SCAN_Start issues a software trigger to initiate the data acquisition operation before returning Note If your application calls DAQ_Start or SCAN_Start always ensure that you call DAQ_Clear before your application terminates and returns control to the operating system Unless you make this call either directly or indirectly through DAQ_Check or DAQ_DB_Transfer unpredictable behavior can result You must use the SCAN_Setup and SCAN_Start functions as a pair Making a single call to SCAN_Setup with multiple calls to SCAN_Start will fail and return error noSetupError If you have an SC 2040 connected to your DAQ device NI DAQ will ignore the sampTimebase and sampInterval parameters NI DAQ automatically supplies these parameters to optimally match your hardware If you select sampTimebase 0 and scanTimebase 0 you must use the same source for both This requirement is enforced on most MIO devices through hardware because you connect both timebases to the SOURCE5 I O connector pin On E Series devices if you use the Select_Signal function to specify the source of an external sample and external scan timebase you must specify the same source for both timebases Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_to_Disk National Instruments Corporation 2 315 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles SCAN_to_Disk Format status SCAN_to_Disk deviceNumber numChans chans gains filename count sampleRate scanRate concat Purpose Performs a
331. e Point Parkway 512 794 5678 Austin Texas 78730 5039 National Instruments Corporation G 1 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Glossary Prefix Meanings Value p pico 10 12 n nano 10 9 micro 10 6 m milli 10 3 k kilo 103 M mega 106 G giga 109 t tera 1012 Numbers Symbols degree lt less than or equal to minus percent plus plus or minus ohm A AC alternating current ACK acknowledge NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles G 2 National Instruments Corporation Glossary A D analog to digital ADC A D converter ADC resolution the resolution of the ADC which is measured in bits An ADC with 16 bits has a higher resolution and thus a higher degree of accuracy than a 12 bit ADC address character code that identifies a specific location or series of locations in memory AI Analog Input alias a false lower frequency component that appears in sampled data acquired at too low a sampling rate AMUX AMUX 64T API application programming interface asynchronous 1 hardware a property of an event that occurs at an arbitrary time without synchronization to a reference clock 2 software a property of a function that begins an operation and returns prior to the completion or termination of the operation attenuate to decrease the amplitude of a signal B b bit one binary digit either 0 or 1 B by
332. e counter should count edgeMode must be either 0 or 1 0 counter counts rising edges 1 counter counts falling edges gateMode selects the gating mode to be used by the counter There are eight different gating modes Each gating mode has been assigned a number between zero and 7 The available gating modes are as follows 0 No gating used 1 High level gating of counter ctr used 2 Low level gating of counter ctr used 3 Edge triggered gating used rising edge of counter ctr 4 Edge triggered gating used falling edge of counter ctr 5 Active high on terminal count of next lower order counter Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility ctr i16 counter number edgeMode i16 count rising or falling edges gateMode i16 gating mode to be used outType i16 type of output generated outPolarity i16 output polarity Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_Config National Instruments Corporation 2 91 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 6 Active high on gate of next higher order counter 7 Active high on gate of next lower order counter 8 Special gating outType selects which type of output is to be generated by the counter The counters generate two types of output signals TC toggled output and TC pulse output 0 TC toggled output type used 1 TC pulse output type used outPolarity selects the output polarity used by the counter 0 Positive logic output 1 N
333. e default frequency setting for the SCXI 1126 is 1 Hz The SCXI 1141 also has one filter setting applied to all channels so you must use channel 1 when you select a cutoff frequency for that module After you select the cutoff frequency for the entire module you can configure one or more of the channels to enable the filter by calling SCXI_Configure_Filter again for each channel and setting filterMode 3 By default all the channel filters on the SCXI 1141 are bypassed Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Get_Chassis_Info NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 336 National Instruments Corporation SCXI_Get_Chassis_Info Format status SCXI_Get_Chassis_Info SCXIchassisID chassisType chassisAddress commMode commPath numSlots Purpose Returns chassis configuration information Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion chassisType indicates what type of SCXI chassis is configured for the given SCXIchassisID 0 SCXI 1000 4 slot chassis 1 SCXI 1001 12 slot chassis 2 SCXI 2000 4 slot remote chassis 3 VXI SC 1000 carrier module 4 PXI 1010 chassis chassisAddress is the hardware jumpered address of an SCXI chassis Range 0 to 31 SCXI 1000 SCXI 1001 VXI SC 1000 and PXI 1010 0 to 255 SCXI 2000 or SCXI chassis with SCXI 2400 module Name Type Description SCXIchassisID i16 logical ID assigned to the SCXI chassis Name Type Description chassisType i16 type of SCXI chassis chassisA
334. e except the E Series devices 1 through 10 for a PC TIO 10 timebase selects the timebase or resolution to be used by the counter timebase has the following possible values 1 Internal 5 MHz clock used as timebase 200 ns resolution AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 AT MIO 16X and PC TIO 10 only 0 TC signal of ctr 1 used as timebase 1 Internal 1 MHz clock used as timebase 1 s resolution 2 Internal 100 kHz clock used as timebase 10 s resolution 3 Internal 10 kHz clock used as timebase 100 s resolution 4 Internal 1 kHz clock used as timebase 1 ms resolution 5 Internal 100 Hz clock used as timebase 10 ms resolution 6 SOURCE1 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or SOURCE 6 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 7 SOURCE2 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or SOURCE 7 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 8 SOURCE3 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or SOURCE 8 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 9 SOURCE4 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or SOURCE 9 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility ctr i16 counter number timebase i16 timebase value Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_Period National Instruments Corporation 2 99 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 10 SOURCE5 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or SOURCE 10 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 11 GATE 1 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or G
335. e module scan list will occur during the first entry of the MIO or AI scan list at an MIO or AI gain of 5 The third module scan list entry will occur during the second entry of the MIO or AI scan list at an MIO or AI gain of 10 Thus NI DAQ uses the ctrValue here to distribute different MIO or AI gains across the module scan list as well as to make the scan list lengths equal at 16 samples each Another example would use the same module scan list in the preceding table but use as MIO or AI scan list with only one entry for channel 0 In this case a ctrValue of 16 would be appropriate Table 2 33 SCXI Module Scan List Module Number of Samples 2 4 3 4 4 8 Table 2 34 MIO or AI Scan List Module Number of Samples Channel Gain 2 4 0 5 3 4 0 10 4 8 Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Reset National Instruments Corporation 2 349 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles SCXI_Reset Format status SCXI_Reset SCXIchassisID moduleSlot Purpose Resets the specified module to its default state You can also use SCXI_Reset to reset the Slot 0 scanning circuitry or to reset the entire chassis Parameters Input Parameter Discussion moduleSlot is the chassis slot number of the module that is to be reset Range 1 to n where n is the number of slots in the chassis 0 Reset Slot 0 of the chassis by resetting the module scan list and scanning circuitry If this is a remote SCXI chassis Slot
336. e or software products related to this problem include the configuration forms from their user manuals Include additional pages if necessary Name __________________________________________________________________________ Company _______________________________________________________________________ Address ________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ Fax ___ ________________Phone ___ __________________________________________ Computer brand____________ Model ___________________Processor _____________________ Operating system include version number ____________________________________________ Clock speed ______MHz RAM _____MB Display adapter __________________________ Mouse ___yes ___no Other adapters installed_______________________________________ Hard disk capacity _____MB Brand_________________________________________________ Instruments used _________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ National Instruments hardware product model _____________ Revision ____________________ Configuration ___________________________________________________________________ National Instruments software product ___________________ Version _____________________ Configuration ____________________________________________________
337. e second channel to be scanned is analog input channel 7 and NI DAQ scans four analog input channels Note The channels contained in the chans array refer to the onboard channel numbers If you use one or more external multiplexer devices AMUX 64Ts with any MIO or AI device except the MIO 64 the total number of channels scanned equals four to one multiplexer number of onboard channels scanned number of external multiplexer devices or the total number of channels scanned equals 4 numChans num_mux_brds For example if you use one AMUX 64T and scan eight onboard channels the total number of channels scanned equals 4 8 1 32 If you use one or more external multiplexer devices AMUX 64Ts with the MIO 64 the total number of channels scanned equals 4 numChans1 num_mux_brds numChans2 where 4 represents a four to one multiplexer numChans1 is the number of onboard channels of an MIO or AI connector scanned Range 0 through 7 differential 0 through 15 single ended num_mux_brds is the number of external multiplexer devices numChans2 is the number of onboard channels of an analog connector scanned Range 0 through 23 differential 0 through 48 single ended If you use SCXI you must scan the analog input channels on the DAQ device that corresponds to the SCXI channels you want You should select the SCXI scan list using SCXI_SCAN_Setup before you call this function R
338. e transfer buffer contiguous in virtual memory and therefore cannot lock it into physical memory thus the buffer cannot be used for DMA transfers 10452 noIntAvailError No interrupt level is available for use 10453 intInUseError The specified interrupt level is already in use by another device 10454 noDMACError No DMA controller is available in the system 10455 noDMAAvailError No DMA channel is available for use 10456 DMAInUseError The specified DMA channel is already in use by another device 10457 badDMAGroupError DMA cannot be configured for the specified group because it is too small too large or misaligned Consult the device user manual to determine group ramifications with respect to DMA 10458 diskFullError A disk overflow occurred while attempting to write to a file 10459 DLLInterfaceError The DLL could not be called because of an interface error Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description Appendix A Status Codes National Instruments Corporation A 13 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 10460 interfaceInteractionError You have mixed VIs from the DAQ library and the _DAQ compatibility library LabVIEW 2 2 style VIs You may switch between the two libraries only by running the DAQ VI Device Reset before calling _DAQ compatibility VIs or by running the compatibility VI Board Reset before calling DAQ VIs 10461 res
339. e transferred Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_DB_Transfer NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 416 National Instruments Corporation buffer is the array of new data that is to be transferred into the waveform buffer s WFM_DB_Transfer can transfer new data to more than one waveform buffer except on PCI E Series devices For example if two channels use separate waveform buffers you called WFM_Load once for each channel you can use a single call to WFM_DB_Transfer to transfer data to both waveform buffers If numChans is greater than 1 the data in the buffer must be interleaved and data for each channel must follow the order given in chanVect count holds the number of new data points contained in buffer When you make repeated calls to WFM_DB_Transfer during a waveform generation it is most efficient if the amount of data transferred for each channel is equal to one half the number of data points for the channel in the channel s waveform buffer For example suppose channel 0 is using a waveform buffer of size 100 and channel 1 are each is using a waveform buffer of size 100 WFM_DB_Transfer should transfer 50 to channel 0 and 50 to channel 1 giving count a value of 100 If NI DAQ makes transfers to more than one waveform buffer it is most efficient if all the waveform buffers contain the same number of samples for each channel AT AO 6 10 only For group 1 channels using DMA if you enable oldDataStop transfers of less than half
340. e values for signal Legal values for source and sourceSpec depend on the signal and are shown in the following tables signal ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 and ND_RTSI_CLOCK signal ND_START_TRIGGER Table 2 36 Legal Parameters for the 6602 Devices Group Signal Description All of the RTSI lines ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 and ND_RTSI_CLOCK Selects a counter for output on a RTSI line The triggering input for the counter ND_START_TRIGGER Selects a source for the counter s hardware arming or triggering source source sourceSpec ND_NONE default ND_DONT_CARE ND_LOW ND_DONT_CARE ND_HIGH ND_DONT_CARE ND_GPCTR0_OUTPUT through ND_GPCTR7_OUTPUT ND_DONT_CARE source sourceSpec ND_LOW ND_LOW_TO_HIGH ND_HIGH ND_LOW_TO_HIGH Chapter 2 Function Reference Select_Signal NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 386 National Instruments Corporation Example status Select_Signal 1 ND_START_TRIGGER ND_RTSI_5 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH This example would route RTSI lines to be the start trigger for the counters on the TIO board When RTSI lines have a rising edge all counters configured for hardware triggering will begin counting The software start must be issued to the counter before the hardware trigger will work Using This Function If you have selected a signal that is not an I O connector pin pin or a RTSI bus line Select_Signal saves the parameters in the configuration tables for future operations
341. e waveform generation When mode is 1 and all of the following conditions are satisfied NI DAQ uses FIFO mode waveform generation The waveform buffer is small enough to reside in the DAC FIFO If you load more than one channel the total number of points must be less than or equal to the FIFO size You have not enabled double buffered waveform generation mode For the AT AO 6 10 iterations must be 0 For the AT MIO 16X and AT MIO 64F 5 iterations can be 0 for continuous cyclic waveform generation 1 through 65 535 inclusive for programmed cyclic waveform generation 2 through 65 535 inclusive for pulsed waveform generation All the channels listed in chanVect must belong to group 1 If more than one channel of group 1 is loaded the number of points per channel and iterations are the same for each channel Also all the channels of group 1 must have the same mode NI DAQ returns error fifoModeError if any of the previously described conditions is not satisfied and mode is 1 If you call the WFM_Load function several times to load different channels the WFM_Group_Control function checks for conditions 1 and 5 Note On PCI PXI CPCI E Series devices you cannot load multiple buffers for a single group When mode is 1 and you have enabled the delay clock see the WFM_ClockRate function the waveform generation proceeds until it is stopped by software In this case iterations indicates how many times the wavef
342. e width 2 240 to 2 241 signals on two separate gates 2 225 to 2 227 single pulse width 2 220 to 2 223 single triggered pulse width measurement 2 223 to 2 225 R reglitching 2 28 retriggerable pulse generation application 2 231 to 2 232 RTSI bus functions definition 1 14 LabWindows function panel tree 1 12 NI DAQ function support table AT AO 6 10 C 11 AT DIO 32F and DAQDIO 6533 C 13 to C 14 MIO and AI devices C 4 RTSI_Clear 2 286 RTSI_Clock 2 287 to 2 288 RTSI_Conn 2 289 to 2 290 rules for RTSI bus connections 2 290 RTSI_DisConn 2 291 RTSI bus line and VXIbus trigger mapping table 2 387 to 2 388 S SC_2040_Config function 2 292 to 2 293 SCAN_Demux function 2 294 to 2 295 SCAN_Op function 2 296 to 2 299 SCAN_Sequence_Demux function 2 300 to 2 302 SCAN_Sequence_Retrieve function 2 303 Index National Instruments Corporation I 11 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles SCAN_Sequence_Setup function 2 304 to 2 306 SCAN_Setup function 2 307 to 2 308 SCAN_Start function 2 309 to 2 314 SCAN_to_Disk function 2 315 to 2 318 SCXI chassis IDs 1 2 SCXI functions definition 1 13 LabWindows function panel tree 1 10 to 1 11 NI DAQ function support table C 16 to C 17 SCXI_AO_Write function 2 319 to 2 321 SCXI_Cal_Constants function 2 322 to 2 329 analog input calibration 2 326 to 2 328 analog output calibration 2 328 to 2 329 EEPROM organization 2 329 parameter discussion 2 322 to 2 326 SCXI_Ca
343. e width specifications when the counter is configured for one of the simple pulse and pulse train generation applications For example when you use the counter for FSK ND_COUNT_1 and ND_COUNT_2 specify the duration of low and high output states for one gate state and ND_COUNT_3 and ND_COUNT_4 specify them for the other gate state Corresponding legal values for paramValue are shown in Table 2 28 For the 6602 devices you can call GPCTR_Change_Parameter with paramID ND_COUNT_1 or ND_COUNT_2 after arming the counter with a GPCTR_Control call By using this you can modify the duty cycle of a pulse train whose generation was started by the GPCTR_Set_Application call with application ND_PULSE_TRAIN_GNR You can generate a pulse train with seamless frequency by using this methodology After modifying the ND_COUNT_1 and ND_COUNT_2 you should call GPCTR_Control with action ND_SWITCH_CYCLE to activate the new duty cycle paramID ND_AUTOINCREMENT_COUNT The value specified by ND_COUNT_1 is incremented by the value selected by ND_AUTOINCREMENT_COUNT every time the counter is reloaded with the value specified by ND_COUNT_1 For example with this feature you can generate retriggerable delayed pulses with incrementally increasing delays You can then use these pulses for applications such as equivalent time sampling ETS Corresponding legal values for paramValue are 0 through 28 1 paramID ND_UP_DOWN When the application is ND_SIMPLE_EVENT_
344. eNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility port i16 digital I O port number Name Type Description pattern i16 8 bit digital data read from the specified port Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_In_Port NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 176 National Instruments Corporation four bits wide only bits 0 through 3 of pattern reflect the digital state of these ports while NI DAQ sets all other bits of pattern to 0 Note C Programmers pattern is a pass by reference parameter Using This Function DIG_In_Port reads digital data from the port on the specified device If the port is configured as an input port reading that port returns the digital logic state of the lines as some external device is driving them If the port is configured as an output port and has read back capability reading the port returns the output state of that port along with a warning that NI DAQ has read an output port Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Line_Config National Instruments Corporation 2 177 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DIG_Line_Config Format status DIG_Line_Config deviceNumber port line dir Purpose Configures a specific line on a port for direction input or output Parameters Input Parameter Discussion port is the digital I O port number Range 0 for the E Series devices 0 through 1 for the PC TIO 10 0 through 3 for the DIO 6533 DIO 32HS and the VXI AO 48XDC 0 through 15 for the VXI DIO 128
345. easure pulse duration between 100 ns and 214 s long Figure 2 17 shows one possible scenario of a counter used for ND_TRIG_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR after the following programming sequence GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_RESET GPCTR_Set_Application deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_TRIG_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_PROGRAM In Figure 2 17 the following behavior is present Gate is the signal present at the counter gate input Source is the signal present at the counter source input Count is the value you would read from the counter if you called the GPCTR_Watch function with entityID ND_COUNT The different numbers illustrate behavior at different times Count Available is the value you would read from the counter if you called the GPCTR_Watch function with entityID ND_COUNT_AVAILABLE The different values illustrate behavior at different times Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 224 National Instruments Corporation Figure 2 17 Single Triggered Pulse Width Generation Measurement Use the GPCTR_Watch function with entityID ND_COUNT_AVAILABLE to monitor the progress of the counting process This measurement completes when entityValue becomes ND_YES After this is completed you can retrieve the counted value by using GPCTR_Watch with entityID ND_COUNT as shown in the following example code Create u32 variable count_a
346. ebase interval pair to match the actual hardware capabilities of this board Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description Appendix A Status Codes National Instruments Corporation A 19 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 10698 timebaseConflictError You cannot use this combination of scan and sample clock timebases for this board 10699 polarityConflictError You cannot use this combination of scan and sample clock source polarities for this operation and board 10700 signalConflictError You cannot use this combination of scan and convert clock signal sources for this operation and board 10701 noLaterUpdateError The call had no effect because the specified channel had not been set for later internal update 10702 prePostTriggerError Pretriggering and posttriggering cannot be used simultaneously on the Lab and 1200 series devices 10710 noHandshakeModeError The specified port has not been configured for handshaking 10720 noEventCtrError The specified counter is not configured for event counting operation 10740 SCXITrackHoldError A signal has already been assigned to the SCXI track and hold trigger line or a control call was inappropriate because the specified module is not configured for one channel operation 10780 sc2040InputModeError When you have an SC 2040 attached to your device all analog input channels must be configured for diff
347. ecial gating gateMode 8 you can achieve gate controlled pulse generation When the gate input is high NI DAQ uses period1 to generate the pulses When the gate input is low NI DAQ uses period2 to generate the pulses If the output mode is TC Toggled the result is two 50 duty square waves of difference frequencies If the output mode is TC Pulse the result is two pulse trains of different frequencies Figure 2 11 Square Wave Timing Square Wave Generation Timing Considerations There is an uncertainty associated with the beginning of square wave generation due to counter synchronization Square wave generation starts on the first timebase edge after NI DAQ applies the starting signal The time between receipt of the starting signal and the start of the square wave generation can be between 0 and 1 units of the timebase in duration You should not use edge gating with square wave generation If you use edge gating the waveform stops after period1 expires and then continues for one total period period2 period1 only after NI DAQ applies another edge For continuous square wave generation use level or no gating 0 lt sync period lt 1 1 Timebase Starting Signal TC Toggle Output TC Pulse Output 1 units timebase period 1 period2 period2 1 period1 1 period1 Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_State National Instruments Corporation 2 113 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles CTR_State Format st
348. ed is a Lab and 1200 Series devices DAQCard 700 or LPM device inputMode 2 is not supported If you are using the SCXI 1200 to acquire the data use the logical device number you assigned to the SCXI 1200 in the configuration utility Using This Function For single channel operations inputMode 1 the module is level sensitive to the source signal that is when the source signal is low the module is in track mode and when the source signal is high the module is in hold mode If source 0 you can use calls to SCXI_Track_Hold_Control function to put the module into track or hold mode by toggling the output of the appropriate counter on the DAQ device If the SCXI 1140 you want to read is not cabled to the DAQ device you will have to configure the SCXI 1140 module that is cabled to the DAQ device to send the counter output on the SCXIbus to the module you want Then the SCXI_Track_Hold_Control call can put the module you want into track or hold mode The SCXI_Track_Hold_Setup parameters for each module would be For the SCXI 1140 that is cabled to the DAQ device as follows inputMode 1 source 0 send 2 For the SCXI 1140 module to be read inputMode 1 source 2 send 0 Using an external source source 1 for single channel operations is not normally useful because NI DAQ has no way of determining when the module has gone into hold mode and it is appropriate to read the channels MIO Lab PC 1200 Lab PC
349. efer to the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for more information on SCXI channel assignments gains is an integer array of a length not less than numChans that contains the gain setting to be used for each channel in the scan sequence selected in chans NI DAQ applies the gain value contained in gains n to the channel number contained in chans n when the function scans that channel This gain setting applies only to the DAQ device if you use SCXI you must establish any gain you want at the SCXI module either by setting jumpers on the module or by calling SCXI_Set_Gain Refer to Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation for valid gain settings If you use an invalid gain NI DAQ returns an error Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_to_Disk National Instruments Corporation 2 317 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles count is the number of samples to be acquired that is the number of A D conversions to be performed The length of your data file should be exactly twice the value of count If you have previously enabled pretrigger mode by a call to DAQ_StopTrigger_Config NI DAQ ignores the count parameter Range 3 through 232 1 except the E Series 2 through 224 E Series For PCI 611X devices count must be EVEN sampleRate is the sample rate you want in units of pts s This is the rate at which channels are sampled within a scan sequence Range Roughly 0 00153 pts s through 500 000 pts s
350. eference AI_Read NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 12 National Instruments Corporation AI_Read Format status AI_Read deviceNumber chan gain reading Purpose Reads an analog input channel initiates an A D conversion on an analog input channel and returns the unscaled result Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion chan is the analog input channel number If you are using SCXI you must use the appropriate analog input channel on the DAQ device that corresponds to the SCXI channel you want To select the SCXI channel use SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup before calling this function Refer to Chapter 12 SCXI Hardware in the DAQ Hardware Overview Guide and the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for more information on SCXI channel assignments Range See Table B 1 in Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation gain is the gain setting you use for the specified channel This gain setting applies only to the DAQ device if you are using SCXI establish any gain you want on the SCXI module either by setting jumpers on the module or by calling SCXI_Set_Gain Refer to Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation for valid gain settings If you use an invalid gain NI DAQ returns an error If you call AI_Read for the DAQCard 500 700 or 516 and LPM devices NI DAQ ignores the gain Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility chan
351. efine a message call Config_DAQ_Event_Message before starting your DAQ process You can associate more than one message to the same device by calling Config_DAQ_Event_Message as many times as you need to After you define a message it remains active until you call Init_DA_Brds or Config_DAQ_Event_Message to remove messages To remove a specific message call Config_DAQ_Event_Message with mode set to 2 When removing a specific message make sure to provide all the information defining the message such as chanStr SCXIchassisID moduleSlot chanType chan DAQEvent DAQTrigVal0 DAQTrigVal1 trigSkipCount preTrigScans postTrigScans handle message and callbackAddr To remove all messages associated with the device call Config_DAQ_Event_Message with mode set to zero and with all other arguments except deviceNumber set to zero Chapter 2 Function Reference Config_DAQ_Event_Message National Instruments Corporation 2 81 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Event notification is done through the Windows API function PostMessage and or a callback function that you define When any trigger event happens NI DAQ calls PostMessage as follows int PostMessage HWND handle UINT message WPARAM wParam LPARAM lParam handle and message are the same handle and message as previously defined The least significant byte of wParam is the device and the second least significant byte of wParam is a boolean flag doneFlag indicating whether the
352. egative logic inverted output Using This Function If you select TC pulse output type outPolarity 0 means that NI DAQ generates active logic high terminal count pulses outPolarity 1 means that NI DAQ generates active logic low terminal count pulses Similarly if you select TC toggled output type then outPolarity 0 means the OUT signal toggles from low to high on the first TC outPolarity 1 means the OUT signal toggles from high to low on the first TC CTR_Config saves the parameters in the configuration table for the specified counter NI DAQ uses this configuration table when the counter is set up for an event counting pulse output or frequency output operation You can use CTR_Config to take advantage of the many counter modes The default settings for the counter configuration modes are as follows edgeMode 0 Counter counts rising edges gateMode 0 No gating used outType 0 TC toggled output type used outPolarity 0 Positive logic output used To change the counter configuration from this default setting you must call CTR_Config and indicate which configuration you want before initiating any other counter operation Counter configuration settings applied through this function persist when waveform generation functions use the same counter For example to externally trigger a waveform generation option use this function to change the gatemode to 1 high level gating and then call the waveform generation funct
353. el 0 to determine the polarity of the ADC calibration If you take analog input measurements with the wrong set of calibration constants loaded you might get erroneous data When you use an AT MIO 16F 5 with calOp 3 calibrate DACs you must connect the outputs of the DAC in reverse to the A D inputs positive to negative and vice versa If you do not make the connections properly the calibration will fail to converge If you have altered the device input polarity by the AI_Configure call NI DAQ will automatically reload the correct calibration constants Refer to the description of AI_Configure function for details See the calibration chapter of your device user manual for more information regarding calibrating the device Note You should always calibrate the ADC and the DACs after calibrating the internal reference voltage Chapter 2 Function Reference MIO_Config NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 284 National Instruments Corporation MIO_Config Format status MIO_Config deviceNumber dither useAMUX Purpose Turns dithering the addition of Gaussian noise to the analog input signal on and off for an E Series device except the AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 PCI 6110E PCI 6111E and Lab and 1200 Series devices except the Lab PC This function also lets you specify whether to use AMUX 64T channels or onboard channels for devices with 64 channels Parameters Input Parameter Discussion dither indicates whether to
354. els need to be interleaved when you set up the buffer parameter The DSA devices have 18 bit DACs and operate only in bipolar mode Data ranges from 131 072 to 131 071 For DSA devices each buffer element is 32 bits wide Each data point goes in the upper 18 bits of its buffer element You should set the lower 14 bits to zero You can move each data point into the upper 18 bits with a left shift operation or by multiplying it by 16 384 Note The following information applies to DAQArb 5411 devices only Refer to the mode parameter description to learn more about different modes and staging count is the number of points in your buffer When you use interleaved waveform generation count should be a multiple of numChans and not less than 2 numChans When you use double buffered interleaved waveform generation count should not be less than 4 numChans Range 1 through 232 1 most devices 2 through 224 E Series and 4451devices On the PCI 61XX devices the buffer must contain an even number of samples because of the 32 bit FIFO Table 2 39 Data Ranges for the Buffer Parameter for DAQArb 5411 Devices Mode Data Range Buffer 0 not supported Not supported 1 2 3 32 768 to 32 767 Contains data values that are converted to voltages by the DAC 4 32 768 to 32 767 Contains stages for generating multiple waveforms Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Load National Instruments Corporation 2 427 NI DAQ
355. ement of the time interval between successive transitions of the gate signal By default those are all transitions of the signal on the line given in Table 2 25 The counter counts the 20 MHz internal timebase ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ so the resolution of measurement is 50 ns The counter counts up starting from 0 its contents are placed in the buffer after an edge is detected on the gate the counter then starts counting up from 0 again NI DAQ transfers data from the counter into the buffer until the buffer is filled the counter is disarmed at that time Note The counter will start counting as soon as you arm it Be aware of this when you interpret the first count in your buffer Figure 2 27 Buffered Semi Period Measurement when No Source Edges Are Present between Gate Edges Source Gate Buffer 2 1 4 3 6 5 1 7 8 9 3 2 5 4 1 6 3 2 4 Measured Period Measured Period Measured Period Measured Period 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 4 The instant you arm the counter Warning Source Buffer 3 Gate 1 3 1 2 4 5 2 4 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 Measured Semi Period 3 Measured Semi Period Measured Semi Period Measured Semi Period 3 3 5 3 2 4 3 2 2 4 3 2 2 5 4 3 2 2 2 5 4 3 2 Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 240 National Instruments Corpor
356. eneration If the number of buffer generations is finite WFM_Op waits for completion before returning unless you call Timeout_Config Parameters Input Parameter Discussion numChans indicates the number of analog output channels specified in the array chanVect chanVect is the array of channel numbers indicating which analog output channels are to receive output data from the buffer Channel number range 0 or 1 for most devices 0 through 5 for AT AO 6 0 through 9 for AT AO 10 buffer is an array of integer values that DACs convert to voltages If your device has 12 bit DACs these data will range from 0 to 4 095 in unipolar mode and from 2 048 to 2 047 in bipolar mode If your device has 16 bit DACs data will range from 0 to 65 535 in unipolar mode and from 32 768 to 32 767 in bipolar mode Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility numChans i16 number of analog output channels chanVect i16 channel numbers buffer i16 values that are converted to voltages by DACs count u32 number of points in the buffer iterations u32 number of times the waveform generation steps through buffer rate f64 desired rate in pts s Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Op National Instruments Corporation 2 435 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles The DSA devices have 18 bit DACs and operate in bipolar mode only Data will range from 131 072 to 131 071 For DSA devices each buffer
357. ent Therefore the size of the array in bytes must be at least count multiplied by the size of group For all other devices NI DAQ uses only the lower 8 bits of each buffer element Therefore the size of the array in bytes must be at least twice count multiplied by the size of group count is the number of items for example 8 bit items for a group of size 1 16 bit items for a group of size 2 and 32 bit items for a group of size 4 to be transferred from the area of memory specified by buffer to the group indicated by group Range 2 through 232 1 Using This Function DIG_Block_Out initiates an asynchronous transfer of data from your buffer to a specified group The hardware is responsible for the handshaking details Call DIG_Grp_Config for the DIO 32F and the DIO 6533 devices or DIG_SCAN_Setup for the other devices at least once before calling DIG_Block_Out to select the group configuration for handshaking Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility group i16 group buffer i16 array containing the user s data count u32 number of items to be transferred Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Block_Out National Instruments Corporation 2 153 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles If you use a DIO 32F or a DIO 6533 device NI DAQ writes all bytes in your buffer to the group regardless of the group size If the group size is one which is supported only by the DIO 6533 DIG_Block_O
358. ent excitation channels The SCXI 1122 has a current excitation source that will switch to drive the corresponding excitation channel 8 through 15 whenever you select an input channel 0 through 7 Channel 8 will produce the excitation when you select input channel 0 channel 9 will produce the excitation when you select input channel 1 and so on You can use four wire mode for single point data acquisition or for multiple channel scanning acquisitions During a multiple channel scan the excitation channels will switch simultaneously with the input channels You can hook up an RTD or thermistor to your input channel that uses the corresponding excitation channel to drive the transducer You can call the SCXI_Set_Input_Mode function to enable four wire mode at any time before you start the acquisition you can call SCXI_Set_Input_Mode again after the acquisition to return the module to normal two wire mode Name Type Description SCXIchassisID i16 chassis ID number moduleSlot i16 module slot number inputMode i16 channel input mode configuration Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Set_State NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 362 National Instruments Corporation SCXI_Set_State Format status SCXI_Set_State SCXIChassisID module port channel data Purpose Sets the state of a single channel or an entire port on a digital output or relay module Parameters Input Parameter Discussion port is the port number of t
359. ential numPts monitorBuffer newestPtIndex daqStopped Purpose Returns data from an asynchronous data acquisition in progress During a multiple channel acquisition you can retrieve data from a single channel or from all channels being scanned An oldest newest mode provides for return of sequential oldest blocks of data or return of the most recently acquired newest blocks of data Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion channel is the number of the channel you want to examine You can choose to set channel to a value of 1 to indicate that you want to examine data from all channels being scanned If channel is not equal to 1 channel must be equal to the channel selected in DAQ_Start equal to one of the channels selected in SCAN_Setup or equal to one of the channels implied Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility channel i16 number of the channel sequential i16 enables or disables the return of consecutive or oldest blocks of data numPts u32 number of data points you want to retrieve Name Type Description monitorBuffer i16 destination buffer for the data newestPtIndex u32 offset into the acquisition buffer of the newest point returned daqStopped i16 indicates whether the data acquisition has completed Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_Monitor National Instruments Corporation 2 127 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles in Lab_ISCAN_Start If
360. er Discussion channel is the number of the channel on the SCXI module Range 0 to n 1 where n is the number of channels available on the module 1 Scale data acquired from the temperature sensor on the terminal block connected to the module if the temperature sensor is in the MTEMP configuration SCXIgain is the SCXI module or channel gain or range setting Valid SCXIgain values depend on the module type SCXI 1100 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1 000 2 000 SCXI 1120 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 250 500 1 000 2 000 SCXI 1120D 0 5 1 2 5 5 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 SCXI 1121 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 250 500 1 000 2 000 SCXI 1122 0 01 0 02 0 05 0 1 0 2 0 5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1 000 2 000 SCXI 1126 250 500 1 000 2 000 4 000 8 000 16 000 32 000 64 000 128 000 SCXI 1140 1 10 100 200 500 SCXI 1141 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 TBgain is the gain applied at the SCXI terminal block Currently only the SCXI 1327 terminal block can apply gain to your SCXI module channels it has DIP switches to choose a gain of 1 0 or 0 01 for each input channel You can use the SCXI 1327 with the SCXI 1120 SCXI 1120D and SCXI 1121 modules For terminal blocks that do not apply gain to your SCXI channels set TBgain 1 0 DAQboard is the device number of the DAQ device you used to acquire the binary data This should be the same device number that you passed to the DAQ or
361. er to Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation for valid channel settings Name Type Description device i16 assigned by configuration utility numChans i16 number of channels chanVector i16 channel scan sequence gainVector i16 gain setting to be used for each channel in chanVector scanRateDivisorVector i16 rate divisor for each channel Name Type Description scansPerSequence i16 the number of scans in a scan sequence samplesPerSequence i16 the number of samples in a scan sequence Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_Sequence_Setup National Instruments Corporation 2 305 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles gainVector contains the gain settings to be used for each channel in chanVector The channel listed in entry i of chanVector will have the gain listed in entry i of gainVector scanRateDivisorVector contains the scan rate divisors to be used for each channel The sample rate for a channel equals the base scan rate that is the scan rate specified when SCAN_Start is called divided by the scan rate divisor for that channel The channel listed in entry i of chanVector will have the scan rate divisor listed in entry i of scanRateDivisorVector scansPerSequence is an output parameter that contains the total number of scans in the scan sequence created by NI DAQ from your chanVector and scanRateDivisorVector including any scans that consist entirely of ghost channels or pla
362. eration Be sure to call DAQ_Set_Clock before DAQ_Start or SCAN_Start When calling those functions the timebase and interval parameters will be ignored Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_Start NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 136 National Instruments Corporation DAQ_Start Format status DAQ_Start deviceNumber chan gain buffer count timebase sampInterval Purpose Initiates an asynchronous single channel DAQ operation and stores its input in an array Input Output Parameter Discussion chan is the analog input channel number If you are using SCXI you must use the appropriate analog input channel on the DAQ device that corresponds to the SCXI channel you want Select the SCXI channel using SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup before calling this function Refer to the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for more information on SCXI channel assignments Range See Table B 1 in Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation gain is the gain setting to be used for that channel This gain setting applies only to the DAQ device if you are using SCXI you must establish any gain you want at the SCXI module either by setting jumpers on the module or by calling SCXI_Set_Gain Refer to Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation for valid gain settings If you use invalid gain settings NI DAQ returns an error NI DAQ ignores gain for the 516 and LPM devices and DAQCard 500 700
363. ere you see ADC The following table summarizes the possible values of other parameters depending on the value of calOP Table 2 16 Possible Calibrate_1200 Parameter Values calOP saveNewCal EEPROMloc calRefChan grndRefChan DAC0chan DAC1chan calRefVolts gain 1 ignored 0 10 ignored ignored ignored ignored ignored ignored 2 0 or 1 1 6 AI chan connected to voltage source 0 7 AI chan connected to ground 0 7 ignored ignored the voltage of the voltage source 1 2 5 10 50 or 100 3 0 or 1 1 6 ignored ignored AI chan connected to DAC0Out 0 7 AI chan connected to DAC1Out 0 7 ignored 1 2 5 10 50 or 100 Chapter 2 Function Reference Calibrate_1200 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 52 National Instruments Corporation saveNewCal is valid only when calOP is 2 or 3 0 Do not save new calibration constants Even though they are not permanently saved in the EEPROM calibration constants created after a successful calibration remains in use by your device until your device is initialized again 1 Save new calibration constants in EEPROMloc 1 6 EEPROMloc selects the storage location in the onboard EEPROM to be used Different sets of calibration constants can be used to compensate for configuration or environmental changes 0 Use the default load table valid only if calOP 1 1 User calibration area 1 2 User calibration area
364. erential 0 through 15 single ended num_mux_brds is the number of external multiplexer devices numChans2 is the number of onboard channels of an analog connector the second connector scanned Range 0 through 23 differential 0 through 48 single ended If you use SCXI the total number of channels scanned is the total number of channels specified in the SCXI_SCAN_Setup call sampTimebase selects the clock frequency that indicates the timebase or resolution to be used for the sample interval counter The sample interval counter controls the time that elapses between acquisition of samples within a scan sequence sampTimebase has the following possible values 3 20 MHz clock used as a timebase 50 ns resolution E Series only 1 5 MHz clock used as timebase 200 ns resolution AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X only Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_Start National Instruments Corporation 2 311 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 0 External clock used as timebase Connect your own timebase frequency to the internal scan interval counter via the SOURCE5 input for the MIO devices or by default the PFI8 input for the E Series devices 1 1 MHz clock used as timebase 1 s resolution non E Series only 2 100 kHz clock used as timebase 10 s resolution 3 10 kHz clock used as timebase 100 s resolution non E Series only 4 1 kHz clock used as timebase 1 ms resolution non E Se
365. erential input mode 10781 outputTypeMustBeVoltageError The polarity of the output channel cannot be bipolar when outputting currents 10782 sc2040HoldModeError The specified operation cannot be performed with the SC 2040 configured in hold mode Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description Appendix A Status Codes NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles A 20 National Instruments Corporation 10783 calConstPolarityConflictError Calibration constants in the load area have a different polarity from the current configuration Therefore if you receive this error you should load constants from factory If you receive status 10783 be aware that NI DAQ has automatically loaded constants from the factory 10800 timeOutError The operation could not complete within the time limit 10801 calibrationError An error occurred during the calibration process 10802 dataNotAvailError The requested amount of data has not yet been acquired 10803 transferStoppedError The transfer has been stopped to prevent regeneration of output data 10804 earlyStopError The transfer stopped prior to reaching the end of the transfer buffer 10805 overRunError The clock rate is faster than the hardware can support An attempt to input or output a new data point was made before the hardware could finish processing the previous data point This condition also can occur when g
366. error invoke function WFM_Check prior to invoking WFM_Group_Control to clear waveform generation Note For the MIO 16 16D counter 2 must be available in order to use waveform generation If an interval scan is in progress see SCAN_Start or a CTR function is using counter 2 waveform generation cannot proceed For Lab and 1200 Series analog output devices if the rate is smaller than 15 26 pts s and counter B0 is busy in a data acquisition operation waveform generation cannot proceed For the AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X one of the counters 1 2 or 5 must be available NI DAQ uses the first available counter among counters 5 2 and 1 in that order If counter 5 is in use and NI DAQ if forced to use counters 2 or 1 a RTSI line must also be available On Am9513 based MIO devices to trigger a waveform generation operation externally you can do so by first changing the gating mode of the counter NI DAQ uses On Am9513 based MIO devices WFM_OP uses either the default gating mode none or the gating mode you specify through the CTR_Config function You need to connect your trigger signal to the gate pin on the I O connector operation 2 PAUSE Temporarily halts waveform generation for the group of channels NI DAQ maintains the last voltage written to the DAC indefinitely Note This value of operation 2 is not supported for the AT bus E Series devices except the AT MIO 16XE 10 the 4451 devices the 4551 dev
367. ers Using This Function SCAN_Sequence_Retrieve is used to obtain the actual scan sequence to program the device You will need this information to call SCAN_Sequence_Demux to rearrange your data or to extract particular channels data from your acquisition buffer without rearranging it If you use DAQ_Monitor to extract the data of a channel you do not need the actual scan sequence Name Type Description device i16 assigned by configuration utility samplesPerSequence i16 the number of samples in a scan sequence Name Type Description scanSequenceVector i16 contains the scan sequence Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_Sequence_Setup NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 304 National Instruments Corporation SCAN_Sequence_Setup Format status SCAN_Sequence_Setup device numChans chanVector gainVector scanRateDivisorVector scansPerSequence samplesPerSequence Purpose Initializes the device for a multirate scanned data acquisition operation Initialization includes selecting the channels to be scanned assigning gains to these channels and assigning different sampling rates to each channel by dividing down the base scan rate Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion numChans is the number of entries in the three input vectors All three input vectors must have the same number of entries chanVector contains the onboard channels that will be scanned A channel cannot be listed more the once Ref
368. eter allows automatic reloading of the counter when a gate edge occurs The counter is reloaded to the value set by the paramID ND_INITIAL_COUNT The legal vales for this are ND_YES and ND_NO This paramID with paramValue ND_YES can be used for event counting operations that involve quadrature encoders The Z Index pulse of a quadrature encoder can be connected to the gate pin With this setting the counter will reload every time it sees a pulse on the gate pin Table 2 25 Default Gate Selection gpctrNum E Series and 445X Devices 6602 Devices 455X Devices ND_COUNTER_0 ND_PFI9 ND_PFI_38 ND_PFI_30 ND_COUNTER_1 ND_PFI4 ND_PFI_34 ND_PFI_26 ND_COUNTER_2 N A ND_PFI_30 N A ND_COUNTER_3 N A ND_PFI_26 N A ND_COUNTER_4 N A ND_PFI_22 N A ND_COUNTER_5 N A ND_PFI_18 N A ND_COUNTER_6 N A ND_PFI_14 N A ND_COUNTER_7 N A ND_PFI_10 N A Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Change_Parameter National Instruments Corporation 2 205 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles paramID ND_SECOND_GATE 6602 and 455X devices only This signal controls the operation of the general purpose counter in some applications Corresponding legal values for paramValue are shown below ND_PFI_37 ND_PFI_33 ND_PFI_29 ND_PFI_25 ND_PFI_21 ND_PFI_17 ND_PFI_13 ND_PFI_9 ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 the seven RTSI lines ND_OTHER_GPCTR_OUTPUT See Table 2 22 for definition of the other counter Note ND_PFI_3
369. eturned by a SCAN operation count is the integer length of buffer that is the number of samples contained in buffer numChans is the number of channels that NI DAQ scanned when the data was created If you used SCXI to acquire the data numChans should be the total number of channels sampled during one scan Otherwise this parameter is the same as the value of numChans selected in SCAN_Setup Lab_ISCAN_Start SCAN_Op or Lab_ISCAN_Op Range 1 through 16 1 through 512 for the E Series devices AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X 1 through the physical number of AI channels for PCI 6110E and PCI 6111E 4 or 2 Name Type Description count u32 number of samples numChans i16 number of channels that were scanned numMuxBrds i16 number of AMUX 64T devices used Name Type Description buffer i16 conversion samples returned Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_Demux National Instruments Corporation 2 295 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles numMuxBrds is the number of AMUX 64T devices used during the multiple channel acquisition NI DAQ ignores this parameter for the DAQCard 500 700 and 516 Lab and 1200 Series and LPM devices and DSA devices Range 0 1 2 or 4 Using This Function If your buffer was initially declared as a two dimensional array after SCAN_Demux rearranges your data you can access any point acquired from any channel by specifying the channel in the first dimension and the data point in
370. eturns Then use the appropriate formula below depending on the value specified for units units 0 pts s actual rate 1 clock resolution updateInterval units 1 s pt actual rate clock resolution updateInterval Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Scale National Instruments Corporation 2 439 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles WFM_Scale Format status WFM_Scale deviceNumber chan count gain voltArray binArray Purpose Translates an array of floating point values that represent voltages into an array of binary values that produce those voltages when NI DAQ writes the binary array to one of the board DACs This function uses the current analog output configuration settings to perform the conversions Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion chan indicates to which analog output channel the binary array is to be assigned Range 0 or 1 for most devices 0 through 5 for AT AO 6 0 through 9 for AT AO 10 count is the number of points in your buffer Range 1 through 232 1 gain is a multiplier applied to the array as NI DAQ performs the translation If the result of multiplying each element in the array by the value of gain produces a voltage that is out of Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility chan i16 analog output channel count u32 number of points in buffer gain f64 multiplier applied as the translation is performed voltArray
371. eturns readings for all analog input channels selected by SCAN_Setup E Series devices only with or without the SC 2040 accessory Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion reading is an array of readings from each sampled analog input channel The length of the reading array is equal to the number of channels selected in the SCAN_Setup numChans parameter Range of elements in reading depends on your device A D converter resolution and the unipolar bipolar selection you made make for a given channel Using This Function AI_Read_Scan samples the analog input channels selected by SCAN_Setup at half the maximum rate permitted by your data acquisition hardware Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility Name Type Description reading i16 readings from each sampled analog input channel Chapter 2 Function Reference AI_Setup National Instruments Corporation 2 15 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles AI_Setup Format status AI_Setup deviceNumber chan gain Purpose Selects an analog input channel and gain setting for externally pulsed conversion operations Parameters Input Parameter Discussion chan is the analog input channel number If you are using SCXI you must use the appropriate analog input channel on the DAQ device that corresponds to the SCXI channel you want To select the SCXI channel use SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup before calling this function Refer to Chapter 12
372. eviceNumber buffer count sampTimebase sampInterval scanTimebase scanInterval Purpose Initiates a multiple channel scanned data acquisition operation with or without interval scanning and stores its input in an array MIO AI and DSA devices only Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion buffer is an integer array buffer must have a length equal to or greater than count For DSA devices buffer should be an array of i32 These devices return the data in a 32 bit format in which the data bits are in the most significant bits count is the number of samples to be acquired that is the number of A D conversions to be performed For double buffered acquisitions count specifies the size of the buffer and count must be an even number Range 3 through 232 1 except the E Series Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility buffer i16 assigned by configuration utility count u32 number of samples sampTimebase i16 resolution used for the sample interval counter sampInterval u16 length of the sample interval scanTimebase i16 resolution for the scan interval counter scanInterval u16 length of the scan interval Name Type Description buffer i16 assigned by configuration utility Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_Start NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 310 National Instruments Corporation 2 through 224 total number of channels scanned or 232
373. f the DC calibration voltage connected to calRefChan when calOP is 4 Range 6 to 10 V refLoc is the source of the internal voltage reference constants when calOp is 2 or 3 When calOP is 4 NI DAQ stores the internal voltage reference constants in refLoc 1 User reference area 1 2 User reference area 2 3 User reference area 3 AT MIO 16X and AT MIO 64F 5 only 4 User reference area 4 AT MIO 16X and AT MIO 64F 5 only 6 Factory reference area you cannot write to this area Using This Function Note Calibration of your MIO or AI device takes some time Do not be alarmed if the MIO_Calibrate function takes several seconds to execute Chapter 2 Function Reference MIO_Calibrate National Instruments Corporation 2 283 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Unless you have previously stored new internal voltage reference constants in refLoc the user reference area 1 or 2 by calling MIO_Calibrate with calOp set to 4 you must use refLoc 6 the factory reference area when performing an ADC or a DAC calOp set to 2 or 3 respectively calibration A calibration performed in bipolar mode is not valid for unipolar and vice versa MIO_Calibrate performs a bipolar or unipolar calibration or loads the bipolar or unipolar constants depending on the value of the polarity parameter in the last call to AI_Configure Because you can configure the AT MIO 16X and AT MIO 64F 5 polarities on a per channel basis MIO_Calibrate uses chann
374. f you are scanning among several analog input channels signals from those channels are multiplexed in time and the analog triggering circuitry is unable to distinguish between signals from individual channels in this case For DSA devices only any of the analog input channels can be the source of the analog trigger even channels that are not part of the channel list set in DAQ_Start or SCAN_Setup Set trigSource to the channel number of the channel to monitor for the analog trigger Using This Function When you use this function you activate the onboard analog triggering hardware This onboard hardware generates a digital trigger that the DAQ STC then uses for timing and control To use the analog trigger you need to use this function and the Select_Signal function To use analog triggering use as much hysteresis as your application allows because the circuitry used for this purpose is very noise sensitive For E series devices when you use Select_Signal set source to ND_PFI_0 for your signal and set sourceSpec as appropriate Notice that the two polarity selections give you timing control in addition to the five triggering modes listed here For DSA devices when you use Select_Signal set source to ND_ATC_OUT for your signal and set sourceSpec to ND_DONT_CARE NI DAQ will route the analog trigger circuit output as appropriate for the device Chapter 2 Function Reference Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2
375. ference DAQ_Set_Clock NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 134 National Instruments Corporation DAQ_Set_Clock Format DAQ_Set_Clock deviceNumber group whichClock desiredRate units actualRate Purpose Sets the scan rate for a group of channels DSA devices only Input Output Parameter Discussion whichClock indicates the type of clock 0 scan clock desiredRate is the rate at which you want data points to be sampled by the ADC s units determines how desiredRate and actualRate are interpreted 0 points per second 1 seconds per point actualRate is the rate at which the ADCs produce samples The capabilities of your device will determine how closely actualRate matches desiredRate The DSA devices use the same base clock for both DAQ SCAN and WFM operations so the rates available for a DAQ SCAN will be restricted if a WFM operation is already in progress Note C programmers actualRate is a pass by reference parameter Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility whichClock u32 only scan clock supported desiredRate f64 desired rate in units units u32 ticks second or seconds tick Name Type Description actualRate f64 actual rate in units Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_Set_Clock National Instruments Corporation 2 135 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Using This Function DAQ_Set_Clock sets the specified clock rate for the next acquisition op
376. fering Using This Function Double buffered data acquisition cyclically fills a buffer with acquired data The buffer is divided into two equal halves so that NI DAQ can save data from one half while filling the other half This mechanism makes it necessary to alternately save both halves of the buffer so that NI DAQ does not overwrite data in the buffer before saving the data Use the DAQ_DB_Transfer functions to save the data as NI DAQ acquires it For additional information see Chapter 5 NI DAQ Double Buffering of the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for more information Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility DBmode i16 enable or disable double buffered mode Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_DB_HalfReady NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 122 National Instruments Corporation DAQ_DB_HalfReady Format status DAQ_DB_HalfReady deviceNumber halfReady daqStopped Purpose Checks whether the next half buffer of data is available during a double buffered data acquisition You can use DAQ_DB_HalfReady to avoid the waiting period that can occur because the double buffered transfer function DAQ_DB_Transfer waits until the data is ready before retrieving and returning it Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion halfReady indicates whether the next half buffer of data is available When halfReady equals 1 you can use DAQ_DB_Transfer to retrieve the data immediately Whe
377. for the counter to use one of the five available internal signals Set timebase to 6 through 15 except 10 for the PC TIO 10 to provide an external clock to the counter period1 and period2 specify the two periods making up the square wave to be generated For TC toggled output type and positive output polarity period1 indicates the duration of the on cycle high logic state and period2 indicates the duration of the off cycle low logic state Range 1 through 65 535 Using This Function CTR_Square sets up the counter to generate a square wave of duration and frequency determined by period1 period2 and timebase If you specify no gating the function initiates square wave generation otherwise counter operation is controlled by the gate input The total period of the square wave is determined by the following formula period1 period2 timebase period This implies that the frequency of the square wave is as follows 1 period1 period2 timebase period The percent duty cycle of the square wave is determined by the following formula period 1 period1 period2 100 Figure 2 11 shows the timing of square wave generation for both TC toggled output and TC pulse output For this example period1 3 and period2 2 The output signals shown are positive polarity output signals Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_Square NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 112 National Instruments Corporation When you use sp
378. for unipolar One additional area in the EEPROM important to calibration is called the default load table This table contains four pointers to sets of calibration constants one pointer each for ADC unipolar constants ADC bipolar constants DAC unipolar and DAC bipolar This table is used by NI DAQ for calibration constant loading It is also important to understand the calibration constant loading rules The first time a function requiring use of the ADC or DAC is called in an application NI DAQ automatically loads a set of calibration constants At that time the polarities of your ADC and DACs are examined and the appropriate pointers in the default load table are used The calibration constant loading is done after the DLL is loaded If your DLL is ever unloaded and then reloaded again the calibration constant loading is also done again Note Calling this function on an SCXI 1200 with remote SCXI might take an extremely long time We strongly recommend that you switch your SCXI 1200 to use a parallel port connection before performing the calibration and store the calibration constants in one of the EEPROM storage locations Chapter 2 Function Reference Calibrate_1200 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 50 National Instruments Corporation Caution Read the calibration chapter in your device user manual before using Calibrate_1200 Parameters Input Parameter Discussion calOP determines the operation to be performed 1 Load c
379. form generation operation It is useful in determining when an operation has completed and when you can initiate a new operation A FIFO lag effect is seen for group 1 channels on devices with analog output FIFOs pointsDone and itersDone indicate the number of buffer points currently written to the FIFO There is a time lag from the point when the data is written to the FIFO to when the data is output to the DACs This time lag is dependent upon the update rate For example if you had a buffer of 50 points that you wanted to send to analog output channel 0 the first call to WFM_Check would have itersDone 20 The FIFO would be filled up with 20 cycles of your 50 point buffer Refer to the FIFO Lag Effect on the MIO E Series AT AO 6 10 AT MIO 16X AT MIO 64F 5 PCI 4451 and PCI 4551 section of Chapter 3 Software Overview of the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for a more detailed discussion wfmStopped is also affected by the FIFO lag since wfmStopped indicates when the last point has actually been output On the PCI PXI CPCI E Series devices you can effectively turn off the FIFO to eliminate the FIFO by effect Refer to the AO_Change_Parameter function Note AT MIO 16X E Series devices AT MIO 64F 5 AT AO 6 10 and 4451 devices only If you use FIFO mode waveform generation pointsDone is always 0 If the generation is continuous including pulsed waveform generation the parameters wfmStopped and itersDone are always 0 otherwise
380. from one of four EEPROM areas to EEPROM area 1 You can load an existing set of calibration constants into the calibration DACs from a storage area in the onboard EEPROM You can copy EEPROM storage areas 2 through 5 EEPROM area 5 contains the factory calibration constants to storage area 1 NI DAQ automatically loads the calibration constants stored in EEPROM area 1 the first time a function pertaining to the AT AO 6 10 is called Note Use the calibration utility provided with the AT AO 6 10 to perform a calibration procedure Refer to the calibration chapter in the AT AO 6 10 User Manual for more information regarding the calibration procedure Parameters Input Parameter Discussion operation determines the operation to be performed 1 Load calibration constants from EEPROMloc 2 Copy calibration constants from EEPROMloc to EEPROM user calibration area 1 EEPROMloc selects the storage location in the onboard EEPROM to be used You can use different sets of calibration constants to compensate for configuration or environmental changes 1 User calibration area 1 2 User calibration area 2 3 User calibration area 3 4 User calibration area 4 5 Factory calibration area Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility operation i16 operation to be performed EEPROMloc i16 storage location in the onboard EEPROM Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_Calibrate NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatib
381. g default load area 2 60 description 2 58 to 2 60 performing external calibration of board 2 61 performing self calibration of board 2 60 to 2 61 calibration functions AO_Calibrate 2 25 to 2 26 Calibrate_1200 2 49 to 2 54 Calibrate_DSA 2 55 to 2 57 Calibrate_E_Series function 2 58 to 2 62 definition 1 13 LabWindows function panel tree 1 6 LPM16_Calibrate 2 279 MIO_Calibrate 2 280 to 2 283 SCXI_Cal_Constants 2 322 to 2 329 SCXI_Calibrate_Setup 2 330 to 2 331 callback function enabling See event message functions channel settings See analog input channel settings Config_Alarm_Deadband function description 2 63 to 2 65 high alarm deadband figure 2 65 low alarm deadband figure 2 66 Config_ATrig_Event_Message function 2 67 to 2 70 Config_DAQ_Event_Message function 2 71 to 2 82 callback functions 2 82 DAQ event messages table 2 74 to 2 77 description 2 71 to 2 73 example 2 81 to 2 82 usable parameters for DAQ event codes table 2 79 using the function 2 80 to 2 82 valid counters and external timing signals for DAQEvent 9 table 2 78 configuration functions AI_Configure 2 6 to 2 9 AI_MUX_Config 2 10 to 2 11 AO_Configure 2 38 to 2 41 Config_Alarm_Deadband 2 63 to 2 66 Config_ATrig_Event_Message 2 67 to 2 70 Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger 2 83 to 2 89 CTR_Config 2 90 to 2 91 CTR_FOUT_Config 2 96 to 2 97 DAQ_Config 2 118 to 2 120 DAQ_DB_Config 2 121 DAQ_StopTrigger_Config 2 140 to 2 141
382. g the offset at a particular gain is as follows 1 SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup Enable the module output route the module output on the SCXIbus if necessary and resolve any SCXIbus contention if necessary For the SCXI 1100 and SCXI 1122 the module channel you specify is irrelevant 2 SCXI_Set_Gain Set the module gain to the setting that you will use in your application 3 SCXI_Calibrate_Setup Ground the amplifier inputs Name Type Description SCXIchassisID i16 logical ID assigned to the SCXI chassis moduleSlot i16 chassis slot number calOp i16 calibration mode Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Calibrate_Setup National Instruments Corporation 2 331 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 4 Acquire data using the DAQ functions you should acquire and average many samples If you have enabled the filter on the module wait for the amplifier to settle after calling SCXI_Calibrate_Setup before you acquire data Refer to your SCXI 1100 SCXI 1122 or SCXI 1141 user manuals for settling times caused by filter settings 5 SCXI_Calibrate_Setup Disable calibration 6 Continue with your application Whenever you acquire samples from the module at the gain that you chose in step 2 subtract the binary offset that you read in step 4 from each sample before scaling the data or call SCXI_Cal_Constants to store the offset in NI DAQ memory or the EEPROM Then subsequent calls to SCXI_Scale for the given gain will autom
383. ge_Parameter function useful when the counter application is ND_PULSE_TRAIN_GNR You can change the following ND_COUNT_1 and ND_COUNT_2 to any value between 2 and 224 1 The defaults are given for illustrative purposes only ND_SOURCE to ND_INTERNAL_100_KHZ With this timebase you can generate pulses with delay and length between 20 s and 160 s The timing resolution will be lower than if you are using the ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ timebase Source Count_1 3 Count_2 4 Count_1 3 Count_2 4 Output Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 234 National Instruments Corporation You can use the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function after calling GPCTR_Set_Application and before calling GPCTR_Control with action ND_PROGRAM or ND_PREPARE To provide your timebase you can connect your timebase source to one of the PFI pins on the I O connector and change ND_SOURCE and ND_SOURCE_POLARITY to the appropriate values You also can configure the other general purpose counter for ND_PULSE_TRAIN_GNR and set ND_SOURCE of this counter to ND_OTHER_GPCTR_TC to generate pulses with delays and intervals longer than 160 s application ND_FSK In this application the counter is used for generation of frequency shift keyed signals The counter generates a pulse train of one frequency and duty cycle when the gate is low and a pulse train with different parameters when the gate is high
384. gh ND_RTSI_6 and ND_RTSI_CLOCK ND_LOW_TO_HIGH or ND_HIGH_TO_LOW source sourceSpec Chapter 2 Function Reference Select_Signal National Instruments Corporation 2 387 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Signal Name Equivalencies For a variety of reasons some timing signals are given different names in the hardware documentation and the software and its documentation The following table lists the equivalencies between the two sets of signal names The VXI MIO 64E 1 and VXI MIO 64XE 10 devices use the VXIbus trigger lines to implement the RTSI bus synchronization between two or more such devices The following table shows the mapping between the RTSI bus line identifier and the corresponding VXIbus trigger line Table 2 37 E Series Signal Name Equivalencies Signals Hardware Name Software Name AI Related TRIG1 ND_IN_START_TRIGGER TRIG2 ND_IN_STOP_TRIGGER STARTSCAN ND_IN_SCAN_START SISOURCE ND_IN_SCAN_CLOCK_TIMEBASE CONVERT ND_IN_CONVERT AIGATE ND_IN_EXTERNAL_GATE SI2SOURCE ND_IN_CHANNEL_CLOCK_TIMEBASE AO Related WFTRIG ND_OUT_START_TRIGGER UPDATE ND_OUT_UPDATE AOGATE ND_OUT_EXTERNAL_GATE UISOURCE ND_OUT_UPDATE_CLOCK_TIMEBASE AO2GATE N A UI2SOURCE N A Table 2 38 RTSI Bus Line and VXIbus Trigger Mapping RTSI bus line identifier VXIbus trigger line ND_RTSI_0 VXIbus TTL Trigger 0 TTLTRG0 ND_RTSI_1 VXIbus TTL Trigger 1 TTLTRG1 ND_RTSI_2 VXIbus TTL Trigger 2 TTLTRG2
385. gnals Set timebase to 6 through 15 except 10 for the PC TIO 10 to provide an external signal to a counter This external signal is then the signal NI DAQ counts for event counting cont indicates whether counting continues after the counter reaches 65 535 and rolls over to zero cont can be either zero or 1 If cont 0 event counting stops when the counter reaches 65 535 and rolls over in which case an overflow condition is registered If cont 1 event counting continues when the counter rolls over and no overflow condition is registered cont 1 is useful when more than one counter is concatenated for event counting Using This Function CTR_EvCount configures the specified counter for an event counting operation The function configures the counter to count up from zero and to use the gating mode edge mode output type and polarity as specified by the CTR_Config call Note Edge gating mode does not operate properly during event counting if cont 1 If cont 1 use level gating modes or no gating mode Applications for CTR_EvCount are discussed in Event Counting Applications in Chapter 3 Software Overview of the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_EvRead NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 94 National Instruments Corporation CTR_EvRead Format status CTR_EvRead deviceNumber ctr overflow count Purpose Reads the current counter total without disturbing the counting process
386. gnals available through the Select_Signal function by selecting source ND_PFI_0 Parameters Input Parameter Discussion Legal ranges for the onOrOff mode and trigSource parameters are given in terms of constants that are defined in a header file The header file you should use depends on which of the following languages you are using C programmers NIDAQCNS H DATAACQ H for LabWindows CVI BASIC programmers NIDAQCNS INC Visual Basic for Windows programmers should refer to the Programming Language Considerations section in Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions for more information Pascal programmers NIDAQCNS PAS onOrOff informs NI DAQ whether you want to turn the analog trigger on or off Legal values for this parameter are ND_ON and ND_OFF Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility onOrOff u32 turns the analog trigger on or off lowValue i32 specifies the low level used for analog triggering highValue i32 specifies the high level used for analog triggering mode u32 the way the triggers are generated trigSource u32 the source of the signal used for triggering Chapter 2 Function Reference Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 84 National Instruments Corporation lowValue and highValue specify the levels you want to use for triggering For E Series devices the legal range for the two values is 0 to 255 0 4 095 for 16
387. grammable frequency output mode can be 0 or 1 0 The frequency output signal is turned off to a low logic state 1 The frequency output signal is enabled If mode 0 none of the following parameters apply timebase selects the timebase or resolution to be used by the programmable frequency output timebase has the following possible values 1 Internal 5 MHz clock used as timebase 200 ns resolution AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 AT MIO 16X and PC TIO 10 only 1 Internal 1 MHz clock used as timebase 1 s resolution 2 Internal 100 kHz clock used as timebase 10 s resolution 3 Internal 10 kHz clock used as timebase 100 s resolution Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility FOUT_port i16 frequency output port mode i16 enable or disable the programmable frequency output timebase i16 timebase value division i16 divide down factor for generating the clock Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_FOUT_Config National Instruments Corporation 2 97 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 4 Internal 1 kHz clock used as timebase 1 ms resolution 5 Internal 100 Hz clock used as timebase 10 ms resolution 6 SOURCE1 used as timebase if FOUT_port 1 or SOURCE 6 used as timebase if FOUT_port 2 7 SOURCE2 used as timebase if FOUT_port 1 or SOURCE 7 used as timebase if FOUT_port 2 8 SOURCE3 used as timebase if FOUT_port 1 or SOURCE 8 used as timebase if F
388. guage Considerations 1 4 Borland Delphi 1 4 Visual Basic for Windows 1 4 NI DAQ Constants Include File 1 5 NI DAQ for LabWindows CVI 1 5 Chapter 2 Function Reference AI_Change_Parameter 2 1 AI_Check 2 3 AI_Clear 2 5 AI_Configure 2 6 AI_Mux_Config 2 10 AI_Read 2 12 AI_Read_Scan 2 14 AI_Set
389. hValue Trigger highValue Trigger lowValue Chapter 2 Function Reference Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 86 National Instruments Corporation ND_HIGH_HYSTERESIS The trigger is generated when the signal value is greater than the highValue with hysteresis specified by lowValue Figure 2 7 ND_HIGH_HYSTERESIS ND_LOW_HYSTERESIS The trigger is generated when the signal value is less than the lowValue with hysteresis specified by highValue Figure 2 8 ND_LOW_HYSTERESIS Use the trigSource parameter to specify the source of the trigger you want to use For E Series devices the legal values are ND_PFI_0 and ND_THE_AI_CHANNEL Set trigSource to ND_PFI_0 if you want the trigger to come from the PFI0 TRIG1 pin You need to connect the analog signal you want to use for triggering to the PFI0 TRIG1 pin To generate triggers based on an analog signal that takes a wide range of values between 10 V and 10 V you should use this setting You should select ND_THE_AI_CHANNEL for trigSource only to generate triggers based on a low range analog signal if you are concerned about signal quality and are using a shielded cable or if you want the trigger to be based on an analog input channel in the differential mode Using this selection is non trivial highValue Trigger lowValue highValue Trigger lowValue Chapter 2 Function Reference Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger Na
390. hannel pairs are as follows AT AO 6 10 channel pairs Channels 0 and 1 Channels 2 and 3 Channels 4 and 5 Channels 6 and 7 AT AO 10 only Channels 8 and 9 AT AO 10 only Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_Configure National Instruments Corporation 2 41 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles AO_Configure stores information about the analog output channel on the specified board in the configuration table for the analog channel The analog output channel configuration table defaults tables default to the following MIO device and AT AO 6 10 outputPolarity 0 Bipolar refVoltage 10 V updateMode 0 Update when written to Lab and 1200 Series analog output devices outputPolarity 0 Bipolar 5 to 5 V updateMode 0 Updated when written to VXI AO 48XDC outputPolarity 0 Bipolar 10 24 to 10 24 V updateMode 0 Updated when written to If you configure an output channel for later internal update mode updateMode 1 you can configure no other output channels for later external update mode updateMode 2 Likewise if you configure an output channel for later external update mode you can configure no other output channels for later internal update mode If the physical configuration the jumpered settings of the analog output channels on your device differs from the default setting you must call AO_Configure with the true configuration informati
391. he driver is unable to communicate with the specified external device Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description Appendix A Status Codes National Instruments Corporation A 7 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 10247 cmosConfigError The CMOS configuration memory for the device is empty or invalid or the configuration specified does not agree with the current configuration of the device or the EISA system configuration is invalid 10248 dupAddressError The base addresses for two or more devices are the same consequently the driver is unable to access the specified device 10249 intConfigError The interrupt configuration is incorrect given the capabilities of the computer or device 10250 dupIntError The interrupt levels for two or more devices are the same 10251 dmaConfigError The DMA configuration is incorrect given the capabilities of the computer DMA controller or device 10252 dupDMAError The DMA channels for two or more devices are the same 10253 jumperlessBoardError Unable to find one or more jumperless boards you have configured using the NI DAQ Configuration Utility 10254 DAQCardConfError Cannot configure the DAQCard because 1 the correct version of the card and socket services software is not installed 2 the card in the PCMCIA socket is not a DAQCard 3 the base address and or interrupt level requested are not available ac
392. he module to be written to Currently all of the SCXI modules support only port 0 channel is the channel number on the specified port Because all of the modules support only Port 0 channel maps to the actual channel on the module If channel 1 the function writes the pattern in data to the entire port n Write to a single channel SCXI 1160 0 lt n lt 16 SCXI 1161 0 lt n lt 8 SCXI 1163 0 lt n lt 32 SCXI 1163R 0 lt n lt 32 1 Write to an entire port When channel 1 data contains the pattern of an entire port Bit 0 corresponds to the state of channel 0 in the port and the states of the other channels are represented in ascending order in data so that bit n corresponds to channel n If the port is less than 32 bits wide the unused bits in data are ignored Name Type Description SCXIChassisID i16 chassis ID number module i16 module slot number port i16 port of the module to write to all current modules support only port 0 channel i16 the channel on the specified port to change data u32 contains new state information for a single channel or a digital pattern for an entire port Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Set_State National Instruments Corporation 2 363 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles When channel n the LSB bit 0 of data contains the state of channel n on the specified port For relay modules a 0 bit indicates that the relay is closed or in the normal
393. he most significant 18 bits are used The lower 14 bits are ignored and should be zero You can move each data point into the upper 18 bits with a left shift operation or by multiplying it by 16 384 startPt is the place in a file where waveform generation is to begin Range 1 through the number of samples in the file endPt is the place in a file where waveform generation is to end A value of 0 for endPt has a special meaning When endPt equals 0 waveform generation proceeds to the end of the file and wrap around to startPt if iterations is greater than 1 Range 1 through the number of samples in the file iterations is the number of times the data in the file is generated Range 1 through 232 1 rate is the rate of waveform generation you want in points per second pts s A value of 0 0 for rate means that external update pulses applied to OUT2 for the MIO 16 and AT MIO 16D to EXTDACUPDATE for the AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X and to EXTUPDATE for the AT AO 6 10 and Lab and 1200 Series analog output devices determines the waveform generation rate If you are using an E Series device see the Select_Signal function for information about the external timing signals Range 0 0 for external update or approximately 0 0015 to 500 000 pts s Your maximum rate depends on your device type and your computer system If the number of points that represent one cycle of the waveform equals count the frequency of the generated
394. he scan sequence You can examine the finalScanOrder array to find out the way the data is arranged in the buffer finalScanOrder is an array that indicates the scan channel order of the data in the buffer passed to Lab_ISCAN_Start The size of finalScanOrder must be at least equal to the number of channels scanned This parameter is valid only when NI DAQ returns daqStopped as 1 and is useful only when you enable pretrigger mode Lab and 1200 Series devices only If you do not use pretrigger mode the values contained in finalScanOrder are in single ended mode n 1 n 2 1 0 to 0 in that order and in differential mode 2 n 1 2 n 2 2 0 in that order where n is the number of channels scanned For example if you scanned three channels in single ended mode the finalScanOrder returns finalScanOrder 0 2 finalScanOrder 1 1 finalScanOrder 2 0 So the first sample in the buffer belongs to channel 2 the second sample belongs to channel 1 the third sample belong to channel 0 the fourth sample belongs to channel 2 and so on This is the scan order expected from the Lab PC and finalScanOrder is not useful in this case If you use pretrigger mode the order of the channel numbers in finalScanOrder depends on where in the scan sequence the acquisition ended This can vary because the stop trigger can occur in the middle of a scan sequence which would cause the acquisition to end in the middle of a scan sequence so
395. he scans or you can use an external signal You can also use the output of the general purpose counter 0 for scan timing This can be useful for applications such as Equivalent Time Sampling ETS If you do not call this function with signal ND_IN_SCAN_START NI DAQ uses the default values source ND_INTERNAL_TIMER and sourceSpec ND_LOW_TO_HIGH If you call DAQ_Config with extConv 2 or 3 NI DAQ calls Select_Signal function with signal ND_IN_SCAN_START source ND_PFI_7 and sourceSpec ND_HIGH_TO_LOW If you call DAQ_Config with extConv 0 or 1 NI DAQ calls Select_Signal function with signal ND_IN_SCAN_START source ND_INTERNAL_TIMER and sourceSpec ND_LOW_TO_HIGH signal ND_IN_CONVERT Use ND_IN_CONVERT for sample channel interval timing This signal controls the onboard ADC You can use a DAQ STC timer for timing the samples or you can use an external signal You can also use output of the general purpose counter 0 for sample timing If you call the AI_Check function or DAQ_Config with extConv 1 or 3 NI DAQ calls Select_Signal function with signal ND_IN_CONVERT source ND_PFI_2 and sourceSpec ND_HIGH_TO_LOW If you call DAQ_Config with extConv 0 or 2 NI DAQ calls Select_Signal function with signal ND_IN_CONVERT source ND_INTERNAL_TIMER and sourceSpec ND_LOW_TO_HIGH ND_GPCTR0_OUTPUT ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_INTERNAL_TIMER ND_LOW_TO_HIGH source sourceSpec ND_PFI_0 thr
396. he trigger channel by listing all the channels when specifying channel number For example the following string specifies onboard analog input channel 2 4 6 and 8 as the trigger channels AI2 AI4 AI6 AI8 Also if your channel numbers are consecutive you can use the following shortcut to specify onboard analog input channels 2 through 8 as trigger channels AI2 8 DAQEvent indicates the event criteria for user notification The following table describes the different types of messages available in NI DAQ A scan is defined as one pass through all the analog input or output channels or digital ports that are part of your asynchronous DAQ operation Note If you are using a DAQ device in a remote SCXI configuration for digital I O operations DAQ events are not supported Note To use a DIO device with this function your device must be in handshaking mode Otherwise NI DAQ will not be able to search for the trigger condition for your DIO device Chapter 2 Function Reference Config_DAQ_Event_Message NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 74 National Instruments Corporation Table 2 17 DAQEvent Messages DAQEvent Type Code Description of Message Usable Devices lt Usable Operation Families gt Acquire or generate N scans 0 Send exactly one message when an asynchronous operation has completed DAQTrigVal0 scans MIO devices lt AI AO gt AT MIO 16D AT MIO 16DE 10 lt DIO gt AI devices lt AI gt Lab
397. his case the indication that an individual pulse has completed will be returned only once per pulse by the GPCTR_Watch function entityID ND_OUTPUT_STATE You can use this to read the value of the counter output the range is ND_LOW and ND_HIGH entityID ND_READ_MARK 6602 and 455X devices only Indicates the read mark in the buffer when a double buffer operation is in progress entityValue can be between 0 and 232 1 entityID ND_WRITE_MARK 6602 and 455X devices only Indicates the location in the buffer specified in GPCTR_Config_Buffer in which the latest input data has been written entityValue can be between 0 and 232 1 entityID ND_INTERNAL_MAX_TIMEBASE 6602 and 455X devices only Indicates the maximum frequency of the timebase available for a counter The entityValue is in Hertz Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Watch National Instruments Corporation 2 247 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles entityID ND_MAX_PRESCALE 6602 and 455X devices only Indicates the maximum value of the prescale factor that can be applied to the source selection of a 6602 or 455X device Note C Programmers entityValue is a pass by reference parameter Chapter 2 Function Reference ICTR_Read NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 248 National Instruments Corporation ICTR_Read Format status ICTR_Read deviceNumber ctr count Purpose Reads the current contents of the selected counter without disturbing the coun
398. i16 analog input channel number gain i16 gain setting for the channel Name Type Description reading i16 the integer result of the A D conversion Chapter 2 Function Reference AI_Read National Instruments Corporation 2 13 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Note NI DAQ does not distinguish between the low gain and high gain versions of the AT MIO 16 If you enter a gain of 10 and you have a device with gains of 1 2 4 and 8 a gain of 2 actually is used and no error is returned reading is the integer in which NI DAQ returns the 12 bit or 16 bit result of the A D conversion Range 0 to 4 095 12 bit devices unipolar mode 2 048 to 2 047 12 bit devices bipolar mode 0 to 65 535 16 bit devices unipolar mode 32 768 to 32 767 16 bit devices bipolar mode Note C Programmers reading is a pass by reference parameter Using This Function AI_Read addresses the specified analog input channel changes the input gain to the specified gain setting and initiates an A D conversion AI_Read waits for the conversion to complete and returns the result If the conversion does not complete within a reasonable time the call to AI_Read is said to have timed out and the timeOutError code is returned Chapter 2 Function Reference AI_Read_Scan NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 14 National Instruments Corporation AI_Read_Scan Format status AI_Read_Scan AI_Read_Scan deviceNumber reading Purpose R
399. i16 indicates whether the data acquisition has completed retrieved u32 number of samples collected by the acquisition finalScanOrder i16 the scan channel order Chapter 2 Function Reference Lab_ISCAN_Check NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 264 National Instruments Corporation However if pretrigger mode is enabled retrieved returns the offset of the position in your buffer where NI DAQ places the next data point when the function acquires After the value of retrieved reaches count 1 and rolls over to 0 the acquisition begins to overwrite old data with new data When you apply a signal to the stop trigger input the acquisition collects an additional number of samples specified by ptsAfterStoptrig in the call to DAQ_StopTrigger_Config and then terminates When Lab_ISCAN_Check returns a status of 1 retrieved contains the offset of the oldest data point in the array assuming that the acquisition has written to the entire buffer at least once In pretrigger mode Lab_ISCAN_Check automatically rearranges the array upon completion of the acquisition so that the oldest data point is at the beginning of the array Thus retrieved always equals 0 upon completion of a pretrigger mode acquisition Because the stop trigger can occur in the middle of a scan sequence the acquisition can end in the middle of a scan sequence So when the function rearranges the data in the buffer the first sample might not belong to the first channel in t
400. ices DAQCard 500 700 lt AI gt Analog negative slope triggering 6 Send a message when data from any channel in chanStr negatively triggers on the hysteresis window specified by DAQTrigVal0 and DAQTrigVal1 where DAQTrigVal0 DAQTrigVal1 To negatively trigger data must first go above DAQTrigVal0 and below DAQTrigVal1 MIO and AI devices lt AI gt Lab and 1200 Series devices lt AI gt 516 and LPM devices DAQCard 500 700 lt AI gt Digital pattern not matched 7 Send a message when data from any digital port in chanStr causes this statement to be true data AND DAQTrigVal0 NOT EQUAL DAQTrigVal1 Only the lower word is relevant Lab and 1200 Series devices except an SCXI 1200 with remote SCXI lt DIO gt DIO 6533 devices lt DIO gt PC DIO 24 PnP DAQCard DIO 24 PC DIO 96 PnP PCI DIO 96 DAQPad 6507 6508 lt DIO gt AT MIO 16D AT MIO 16DE 10 lt DIO gt Table 2 17 DAQEvent Messages Continued DAQEvent Type Code Description of Message Usable Devices lt Usable Operation Families gt Chapter 2 Function Reference Config_DAQ_Event_Message National Instruments Corporation 2 77 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DAQEvent 3 through 8 These DAQEvents are for interrupt driven data acquisition only See Set_DAQ_Device_Info for switching between interrupt driven and DMA driven data acquisition If you are using a DIO 6533 device in pattern match trigger mode you cannot select
401. ices or the DAQArb 5411 devices operation 4 RESUME Restarts waveform generation for the group of channels that previously halted by operation PAUSE Note This value of operation 4 is not supported for the AT bus E Series devices except the AT MIO 16XE 10 the 4451 devices the 4551 devices or the DAQArb 5411 devices When you have halted a waveform generation by executing PAUSE RESUME restarts the waveform exactly at the point in your buffer where it left off If n iterations of the buffer remained to be completed when you executed operation PAUSE those n iterations are Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Group_Control NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 422 National Instruments Corporation generated after NI DAQ executes RESUME RESUME restarts waveform generation if NI DAQ has completed the number of iterations specified in WFM_Load operation 5 STEP This operation initiates a waveform generation at the analog output channels in the group when the trigger mode has been set up to STEPPED or BURST using AO_Change_Parameter call To advance to the next stage defined in the sequence list call WFM_Group_Control again with operation STEP In this way you can step through all of the stages defined in the sequence list Note This value of operation STEP is supported for the DAQArb 5411 devices only Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Group_Setup National Instruments Corporation 2 423 NI DAQ FRM for P
402. ify external sample interval timing by the DAQ_Config call NI DAQ sets the sample interval counter to the specified sampInterval and sampTimebase sets the scan interval counter to the specified scanInterval and scanTimebase and sets up the sample counter to count the number of samples acquired and to stop the data acquisition process when the number of samples acquired equals count If you have specified external sample interval timing the data acquisition circuitry relies on pulses received on the EXTCONV input to initiate individual A D conversions In this case NI DAQ scans the channels repeatedly as fast as you apply the external conversion pulses SCAN_Start initializes a background data acquisition process to handle storing of A D conversion samples into the buffer as NI DAQ acquires them When you use posttrigger mode with pretrigger mode disabled the process stores up to count A D conversion samples into the buffer and ignores any subsequent conversions NI DAQ stores the acquired samples into the buffer with the channel scan sequence data interleaved that is the first sample is the conversion from the first channel the second sample is the conversion from the second channel and so on You cannot make the second call to SCAN_Start without terminating this background data acquisition process If a call to DAQ_Check returns daqStopped 1 the samples are available and NI DAQ terminates the process In addition a call to DAQ_Clear term
403. ignal as an input into the DAQ STC update timer The update timer generates timing by counting the signal at its input and producing an ND_OUT_UPDATE signal after the specified number of occurrences of the ND_OUT_UPDATE_CLOCK_TIMEBASE signal transitions If you do not call this function with signal ND_OUT_UPDATE_CLOCK_TIMEBASE NI DAQ uses the default values source ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ and sourceSpec ND_LOW_TO_HIGH signal ND_PFI_0 through ND_PFI_9 The following table summarizes all the signals and source for the I O connector pins PFI0 through PFI9 source sourceSpec ND_PFI_0 through ND_PFI_9 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ ND_LOW_TO_HIGH ND_INTERNAL_100_KHZ ND_LOW_TO_HIGH signal source sourceSpec ND_PFI_0 through ND_PFI_9 ND_NONE ND_DONT_CARE ND_PFI_0 ND_IN_START_TRIGGER ND_LOW_TO_HIGH ND_PFI_1 ND_IN_STOP_TRIGGER ND_LOW_TO_HIGH ND_PFI_2 ND_IN_CONVERT Refer to the Special Considerations when source ND_CONVERT section for more information ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_PFI_3 ND_GPCTR1_SOURCE ND_LOW_TO_HIGH Chapter 2 Function Reference Select_Signal National Instruments Corporation 2 381 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Use ND_NONE to disable output on the pin signal ND_GPCTR0_OUTPUT Use ND_NONE to disable output on the pin When you disable output on this pin you can use the pin as an input pin and
404. ignificant You can use WFM_DB_HalfReady to call the transfer functions only when NI DAQ can make the transfer immediately Refer to the Double Buffered Waveform Generation Applications section in Chapter 5 of the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for an explanation of double buffering Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_DB_Transfer National Instruments Corporation 2 415 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles WFM_DB_Transfer Format status WFM_DB_Transfer deviceNumber numChans chanVect buffer count Purpose Transfers new data into one or more waveform buffers selected in WFM_Load as waveform generation is in progress WFM_DB_Transfer waits until NI DAQ can transfer the data from the buffer to the waveform buffers Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion numChans indicates the number of analog output channels specified in the array chanVect Range 1 or 2 for most devices 1 through 6 for AT AO 6 1 through 10 for AT AO 10 chanVect is the array of channel numbers indicating which analog output channels are to receive new data from the buffer Channel number range 0 or 1 for most devices 0 through 5 for AT AO 6 0 through 9 for AT AO 10 Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility numChans i16 number of analog output channels chanVect i16 channel numbers count u32 number of new data points Name Type Description buffer i16 new data that is to b
405. iguration data or handshaking lines for the related line channel or group will be disturbed 10411 counterBusyError The specified counter is in use 10412 noGroupAssignError No group is assigned or the specified line or channel cannot be assigned to a group 10413 groupAssignError A group is already assigned or the specified line or channel is already assigned to a group 10414 reservedPinError The selected signal requires a pin that is reserved and configured only by NI DAQ You cannot configure this pin yourself 10415 externalMuxSupporError This function does not support this device when an external multiplexer such as an AMUX 64T or SCXI is connected to it Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description Appendix A Status Codes National Instruments Corporation A 11 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 10440 sysOwnedRsrcError The specified resource is owned by the driver and cannot be accessed or modified by the user 10441 memConfigError No memory is configured to support the current data transfer mode or the configured memory does not support the current data transfer mode If block transfers are in use the memory must be capable of performing block transfers 10442 memDisabledError The specified memory is disabled or is unavailable given the current addressing mode 10443 memAlignmentError The transfer buffer is not aligned
406. imebase in duration 0 lt sync period lt 1 1 Timebase Starting Signal TC Toggle Output TC Pulse Output 1 units timebase period 1 1 1 1 delay pulse_width delay 1 pulse_width 1 Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_Pulse National Instruments Corporation 2 103 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles pulseWidth 0 generates a special case signal as shown in Figure 2 10 Figure 2 10 Pulse Timing for pulseWidth 0 0 lt sync period lt 1 1 Timebase Starting Signal TC Toggle Output TC Pulse Output 1 units timebase period delay delay 1 Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_Rate NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 104 National Instruments Corporation CTR_Rate Format status CTR_Rate freq duty timebase period1 period2 Purpose Converts frequency and duty cycle values of a selected square wave into the timebase and period parameters needed for input to the CTR_Square function that produces the square wave Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion freq is the square wave frequency selected in cycles per second Hz Range 0 0008 through 2 500 000 Hz duty is the square wave duty cycle you select as a fraction With positive output polarity and TC toggled output selected the fraction expressed by duty describes the fraction of a single wavelength of the square wave that is logical high Range 0 0 through 1 0 noninclusive that is any v
407. inates the background data acquisition process Notice that if a call to DAQ_Check returns an error code of overFlowError or overRunError or daqStopped 1 the process is automatically terminated and there is no need to call DAQ_Clear If you enable pretrigger mode SCAN_Start initiates a cyclical acquisition that continually fills the buffer with data wrapping around to the start of the buffer once NI DAQ has written to the entire buffer When you apply the signal at the stop trigger input SCAN_Start acquires an additional number of samples specified by the ptsAfterStoptrig parameter in DAQ_StopTrigger_Config and then terminates Be aware that a scan sequence always completes Therefore NI DAQ always obtains the most recent data point from the final channel in the scan sequence When you enable pretrigger mode the length of the buffer which is greater than or equal to count should be an integral multiple of numChans If you observed this rule a sample from the first channel in the scan sequence always resides at index 0 in the buffer Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_Start NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 314 National Instruments Corporation If you have selected external start triggering of the data acquisition operation a high to low edge at the STARTTRIG I O connector input on the MIO 16 16D or the EXTTRIG connector on the MIO F 5 16X initiates the data acquisition operation after the SCAN_Start call is complete Otherwis
408. indicates the number of waveform cycles to generate Parameters Input Parameter Discussion numChans indicates the number of analog output channels specified in the array chanVect Range 1 or 2 for most devices 1 through 6 for AT AO 6 1 through 10 for AT AO 10 1 for DAQArb 5411 devices chanVect is the array of channel numbers indicating to which analog output channels the buffer to be assigned Channel number range 0 or 1 for most devices 0 through 5 for AT AO 6 0 through 9 for AT AO 10 0 for DAQArb 5411 devices Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility numChans i16 number of analog output channels chanVect i16 channel numbers buffer i16 values that are converted to voltages by DACs count u32 number of points in the buffer iterations u32 number of times the waveform generation steps through buffer mode i16 enables or disables FIFO mode Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Load NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 426 National Instruments Corporation buffer is an array of integer values that are converted to voltages by DACs If your device has 12 bit DACs the data ranges from 0 to 4 095 in unipolar mode and from 2 048 to 2 047 in bipolar mode If your device has 16 bit DACs the data ranges from 0 to 65 535 in unipolar mode and from 32 768 to 32 767 in bipolar mode Note For all devices except the DAQArb devices data points for the output chann
409. ing 2 236 Figure 2 25 Buffered Period Measurement 2 238 Figure 2 26 Buffered Period Measurement when No Source Edges Are Present between Gate Edges 2 239 Figure 2 27 Buffered Semi Period Measurement when No Source Edges Are Present between Gate Edges 2 239 Figure 2 28 Buffered Semi Period Measurement when No Source Edges Are Present between Gate Edges 2 240 Figure 2 29 Buffered Pulse Width Measurement 2 241 Figure 2 30 Buffered Pulse Width when Gate Is High during Arming 2 241 Figure 2 31 Buffered Two Signal Edge Separation Measurement 2 243 Figure 2 32 Mode 0 Timing Diagram 2 252 Figure 2 33 Mode 1 Timing Diagram 2 252 Figure 2 34 Mode 2 Timing Diagram 2 252 Figure 2 35 Mode 3 Timing Diagram 2 253 Figure 2 36 M
410. ing call Calibrate_E_Series deviceNumber ND_EXTERNAL_CALIBRATE ND_NI_DAQ_SW_AREA 7 0500 The internal NI DAQ area will become the default load area and the calibration constants will be lost when your application ends 12 bit E Series Devices 16 bit E Series 1 Connect the positive output of your reference voltage source to the analog input channel 8 2 Connect the negative output of your reference voltage source to the AISENSE line 3 Connect the DAC0 line analog output channel 0 to analog input channel 0 4 If your reference voltage source and your computer are floating with respect to each other connect the AISENSE line to the AIGND line as well as to the negative output of your reference voltage source 1 Connect the positive output of your reference voltage source to analog input channel 0 2 Connect the negative output of your reference voltage source to analog input channel 8 Note By performing these first two connections you supply the reference voltage to analog input channel 0 which is configured for differential operation 3 If your reference voltage source and your computer are floating with respect to each other connect the negative output of your reference voltage source to the AIGND line as well as to analog input channel 8 Chapter 2 Function Reference Calibrate_E_Series NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 62 National Instruments Corporation Calibration Constant Loading
411. ing another Start call to execute immediately If Lab_ISCAN_Check returns an overFlowError or an overRunError NI DAQ has terminated the data acquisition operation because of lost A D conversions due to a sample rate that is too high sample interval was too small An overFlowError indicates that the A D FIFO memory overflowed because the data acquisition servicing operation was not able to keep up with sample rate An overRunError indicates that the data acquisition circuitry was not able to keep up with the sample rate Before returning either of these error codes Lab_ISCAN_Check calls DAQ_Clear to terminate the operation and reinitialize the data acquisition circuitry Chapter 2 Function Reference Lab_ISCAN_Op NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 266 National Instruments Corporation Lab_ISCAN_Op Format status Lab_ISCAN_Op deviceNumber numChans gain buffer count sampleRate scanRate finalScanOrder Purpose Performs a synchronous multiple channel scanned data acquisition operation Lab_ISCAN_Op does not return until NI DAQ has acquired all the data or an acquisition error has occurred DAQCard 500 700 and 516 Lab and 1200 Series and LPM devices only Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion numChans is the number of channels to be scanned in a single scans sequence The value of this parameter also determines which channels NI DAQ scans because these devices have a fixed scanning order The scanned channels r
412. interval between individual channel sampling within a scan Boards with simultaneous sampling do not have this clock CI computing index clock hardware component that controls timing for reading from or writing to groups counter timer a circuit that counts external pulses or clock pulses timing CPU central processing unit D D A digital to analog DAC D A converter NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles G 4 National Instruments Corporation Glossary DAQ data acquisition 1 collecting and measuring electrical signals from sensors transducers and test probes or fixtures and inputting them to a computer for processing 2 collecting and measuring the same kinds of electrical signals with A D and or DIO boards plugged into a computer and possibly generating control signals with D A and or DIO boards in the same computer dB decibel the unit for expressing a logarithmic measure of the ratio of two signal levels dB 20log10 V1 V2 for signals in volts DC direct current default setting a default parameter value recorded in the driver In many cases the default input of a control is a certain value often 0 that means use the current default setting For example the default input for a parameter may be do not change current setting and the default setting may be no AMUX 64T boards If you do change the value of such a parameter the new value becomes the new setting You can set default settings for some parameters
413. interval is 100 10 s 1 ms This number must be greater than or equal to the sum of the total sample interval 2 s for most devices The scan interval for the AT MIO 16X must be at least 11 s longer than the total sample interval The scan interval for the AT MIO 16F 5 and AT MIO 64F 5 must be externally controlled at least 6 s longer than the total sample interval If the scan interval is to be controlled by pulses applied to the OUT2 signal NI DAQ ignores this parameter extConv 2 or 3 see DAQ_Config Note The E Series and the MIO F 5 16X devices support external control of the sample interval even when you use interval scanning For the MIO 16 16D if the sample interval is to be controlled externally by pulses applied to the EXTCONV input Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_Start National Instruments Corporation 2 313 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles you cannot control the scan interval externally In this case NI DAQ scans the channels repeatedly as fast as you apply the external conversion pulses Note Simultaneous sampling devices ignore parameters for sampTimebase and sampInterval These devices sample all channels simultaneously The acquisition rate is controlled by scanTimebase and scanInterval therefore a scanInterval value of 0 is not allowed Using This Function SCAN_Start initializes the Mux Gain Memory table to point to the start of the scan sequence as specified by SCAN_Setup If you did not spec
414. ion If you are using all E Series devices see the Select_Signal function for information about the external timing signals Be aware that if you do not apply the start trigger SCAN_to_Disk does not return control to your application Otherwise SCAN_to_Disk issues a software trigger to initiate the data acquisition operation If you have enabled pretrigger mode the sample counter does not begin counting acquisitions until you apply a signal at the stop trigger input Until you apply this signal the acquisition continues to write data into the disk file NI DAQ ignores the value of the count parameter Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_to_Disk NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 318 National Instruments Corporation when you enable pretrigger mode If you do not apply the stop trigger SCAN_to_Disk eventually returns control to your application because you eventually run out of disk space In any case you can use Timeout_Config to establish a maximum length of time for SCAN_to_Disk to execute Note Simultaneous sampling devices do not use the sampleRate parameter Because these devices use simultaneous sampling of all channels the scanRate parameter controls the acquisition rate therefore a scanRate of 0 is not allowed Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_AO_Write National Instruments Corporation 2 319 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles SCXI_AO_Write Format status SCXI_AO_Write SCXIchassisID moduleSlot channel opCo
415. ion Support This appendix contains tables that show which DAQ hardware each NI DAQ function call supports The NI DAQ functions are listed in alphabetical order A check mark indicates the hardware that the function supports If you attempt to call an NI DAQ function using a device that the function does not support NI DAQ returns a deviceSupportError Table C 1 lists the NI DAQ functions for MIO and AI devices Table C 2 lists the NI DAQ functions for the Lab 516 DAQCard 500 700 devices Table C 3 lists the NI DAQ functions for the DSA devices Table C 4 lists the NI DAQ functions for the Analog Output device family Table C 5 lists the NI DAQ functions for the Digital I O device family Table C 6 lists the NI DAQ functions for the PC TIO 10 device Table C 7 lists the SCXI functions used with SCXI modules and compatible DAQ boards Table C 1 MIO and AI Device Functions Function Device Non E Series AT MIO AI E Series PCI 6110E and PCI 6111E MIO E Series AI_Change_Parameter AI_Check AI_Clear AI_Configure AI_Mux_Config AI_Read AI_Read_Scan AI_Setup Appendix C NI DAQ Function Support NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles C 2 National Instruments Corporation AI_VRead AI_VRead_Scan AI_VScale Align_DMA_Buffer AO_Change_Parameter AO_Configure AO_Update AO_VScale AO_VWrite AO_Write Calibrate_E_Series Config_Alarm_Deadband Config_ATrig_Event_Message Config_DAQ_Event_Message
416. ion is called by means of messaging No special precautions or prototypes are required Callback Functions in Windows 95 and Windows NT Callbacks are easy and safe to use in Windows 95 and Windows NT Your callback function is called in the foreground and in the context of your process You can access your global data make system calls or call NI DAQ from your callback function However succeeding events will not be handled until your callback has returned The time delay between the event and notification also known as latency is highly variable and depends largely on how loaded your system is Latency always will be less with a callback than a Windows message because you avoid the latency of the Windows messaging system Latency is less deterministic with packet based buses such as the Universal Serial Bus USB Your callback function should use standard C calling conventions Do not use the CALLBACK function type Here is a sample prototype void myCallback HWND hwnd UINT message WPARAM wparam LPARAM lparam Chapter 2 Function Reference Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger National Instruments Corporation 2 83 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger Format status Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger deviceNumber onOrOff lowValue highValue mode trigSource Purpose Configures the hardware analog trigger The hardware analog triggering circuitry produces a digital trigger that you can use for any of the si
417. ion of the trigger channel For example when the channel is configured for 0 dB of gain 65 536 corresponds to 10 V and 65 535 corresponds to 10 V mode tells NI DAQ how you want analog triggers to be converted into digital triggers that the onboard hardware can use for timing Note The PCI 6110E and PCI 6111E can use any of the analog input channels for the trigSource For these devices set trigSource to the channel number you want instead of the constant ND_THE_AI_CHANNEL Note This also applies to the PCI 445X and PCI 455X devices The following paragraphs and figures show all of the available modes and illustrations of corresponding trigger generation scenarios Values specified by highValue and lowValue are represented using dashed lines and the signal used for triggering is represented using a solid line Chapter 2 Function Reference Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger National Instruments Corporation 2 85 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles ND_BELOW_LOW_LEVEL The trigger is generated when the signal value is less than the lowValue highValue is unused Figure 2 4 ND_BELOW_LOW_LEVEL ND_ABOVE_HIGH_LEVEL The trigger is generated when the signal value is greater than the highValue lowValue is unused Figure 2 5 ND_ABOVE_HIGH_LEVEL ND_INSIDE_REGION The trigger is generated when the signal value is between the lowValue and the highValue Figure 2 6 ND_INSIDE_REGION lowValue Trigger hig
418. ion utility chan i16 analog input channel number gain i16 gain setting to be used for the specified channel Name Type Description voltage f64 the measured voltage returned scaled to units of volts Chapter 2 Function Reference AI_VRead NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 18 National Instruments Corporation voltage is the floating point variable in which NI DAQ returns the measured voltage scaled to units of volts Note C Programmers voltage is a pass by reference parameter Using This Function AI_VRead addresses the specified analog input channel changes the input gain to the specified gain setting and initiates an A D conversion AI_VRead waits for the conversion to complete and then scales and returns the result If the conversion does not complete within a reasonable time the call to AI_VRead is said to have timed out and NI DAQ returns the timeOutError code When you use SCXI as a front end for analog input to an MIO or AI device Lab PC Lab PC 1200 Lab PC 1200AI PCI 1200 LPM device or DAQCard 700 it is not advisable to use the AI_VRead function because that function does not take into account the gain of the SCXI module when scaling the data Use the AI_Read function to get unscaled data and then call the SCXI_Scale function When you have an SC 2040 accessory connected to an E Series device this function takes both the onboard gains and the gains on SC 2040 into account while scaling the data
419. ions The waveform generation is delayed until a high level signal appears on the gate pin on the I O connector Notice that this is really not a trigger signal but is a gating signal as the waveform generation pauses if the gate goes low at any time Because the Am9513 counter timer chip has certain limitations you cannot use gateModes 3 and 4 You are responsible for producing a signal that stays high for the duration of the waveform generation operation Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_EvCount NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 92 National Instruments Corporation CTR_EvCount Format status CTR_EvCount deviceNumber ctr timebase cont Purpose Configures the specified counter for an event counting operation and starts the counter Parameters Input Parameter Discussion ctr is the counter number Range 1 2 or 5 for an MIO device except the E Series devices 1 through 10 for a PC TIO 10 timebase selects the timebase or resolution to be used by the counter timebase has the following possible values 1 Internal 5 MHz clock used as timebase 200 ns resolution AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 AT MIO 16X and PC TIO 10 only 0 TC signal of ctr 1 used as timebase 1 Internal 1 MHz clock used as timebase 1 s resolution 2 Internal 100 kHz clock used as timebase 10 s resolution 3 Internal 10 kHz clock used as timebase 100 s resolution 4 Internal 1 kHz clock used as timebase 1 ms resolution 5
420. is in progress see SCAN_Start or a CTR function is using counter 2 waveform generation cannot proceed For the AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X you can use counter 1 2 and 5 as well as a dedicated external update signal to generate either interrupt or DMA requests If you use counter 1 or 2 a RTSI line must also be available NI DAQ uses the first available counter among counters 5 2 and 1 in that order For Lab and 1200 Series analog output devices if the rate is smaller than 15 26 and counter B0 is busy in a data acquisition or counting operation waveform generation cannot proceed On Am9513 based MIO devices to externally trigger a waveform generation operation you can do so by first changing the gating mode of the counter NI DAQ will use WFM_OP will use either the default gating mode none or the gating mode you specify through the CTR_Config function You will need to connect your trigger signal to the gate pin on the I O connector Refer to the CTR_Config function description for details On E Series devices you can externally trigger a waveform generation operation in a variety of ways Refer to the Select_Signal function for more details The DSA devices use 32 bit data buffers If you are using C or Delphi you will need to typecast your i32 array to i16 when you call WFM_Op If you are using Visual Basic you should use the nidaqr32 bas file instead of nidaq32 bas to relax type checking on buffer The DSA
421. is mechanism makes it necessary to alternately save both halves of the buffer so that NI DAQ does not overwrite data in the buffer before saving the data For output the mechanism makes it necessary to alternately write to both halves of the buffer so that NI DAQ does not output old data Use DIG_DB_Transfer to save or write the data NI DAQ is inputting or outputting the data This Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility group i16 group Name Type Description halfReady i16 whether the next half of data is available Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_DB_HalfReady National Instruments Corporation 2 161 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles function when called waits until NI DAQ can complete the data transfer before returning During slower paced digital block operations this waiting period can be significant You can use DIG_DB_HalfReady so that the transfer functions are called only when NI DAQ can make the transfer immediately Refer to Chapter 5 NI DAQ Double Buffering of the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for an explanation of double buffering Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_DB_Transfer NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 162 National Instruments Corporation DIG_DB_Transfer Format status DIG_DB_Transfer deviceNumber group halfBuffer ptsTfr Purpose For an input operation DIG_DB_Transfer waits until NI DAQ can transfer half the data from the buffer being
422. isabled Output attenuation 0 decibels Output enable Off Output impedance 50 PLL reference frequency 20 MHz PLL reference source Internal RTSI clock source Disabled SYNC duty cycle 50 Timebase 40 MHz Trigger mode Continuous Trigger source Automatic the software provides the triggers Update clock source Internal DSA devices Analog Input defaults Gain 0 dB Coupling AC coupling Start Trigger Automatic Stop Trigger Disabled Analog Output defaults Attenuation 0 dB Output Enable Off Digital Input and Output defaults Direction Input Chapter 2 Function Reference Init_DA_Brds NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 262 National Instruments Corporation Of all these defaults you can alter only the analog input and analog output settings of the non E Series MIO and AI devices Lab PC and PC LPM 16 devices by setting jumpers on the device If you have changed the jumpers from the factory settings you must call either AI_Configure and or AO_Configure after Init_DA_Brds so that the software copies of these settings reflect the true settings of the device If any device resources have been reserved for SCXI use when you make a call to Init_DA_Brds those resources will still be reserved after you make the function call Refer to Chapter 12 SCXI Hardware in the DAQ Hardware Overview Guide for listings of the different devi
423. ital I O port number Range 0 or 1 for the AT AO 6 10 DAQCard 500 700 PC TIO 10 PC OPDIO 16 516 devices AO 2DC Am9513 based MIO devices and LPM devices 0 for the E Series devices except the AT MIO 16DE 10 0 through 2 for the DIO 24 and Lab and 1200 Series devices 0 and 2 through 4 for the AT MIO 16DE 10 0 through 3 for the VXI AO 48XDC 0 through 4 for the DIO 32F DIO 6533 DIO 32HS and AT MIO 16D 0 through 11 for the DIO 96 8 through 15 for the VXI DIO 128 0 for the PCI 4451 and PCI 4452 0 through 3 for the PCI 4551 and PCI 4552 line is the digital output line to be written to Range 0 through k 1 where k is the number of digital I O lines making up the port state contains the new digital logic state of the specified line 0 The specified digital line is set to digital logic low 1 The specified digital line is set to digital logic high Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility port i16 digital I O port number line i16 digital output line state i16 new digital logic state Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Out_Line NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 180 National Instruments Corporation Using This Function DIG_Out_Line sets the digital line in the specified port to the specified state The remaining digital output lines making up the port are not affected by this call If the port is configurable and you have not configured the port as an output port
424. ityID ND_ARMED to monitor the progress of the counting process This measurement completes when entityValue becomes ND_NO You can do this as follows Create u32 variable counter_armed repeat GPCTR_Watch deviceNumber gpctrNumber ND_ARMED counter_armed until counter_armed ND_NO When the counter is disarmed you can safely access data in the buffer Typically you will find modifying the following parameters through the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function useful when the counter application is ND_BUFFERED_EVENT_CNT You can change the following ND_SOURCE to any legal value listed in the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function description ND_SOURCE_POLARITY to ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_GATE to any legal value listed in the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function description ND_GATE_POLARITY to ND_NEGATIVE Counts will be captured on every high to low transition of the signal present at the gate Note The counter will start counting as soon as you arm it However it will not count if the gate signal stays in low state when ND_GATE_POLARITY is ND_POSITIVE or if it stays in high state when ND_GATE_POLARITY is ND_NEGATIVE while GPCTR_Control is executed with action ND_ARM or action ND_PROGRAM Be aware of this when you interpret the first count in your buffer application ND_BUFFERED_PERIOD_MSR In this application the counter is used for continuous measurement of the time interval between successive transitio
425. ize and then go above trigLevel On the other hand to meet the negative trigger condition the input signal must first go above trigLevel windowSize and then go below trigLevel Figure 2 3 shows these conditions Chapter 2 Function Reference Config_ATrig_Event_Message NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 70 National Instruments Corporation Figure 2 3 Analog Trigger Event Config_ATrig_Event_Message is a high level function for NI DAQ event messaging Because this function uses the current inputRange and polarity settings to translate trigLevel and windowSize into binary units you should not call AI_Configure and change these settings after you have called Config_ATrig_Event_Message For more information on NI DAQ event messaging see the low level function Config_DAQ_Event_Message P N Time trigLevel windowSize trigLevel windowSize trigLevel P positive trigger point N negative trigger point Chapter 2 Function Reference Config_DAQ_Event_Message National Instruments Corporation 2 71 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Config_DAQ_Event_Message Format status Config_DAQ_Event_Message deviceNumber mode chanStr DAQEvent DAQTrigVal0 DAQTrigVal1 trigSkipCount preTrigScans postTrigScans handle message callbackAddr Purpose Notifies NI DAQ applications when the status of an asynchronous DAQ operation initiated by a call to DAQ_Start DIG_Block_Out WFM_Group_Control and so on meets certai
426. k Control Waveform Group WFM_Group_Control Pause Resume WFM Channel WFM_Chan_Control Check Waveform Channel WFM_Check Enable Double Buffering WFM_DB_Config Is Half Buffer Ready WFM_DB_HalfReady Copy Array to WFM Buffer WFM_DB_Transfer Digital Input Output Configure Port DIG_Prt_Config Configure Line DIG_Line_Config Read Port DIG_In_Port Read Line DIG_In_Line Write Port DIG_Out_Port Write Line DIG_Out_Line Get Port Status DIG_Prt_Status Configure Trigger DIG_Trigger_Config Table 1 3 The LabWindows CVI Function Tree for Data Acquisition Continued LabWindows CVI Function Panel NI DAQ Function Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 1 10 National Instruments Corporation Group Mode Configure Group DIG_Grp_Config Read Group DIG_In_Grp Write Group DIG_Out_Grp Get Group Status DIG_Grp_Status Set Group Mode DIG_Grp_Mode Block Transfer Read Block DIG_Block_In Write Block DIG_Block_Out Check Block DIG_Block_Check Clear Block DIG_Block_Clear Set Up Pattern Generation DIG_Block_PG_Config Set Up Digital Scanning DIG_SCAN_Setup Enable Double Buffering DIG_DB_Config Is Half Buffer Ready DIG_DB_HalfReady Transfer To From Array DIG_DB_Transfer SCXI Load SCXI Configuration SCXI_Load_Config Change Configuration SCXI_Set_Config Get Chassis Config Info SCXI_Get_Chassis_Info Get Module Config Info SCXI_Get_Modu
427. ke the following call Calibrate_DSA deviceNumber ND_SELF_CALIBRATE 0 0 Performing External Calibration of the Board Set operation to ND_EXTERNAL_CALIBRATE to externally calibrate your device The value of the internal reference voltage will be recalculated and the board will be self calibrated using the new reference value Before calling the Calibrate_DSA function connect the output of your reference voltage to analog input channel 0 Example You want to externally calibrate your device using an external reference voltage source with a precise 7 0500 V reference and you want to store the new set of calibration constants in the EEPROM You should make the following call Calibrate_DSA deviceNumber ND_EXTERNAL_CALIBRATE 7 0500 Chapter 2 Function Reference Calibrate_DSA National Instruments Corporation 2 57 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Restoring Factory Calibration To restore the factory value of the internal reference voltage after an external calibration set operation to ND_RESTORE_FACTORY_CALIBRATION You might want to do so if you made a mistake while performing the external calibration or if you did not want to perform the external calibration at all Chapter 2 Function Reference Calibrate_E_Series NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 58 National Instruments Corporation Calibrate_E_Series Format status Calibrate_E_Series deviceNumber calOP setOfCalConst calRefVolts Purpose Use this f
428. king in order to use bidirectional The following ports can be configured as bidirectional Note The only ports that can be configured as wired OR output ports are DIO 6533 ports 0 through 3 Using This Function DIG_Prt_Config configures the specified port according to the specified direction and handshake mode Any configurations not supported by or invalid for the specified port return an error and NI DAQ does not change the port configuration Information about the valid configuration of any digital I O port is in the DAQ Hardware Overview Guide and Chapter 3 Software Overview of the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles For the DIO 24 AT MIO 16D DIO 32F DIO 6533 DIO 96 and Lab and 1200 Series devices DIG_Prt_Config returns an error if the specified port has been assigned to a group by a previous call to DIG_Grp_Config or DIG_SCAN_Setup DIG_Prt_Config also returns an error for the DIO 32F and DIO 6533 if the specified port is port 4 Device Ports AT MIO 16D 2 AT MIO 16DE 10 2 Lab and 1200 Series devices 0 DIO 24 0 DIO 96 0 3 6 and 9 Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Prt_Config National Instruments Corporation 2 185 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles After system startup the digital I O ports on all the boards supported by this function are configured as follows dir 0 Input port mode 0 No handshaking mode Also ports on the DIO 24 AT MIO 16D DIO 32F DIO 6533 DIO 96 and Lab and
429. lar 10 to 10 V MIO 16 and AT MIO 16D 0 1 2 10 unipolar 0 to 10 V No 10 bipolar 5 to 5 V 20 bipolar 10 to 10 V Lab PC 0 1 2 ignored unipolar 0 to 10 V No ignored bipolar 5 to 5 V 1200 and 1200AI Devices 0 1 2 ignored unipolar 0 to 10 V Yes ignored bipolar 5 to 5 V Chapter 2 Function Reference AI_Configure NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 8 National Instruments Corporation Note If a device is software configurable the inputMode inputRange and polarity parameters are used to program the device for the configuration you want If a device is not software configurable this function uses these parameters to inform NI DAQ of the device configuration which you must set using hardware jumpers If your device is software configurable and you have changed the analog input settings through the NI DAQ Configuration Utility you do not have to use AI_Configure although it is good practice to do so in case you inadvertently change the configuration file maintained by the NI DAQ Configuration Utility driveAIS for the AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X indicates whether to drive AISENSE to onboard ground or not This parameter is ignored for all other devices 0 Do not drive AISENSE to ground 1 Drive AISENSE to ground Notice that if you have configured any of the input channels in nonreferenced single ended NRSE mode this function returns a warning inputModeConflict
430. lation NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles B 6 National Instruments Corporation Table B 5 lists the values of maxReading and maxVolt for different boards For the PC LPM 16 and DAQCard 1200 gain is ignored and the following formula is used Table B 5 The Values of maxReading and maxVolt Device Unipolar Mode Bipolar Mode maxReading maxVolt maxReading maxVolt MIO 16 AT MIO 16D 4 096 2 048 AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and most E Series devices 4 096 10 V 2 048 5 V 16 bit E Series devices and AT MIO 16X 65 536 10 V 32 768 10 V Lab PC Lab PC 1200 Lab PC 1200AI DAQPad 1200 DAQCard 1200 PCI 1200 4 096 10 V 2 048 5 V DAQCard 700 LPM devices 4 096 2 048 516 devices N A N A 32 768 5 V DAQCard 500 N A N A 2 048 5 V PCI 6110E and PCI 6111E N A N A 2 048 10 V DSA devices N A N A 2 147 418 112 10 V The value of maxVolt depends on inputRange as discussed in AI_Configure voltage reading offset maxReading maxVolt Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation National Instruments Corporation B 7 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Offset and Gain Adjustment Measurement of Offset To determine the offset parameter used in the AI_VScale and DAQ_VScale functions follow this procedure 1 Ground analog input channel i where i can be any valid input channel
431. le channel scanned data acquisition operation and stores its input in an array DAQCard 500 700 and 516 Lab and 1200 Series and LPM devices only Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion numChans is the number of channels to be scanned in a single scan sequence The value of this parameter also determines which channels NI DAQ scans because these supported devices have a fixed scanning order The scanned channels range from numChans 1 to channel 0 If you are using SCXI modules with additional multiplexers you must scan the appropriate analog input channels on the DAQ device that corresponds to the SCXI channels you want You should select the SCXI scan list using SCXI_SCAN_Setup before you call this function Refer to Chapter 12 SCXI Hardware in the DAQ Hardware Overview Guide and Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility numChans i16 number of channels to be scanned gain i16 gain setting count u32 total number of samples to be acquired sampTimebase i16 timebase or resolution used for the sample interval counter sampInterval u16 length of the sample interval scanInterval u16 length of the scan interval Name Type Description buffer i16 results of the scanned data acquisition Chapter 2 Function Reference Lab_ISCAN_Start National Instruments Corporation 2 271 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for more info
432. le_Info Read Module ID Register SCXI_ModuleID_Read Reset SCXI SCXI_Reset Set Up Single AI Channel SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup Set Up Muxed Scanning SCXI_SCAN_Setup Table 1 3 The LabWindows CVI Function Tree for Data Acquisition Continued LabWindows CVI Function Panel NI DAQ Function Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions National Instruments Corporation 1 11 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Set Up Mux Counter SCXI_MuxCtr_Setup Set Up Track Hold SCXI_Track_Hold_Setup Control Track Hold State SCXI_Track_Hold_Control Select Gain SCXI_Set_Gain Configure Filter SCXI_Configure_Filter Select Scanning Mode SCXI_Set_Input_Mode Change AI Channel SCXI_Change_Chan Scale SCXI Data SCXI_Scale Write to AO Channel SCXI_AO_Write Set Digital or Relay State SCXI_Set_State Get Digital or Relay State SCXI_Get_State Get Status Register SCXI_Get_Status Set Up Calibration Mode SCXI_Calibrate_Setup Change Cal Constants SCXI_Cal_Constants Set Threshold Values SCXI_Set_Threshold Counter Timer DAQ STC Counters GPCTR Select Ctr Application GPCTR_Set_Application Change Ctr Parameter GPCTR_Change_Parameter Configure Ctr Buffer GPCTR_Config_Buffer Control Ctr Operation GPCTR_Control Monitor Ctr Properties GPCTR_Watch Am9513 Counters CTR Configure Counter CTR_Config Count Events CTR_EvCount Table 1 3 The LabWindows CVI Function Tree for Data Acquisition Continued LabWindow
433. led by conversion pulses applied to the EXTCONV input NI DAQ ignores the sampInterval and the parameter can be any value scanInterval indicates the length of the scan interval This is the amount of time to elapse between scans The timebase for this parameter is actually the sampTimebase parameter The function performs a scan each time NI DAQ samples all channels in the scan sequence Therefore scanInterval must be greater than or equal to sampInterval numChans 5 s Range 0 and 2 through 65 535 NI DAQ determines the actual scan interval in seconds by the following formula scanInterval sample timebase resolution A value of 0 disables interval scanning Lab_ISCAN interval scanning is not available on the DAQCard 500 700 and 516 and LPM devices Using This Function If you did not specify external sample interval timing by the DAQ_Config call NI DAQ sets the sample interval counter to the specified sampInterval and sampTimebase and sets the sample counter up to count the number of samples acquired and to stop the data acquisition process when the number of samples acquired equals count If you have specified external sample interval timing the data acquisition circuitry relies on pulses received on the EXTCONV input to initiate individual A D conversions Lab_ISCAN_Start initializes a background data acquisition process to handle storing of A D conversion samples into the buffer as NI DAQ acquires them When you use posttrigge
434. lephone and fax support D 2 Timeout_Config function 2 400 to 2 401 timing diagrams Mode 0 through Mode 5 2 252 to 2 253 timing signal name equivalencies E series table 2 387 trigger functions Config_ATrig_Event_Message 2 67 to 2 70 Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger 2 83 to 2 89 DAQ_StopTrigger_Config 2 140 to 2 141 trigger generation ND_ABOVE_HIGH_LEVEL signal figure 2 85 ND_BELOW_LOW_LEVEL signal figure 2 85 ND_HIGH_HYSTERESIS signal figure 2 86 ND_INSIDE_REGION signal figure 2 85 ND_LOW_HYSTERESIS signal figure 2 86 trigger modes for DAQArb 5411 devices 2 34 to 2 35 triggered pulse generation application 2 229 to 2 231 triggered pulse width measurement applications 2 223 to 2 225 V variable data types 1 2 to 1 4 arrays 1 3 multiple types 1 3 to 1 4 primary type names table 1 3 to 1 4 Visual Basic for Windows 1 4 to 1 5 voltage calculation B 5 to B 6 voltage or current output parameters 2 28 to 2 29 VXIbus trigger mapping table 2 387 to 2 388 W waveform generation functions definition 1 13 LabWindows function panel tree 1 9 NI DAQ function support table DAQArb AO 2DC AT AO 6 10 and VXI AO 48XDC devices C 11 to C 12 DSA devices C 10 Lab 516 DAQCard 500 700 devices C 8 MIO and AI devices C 5 WFM_Chan_Control function 2 402 to 2 403 WFM_Check function 2 404 to 2 405 WFM_ClockRate function 2 406 to 2 410 WFM_DB_Config function 2 411 to 2 412 WFM_DB_HalfReady func
435. les 2 26 National Instruments Corporation Using This Function When NI DAQ initializes the AT AO 6 10 the DAC calibration constants stored in EEPROMloc 1 user calibration area 1 provide the gain and offset values used to ensure proper device operation In other words Init_DA_Brds performs the equivalent of calling AO_Calibrate with operation set to 1 and EEPROMloc set to 1 When the AT AO 6 10 leaves the factory EEPROMloc 1 contains a copy of the calibration constants stored in EEPROMloc 5 the factory area A calibration procedure performed in bipolar mode is not valid for unipolar and vice versa See the calibration chapter of the AT AO 6 10 User Manual for more information regarding calibrating the device Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_Change_Parameter National Instruments Corporation 2 27 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles AO_Change_Parameter Format status AO_Change_Parameter deviceNumber channel paramID paramValue Purpose Selects a specific parameter setting for the analog output section of the device or an analog output channel You can select parameters related to analog output not listed here through the AO_Configure function Parameters Input Parameter Discussion Legal ranges for paramID and paramValue are given in terms of constants defined in a header file The header file you should use depends on the language you are using C programmers NIDAQCNS H DATAACQ H for LabWindows CVI BA
436. les 2 80 National Instruments Corporation For the parameters that are ignored set them to 0 For DAQEvent 1 DAQTrigVal0 must be greater than zero If you are using DMA with double buffers or a pretrigger data acquisition DAQTrigVal0 must be an even divisor of the buffer size in scans For DAQEvent 1 on an analog output channel DAQTrigVal0 must always be an even divisor of the buffer size or a multiple of it handle is the handle to the window you want to receive a Windows message in when DAQEvent happens If handle is 0 no Windows messages are sent message is a message you define When DAQEvent happens NI DAQ passes message back to you message can be any value callbackAddr is the address of the user callback function NI DAQ calls this function when DAQEvent occurs If you do not want to use a callback function set callbackAddr to 0 Using This Function This function notifies your application when DAQEvent occurs Using DAQEvents eliminates continuous polling of asynchronous operations through NI DAQ functions For example if you have a double buffered DAQ application instead of calling DAQ_DB_HalfReady continuously you can call Config_DAQ_Event_Message and set DAQEvent to 1 and DAQTrigVal0 to be one half your buffer size in units of scans Then NI DAQ notifies your application when it is time to call DAQ_DB_Transfer The same concept applies to digital input output block functions and analog output functions To d
437. lesPerSequence scanSequenceVector samplesPerChannelVector Purpose Rearranges the data produced by a multi rate acquisition so that all the data from each channel is stored in adjacent elements of your buffer Parameters Input Input Output Output Parameter Discussion numChans is the number of entries in the chanVector and samplesPerChannelVector arrays Name Type Description numChans i16 the number of channels chanVector i16 the channel list bufferSize u32 the number of samples the buffer holds samplesPerSequence i16 the number of samples in a scan sequence scanSequenceVector i16 contains the scan sequence Name Type Description buffer i16 the acquired samples Name Type Description samplesPerChannelVector u32 the number of samples for each channel Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_Sequence_Demux National Instruments Corporation 2 301 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles chanVector contains the channels sampled in the acquisition that produced the data contained in buffer It might be identical to the channel vector you used in the call to SCAN_Sequence_Setup or it might contain the channels in a different order SCAN_Sequence_Demux will reorder the data in buffer such that the data for chanVector 0 occurs first the data for chanVector 1 occurs second and so on bufferSize is the number of samples in the buffer buffer is the array containing the data produced by the mul
438. lf buffer for all of the channels specified in chanVect is available for new data When halfReady equals 1 you can use WFM_DB_Transfer to write new data to the next half buffer s immediately When halfReady equals 0 the next half buffer for one or more channels is not ready for new data Note C Programmers halfReady is a pass by reference parameter Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility numChans i16 number of analog output channels chanVect i16 channel numbers Name Type Description halfReady i16 whether the next half buffer is available for new data Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_DB_HalfReady NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 414 National Instruments Corporation Using This Function Double buffered waveform generation functions cyclically output data from the waveform buffer specified in WFM_Load The waveform buffer is divided into two equal halves so that NI DAQ can write data from one half of the buffer to the output channels while filling the other half of the buffer with new data This mechanism makes it necessary to write to both halves of the waveform buffer alternately so that NI DAQ does not output the old data Use WFM_DB_Transfer to transfer new data to a waveform buffer half Both of these functions when called wait until NI DAQ can complete the data transfer before returning During slower paced waveform generation operations this waiting period can be s
439. librate_Setup function 2 330 to 2 331 SCXI_Change_Chan function 2 332 SCXI_Configure_Filter function 2 333 to 2 335 SCXI_Get_Chassis_Info function 2 336 to 2 337 SCXI_Get_Module_Info function 2 338 to 2 339 SCXI_Get_State function 2 340 to 2 341 SCXI_Get_Status function 2 342 to 2 343 SCXI_Load_Config function 2 344 SCXI_ModuleID_Read function 2 345 to 2 346 SCXI_MuxCtr_Setup function 2 347 to 2 348 SCXI_Reset function 2 349 to 2 351 SCXI_Scale function 2 352 to 2 354 SCXI_SCAN_Setup function 2 355 to 2 356 SCXI_Set_Config function 2 357 to 2 359 SCXI_Set_Filter function See SCXI_Configure_Filter function SCXI_Set_Gain function 2 360 SCXI_Set_Input_Mode function 2 361 SCXI_Set_State function 2 362 to 2 363 SCXI_Set_Threshold function 2 364 to 2 365 SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup function 2 366 SCXI_Track_Hold_Control function 2 367 SCXI_Track_Hold_Setup function 2 368 to 2 371 Select_Signal function 2 372 to 2 388 6602 device parameters 2 385 to 2 386 E Series DAQArb 5411 and DSA parameters 2 372 to 2 384 E series signal name equivalencies table 2 387 ND_BOARD_CLOCK signal definition table 2 375 purpose and use 2 384 ND_FREQ_OUT signal definition table 2 374 purpose and use 2 382 ND_GPCTR0_OUTPUT signal definition table 2 374 purpose and use 2 381 ND_GPCTR1_OUTPUT signal definition table 2 374 purpose and use 2 381 to 2 382 ND_IN_CHANNEL_CLOCK_TIMEBA SE signal definition table 2 374
440. litches are present on an external clock signal 10806 noTrigFoundError No trigger value was found in the input transfer buffer 10807 earlyTrigError The trigger occurred before sufficient pretrigger data was acquired 10808 LPTCommunicationError An error occurred in the parallel port communication with the DAQ device Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description Appendix A Status Codes National Instruments Corporation A 21 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 10809 gateSignalError Attempted to start a pulse width measurement with the pulse in the phase to be measured for example high phase for high level gating 10840 internalDriverError An unexpected error occurred inside the driver when performing this given operation 10841 firmwareError The firmware does not support the specified operation or the firmware operation could not complete due to a data integrity problem 10842 hardwareError The hardware is not responding to the specified operation or the response from the hardware is not consistent with the functionality of the hardware 10843 underFlowError Because of system limitations the driver could not write data to the device fast enough to keep up with the device throughput 10844 underWriteError New data was not written to the output transfer buffer before the driver attempted to transfer the data to the device 10845
441. log input channels on your device You can set channel to 1 to indicate that you want the same parameter selection for all channels Note For the 611X devices specify ND_PFI_0 for channel when setting coupling of the PFI_0 line for the analog trigger Legal values for paramValue depend on paramID The following paragraph list features you can configure along with legal values for paramID with explanations and corresponding legal values for paramValue Channel Coupling Some analog input devices have programmable AC DC coupling for the analog input channels To change the coupling parameter set paramID to ND_AI_COUPLING Coupling Parameters Using This Function You can customize the behavior of the analog input section of your device by using this function Call this function before calling NI DAQ functions that cause input on the analog input channels You can call this function as often as needed Device Type Per Channel Selection Possible Legal Range for paramValue Default Setting PCI 6110E Yes ND_AC and ND_DC ND_DC PCI 6111E Yes ND_AC and ND_DC ND_DC PCI 445X Yes ND_AC and ND_DC ND_AC PCI 455X Yes ND_AC and ND_DC ND_AC Chapter 2 Function Reference AI_Check National Instruments Corporation 2 3 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles AI_Check Format status AI_Check deviceNumber readingAvailable reading Purpose Returns the status of the analog input circuitry and an analog input reading
442. log output section of your device Call this function before calling NI DAQ functions that cause output on the analog output channels You can call this function as often as needed End of Buffer Interrupts On PCI E Series boards that use the PCI MITE for DMA transfers NI DAQ causes the PCI MITE to generate an interrupt after a full buffer has been transferred from host memory to the DAQ device With one shot operations where the buffer is only output once or even during continuous operations where the buffer is very large these interrupts place very little burden on the system However when outputting a large number of iterations with small buffers or at high speeds these interrupts can affect overall system performance These interrupts are generated so that NI DAQ will read the state of the DMA controller and track the number of iterations and the number of points transferred since the beginning of the operation The PCI MITE has a 32 bit counter that counts bytes transferred The only drawback in turning off these interrupts is that NI DAQ might not have a chance to detect an overflow of the counter For example when generating a waveform on one channel at 1 M samples s the counter will overflow in 36 minutes If you disable end of buffer interrupts and do not query NI DAQ for status information before the counter overflows NI DAQ will not be able to take the overflow into account and the status information returned could be incorrect
443. ly closed position and a 1 indicates that the module is open or in the normally open position For SCXI digital modules a 0 bit indicates that the line is low and a 1 bit indicates that the line is high Note For a discussion of the NC and NO positions see your SCXI module user manual Using This Function Because the relays on the SCXI 1160 module have a finite lifetime the driver will maintain a software copy of the relay states as you write to them this allows the driver to excite the relays only when you specify a new relay state If you call this function to specify the current relay state again NI DAQ will not excite the relay again When the SCXI 1160 powers up the relays remain in the same position as they were at power down However when you start an application the driver does not know the states of the relays it will excite all of the relays the first time you write to them and then remember the states for the remainder of the application When you call the SCXI_Reset function the driver will mark all relay states as unknown The SCXI 1161 powers up with its relays in the NC position The SCXI 1163 powers up with its output lines high when you operate the module in multiplexed mode The SCXI 1163R powers up with relays open If you operate the SCXI 1163 or 1163R in parallel mode the states of the output lines or relays are determined by the states of the corresponding lines on the DAQ device Chapter 2 Function Reference
444. me interval between transitions of the gate and the second gate signal Measurement starts when the gate signal is asserted and stops when the second gate is asserted By default the measurement is performed between low to high transitions of the gate and the second gate signals The default values for gate and second gate signals for the eight counters are shown in Table 2 25 and Table 2 26 respectively The counter counts the 20 MHz internal timebase ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ so the resolution of measurement is 50 ns The counter counts up starting from 0 The default 20 MHz timebase combined with the counter width 32 bits lets you measure the duration of a pulse between 100 ns and 214 s long Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 226 National Instruments Corporation Figure 2 18 shows one possible use of a counter for ND_TWO_SIGNAL_EDGE_SEPARATION_MSR after the following programming sequence GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_RESET GPCTR_Set_Application deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_TWO_SIGNAL_EDGE_SEPARATION_MSR GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_PROGRAM In Figure 2 18 the following behavior is present Gate is the signal present at the counter gate input Second Gate is the signal present at the counter second gate input Source is the signal present at the counter source input Count is the value you would read from the counter if you
445. me of the lines in the specified channel are not configured for the transfer direction specified For a write transfer some lines are configured for input For a read transfer some lines are configured for output 10612 badLineDirError The specified line does not support the specified transfer direction 10613 badChanDirError The specified channel does not support the specified transfer direction 10614 badGroupDirError The specified group does not support the specified transfer direction 10615 masterClkError The clock configuration for the clock master is invalid 10616 slaveClkError The clock configuration for the clock slave is invalid 10617 noClkSrcError No source signal has been assigned to the clock resource 10618 badClkSrcError The specified source signal cannot be assigned to the clock resource 10619 multClkSrcError A source signal has already been assigned to the clock resource 10620 noTrigError No trigger signal has been assigned to the trigger resource 10621 badTrigError The specified trigger signal cannot be assigned to the trigger resource 10622 preTrigError The pretrigger mode is not supported or is not available in the current configuration or no pretrigger source has been assigned 10623 postTrigError No posttrigger source has been assigned Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description Appendi
446. ment in this function when whichclock 1 Delay interval prescalar 1 corresponds to the interval argument you use in this function when whichclock 2 If you do not call this function with whichclock 2 this interval is 1 Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_ClockRate NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 410 National Instruments Corporation Delay interval prescalar 2 corresponds to the interval argument you use in this function when whichclock 3 If you do not call this function with whichclock 3 this interval is 2 When whichclock 2 NI DAQ ignores timebase and mode arguments Legal range for delay interval prescalar 1 is 1 through 224 When whichclock 3 NI DAQ ignores timebase and mode arguments Legal range for delay interval prescalar 2 is 2 through 224 Example Let us compute the delay time after the following sequence of function calls WFM_ClockRate deviceNumber group 0 3 1000 0 WFM_ClockRate deviceNumber group 1 3 4000 1 WFM_ClockRate deviceNumber group 2 3 7000 1 In this case timebase period is 50 ns delay interval is 4 000 delay interval prescalar 1 is 7 000 delay interval prescalar 2 is 2 so the delay time is 50 ns 4000 7000 2 2 800 000 000 ns 2 8 s Notice that the maximum possible delay time with the 20 MHz internal timebase is 50 ns 224 224 224 7 5 million years Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_DB_Config National Inst
447. meter Setting Information for the Digital Filter 2 31 Table 2 9 Parameter Setting Information for Output Enable 2 32 Table 2 10 Parameter Setting Information for Output Impedance 2 32 Table 2 11 Parameter Setting Information for Output Attenuation 2 33 Table 2 12 Parameter Setting Information for Frequency Correction for the Analog Filter 2 34 Table 2 13 Parameter Setting Information for the Trigger Mode 2 35 Table 2 14 Parameter Setting Information for PLL Reference Frequency 2 35 Table 2 15 Parameter Setting Information for the SYNC Duty Cycle 2 36 Table 2 16 Possible Calibrate_1200 Parameter Values 2 51 Table 2 17 DAQEvent Messages 2 74 Table 2 18 Valid Counters and External Timing Signals for DAQEvent 9 2 78 Table 2 19 Usable Parameters for Different DAQ Events Codes 2 79 Table 2 20 Legal Values for gpctrNum Parameter 2 199 Table 2 21 Legal Values for paramValue when paramID ND_SOURCE 2 199 Table 2 22 Definition of Other Counter for paramValue
448. mmers should refer to the Programming Language Considerations section in Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions for more information Pascal programmers NIDAQCNS PAS gpctrNum to indicates which counter to program Legal values for this parameter are in Table 2 20 numPoints is the number of data points the buffer can hold The definition of a data point depends on the application the counter is used for Legal range is 2 through 232 1 When you use the counter for one of the buffered event counting or buffered time measurement operations a data point is a single counted number buffer is an array of unsigned 32 bit integers Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility gpctrNum u32 number of the counter to use reserved u32 reserved parameter must be 0 numPoints u32 number of data points the buffer can hold buffer u32 used to hold counts Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Config_Buffer NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 210 National Instruments Corporation Using This Function You need to use this function to use a general purpose counter for buffered operation You should call this function after calling the GPCTR_Set_Application function NI DAQ transfers counted values into the buffer assigned by this function when you are performing a buffered counter operation If you are using the general purpose counter for ND_BUFFERED_PERIOD_MSR ND_BUFFERED_SEMI_PERIO
449. mple assume that you want to generate a pulse 200 ns long after 150 ns of delay from the transition of the gate signal You need to set ND_COUNT_1 to 150 ns 50 ns 3 and ND_COUNT_2 to 200 ns 50 ns 4 Figure 2 20 shows the scenario of a counter used for ND_SINGLE_TRIG_PULSE_GNR after the following programming sequence GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_RESET GPCTR_Set_Application deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_SINGLE_TRIG_PULSE_GNR GPCTR_Change_Parameter deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_COUNT_1 3 GPCTR_Change_Parameter deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_COUNT_2 4 Select_Signal deviceNumber gpctrNumOut gpctrNumOut ND_LOW_TO_HIGH GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_PROGRAM Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 230 National Instruments Corporation In Figure 2 20 the following behavior is present Gate is the signal present at the counter gate input Source is the signal present at the counter source input Output is the signal present at the counter output Armed is the value you would read from the counter if you called the GPCTR_Watch function with entityID ND_ARMED The different values illustrate behavior at different times Figure 2 20 Single Triggered Pulse Generation Use the GPCTR_Watch function with entityID ND_ARMED to monitor the progress of the pulse generation process The generation completes when entityValue becomes ND_NO
450. n Note C Programmers daqStopped and retrieved are pass by reference parameters Using This Function DAQ_Check checks the current background DAQ operation to determine whether it has completed and returns the number of samples acquired at the time that you called DAQ_Check If the operation is complete DAQ_Check sets daqStopped 1 Otherwise daqStopped is set to 0 Before DAQ_Check returns daqStopped 1 it calls DAQ_Clear allowing another Start call to execute immediately If DAQ_Check returns an overFlowError or an overRunError the DAQ operation is terminated some A D conversions were lost due to a sample rate that is too high sample interval was too small An overFlowError indicates that the A D FIFO memory overflowed because the DAQ servicing operation was not able to keep up with sample rate An overRunError indicates that the DAQ circuitry was not able to keep up with the sample rate Before returning either of these error codes DAQ_Check calls DAQ_Clear to terminate the operation and reinitialize the DAQ circuitry Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_Clear National Instruments Corporation 2 117 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DAQ_Clear Format status DAQ_Clear deviceNumber Purpose Cancels the current DAQ operation both single channel and multiple channel scanned and reinitializes the DAQ circuitry Parameters Input Using This Function DAQ_Clear turns off any current DAQ operation both single chan
451. n criteria you specify Notification is done through the Windows PostMessage API and or a callback function Certain DAQEvent options are best suited for low speed transfers because they require the processor to examine each data point as it is acquired or transferred These options include DAQEvents 3 through 9 For these options you cannot use DMA and the processor has to do more work The processing burden increases in direct proportion to the speed of the asynchronous operation Parameters Input Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility mode i16 add or remove a message chanStr STR channel string DAQEvent i16 event criteria DAQTrigVal0 i32 general purpose trigger value DAQTrigVal1 i32 general purpose trigger value trigSkipCount u32 number of triggers to skip preTrigScans u32 number of scans before trigger event postTrigScans u32 number of scans after trigger event handle i16 handle Chapter 2 Function Reference Config_DAQ_Event_Message NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 72 National Instruments Corporation Parameter Discussion mode indicates whether to add a new message remove an old message or clear all messages associated with the given device 0 Clear all messages associated with the device including messages configured with Config_Alarm_Deadband and Config_ATrig_Event_Message 1 Add a new message 2 Remove an existing message chanStr is
452. n Reference DAQ_DB_Transfer NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 124 National Instruments Corporation DAQ_DB_Transfer Format status DAQ_DB_Transfer deviceNumber halfBuffer ptsTfr daqStopped Purpose Transfers half of the data from the buffer being used for double buffered data acquisition to another buffer which is passed to the function and waits until the data to be transferred is available before returning You can execute DAQ_DB_Transfer repeatedly to return sequential half buffers of the data Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion halfBuffer is an integer array The size of the array must be at least half the size of the circular buffer being used for double buffered data acquisition ptsTfr is the number of points transferred to halfBuffer This value is always equal to half the number of samples specified in DAQ_Start SCAN_Start or Lab_ISCAN_Start unless the acquisition has not yet begun or the acquisition stopped while in pretrigger mode In the former case until NI DAQ applies an external start trigger ptsTfr is 0 In the latter case pretrigger mode the acquisition can stop at any point in the circular buffer after acquiring the specified number of samples after the board receives NI DAQ applies a pulse at STOPTRIG for the MIO 16 stop trigger input Refer to EXTTRIG of the non E Series MIO devices or to EXTTRIG of Lab and 1200 Series devices If you are using all E Series devices see the Select_Sig
453. n acquisition error occurs When you use posttrigger mode the process stores count A D conversions in the buffer and ignores any subsequent conversions Chapter 2 Function Reference Lab_ISCAN_Op National Instruments Corporation 2 269 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Note If you have selected external start triggering of the data acquisition operation a low to high edge at the EXTTRIG of the Lab and 1200 Series device I O connector input initiates the operation Be aware that if you do not apply the start trigger Lab_ISCAN_Op does not return control to your application Otherwise Lab_ISCAN_Op issues a software trigger to initiate the data acquisition operation If you have enabled pretrigger mode the sample counter does not begin counting acquisitions until you apply a signal at the stop trigger input Until you apply this signal the acquisition remains in a cyclical mode continually overwriting old data in the buffer with new data Again if the stop trigger is not applied Lab_ISCAN_Op does not return control to your application In any case you can use Timeout_Config to establish a maximum length of time for Lab_ISCAN_Op to execute Chapter 2 Function Reference Lab_ISCAN_Start NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 270 National Instruments Corporation Lab_ISCAN_Start Format status Lab_ISCAN_Start deviceNumber numChans gain buffer count sampTimebase sampInterval scanInterval Purpose Initiates a multip
454. n be in multiple types Combinations of the primary types separated by commas denote parameters with this ability as in the following example i16 f32 u16 16 bit unsigned integer 0 to 65 535 unsigned short for 32 bit compilers Not supported by BASIC For functions that require unsigned integers use the signed integer type instead See the i16 description Word i32 32 bit signed integer 2 147 483 648 to 2 147 483 647 long Long for example count amp LongInt u32 32 bit unsigned integer 0 to 4 294 967 295 unsigned long Not supported by BASIC For functions that require unsigned long integers use the signed long integer type instead See the i32 description Cardinal in 32 bit operating systems Refer to the i32 description f32 32 bit single precision floating point 3 402823 x 1038 to 3 402823 x 1038 float Single for example num Single f64 64 bit double precisio n floating point 1 797683134862315 10308 to 1 797683134862315 10308 double Double for example voltage Double STR BASIC or Pascal character string Use character array terminated by the null character 0 String for example filename String Table 1 2 Primary Type Names Continued Type Name Description Range Type C C Visual BASIC Pascal Borland Delphi Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 1
455. n detection message using Config_DAQ_Event_Message use DAQTrigVal0 instead of lineMask to control which bits are significant Chapter 2 Function Reference Get_DAQ_Device_Info National Instruments Corporation 2 195 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Get_DAQ_Device_Info Format status Get_DAQ_Device_Info deviceNumber infoType infoValue Purpose Allows you to retrieve parameters pertaining to the device operation Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion The legal range for the infoType is given in terms of constants that are defined in the header file The header file you should use depends on the language you are using C programmers NIDAQCNS H DATAACQ H for LabWindows CVI BASIC programmers NIDAQCNS INC Pascal programmers NIDAQCNS PAS infoType indicates which parameter to retrieve infoValue reflects the value of the parameter infoValue is given either in terms of constants from the header file or as numbers as appropriate Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility infoType u32 type of information to retrieve Name Type Description infoValue u32 retrieved information Chapter 2 Function Reference Get_DAQ_Device_Info NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 196 National Instruments Corporation infoType can be one of the following Note C Programmers infoValue is a pass by reference parameter infoType Description ND_ACK
456. n halfReady equals 0 the data is not yet available daqstopped returns an indication of whether the data acquisition has completed If daqstopped 1 the DAQ operation is complete or halted due to an error If daqstopped 0 the DAQ operation is still running Note C Programmers halfReady and daqStopped are pass by reference parameters Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility Name Type Description halfReady i16 whether the next half buffer of data is available daqStopped i16 whether the data acquisition has completed Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_DB_HalfReady National Instruments Corporation 2 123 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Using This Function Double buffered data acquisition cyclically fills a buffer with acquired data The buffer is divided into two equal halves so that NI DAQ can save data from one half while filling the other half This mechanism makes it necessary to alternately save both halves of the buffer so that NI DAQ does not overwrite data in the buffer before saving the data Use the DAQ_DB_Transfer function to save the data as NI DAQ acquires it This function when called waits for the data to become available before retrieving it and returning During slower paced acquisitions this waiting period can be significant You can use DAQ_DB_HalfReady to ensure that the transfer function is called only when the data is already available Chapter 2 Functio
457. n is the device number of the DAQ device cabled to the module Using This Function The configuration information that was saved to disk by the configuration utility will remain unchanged this function changes only the configuration in the current application Any subsequent calls to SCXI_Load_Config will reload the configuration from the configuration utility Remember the hardware state of the chassis is not affected by this function you should use the SCXI_Reset function to reset the hardware states Refer to the SCXI_Reset function description for a listing of the default states of the chassis and modules Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Set_Gain NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 360 National Instruments Corporation SCXI_Set_Gain Format status SCXI_Set_Gain SCXIchassisID moduleSlot channel gain Purpose Sets the specified channel to the given gain or range setting on any SCXI module that supports programmable gain settings Currently the SCXI 1100 SCXI 1102 VXI SC 1102 SCXI 1122 SCXI 1126 and SCXI 1141 have programmable gains the other analog input modules have hardware selectable gains Parameters Input Parameter Discussion channel is the module channel you want to change the gain or range setting for If channel 1 SCXI_Set_Gain changes the gain or range for all channels on the module The SCXI 1100 and SCXI 1122 have one gain amplifier so all channels have the same gain setting therefore you mu
458. n numChans that contains the gain setting to be used for each channel in the scan sequence selected in chans NI DAQ applies the gain value contained in gains n to the channel number contained in chans n when NI DAQ scans that channel This gain setting applies only to the DAQ device if you use SCXI you must establish any gain you want at the SCXI module either by setting jumpers on the module or by calling SCXI_Set_Gain Refer to Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_Op NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 298 National Instruments Corporation Voltage Calculation for valid gain settings If you use an invalid gain NI DAQ returns an error count is the number of samples to be acquired that is the number of A D conversions to be performed Range 3 through 232 1 except the E Series 2 through 224 total number of channels scanned or 232 1 whichever is less E Series and DSA devices For PCI 611X devices count must be EVEN sampleRate is the sample rate you want in units of pts s This is the rate at which NI DAQ samples channels within a scan sequence Range Roughly 0 00153 pts s through 500 000 pts s The maximum rate varies according to the type of device you have scanRate is the scan rate you want in units of scans per second scans s This is the rate at which NI DAQ performs scans NI DAQ performs a scan each time the function samples all the channels liste
459. n operate trigger any event that causes or starts some form of data capture TTL transistor transistor logic U UI update interval unipolar a signal range that is always positive for example 0 to 10 V update the output equivalent of a scan One or more analog or digital output samples Typically the number of output samples in an update is equal to the number of channels in the output group For example one pulse from the update clock produces one update which sends one new sample to every analog output channel in the group update rate the number of output updates per second National Instruments Corporation G 13 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Glossary V V volts W waveform multiple voltage readings taken at a specific sampling rate WF waveform wire data path between nodes word the standard number of bits that a processor or memory manipulates at one time Microprocessors typically use 8 bit 16 bit or 32 bit words X XMS extended memory specification National Instruments Corporation I 1 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Index Numbers 8253 counter ICTR functions See counter timer functions A AI and MIO device function support table C 1 to C 5 AI_Change_Parameter function 2 1 to 2 2 AI_Check function 2 3 to 2 4 AI_Clear function 2 5 AI_Configure function 2 6 to 2 9 AI_MUX_Config function 2 10 to 2 11 AI_Read function 2 12 to 2 13 AI_Read_Scan function 2 14
460. n the polarity of the analog input channels NI DAQ always ensures that the calibration constants in use match the current polarity of the channels See the Calibrate_E_Series function description for information about calibration constant loading on the E Series devices If you change the polarity on AT MIO 16X AT MIO 64F and AT MIO 16F 5 by calling AI_Configure NI DAQ uses the following guidelines to ensure that appropriate constants are loaded automatically AT MIO 16X NI DAQ checks if the load area contains the appropriate constants If so NI DAQ will load the constants from the load area Otherwise NI DAQ will load the constants from the factory area for the current polarity and return status code calConstPolarityConflictError AT MIO 64F 5 This device has separate caldacs for unipolar and bipolar input Therefore NI DAQ does not need to reload calibration constants AT MIO 16F 5 The load area on this device contains constants for both unipolar and bipolar input Therefore NI DAQ will load the appropriate constants from the load area for the current polarity Note The actual loading of calibration constants will take place when you call an AI DAQ or SCAN function On the AT MIO 16X the need for reloading the constants will depend on the polarity of the channel on which you are doing analog input Note The PCI 6110E and PCI 6111E support differential bipolar operation only Chapter 2 Function Reference
461. nal function for information about the external timing signals Thus Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility Name Type Description halfBuffer i16 integer array to which the data is to be transferred ptsTfr u32 number of points transferred daqStopped i16 indicates the completion of a pretrigger mode acquisition Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_DB_Transfer National Instruments Corporation 2 125 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles after the acquisition has stopped the last transfer of data to halfBuffer contains the number of valid points from the half of the circular buffer where acquisition stopped daqStopped is a valid output parameter only if pretrigger mode acquisition is in progress This parameter indicates the completion of a pretrigger mode acquisition by returning a one it returns zero otherwise A one indicates that the acquisition has stopped after taking the specified number of samples following the occurrence of a stop trigger and that NI DAQ has transferred the last piece of data in the circular buffer to halfBuffer The number of data points transferred to halfBuffer as always is equal to ptsTfr Note C Programmers ptsTfr and daqStopped must be passed by reference Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_Monitor NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 126 National Instruments Corporation DAQ_Monitor Format status DAQ_Monitor deviceNumber channel sequ
462. nally controlled the sampInterval parameter is ignored and can be any value On DSA devices sampInterval is ignored Use DAQ_Set_Clock to set the scan rate scanTimebase selects the clock frequency that indicates the timebase or resolution to be used for the scan interval counter The scan interval counter controls the time that elapses between scan sequences scanTimebase has the following possible values 3 20 MHz clock used as a timebase 50 ns resolution E Series only 1 5 MHz clock used as timebase 200 ns resolution AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X only 0 External clock used as timebase Connect your own timebase frequency to the internal scan interval counter via the SOURCE5 input for the MIO devices or by default the PFI8 input for the E Series devices Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_Start NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 312 National Instruments Corporation 1 1 MHz clock used as timebase 1 s resolution non E Series only 2 100 kHz clock used as timebase 10 s resolution 3 10 kHz clock used as timebase 100 s resolution non E Series only 4 1 kHz clock used as timebase 1 ms resolution non E Series only 5 100 Hz clock used as timebase 10 ms resolution non E Series only On E Series devices if you use this function with scanTimebase set to 0 you must call the function Select_Signal with signal set to ND_IN_SCAN_CLOCK_TIMEBASE and source set to a value othe
463. nary2 is the binary reading from the input channel with a known voltage of scaled2 applied at the input calConst1 is the first calibration constant For analog output modules calConst1 is the binary value that will generate the voltage current frequency For analog input modules calConst1 is the binary zero offset that is the binary reading that would result from an input value of zero The offset is stored as a voltage and must be scaled to a binary value It is scaled based on DAQgain and the current configuration of DAQchan polarity and input range If opCode 1 or 2 calConst1 is a return value calculated from the input value binary pairs If opCode 0 calConst1 is a return constant retrieved from the calibrationArea If opCode 0 and channel 2 calConst1 is the actual voltage excitation value returned in units of volts If opCode 3 you should pass your first calibration constant in calConst1 for NI DAQ to store in calibrationArea calConst2 is the second calibration constant For analog output modules calConst2 is the binary value that generates the voltage current frequency For analog input modules calConst2 is the gain adjust factor that is the ratio of the real gain to the ideal gain setting If opCode 1 or 2 calConst2 is a return value calculated from the input value binary pairs If opCode 0 calConst2 is a return constant retrieved from the calibrationArea If opCode 0 and channel 2 calConst2 is the actual curre
464. nd edge 1 the delayTime increases the duration of the ACK pulse If protocol 3 the delayTime specifies the PCLK period minimum of 50 ns for a delayTime of zero and applies only when the PCLK is internally generated On a DIO 6533 DIO 32HS which can perform rapid back to back transfer cycles the delay time also increases the minimum delay between cycles for protocols 0 2 and 4 This is the only effect of delayTime on protocol 4 For more information on programmable delays see your device s user manual Range 0 through 7 0 No settling time or a PCLK period of 50 ns 1 100 ns settling time or PCLK period 7 700 ns settling time or PCLK period Using This Function DIG_Grp_Mode configures the group handshake signals according to the specified parameters after you use DIG_Grp_Config to select a port assignment and direction After initialization the default handshake mode for each group is as follows protocol 0 held ACK level ACK handshake protocol edge 0 edge parameter not valid because protocol 0 reqPol 0 Request handshake signal is not inverted active high Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Grp_Mode NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 168 National Instruments Corporation ackPol 0 Acknowledge handshake signal is not inverted active high delayTime 0 Settling time is 0 ns You need to call DIG_Grp_Mode only if you need a different handshake mode Refer to your board s user manual for i
465. nd example programs For recorded instructions on how to use the bulletin board and FTP services and for BBS automated information call 512 795 6990 You can access these services at United States 512 794 5422 Up to 14 400 baud 8 data bits 1 stop bit no parity United Kingdom 01635 551422 Up to 9 600 baud 8 data bits 1 stop bit no parity France 01 48 65 15 59 Up to 9 600 baud 8 data bits 1 stop bit no parity FTP Support To access our FTP site log on to our Internet host ftp natinst com as anonymous and use your Internet address such as joesmith anywhere com as your password The support files and documents are located in the support directories NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles D 2 National Instruments Corporation Fax on Demand Support Fax on Demand is a 24 hour information retrieval system containing a library of documents on a wide range of technical information You can access Fax on Demand from a touch tone telephone at 512 418 1111 E Mail Support Currently USA Only You can submit technical support questions to the applications engineering team through e mail at the Internet address listed below Remember to include your name address and phone number so we can contact you with solutions and suggestions support natinst com Telephone and Fax Support National Instruments has branch offices all over the world Use the list below to find the technical support number for your country If there is no National
466. nd indicates the number of data points to acquire after NI DAQ applies the stop trigger pulse at the STOPTRIG input of the MIO 16 16D the EXTTRIG input of an AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 or AT MIO 16X or the EXTTRIG input of Lab and 1200 Series devices or the PFI1 pin Refer to the PFI1 pin of an E Series device If you are using an E Series device see the Select_Signal description for information about the external timing signals Parameters Input Parameter Discussion stopTrig indicates whether to enable or disable the pretriggered mode of data acquisition 0 Disable pretrigger the default 1 Enable pretrigger ptsAfterStoptrig is the number of data points to acquire after the trigger This parameter is valid only if stopTrig equals 1 For a multiple channel scanned acquisition ptsAfterStoptrig must be an integer multiple of the number of channels scanned Range 3 through count where count is the value of the count parameter in the Start call used to start the acquisition For Lab and 1200 Series devices the maximum is always 65 535 For an E Series device or DSA device the range is 2 through count Using This Function Calling DAQ_StopTrigger_Config with the stopTrig parameter set to 1 causes any subsequent Start call to initiate a cyclical mode data acquisition In this mode NI DAQ writes data continually into your buffer overwriting data at the beginning of the buffer when NI DAQ has filled the entire buffer You can use DAQ
467. ned buffer The count parameter in the waveform generation or pattern generation function call should be the same as the count parameter passed to Align_DMA_Buffer not bufferSize If you want to access the data in buffer after calling Align_DMA_Buffer access the data starting at buffer alignIndex if your array is zero based After using an aligned buffer for waveform generation or pattern generation NI DAQ unaligns the data After the buffer has been unaligned the first data sample is at offset zero of the buffer again If you want to use the buffer for waveform generation or pattern generation again after it has been unaligned you must make another call to Align_DMA_Buffer before calling WFM_Op WFM_Load DIG_Block_In or DIG_Block_Out See Waveform Generation Application Hints and Digital I O Application Hints in Chapter 3 Software Overview of the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for more information on the use of Align_DMA_Buffer See Chapter 4 DMA and Programmed I O Performance Limitations of the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for a discussion of DMA page boundaries and special run time considerations Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_Calibrate National Instruments Corporation 2 25 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles AO_Calibrate Format status AO_Calibrate deviceNumber operation EEPROMloc Purpose Loads a set of calibration constants into the calibration DACs or copies a set of calibration constants
468. nel and multiple channel cancels the background process that is handling the data acquisition and clears any error flags set as a result of the data acquisition NI DAQ then reinitializes the DAQ circuitry so that NI DAQ can start another data acquisition Note If your application calls DAQ_Start SCAN_Start or Lab_ISCAN_Start always make sure that you call DAQ_Clear before your application terminates and returns control to the operating system Unpredictable behavior can result unless you make this call either directly or indirectly through DAQ_Check Lab_ISCAN_Check or DAQ_DB_Transfer Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_Config NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 118 National Instruments Corporation DAQ_Config Format status DAQ_Config deviceNumber startTrig extConv Purpose Stores configuration information for subsequent DAQ operations Parameters Input Parameter Discussion startTrig indicates whether the trigger to initiate DAQ sequences is generated externally 0 Generate software trigger to start DAQ sequence the default 1 Wait for external trigger pulse at STARTTRIG of the MIO16 16D or at EXTTRIG of the AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X or at EXTTRIG of the Lab and 1200 Series devices to initiate DAQ sequence not valid for 516 and LPM devices and the DAQCard 500 700 extConv indicates whether the timing of A D
469. nel number Range 0 or 1 for the AO 2DC Lab and 1200 Series analog output and MIO devices 0 through 5 for AT AO 6 0 through 9 for AT AO 10 0 through 49 for the VXI AO 48XDC voltage is the floating point value to be scaled and written to the analog output channel The range of voltages depends on the type of device on the jumpered output polarity and on whether you apply an external voltage reference Default ranges bipolar internal voltage reference MIO device 10 to 10 V AT AO 6 10 10 to 10 V Lab and 1200 Series analog output devices 5 to 5 V VXI AO 48XDC 10 24 to 10 24 V Default ranges unipolar internal voltage reference AO 2DC device 0 to 10 V Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility chan i16 analog output channel number voltage f64 floating point value to be scaled and written Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_VWrite NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 46 National Instruments Corporation If you set the output type to current by calling AO_Change_Parameter the floating point value indicates the current in amps Default ranges unipolar internal voltage reference AO 2DC device 0 to 0 02 A VXI AO 48XDC 0 to 0 02047 A Using This Function AO_VWrite scales voltage to a binary value and then writes that value to the DAC in the analog output channel If the analog output channel is configured for immediate update the ou
470. nelError An unexpected error occurred inside the kernel while performing this operation 10880 updateRateChangeError A change to the update rate is not possible at this time because 1 when waveform generation is in progress you cannot change the interval timebase or 2 when you make several changes in a row you must give each change enough time to take effect before requesting further changes 10881 partialTransferCompleteError You cannot do another transfer after a successful partial transfer 10882 daqPollDataLossError The data collected on the remote SCXI unit was overwritten before it could be transferred to the buffer in the host Try using a slower data acquisition rate if possible Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description Appendix A Status Codes National Instruments Corporation A 23 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 10883 wfmPollDataLossError New data could not be transferred to the waveform buffer of the remote SCXI unit to keep up with the waveform update rate Try using a slower waveform update rate if possible 10884 pretrigReorderError Could not rearrange data after a pretrigger acquisition completed 10920 gpctrDataLossError One or more data points may have been lost during buffered GPCTR operations due to speed limitations of your system 10940 chassisResponseTimeoutError No response was received from the remote SCXI unit within
471. nels specified in the array chanVect chanVect is the array of channel numbers indicating which analog output channels are to receive output data from the file Channel number range 0 or 1 for most devices 0 through 5 for AT AO 6 0 through 9 for AT AO 10 Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility numChans i16 number of analog output channels chanVect i16 channel numbers fileName STR name of the data file containing the waveform data startPt u32 place in a file where waveform generation is to begin endPt u32 place in a file where waveform generation is to end iterations u32 number of times generated rate f64 desired rate in points per second Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_from_Disk NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 418 National Instruments Corporation fileName is the name of the data file containing the waveform data For MIO devices except AT MIO 16X PCI MIO 16XE 10 and VXI MIO 64XE 10 AT AO 6 10 and Lab and 1200 Series analog output devices the file must contain integer data ranging from 0 to 4 095 for unipolar mode and from 2 048 to 2 047 for bipolar mode For an AT MIO 16X or a PCI MIO 16XE 10 the file must contain integer data ranging from 0 to 65 535 for unipolar mode and from 32 768 to 32 767 for bipolar mode For DSA devices the file must contain integer data ranging from 131 072 to 131 071 Each data point is 32 bits wide but only t
472. nfigured by a setup operation 10602 noWriteError No output data has been written into the transfer buffer 10603 groupWriteError The output data associated with a group must be for a single channel or must be for consecutive channels 10604 activeWriteError Once data generation has started only the transfer buffers originally written to may be updated If DMA is active and a single transfer buffer contains interleaved channel data new data must be provided for all output channels currently using the DMA channel 10605 endWriteError No data was written to the transfer buffer because the final data block has already been loaded 10606 notArmedError The specified resource is not armed 10607 armedError The specified resource is already armed 10608 noTransferInProgError No transfer is in progress for the specified resource 10609 transferInProgError A transfer is already in progress for the specified resource or the operation is not allowed because the device is in the process of performing transfers possibly with different resources 10610 transferPauseError A single output channel in a group may not be paused if the output data for the group is interleaved Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description Appendix A Status Codes National Instruments Corporation A 15 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 10611 badDirOnSomeLinesError So
473. nformation about handshake timing and mode information Note AT DIO 32F Revision B boards only Do not use a leading edge pulsed handshaking signal for an input group NI DAQ cannot latch the data into the port in this mode and if new data is presented to the port before NI DAQ reads and saves the old data the old data is lost Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Grp_Status National Instruments Corporation 2 169 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DIG_Grp_Status Format status DIG_Grp_Status deviceNumber group handshakeStatus Purpose Returns a handshake status word indicating whether the specified group is ready to be read input group or written output group For the DIO 6533 DIO 32HS this function also initiates the handshaking process if not previously initiated Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion group is the group whose handshake status is to be obtained Range 1 or 2 handshakeStatus returns the handshake status of the group handshakeStatus can be either 0 or 1 The significance of handshakeStatus depends on the configuration of the group If the group is configured as an input group handshakeStatus 1 indicates that the group has acquired data and that NI DAQ can read data from the group If the group is configured as an output group handshakeStatus 1 indicates that the group is ready to accept output data and that NI DAQ can write new data to the group Note C Programmers handshakeSt
474. ng output group handshaking connections figure 2 191 DIG_Trigger_Config function 2 192 to 2 194 dithering 2 284 DMA buffer See Align_DMA_Buffer function documentation about the National Instruments documentation set xix conventions used in manual xiv xvii how to use manual set xiii organization of manual xiii xiv related documentation xx double buffered digital I O functions DIG_DB_Config 2 158 to 2 159 DIG_DB_HalfReady 2 160 to 2 161 DIG_DB_Transfer 2 162 to 2 163 DSA device function support table C 9 to C 10 E E series devices signal name equivalencies table 2 387 EEPROM organization 2 329 See also calibration functions e mail support D 2 event counting buffered event counting application 2 235 to 2 237 GPCTR_Set_Application function 2 217 to 2 218 simple event counting figure 2 217 event message functions Config_Alarm_Deadband 2 63 to 2 66 Config_ATrig_Event_Message 2 67 to 2 70 Config_DAQ_Event_Message 2 71 to 2 82 Index National Instruments Corporation I 7 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles definition 1 14 LabWindows function panel tree 1 12 F fax and telephone support D 2 Fax on Demand support D 2 FIFO transfer condition 2 29 to 2 30 FIFO transfer count 2 30 to 2 31 frequency shift keying 2 234 to 2 235 FTP support D 1 G gain adjustment See offset and gain adjustment gain settings DAQ devices table B 5 Get_DAQ_Device_Info function 2 195 to 2 196 Get_
475. ng the updates or you can use an external signal You also can use output of the general purpose counter 1 for update timing If you do not call this function with signal ND_OUT_UPDATE NI DAQ uses the default values source ND_INTERNAL_TIMER and sourceSpec ND_LOW_TO_HIGH signal ND_OUT_EXTERNAL_GATE ND_AUTOMATIC ND_LOW_TO_HIGH ND_IO_CONNECTOR ND_LOW_TO_HIGH source sourceSpec ND_PFI_0 through ND_PFI_9 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_GPCTR1_OUTPUT ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_INTERNAL_TIMER ND_LOW_TO_HIGH source sourceSpec ND_PFI_0 through ND_PFI_9 ND_PAUSE_ON_HIGH and ND_PAUSE_ON_LOW ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 ND_PAUSE_ON_HIGH and ND_PAUSE_ON_LOW ND_NONE ND_DONT_CARE source sourceSpec Chapter 2 Function Reference Select_Signal NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 380 National Instruments Corporation Use this signal for gating the waveform generation For example if you call this function with signal ND_OUT_EXTERNAL_GATE source ND_PFI_9 and sourceSpec ND_PAUSE_ON_HIGH the waveform generation will be paused whenever the PFI 9 is at the high level If you do not call this function with signal ND_OUT_EXTERNAL_GATE NI DAQ uses the default values source ND_NONE and sourceSpec ND_DONT_CARE therefore by default the waveform generation is not gated signal ND_OUT_UPDATE_CLOCK_TIMEBASE Use this s
476. nge a jumper setting on the device See the appropriate user manual for instructions Note If you are using an E Series device see the Select_Signal function Chapter 2 Function Reference RTSI_Conn National Instruments Corporation 2 289 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles RTSI_Conn Format status RTSI_Conn deviceNumber sigCode trigLine dir Purpose Connects a device to the specified RTSI bus trigger line Parameters Input Parameter Discussion sigCode is the signal code number of the device signal to be connected to the trigger line Signal code numbers for each device type are in the RTSI Bus Trigger Functions section of Chapter 3 Software Overview of the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles trigLine is the RTSI bus trigger line that is to be connected to the signal Range 0 through 6 dir is the direction of the connection 0 Receive signal input receiver from the RTSI bus trigger line 1 Transmit signal output source to the RTSI bus trigger line Using This Function RTSI_Conn programs the RTSI interface on the specified deviceNumber such that NI DAQ connects the signal identified by sigCode to the trigger line specified by trigLine For example if the specified deviceNumber is a non E Series MIO or AI device the device sigCode is 7 the RTSI trigLine is 3 and the dir is 1 NI DAQ drives the output produced by counter 1 OUT1 on the specified deviceNumber onto trigger line 3 of the RTSI bus You
477. nge for paramValue Default Setting for paramValue PC AO 2DC DAQCard AO 2DC VXI AO 48XDC Yes ND_CURRENT_OUTPUT and ND_VOLTAGE_OUTPUT ND_VOLTAGE_OUTPUT Table 2 5 Parameter Values for FIFO Transfer Conditions Transfer Condition NI DAQ Constant FIFO not full ND_FIFO_NOT_FULL FIFO half full or less ND_FIFO_HALF_FULL_OR_LESS FIFO empty ND_FIFO_EMPTY FIFO half full or less until full DMA only ND_FIFO_HALF_FULL_OR_LESS_UNTIL_FULL Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_Change_Parameter NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 30 National Instruments Corporation When using PCI E Series devices with DMA default data transfer condition the device has an effective FIFO size 32 samples larger than the FIFO size specified for the board This is due to a 32 sample FIFO on the miniMITE the onboard DMA controller used for DMA transfers FIFO Transfer Count The FIFO transfer count specifies the number of samples to be transferred from the waveform buffer into the analog output FIFO when FIFO requests are generated This option is for use in conjunction with the FIFO transfer condition as described above AO_Change_Parameter should be called once to set the FIFO transfer condition and can optionally be called again to specify the FIFO transfer count If you do not specify the FIFO transfer count NI DAQ chooses an appropriate value for you The value of FIFO transfer count is used during interrupt driven waveform generation
478. nge_Parameter function useful when the counter application is ND_SINGLE_PERIOD_MSR You can change the following ND_SOURCE to ND_INTERNAL_100_KHZ With this timebase you can measure the time interval between 20 s and 160 s for E Series and 445X 24 bits devices and a time interval of 20 s and 11 37 hours for 6602 and 455X devices 32 bits The resolution will be lower than if you are using the ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ timebase ND_SOURCE_POLARITY to ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_GATE to any legal value listed in the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function description ND_GATE_POLARITY to ND_NEGATIVE The interval will be measured from a high to low to the next high to low transition of the gate signal You can use the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function after calling GPCTR_Set_Application and before calling GPCTR_Control with action ND_PROGRAM or ND_PREPARE To provide your timebase you can connect your timebase source to one of the PFI pins on the I O connector and change ND_SOURCE and ND_SOURCE_POLARITY to the appropriate values You also can configure the other general purpose counter for ND_PULSE_TRAIN_GNR and set ND_SOURCE of this counter to ND_OTHER_GPCTR_TC to measure intervals longer than the interval timebases allow application ND_SINGLE_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR In this application the counter is used for a single measurement of the time interval between two transitions of the opposite polarity of the gate signal By default the mea
479. ning will wrap around after the last input channel and continue with the first input channel If a module is represented more than once in the moduleList array there can be different numChans values for each entry For the SCXI 1200 this parameter depends entirely on its corresponding startChans value Range numChans i 1 to 128 startChans is an array of length numModules that contains the start channels for each module represented in the moduleList array If a module is represented more than once in the moduleList array the corresponding elements in the startChans array should contain the same value there can only be one start channel for each module startChans i 0 to n 1 where n is the number of input channels available on the corresponding module selects the indicated channel as the lowest scanned channel NI DAQ will scan a total of numChans successive channels starting with this channel on the module represented by moduleList i SCXI 1102 and VXI SC 1102 only startChans i c ND_CJ_TEMP where c is a channel number as described above selects scanning of the temperature sensor on the terminal block followed by successive channels beginning with c NI DAQ will scan the temperature sensor and then a total of numChans 1 successive channels starting with channel c for a total of numChans readings on the module represented by moduleList i startChans i 1 selects only the temperature sensor on the terminal block no
480. nits of pts s Range Roughly 0 00153 pts s through 5 000 000 pts s The maximum rate depends on the type of device Note If you are using an SCXI 1200 with remote SCXI the maximum rate will depend on the baud rate setting and count Refer to the SCXI 1200 User Manual for more details Using This Function DAQ_Op initiates a synchronous process of acquiring A D conversion samples and storing them in a buffer DAQ_Op does not return control to your application until NI DAQ acquires all the samples you want or until an acquisition error occurs When you are using posttrigger mode with pretrigger mode disabled the process stores count A D conversions in the buffer and ignores any subsequent conversions Note If you have selected external start triggering of the DAQ operation a high to low edge at the STARTTRIG I O connector of the MIO 16 the EXTTRIG input of the AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X or a low to high edge at the EXTTRIG input of the Lab and 1200 Series devices initiates the DAQ operation If you are using an E Series device or DSA device you need to apply a trigger that you select through the Select_Signal or DAQ_Config functions to initiate data acquisition Be aware that if you do not apply the start trigger DAQ_Op does not return control to your application Otherwise DAQ_Op issues a software trigger to initiate the DAQ operation If you have enabled pretrigger mode the sample counter does not begin counting a
481. nned and the length of the moduleList numChans and startChans arrays Range 1 to 256 moduleList is an array of length numModules containing the list of module slot numbers corresponding to the modules to be scanned Range moduleList i 1 to n where n is the number of slots in the chassis Name Type Description SCXIchassisID i16 logical ID assigned to the SCXI chassis numModules i16 number of modules to be scanned moduleList i16 list of module slot numbers numChans i16 how many channels to scan on each module startChans i16 contains the start channels for each module DAQdeviceNumber i16 the DAQ device that will be performing the channel scanning modeFlag i16 scanning mode to be used Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_SCAN_Setup NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 356 National Instruments Corporation Any value in the moduleList array that is greater than the number of slots available in the chassis such as a value of 15 or 16 can act as a dummy entry in the module scan list Dummy entries are very useful in multichassis scanning operations to indicate in the module scan list when the MIO or AI is scanning channels on another chassis numChans is an array of length numModules that indicates how many channels to scan on each module represented in the moduleList array If the number of channels specified for a module exceeds the number of input channels available on the module the channel scan
482. nput or output for which the group is to be configured 0 port is configured as an input port default 1 port is configured as an output port 3 port is configured as an input port with request edge latching disabled 4 port is configured as an output port with request edge latching enabled Using This Function DIG_Grp_Config configures the specified group according to the port assignment and direction If groupSize 0 NI DAQ releases any ports assigned to the group specified by group and clears the group handshake circuitry If groupSize 1 2 or 4 NI DAQ assigns the specified ports to the group and configures the ports for the specified direction NI DAQ subsequently writes to or reads from ports assigned to a group using the DIG_In_Grp and DIG_Out_Grp or the DIG_Block_In and DIG_Block_Out functions NI DAQ can no longer access any ports assigned to a group through any of the nongroup calls listed previously Only the DIG_Block calls can use a group of size 4 If you are using an AT DIO 32F and intend to perform block I O you are limited to group sizes of 2 and 4 If you are using a DIO 6533 DIO 32HS and intend to perform block I O you also can use a group size of 1 After system startup no ports are assigned to groups See your hardware user manual for information about group handshake timing Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Grp_Mode NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 166 National Instruments Corporation DIG_Grp_
483. ns of the same polarity of the gate signal By default those are the low to high transitions of the signal listed in Table 2 25 The counter counts the 20 MHz internal timebase ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ so the resolution of measurement is 50 ns The counter counts up starting from 0 its contents are placed in the buffer after an edge of appropriate polarity is detected on the gate the counter then starts counting up from 0 again NI DAQ transfers data from the counter into the buffer until the buffer is filled the counter is disarmed at that time The default 20 MHz timebase combined with the counter width for E Series and 445X devices 24 bits lets you measure the width of a pulse between 100 ns and 0 8 s long For Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 238 National Instruments Corporation 6602 and 455X devices with counter width 32 bits you can generate pulses with a delay and length between 100 ns and 214 s long Figure 2 25 Buffered Period Measurement Typically you will find modifying the following parameters through the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function useful when the counter application is ND_BUFFERED_PERIOD_MSR You can change the following ND_SOURCE to ND_INTERNAL_100_KHZ With this timebase you can measure intervals between 20 s and 160 s long The resolution will be lower than if you are using ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ timebase ND_SOURCE_POLARITY to ND_HIGH_TO_LOW
484. nstalled or wrong jumper settings made or there is no module present in that slot 1 SCXI 1126 2 SCXI 1121 4 SCXI 1120 6 SCXI 1100 8 SCXI 1140 10 SCXI 1122 12 SCXI 1160 14 SCXI 1161 16 SCXI 1162 18 SCXI 1163 20 SCXI 1124 24 SCXI 1162HV 28 SCXI 1163R Name Type Description SCXIchassisID i16 logical ID assigned to the SCXI chassis moduleSlot i16 SCXI module slot number Name Type Description moduleID i32 module ID read from the given slot Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_ModuleID_Read NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 346 National Instruments Corporation 30 SCXI 1102 32 SCXI 1141 38 SCXI 1200 40 SCXI 2400 42 VXI SC 1102 44 VXI SC 1150 68 SCXI 1120D Using This Function The principal difference between this function and SCXI_Get_Module_Info is that this function does a hardware read of the module In contrast SCXI_Get_Module_Info returns the module type stored by the NI DAQ Configuration Utility You can use SCXI_ModuleID_Read to verify that your SCXI system is configured and communicating properly For example a call to this function at the beginning of your program ensures that the SCXI chassis is powered on the SCXI cable is properly connected and the module in moduleSlot matches the module type configured by the NI DAQ Configuration Utility SCXI_ModuleID_Read returns a positive status code of SCXIModuleTypeConflictError if the module I
485. nt excitation value returned in units of Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Cal_Constants NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 326 National Instruments Corporation milliamperes If opCode 3 you should pass your second calibration constant in calConst2 for NI DAQ to store in calibrationArea Note C Programmers calConst1 and calConst2 are pass by reference parameters Using This Function Analog Input Calibration When you call SCXI_Scale to scale binary analog input data NI DAQ uses the binary offset and gain adjust calibration constants loaded for the given module channel and gain setting to scale the data to voltage or frequency Refer to the SCXI_Scale function description for the equations used By default NI DAQ loads calibration constants for the SCXI 1122 SCXI 1126 and SCXI 1141 from the module EEPROM see the EEPROM Organization section later in this function for more information The SCXI 1141 has only gain adjust constants in the EEPROM and does not have binary zero offset in the EEPROM All other analog input modules have no calibration constants by default NI DAQ assumes no binary offset and ideal gain settings for those modules unless you use the following procedure to store calibration constants for your module You can determine calibration constants based specifically on your application setup which includes your type of DAQ device your DAQ device settings and your cable assembly all combined with your SC
486. nto the memory earlier by calling WFM_Load with mode 3 If this is not the case NI DAQ then returns an error Sample Count 31 0 specifies the number of samples from the start of the buffer given by Buffer ID If this is set to 0 NI DAQ uses the original size for that buffer specified during WFM_Load call with mode 3 You can concatenate two consecutive buffers for generation by specifying the Buffer ID of the first buffer and the Sample Count to be equal to the first and following buffers This feature allows flexibility to generate different waveforms from the buffers already loaded into the memory Iterations 31 0 is used to specify the number of times you want to loop over the waveform specified by the Buffer ID and Sample Count before jumping to the next stage The valid range of Iterations 31 0 is 1 to 65 536 for DAQArb 5411 Marker Offset is equivalent to a trigger output signal You can place a marker in every stage however only one marker is allowed per stage The marker is specified by giving a Marker Offset 31 0 value in number of samples from the start of the waveform specified by the stage If the offset is out of range of the number of samples in that stage the marker will not appear at the output Note For information about staging based waveform generation refer to your NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles Using This Function WFM_Load assigns your buffer to a selected analog output channel or channels The v
487. ode 4 Timing Diagram 2 253 Figure 2 37 Mode 5 Timing Diagram 2 253 Tables Table 1 MIO and AI Devices xvii Table 1 1 Status Values 1 1 Table 1 2 Primary Type Names 1 2 Table 1 3 The LabWindows CVI Function Tree for Data Acquisition 1 6 Contents National Instruments Corporation xi NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Table 2 1 Parameter Settings for AI_Configure 2 7 Table 2 2 Port 0 Digital I O Lines Reserved 2 11 Table 2 3 Reglitching Parameters for Permissible Devices 2 28 Table 2 4 Voltage or Current Output Parameters 2 29 Table 2 5 Parameter Values for FIFO Transfer Conditions 2 29 Table 2 6 Default Values for FIFO Transfer Condition 2 30 Table 2 7 Parameter Setting Information for the Analog Filter 2 31 Table 2 8 Para
488. odes for supported devices table 2 393 to 2 398 infoValue parameters table 2 391 to 2 392 intoType parameters table 2 390 to 2 391 using the function 2 392 to 2 399 signal name equivalencies E series table 2 387 single period measurement application 2 218 to 2 220 single pulse generation application 2 227 to 2 229 single pulse width measurement application 2 220 to 2 223 single trigger mode for DAQArb 5411 devices 2 34 single triggered pulse generation application 2 229 to 2 231 single triggered pulse width measurement application 2 223 to 2 225 single point analog input functions AI_Change_Parameter 2 1 to 2 2 AI_Check 2 3 to 2 4 AI_Clear 2 5 AI_Configure 2 6 to 2 9 AI_Read 2 12 to 2 13 AI_Setup 2 15 to 2 16 AI_VRead 2 17 to 2 18 AI_VScale 2 20 to 2 21 definition 1 13 LabWindows function panel tree 1 7 single point analog output functions AO_Calibrate 2 25 to 2 26 AO_Change_Parameter 2 27 to 2 37 AO_Configure 2 38 to 2 41 AO_Update 2 42 AO_VScale 2 43 to 2 44 AO_VWrite 2 45 to 2 46 AO_Write 2 47 to 2 48 LabWindows function panel tree 1 8 Index National Instruments Corporation I 13 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles square wave generation timing considerations 2 112 status codes 1 1 to 1 2 format 1 1 status values table 1 1 summary of codes A 1 to A 23 stepped trigger mode for DAQArb 5411 devices 2 34 SYNC duty cycle 2 35 to 2 36 T technical support D 1 to D 2 te
489. of a Z Index pulse can be specified by making a GPCTR_Change_Parameter call with paramID ND_COUNT_1 Note By default the counter will start counting from 0 You can alter this by calling GPCTR_Change_Parameter with a paramID set to ND_INITIAL_COUNT A good technique for setting the initial value would be to set it in an invalid range When the counter receives a Z Index the value of the counter will be placed in a valid range This technique will allow you to detect the initial Z Index An example use of this paramID is shown below Create u32 variable gpctrNum Create u32 variable counterValue gpctrNum ND_COUNTER_0 GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_RESET GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_SIMPLE_CNT GPCTR_Change_Parameter deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_INPUT_CONDITIONING ND_QUADRATURE_ENCODER_X1 specify that the counter reloads to value of 1000 every time a Z Index pulse occurs GPCTR_Change_Parameter deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_Z_INDEX_PULSE 1000 load the counter initially with a bogus value for Z Index detection GPCTR_Change_Parameter deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_COUNT_1 10000 GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_PROGRAM Repeat as long as required by your application you can check for a valid value for counterValue here GPCTR_Watch deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_COUNT counterValue Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Change_Parameter National Instrument
490. of count depend on the counter configuration Special Considerations for Overflow Detection For NI DAQ to detect an overflow condition you must configure the counter for TC toggled output type and positive output polarity and then you must configure the counter to stop counting on overflow cont 0 in the CTR_EvCount call If these conditions are not met the value of overflow is meaningless If more than one counter is concatenated for event counting applications you should configure the lower order counters to continue counting when overflow occurs and overflow detection is only meaningful for the highest order counter count returned by CTR_EvRead for the lower order counters then represents the module 65 536 event count See Event Counting Applications in Chapter 3 Software Overview in the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for more information Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_FOUT_Config NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 96 National Instruments Corporation CTR_FOUT_Config Format status CTR_FOUT_Config deviceNumber FOUT_port mode timebase division Purpose Disables or enables and sets the frequency of the 4 bit programmable frequency output Parameters Input Parameter Discussion FOUT_port is the frequency output port to be programmed 1 For FOUT1 on the PC TIO 10 or FOUT on the MIO device except the E Series devices 2 For FOUT2 on the PC TIO 10 mode selects whether to enable or disable the pro
491. of the PFI pins on the I O connector and change ND_SOURCE and ND_SOURCE_POLARITY to the appropriate values You also can configure the other general purpose counter for ND_PULSE_TRAIN_GNR and set ND_SOURCE of this counter to ND_OTHER_GPCTR_TC to generate pulses with delays and intervals longer than 160 s for E Series and 445X devices and 11 37 hours for 6602 and 455X devices application ND_SINGLE_TRIG_PULSE_GNR In this application the counter is used for the generation of a single delayed pulse after a transition on the gate input By default this is achieved by using the 20 MHz internal timebase ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ so the resolution of timing is 50 ns By default the counter counts down from ND_COUNT_1 5 million to 0 for the delay time and then down from ND_COUNT_2 10 million to 0 for the pulse generation time to generate a 0 5 s pulse after 0 25 s of delay The default gate signal is shown in Table 2 25 and the transition that initiates the pulse generation is low to high Only the first transition of the gate signal after you arm the counter initiates pulse generation all subsequent transitions are ignored The default 20 MHz timebase combined with the counter width 24 bits lets you generate pulses with a delay and length between 100 ns and 0 8 s each for E Series and 445X devices only For 6602 and 455X devices with counter width 32 bits you can generate pulses with a delay and length between 100 ns and 214 s long For exa
492. ol is executed with action ND_ARM or action ND_PROGRAM If this criterion is not met executing GPCTR_Control with action ND_ARM or Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application National Instruments Corporation 2 223 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles action ND_PROGRAM returns gateSignalError If this happens you should not rely on values returned by GPCTR_Watch application ND_TRIG_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR In this application the counter is used for a single measurement of the time interval between two transitions of the opposite polarity of the gate signal By default the measurement is performed between a low to high and a high to low transition on the I O connector default gate pins see Table 2 25 for default gate pin selection The counter counts the 20 MHz internal timebase INTERNAL_20_MHZ so the resolution of measurement is 50 ns The counter counts up starting from 0 Unlike ND_SINGLE_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR your gate signal can change state during counter arming However the counter will start counting only after a high to low edge on the gate if the gate polarity is positive or after a low to high edge on the gate if the gate polarity is negative This transition is the trigger from this application s name The default 20 MHz timebase combined with the counter width 24 bits lets you measure the duration of a pulse between 100 ns and 0 8 s long For the 6602 and 455X devices with counter width 32 bits you can m
493. on for the remaining analog output functions to operate properly Note The AT AO 6 10 allows you to physically configure each analog output channel the jumper setting for bipolar or unipolar operation To ensure proper operation configure both channels in a channel pair the same way On the AT MIO 16X AT MIO 64F 5 and E Series devices except MIO 16XE 50 devices the calibration constants used for analog output change depending on the polarity of the analog output channels NI DAQ always ensures that the calibration constants in use match the current polarity of the channels If you change the polarity on the AT MIO 16X or the AT MIO 64F 5 by calling AO_Configure NI DAQ checks if the load area contains the appropriate constants If so NI DAQ loads the constants from the load area Otherwise NI DAQ loads the constants from the factory area for the current polarity and return status code calConstPolarityConflictError The actual loading of calibration constants takes place when you call an AO or WFM function See the Calibrate_E_Series function description for information about calibration constant loading on the E Series devices To load constants from some other EEPROM area you must call the MIO_Calibrate function after calling AO_Configure Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_Update NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 42 National Instruments Corporation AO_Update Format status AO_Update deviceNumber Purpose Updates an
494. on the return of DAQ_Monitor monitorBuffer contains a snapshot of a portion of the acquisition buffer newestPtIndex is the offset into the acquisition buffer of the newest point returned by DAQ_Monitor When the value of the sequential flag is 0 newestPtIndex is useful in determining whether you are seeing the same data over and over again If DAQ_buffer is the name of the buffer selected in the DAQ_Start call for example monitorBuffer numPts 1 DAQ_buffer newestPtIndex if DAQ_buffer is zero based daqStopped returns an indication of whether the data acquisition has completed 0 The DAQ operation is not yet complete 1 The DAQ operation has completed or halted due to an error Note C Programmers newestPtIndex and daqStopped are pass by reference parameters Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_Monitor NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 128 National Instruments Corporation Using This Function DAQ_Monitor is intended to return small blocks of data from a background acquisition operation This is especially useful when you have put the acquisition in a circular mode by enabling either the double buffered or pretrigger modes The operation is not disturbed NI DAQ only reads data from the buffer being used by the acquisition If the amount of data requested is not yet available DAQ_Monitor returns the appropriate error code Possible uses for DAQ_Monitor include deciding when to halt an acquisition based on a level slo
495. on which of the following languages you are using C programmers NIDAQCNS H DATAACQ H for LabWindows CVI BASIC programmers NIDAQCNS INC Visual Basic for Windows programmers should refer to the Programming Language Considerations section in Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions for more information Pascal programmers NIDAQCNS PAS infoType indicates which parameter you want to change Use infoValue to specify the corresponding new value Values that infoType accepts depend on the device you are using The legal range for infoValue depends on the device you are using and infoType Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility infoType u32 parameter you want to modify infoValue u32 new value you want to assign to the parameter specified by infoType Chapter 2 Function Reference Set_DAQ_Device_Info NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 390 National Instruments Corporation infoType can be one of the following infoType Description ND_ACK_REQ_EXCHANGE_GR1 ND_ACK_REQ_EXCHANGE_GR2 Used to exchange the ACK and REQ pins on the DIO 6533 DIO 32HS connector ND_AI_FIFO_INTERRUPTS Used to select method of AI interrupt generation ND_CLOCK_REVERSE_MODE_GR1 ND_CLOCK_REVERSE_MODE_GR2 Used to reverse the PCLK clock direction on the DIO 6533 DIO 32HS in burst handshaking mode ND_COUNTER_1_SOURCE Used to select a source for counter 1 on the DAQCard 700 ND_DA
496. ondition the input signal must first go below trigLevel deadbandWidth 2 and then go above trigLevel deadbandWidth 2 See Figure 2 2 for an illustration of the low alarm condition on off trigLevel deadbandWidth 2 trigLevel deadbandWidth 2 trigLevel On high alarm on Off high alarm off Time Chapter 2 Function Reference Config_Alarm_Deadband NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 66 National Instruments Corporation Figure 2 2 Low Alarm Deadband Config_Alarm_Deadband is a high level function for NI DAQ event messaging Because this function uses the current inputRange and polarity settings to translate triglevel and deadbandWidth from volts to binary you should not call AI_Configure and change these settings after you have called Config_Alarm_Deadband For more information on NI DAQ event messaging see the low level function Config_DAQ_Event_Message When you are using this function the analog input data acquisition must be run with interrupts only programmed I O mode You cannot use DMA See Set_DAQ_Device_Info for how to change modes trigLevel deadbandWidth 2 trigLevel deadbandWidth 2 trigLevel On low alarm on Off low alarm off on off Time Chapter 2 Function Reference Config_ATrig_Event_Message National Instruments Corporation 2 67 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Config_ATrig_Event_Message Format status Config_ATrig_Event_Message deviceNumber mode chan
497. ontents About This Manual How to Use the NI DAQ Manual Set xiii Organization of This Manual xiii Conventions Used in This Manual xiv MIO and AI Device Terminology xvii About the National Instruments Documentation Set xix Related Documentation xx Customer Communication xx Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions Status Codes Device Numbers and SCXI Chassis IDs 1 1 Variable Data Types 1 2 Primary Types 1 2 Arrays 1 3 Multiple Types 1 3 Programming Lan
498. operation current only output range is from 0 to 20 47 mA For the DAQArb 5411 devices 0 Bipolar operation output range is 5 to 5 V for a 50 terminated load and 10 to 10 V for an unterminated load that is a load with a very high impedance intOrExtRef indicates the source of voltage reference 0 Internal reference 1 External reference The MIO devices except the 16 bit E Series devices and AT AO 6 10 devices support external analog output voltage references For DAQArb 5411 devices only internal reference is supported refVoltage is the analog output channel voltage reference value You can configure each channel to use an internal reference of 10 V the default or an external reference Although each pair of channels is served by a single external reference connection the configuration of the external reference operates on a per channel basis Therefore it is possible to have one channel in a pair internally referenced and the other channel in the same pair externally referenced Range 10 to 10 V Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_Configure NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 40 National Instruments Corporation If you make a reference voltage connection you must assign refVoltage the value of the external reference voltage in a call to AO_Configure for the AO_VWrite and AO_VScale functions to operate properly For devices that have no external reference pin the output range is determined by
499. or the DIO 6533 devices and the AT DIO 32F groupSize indicates the size of the group The following values are permitted for groupSize 0 Unassign any ports previously assigned to group 1 One port assigned 8 bit group to group 2 Two ports assigned 16 bit group to group 4 Four ports assigned 32 bit group to group Note For the DIO 32F you must use port 0 or 1 if group 1 and port 2 or 3 if group 2 Note For the DIO 32F block operations are not allowed for groups of size 1 For the DIO 6533 DIO 32HS you can use block operations for groups of size 1 if you set group 1 and port 0 or group 2 and port 2 port indicates the digital I O port or ports assigned to the group The assignments made depend on the values of port and of groupSize groupSize 1 port 0 assigns port 0 A port 1 assigns port 1 B Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility group i16 group groupSize i16 size of the group port i16 digital I O port assigned to the group dir i16 input or output Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Grp_Config National Instruments Corporation 2 165 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles port 2 assigns port 2 C port 3 assigns port 3 D groupSize 2 port 0 assigns ports 0 and 1 A and B port 2 assigns ports 2 and 3 C and D groupSize 4 port 0 assigns ports 0 1 2 and 3 A B C and D dir indicates the direction i
500. orm is generated between delays Note The following information applies to DAQArb 5411 devices only Note Before you go on to modes 2 3 and 4 you need to understand some terms introduced in the following paragraphs A sequence list is used in staging based waveform generation for linking looping and generating multiple waveforms stored on the on board memory The sequence list has a list of entries Each entry is called a stage Each stage specifies which waveform to generate and other associated settings for that waveform for example the number of loops For staging based waveform generation you first must load all the data buffers using mode 2 or mode 3 and then you can load the sequence list using mode 4 Use mode 2 for loading waveforms that are repetitive in nature and in which very high frequency resolution is required This mode is referred to as DDS Direct Digital Synthesis mode For more details on the DDS mode refer to Chapter 16 DAQArb 5411 Devices in the Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Load NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 430 National Instruments Corporation DAQ Hardware Overview Guide You must use the entire 16 384 points of buffer to define one cycle of your waveform For example to generate different frequencies of a sinusoidal waveform you must load only one cycle of a sine wave to fit the entire 16 384 points of the buffer To generate different frequencies of the loaded waveform you
501. ort SCXI chassis SCXI module number or AMUX 64T device number SC Keyword stands for SCXI chassis MD Keyword stands for SCXI module CH Keyword stands for SCXI channel AM Keyword stands for AMUX 64T device Delimiter For example the following string specifies an onboard analog input channel 5 as the trigger channel AI5 The following string specifies SCXI channel 1 in SCXI module 2 of SCXI chassis 4 as the trigger channel SC4 MD2 CH1 The following specifies AMUX channel 34 on the AMUX 64T device 1 as the trigger channel AM1 34 You also can specify more than one channel as the trigger channel by listing all the channels when specifying channel number For example the following string specifies onboard analog input channel 2 4 6 and 8 as the trigger channels AI2 AI4 AI6 AI8 Also if your channel numbers are consecutive you can use the following shortcut to specify onboard analog input channels 2 through 8 as trigger channels AI2 8 trigLevel is the alarm limit in volts trigLevel and windowSize determine the trigger condition Chapter 2 Function Reference Config_ATrig_Event_Message National Instruments Corporation 2 69 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles windowSize is the number of volts below trigLevel for positive slope or above the analog trigger level for negative slope that the input signal must go before NI DAQ recognizes a valid trigger crossing at the analog trigger level trigSlo
502. ort has a different Strobe Input STB control signal PC4 on the I O connector is for port 0 PC2 on the I O connector is for port 1 Each input port also has a different Input Buffer Full IBF control signal PC5 on the I O connector is for port 0 PC1 on the I O connector is for port 1 Each output port has a different Output Buffer Full OBF control signal PC7 on the I O connector is for port 0 PC1 on the I O connector is for port 1 Device Ports AT MIO 16D 2 AT MIO 16DE 10 2 Lab and 1200 Series devices 0 DIO 24 0 DIO 96 0 3 6 and 9 Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_SCAN_Setup NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 190 National Instruments Corporation Each output port also has a different Acknowledge Input ACK control signal PC6 on the I O connector is for port 0 PC2 on the I O connector is for port 1 On the DIO 96 I O connector you can find four different sets of PC pins They are APC BPC CPC and DPC APC pins correspond to port 0 and port 1 BPC pins correspond to port 3 and port 4 CPC pins correspond to port 6 and port 7 and DPC pins correspond to port 9 and port 10 For example CPC7 is the Output Buffer Full OBF control signal for port 6 and CPC1 is the Output Buffer Full OBF for port 7 if both ports are configured as handshaking output ports If a group of ports is configured as input you need to tie all the corresponding Stro
503. ot used by the SCXI chassis or modules so this mode is not useful 1 The mux counter divides the scan clock so that n conversions are performed for every mux gain entry on the DAQ device where n is the ctrValue ctrValue is the value NI DAQ will program into the mux counter If enable 1 and scanDiv 1 ctrValue is the number of conversions NI DAQ will perform on each mux gain entry on the DAQ device If enable 0 NI DAQ ignores this parameter Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility enable i16 whether to enable counter 1 to be a mux counter scanDiv i16 whether the mux counter will divide the scan clock ctrValue u16 value to be programmed into the mux counter Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_MuxCtr_Setup NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 348 National Instruments Corporation Using This Function You can use this function to synchronize the scan list that NI DAQ has loaded into the mux gain memory of the DAQ device and the SCXI module scan list that NI DAQ has loaded into Slot 0 of the SCXI chassis The total number of samples to be taken in one pass through each scan list should be the same Am9513 based MIO devices use counter 1 as the mux counter The Lab and 1200 Series and E Series devices have a dedicated mux counter For example for the following scan lists a ctrValue of 8 causes NI DAQ to take eight samples for each MIO or AI scan list entry The first two entries in th
504. ough ND_PFI_9 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_GPCTR0_OUTPUT ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_INTERNAL_TIMER ND_LOW_TO_HIGH source sourceSpec Chapter 2 Function Reference Select_Signal NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 378 National Instruments Corporation signal ND_IN_SCAN_CLOCK_TIMEBASE Use ND_IN_SCAN_CLOCK_TIMEBASE as an input into the DAQ STC scan timer The scan timer generates timing by counting the signal at its input and producing an IN_START_SCAN signal after the specified number of occurrences of the ND_IN_SCAN_CLOCK_TIMEBASE signal transitions If you do not call this function with signal ND_IN_SCAN_CLOCK_TIMEBASE NI DAQ uses the default values source ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ and sourceSpec ND_LOW_TO_HIGH signal ND_IN_CHANNEL_CLOCK_TIMEBASE Use ND_IN_CHANNEL_CLOCK_TIMEBASE as an input into the DAQ STC sample channel interval timer The sample timer generates timing by counting the signal at its input and producing an ND_IN_CONVERT signal after the specified number of occurrences of the ND_IN_CHANNEL_CLOCK_TIMEBASE signal transitions If you do not call this function with signal ND_IN_SCAN_CLOCK_TIMEBASE NI DAQ uses the default values source ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ and sourceSpec ND_LOW_TO_HIGH signal ND_OUT_START_TRIGGER source sourceSpec ND_PFI_0 through ND_PFI_9 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_RTSI_0 thr
505. ough ND_RTSI_6 ND_PLL_REF_SOURCE Note The ND_OUT_START_TRIGGER ND_OUT_UPDATE and ND_UPDATE_CLOCK_TIMEBASE values do not apply to the AI E Series devices Note The following signals are not supported for the DSA devices ND_OUT_UPDATE ND_PLL_REF_SOURCE ND_IN_SCAN_CLOCK_TIMEBASE ND_IN_CHANNEL_CLOCK_TIMEBASE ND_IN_CONVERT ND_IN_SCAN_START ND_IN_EXTERNAL_GATE ND_OUT_EXTERNAL_GATE ND_OUT_UPDATE_CLOCK_TIMEBASE ND_PFI_2 PCI 445X only ND_PFI_5 PCI 445X only Chapter 2 Function Reference Select_Signal NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 374 National Instruments Corporation Table 2 35 Possible Values for signal Group signal Description Timing and Control Signals Used Internally by the Onboard DAQ STC ND_IN_START_TRIGGER Start trigger for the DAQ and SCAN functions ND_IN_STOP_TRIGGER Stop trigger for the DAQ and SCAN functions ND_IN_SCAN_CLOCK_TIMEBASE Scan clock timebase for the SCAN functions ND_IN_CHANNEL_CLOCK_TIMEBASE Channel clock timebase for the DAQ and SCAN functions ND_IN_CONVERT Convert signal for the AI DAQ and SCAN functions ND_IN_SCAN_START Start scan signal for the SCAN functions ND_IN_EXTERNAL_GATE External gate signal for the DAQ and SCAN functions ND_OUT_START_TRIGGER Start trigger for the WFM functions ND_OUT_UPDATE Update signal for the AO and WFM functions ND_OUT_UPDATE_CLOCK_TIME
506. ough ND_RTSI_6 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ ND_LOW_TO_HIGH ND_INTERNAL_100_KHZ ND_LOW_TO_HIGH source sourceSpec ND_PFI_0 through ND_PFI_9 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ ND_LOW_TO_HIGH ND_INTERNAL_100_KHZ ND_LOW_TO_HIGH source sourceSpec ND_PFI_0 through ND_PFI_9 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH and ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_IN_START_TRIGGER ND_LOW_TO_HIGH Chapter 2 Function Reference Select_Signal National Instruments Corporation 2 379 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Use ND_OUT_START_TRIGGER to initiate a waveform generation sequence You can use an external signal or the signal used as the ND_IN_START_TRIGGER or NI DAQ can generate it Setting source to ND_IN_START_TRIGGER is useful for synchronizing waveform generation with data acquisition By setting source to ND_IO_CONNECTOR you can trigger using a signal on the I O connector pin For finding out which pin on the I O connector is the external trigger input refer to your DAQArb 5411 User Manual If you do not call this function with signal ND_OUT_START_TRIGGER NI DAQ uses the default values source ND_AUTOMATIC and sourceSpec ND_LOW_TO_HIGH signal ND_OUT_UPDATE Note DAQARB 5411 devices do not have DAQ STC on board Use this signal for update timing You can use a DAQ STC timer for timi
507. ound self calibrating a property of a DAQ board that has an extremely stable onboard reference and calibrates its own A D and D A circuits without manual adjustments by the user shared memory See dual access memory signal conditioning the manipulation of signals to prepare them for digitizing software trigger a programmed event that triggers an event such as data acquisition software triggering a method of triggering in which you simulate an analog trigger using software Also called conditional retrieval NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles G 12 National Instruments Corporation Glossary SS simultaneous sampling a property of a system in which each input or output channel is digitized or updated at the same instant S s samples per second STC system timing controller switchless device devices that do not require dip switches or jumpers to configure resources on the devices also called Plug and Play devices synchronous 1 hardware a property of an event that is synchronized to a reference clock 2 software a property of a function that begins an operation and returns only when the operation is complete T TC terminal count T H track and hold a circuit that tracks an analog voltage and holds the value on command transfer rate the rate measured in bytes s at which data is moved from source to destination after software initialization and set up operations the maximum rate at which the hardware ca
508. ourceReservedError The specified resource is unavailable because it has already been reserved by another entity 10462 resourceNotReservedError The specified resource has not been reserved so the action is not allowed 10480 muxMemFullError The scan list is too large to fit into the mux gain memory of the board 10481 bufferNotInterleavedError You must provide a single buffer of interleaved data and the channels must be in ascending order You cannot use DMA to transfer data from two buffers however you may be able to use interrupts 10540 SCXIModuleNotSupportedError At least one of the SCXI modules specified is not supported for the operation 10541 TRIG1ResourceConflict CTRB1 will drive COUTB1 However CTRB1 also will drive TRIG1 This conflict might cause unpredictable results when the chassis is scanned 10560 invalidDSPHandleError The DSP handle input is not valid 10561 DSPDataPathBusyError Either DAQ or WFM can use a PC memory buffer but not both ar the same time Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description Appendix A Status Codes NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles A 14 National Instruments Corporation 10600 noSetupError No setup operation has been performed for the specified resources Or some resources require a specific ordering of calls for proper setup 10601 multSetupError The specified resources have already been co
509. outputPolarity and NI DAQ ignores this parameter updateMode indicates whether an analog output channel is updated when written to 0 Updated when written to default setting 1 Not updated when written to but updated later after a call to AO_Update later internal update mode 2 Not updated when written to but updated later upon application of an active low pulse You should apply this pulse to the following OUT2 pin for an MIO 16 16D device EXTDACUPDATE pin for an MIO F 16 device EXTUPDATE pin for the AT AO 6 10 and Lab and 1200 Series analog output devices later external update mode PFI5 pin for the E Series devices To alter the pin and polarity selections you make with this function for an E Series device you can call Select_Signal with signal ND_OUT_UPDATE after you call AO_Configure Note This mode is not valid for the VXI AO 48XDC Using This Function AO_Configure stores information about the analog output channel on the specified device in the configuration table for the analog channel For the AT AO 6 10 the outputPolarity and updateMode information is stored for channel pairs For example analog output channels 0 and 1 are grouped in a channel pair and a call to AO_Configure for channel 0 record the outputPolarity and updateMode for both channels 0 and 1 Likewise a call to AO_Configure for channel 1 records the outputPolarity and updateMode for both channels 0 and 1 The AT AO 6 10 c
510. p Down pins The GPCTR_Change_Parameter function with paramID ND_SOURCE should not be called after a call to GPCTR_Change_Parameter with paramID ND_INPUT_CONDITIONING Corresponding legal values for paramValue are shown below ND_NONE configures default Source and Up Down pins for no conditioning ND_QUADRATURE_ENCODER_X1 configures default Source and Up Down Other sources cannot be connected in this mode ND_QUADRATURE_ENCODER_X2 configures default Source and Up Down automatically Other sources cannot be connected in this mode ND_QUADRATURE_ENCODER_X4 configures default Source and Up Down automatically Other sources cannot be connected in this mode ND_TWO_PULSE_COUNTING configures default Source and Up Down automatically Other sources cannot be connected in this mode Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Change_Parameter NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 202 National Instruments Corporation Synchronization on default Source and Up Down pins is enabled when you call GPCTR_Change_Parameter with paramID ND_INPUT_CONDITIONING and paramValue as any of the quadrature modes or the two pulse counting mode You can enable Z Index pulse for quadrature encoders by making a GPCTR_Change_Parameter call with paramID ND_INDEX_PULSE and paramValue ND_YES The Z Index signal should be connected to default gate for the counter that is being used The value to which the count should reset in the event
511. p suspends the operation of the counter in such a way that the counter can be restarted by CTR_Restart and continue in its operation For example if a counter is set up for frequency output issuing CTR_Stop causes the counter to stop generating a square wave and CTR_Restart allows it to resume CTR_Stop causes the counter output to remain at the state it was in when CTR_Stop was issued Note Because of hardware limitations CTR_Stop cannot stop a counter generating a square wave with period1 of 1 and period2 of 1 Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility ctr i16 counter number Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_Check National Instruments Corporation 2 115 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DAQ_Check Format status DAQ_Check deviceNumber daqStopped retrieved Purpose Checks whether the current DAQ operation is complete and returns the status and the number of samples acquired to that point Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion daqStopped returns an indication of whether the data acquisition has completed 0 The DAQ operation is not yet complete 1 The DAQ operation has stopped Either the buffer is full or an error has occurred retrieved indicates the progress of an acquisition The meaning of retrieved depends on whether pretrigger mode has been enabled see DAQ_StopTrigger_Config If pretrigger mode is disabled retrieved returns the number of samples collecte
512. pause in data transfer can occur while NI DAQ reprograms the DMA For a group configured for pattern generation this can cause glitches in the digital input or output pattern time lapses greater than the programmed period during DMA reprogramming Therefore you should enable these options only if necessary Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_DB_HalfReady NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 160 National Instruments Corporation DIG_DB_HalfReady Format status DIG_DB_HalfReady deviceNumber group halfReady Purpose Checks whether the next half buffer of data is available during a double buffered digital block operation You can use DIG_DB_HalfReady to avoid the waiting period that can occur because DIG_DB_Transfer waits until NI DAQ can transfer the data before returning Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion group is the group to be configured Range 1 or 2 halfReady indicates whether the next half buffer of data is available When halfReady equals one you can use DIG_DB_Transfer to read or write the data immediately When halfReady equals zero the data is not yet available Note C Programmers halfReady is a pass by reference parameter Using This Function Double buffered digital block functions cyclically input or output digital data to or from a buffer The buffer is divided into two equal halves so that NI DAQ can save or write data from one half while block operations use the other half For input th
513. pdate rates to each group by calling WFM_ClockRate Also you cannot split channel pairs between groups channel pairs are 0 and 1 2 and 3 4 and 5 and so on for the AT AO 6 10 For example you can assign channel 4 alone to group 1 but you cannot then assign channel 5 to group 2 When you use the AT AO 6 restrictions on group 1 assignments are as follows 0 to n where n 5 and the channel list is consecutive or any one channel Uses interrupts DMA with FIFO Interrupt when the FIFO is half full thus group 1 will be faster than group 2 even when interrupts are used for both If more than one channel is in the channel list then channel 0 must be the first channel in that list The restrictions for AT AO 6 group 2 assignments are as follows Channels 0 or 1 cannot be in group 2 Uses interrupts only Restrictions on AT AO 10 group assignments are as follows All rules of assignment for the AT AO 6 apply to the AT AO 10 0 to n where n 9 and the channel list is consecutive or any one channel If exactly one channel is assigned to group 1 it cannot be channel 8 or 9 Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Load National Instruments Corporation 2 425 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles WFM_Load Format status WFM_Load deviceNumber numChans chanVect buffer count iterations mode Purpose Assigns a waveform buffer to one or more analog output channels and
514. pe or peak If you are using DAQ_Monitor to retrieve sequential data during a circular acquisition and NI DAQ overwrites a block of data before it can copy the data NI DAQ returns an overWriteError warning DAQ_Monitor then restarts sequential retrieval with the most recently acquired block of data If NI DAQ overwrites a block of data as it is copied to monitorBuffer NI DAQ returns the overWriteError error The data in monitorBuffer might be corrupted if NI DAQ returns this error Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_Op National Instruments Corporation 2 129 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DAQ_Op Format status DAQ_Op deviceNumber chan gain buffer count sampleRate Purpose Performs a synchronous single channel DAQ operation DAQ_Op does not return until NI DAQ has acquired all the data or an acquisition error has occurred Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion chan is the analog input channel number If you are using SCXI you must use the appropriate analog input channel on the DAQ device that corresponds to the SCXI channel you want Select the SCXI channel using SCXI_Single_Chan_Setup before calling this function Refer to the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for more information on SCXI channel assignments Range See Table B 1 in Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation gain is the gain setting to be used for that channel This gain setting applies only to the DA
515. pe is the slope the input signal should trigger on 0 Trigger on either positive and negative slope 1 Trigger on positive slope 2 Trigger on negative slope trigSkipCount is the number of valid triggers NI DAQ ignores It can be any value greater than or equal to zero For example if trigSkipCount is 3 you are notified when the fourth trigger occurs preTrigScans is the number of scans of data NI DAQ collects before looking for the very first trigger Setting preTrigScans to 0 causes NI DAQ to look for the first trigger as soon as the DAQ process begins postTrigScans is the number of scans of data NI DAQ collects after the trigSkipCount triggers before notifying you handle is the handle to the window you want to receive a Windows message in when DAQEvent happens message is a message you define When DAQEvent happens NI DAQ passes message back to you message can be any value In Windows you can set message to a value including any Windows predefined messages such as WM_PAINT However to define your own message you can use any value ranging from WM_USER 0x400 to 0x7fff This range is reserved by Microsoft for messages you define callbackAddr is the address of the user callback function NI DAQ calls this function when DAQEvent occurs See Config_DAQ_Event_Message for restrictions on this parameter Using This Function To meet the positive trigger condition the input signal must first go below trigLevel windowS
516. pecified pulse programmable delay and pulse width Parameters Input Parameter Discussion ctr is the counter number Range 1 2 or 5 for an MIO device except the E Series devices 1 through 10 for a PC TIO 10 timebase selects the timebase or resolution to be used by the counter timebase has the following possible values 1 Internal 5 MHz clock used as timebase 200 ns resolution AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 AT MIO 16X and PC TIO 10 only 0 TC signal of ctr 1 used as timebase 1 Internal 1 MHz clock used as timebase 1 s resolution 2 Internal 100 kHz clock used as timebase 10 s resolution 3 Internal 10 kHz clock used as timebase 100 s resolution 4 Internal 1 kHz clock used as timebase 1 ms resolution 5 Internal 100 Hz clock used as timebase 10 ms resolution 6 SOURCE1 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or SOURCE 6 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 7 SOURCE2 used as timebase if 1 ctr v 5 or SOURCE 7 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility ctr i16 counter number timebase i16 timebase value delay u16 interval before the pulse pulseWidth u16 interval of the pulse Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_Pulse National Instruments Corporation 2 101 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 8 SOURCE3 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or SOURCE 8 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 9 SOURCE4
517. pedance of 75 for video testing If you select an output impedance of 0 you should be driving an unterminated load that is a load with a very high input impedance To change the output impedance setting set paramID to ND_IMPEDANCE Note The values are set up in milliOhms m Table 2 9 Parameter Setting Information for Output Enable Device Type Per Channel Selection Possible Legal Range for paramValue Default Setting for paramValue DAQArb AT 5411 DAQArb PCI 5411 4451 devices 4551 devices Yes ND_YES and ND_NO ND_NO Table 2 10 Parameter Setting Information for Output Impedance Device Type Per Channel Selection Possible Legal Range for paramValue Default Setting for paramValue DAQArb AT 5411 DAQArb PCI 5411 Yes 0 50 000 and 75 000 50 000 Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_Change_Parameter National Instruments Corporation 2 33 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Output Attentuation Some devices have attenuators after the final amplifier stage By attenuating the output signal you do not lose any dynamic range of the signal that is you do not lose any bits from the digital representation of the signal because the attenuation is done after the DAC and not before it Attenuation in mdB 20 log10 Vo Vi 1000 Vo The voltage level that you want for the output signal Vi The input voltage level For DAQArb5411 devices Vi 5 to 5 V for terminated load and
518. poration attribID ND_LINE_FILTER valid only for lineNum ND_PFI_0 through ND_PFI_39 attribID ND_LINE_FILTER valid only for lineNum ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 and ND_RTSI_CLOCK Using This Function When attribID ND_LINE_FILTER and attribValue ND_SYNCHRONIZATION_ONLY Line_Change_Attribute helps the 6602 device synchronize itself with external clock pulses The RTSI lines can accept an external clock as one of their inputs The external clock will probably not be in synchronization with the internal clock on the 6602 device If the two clocks are not in synchronization it is possible for the 6602 device to miss or miscount a signal Calling Line_Change_Attribute with attribID ND_LINE_FILTER and attribValue ND_SYNCHRONIZATION_ONLY establishes synchronization by delaying the external clock referenced pulse until the 6602 can count the pulse The 6602 can count the external clocked pulse during the next internal clock pulse Refer to your 6602 device manual for more details Example status Line_Change_Attribute 1 ND_PFI_36 ND_LINE_FILTER ND_SYNCHRONIZATION_ONLY This example synchronizes any pulses coming in on internal line 3 with the internal clock of the TIO chip attribValue Description ND_SYNCHRONIZATION_ONLY Synchronizes the signal using the internal clock ND_100KHZ Filters the signal using a 100 kHz filter ND_500KHZ Filters the signal using a a 500 kHz filter ND_1MHZ Filters the signal using
519. poration 2 233 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles With the default 20 MHz timebase combined with the counter width 24 bits you can generate trains consisting of pulses with delay and length between 100 ns and 0 8 s For the 6602 devices you can generate pulses with a delay and length between 100 ns and 214 s long Assume that you want to generate a pulse train with the low period 150 ns long and the high period 200 ns long You need to set ND_COUNT_1 to 150 ns 50 ns 3 and ND_COUNT_2 to 200 ns 50 ns 4 This corresponds to a 20 MHz 3 4 2 86 MHz signal with 3 7 4 7 43 57 duty cycle Figure 2 22 shows the scenario of a counter used for ND_PULSE_TRAIN_GNR after the following programming sequence GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_RESET GPCTR_Set_Application deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_PULSE_TRAIN_GNR GPCTR_Change_Parameter deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_COUNT_1 3 GPCTR_Change_Parameter deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_COUNT_2 4 Select_Signal deviceNumber gpctrNumOut gpctrNumOut ND_LOW_TO_HIGH GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_PROGRAM In Figure 2 22 the following behavior is present Source is the signal present at the counter source input Output is the signal present at the counter output Figure 2 22 Pulse Train Generation Use the GPCTR_Control function with action ND_RESET to stop the pulse generation Typically you will find modifying the following parameters through the GPCTR_Chan
520. ppendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation lists the valid channel and gain settings for DAQ boards describes how NI DAQ calculates voltage and describes the measurement of offset and gain adjustment Appendix C NI DAQ Function Support contains tables that show which DAQ hardware each NI DAQ function call supports Appendix D Customer Communication contains forms you can use to request help from National Instruments or to comment on our products and manuals The Glossary contains an alphabetical list and description of terms used in this manual including abbreviations acronyms metric prefixes mnemonics and symbols The Index contains an alphabetical list of key terms and topics in this manual including the page where you can find each one Conventions Used in This Manual The following conventions are used in this manual This icon to the left of bold italicized text denotes a note which alerts you to important information This icon to the left of bold italicized text denotes a caution which advises you of precautions to take to avoid injury data loss or a system crash 1102 B C modules Refers to the SCXI 1102 SCXI 1102B and SCXI 1102C modules and the VXI SC 1102 VXI SC 1102B and VXI SC 1102C submodules 12 bit device These MIO and AI devices are listed in Table 1 16 bit device These MIO and AI devices are listed in Table 1 445X device Refers to the PCI
521. pter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 1 8 National Instruments Corporation Start Scan SCAN_Start Check DAQ or Scan DAQ_Check Assign Rate to DAQ Group DAQ_Set_Clock Monitor DAQ or Scan DAQ_Monitor Start Lab Scan Lab_ISCAN_Start Check Lab Scan Lab_ISCAN_Check Clear DAQ or Scan DAQ_Clear Scale DAQ or Scan DAQ_VScale Reorder Scan Data SCAN_Demux Reorder Scan Seq Data SCAN_Sequence_Demux Configure DAQ DAQ_Config Config DAQ Pretrigger DAQ_StopTrigger_Config Config Double Buffering DAQ_DB_Config Is Half Buffer Ready DAQ_DB_HalfReady Half Buffer to Array DAQ_DB_Transfer Analog Output Single Point Generate Voltage AO_VWrite Scale Voltage to Binary AO_VScale Write Analog Binary AO_Write Update Analog DACs AO_Update Configure Analog Output AO_Configure Change Analog Output Parameter AO_Change_Parameter Table 1 3 The LabWindows CVI Function Tree for Data Acquisition Continued LabWindows CVI Function Panel NI DAQ Function Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions National Instruments Corporation 1 9 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Waveform Generation Generate WFM from Array WFM_Op Generate WFM from Disk WFM_from_Disk Low Level Functions Scale Waveform Buffer WFM_Scale Convert Waveform Rate WFM_Rate Assign Waveform Group WFM_Group_Setup Load Waveform Buffer WFM_Load Assign Rate to WFM Group WFM_ClockRate WFM_Set_Cloc
522. ption deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility chan i16 analog output channel number voltage f64 voltage in volts to be converted to a binary value Name Type Description binVal i16 converted binary value returned Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_VScale NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 44 National Instruments Corporation Notice that refVoltage is the value you specify in AO_Configure Because you can independently configure the analog output channels for range and polarity NI DAQ can translate the same voltage to different values for each channel Note Some inaccuracy results in the binVal parameter when you use this function on the VXI AO 48XDC because this device works with a larger analog output resolution than can be represented by the 16 bit binary output value for AO_VScale The binary output value is designated as the most significant 16 bits of the scaling operation to minimize this inaccuracy Use the AO_VWrite function to prevent this kind of inaccuracy Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_VWrite National Instruments Corporation 2 45 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles AO_VWrite Format status AO_VWrite deviceNumber chan voltage Purpose Accepts a floating point voltage value scales it to the proper binary number and writes that number to an analog output or current channel to change the output voltage Parameters Input Parameter Discussion chan is the analog output chan
523. pulses with delays and intervals longer than 160 s application ND_RETRIG_PULSE_GNR In this application the counter is used for the generation of a retriggerable delayed pulse after each transition on the gate input By default you get this by using the 20 MHz internal timebase ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ so the resolution of timing is 50 ns The counter counts down from ND_COUNT_1 5 million to 0 for the delay time and then down from ND_COUNT_2 10 million to 0 for the pulse generation time to generate a 0 5 s pulses after 0 25 s of delay by default The gate is the PFI9 GPCTR0_GATE I O connector pin for general purpose counter and the PFI4 GPCTR1_GATE I O connector pin for general purpose counter 1 and the transition which initiates the pulse generation is low to high All transitions of the gate signal after you arm the counter to initiate pulse generation With the default 20 MHz timebase combined with the counter width 24 bits you can generate pulses with a delay and length between 100 ns and 0 8 s For 6602 and 455X devices with counter width 32 bits you can generate pulses with a delay and length between 100 ns and 214 s long For example assume that you want to generate a pulse 200 ns long after 150 ns of delay from every transition of the gate signal You need to set ND_COUNT_1 to 150 ns 50 ns 3 and ND_COUNT_2 to 200 ns 50 ns 4 Figure 2 21 shows the scenario of a counter used for ND_RETRIG_PULSE_GNR after the following programming
524. put mode single ended or differential input range and input polarity selected for the device Use this function if you have changed the jumpers affecting the analog input configuration from their factory settings For devices that have no jumpers for analog input configuration this function programs the device for the settings you want Parameters Input Parameter Discussion chan is the analog input channel to be configured Except for the E Series devices the AT MIO 64F 5 and the AT MIO 16X you must set chan to 1 because the same analog input configuration applies to all of the channels For the E Series devices AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X chan specifies the channel to be configured If you want all of the channels to be configured identically set chan to 1 Range See Table B 1 in Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation inputMode indicates whether the analog input channels are configured for single ended or differential operation 0 Differential DIFF configuration default Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility chan i16 channel to be configured inputMode i16 indicates whether channels are configured for single ended or differential operation inputRange i16 voltage range of the analog input channels polarity i16 indicates whether the ADC is configured for unipolar or bipolar operation driveAIS i16 indicates whether to drive AI
525. quisition continues to write data into the disk file NI DAQ ignores the value of the count parameter Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_to_Disk NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 144 National Instruments Corporation when you enable pretrigger mode If you do not apply the stop trigger DAQ_to_Disk returns control to your application because you eventually will run out of disk space In any case you can use Timeout_Config to establish a maximum length of time for DAQ_to_Disk to execute Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_VScale National Instruments Corporation 2 145 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DAQ_VScale Format status DAQ_VScale deviceNumber chan gain gainAdjust offset count binArray voltArray Purpose Converts the values of an array of acquired binary data and the gain setting for that data to actual input voltages measured Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion chan is the onboard channel or AMUX channel on which the binary data was acquired For devices other than AT MIO 16X AT MIO 64F 5 and E Series devices and DSA devices this parameter is ignored because the scaling calculation is the same for all of the channels However you are encouraged to pass the correct channel number gain is the gain setting at which NI DAQ acquired the data in binArray If you used SCXI to take the reading this gain parameter should be the product of the gain on the SCXI module channel and the gain used
526. r mode with pretrigger mode disabled the process stores up to count A D conversion samples into the buffer and ignores any subsequent conversions The order of the scan is from channel n 1 to channel 0 where n is the number of channels being scanned For example if numChans is 3 that is you are scanning three channels NI DAQ stores the data in the buffer in the following order First sample from channel 2 first sample from channel 1 first sample from channel 0 second sample from channel 2 and so on You cannot make the second call to Lab_ISCAN_Start without terminating this background data acquisition process If a call to Lab_ISCAN_Check returns daqStopped 1 the samples are available and NI DAQ terminates the process In addition a call to DAQ_Clear terminates the background data acquisition process Notice that if a call to Lab_ISCAN_Check returns an error code of overFlowError or overRunError or daqStopped 1 the process is automatically terminated and there is no need to call DAQ_Clear Chapter 2 Function Reference Lab_ISCAN_Start National Instruments Corporation 2 273 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles For the Lab and 1200 Series devices if you enable pretrigger mode Lab_ISCAN_Start initiates a cyclical acquisition that continually fills the buffer with data wrapping around to the start of the buffer once NI DAQ has written to the entire buffer When you apply the signal at the stop trigger input Lab_ISCAN_Start
527. r Discussion ctr is the counter number Range 0 through 2 state is the logic state to which the counter is to be reset Range 0 or 1 If state is 0 the common output is forced low by programming the specified counter in mode 0 NI DAQ does not load the count register thus the output remains low until NI DAQ programs the counter in another mode If state is 1 NI DAQ forces the counter output high by programming the given counter in mode 2 NI DAQ does not load the count register thus the output remains high until NI DAQ programs the counter in another mode Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility ctr i16 counter number state i16 logic state to be reset Chapter 2 Function Reference ICTR_Setup National Instruments Corporation 2 251 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles ICTR_Setup Format status ICTR_Setup deviceNumber ctr mode count binBcd Purpose Configures the given counter to operate in the specified mode Parameters Input Parameter Discussion ctr is the counter number Range 0 through 2 mode is the mode in which the counter is to operate 0 Toggle output from low to high on terminal count 1 Programmable one shot 2 Rate generator 3 Square wave rate generator 4 Software triggered strobe 5 Hardware triggered strobe In mode 0 the output goes low after the mode set operation and the counter begins to count down while the gate input is
528. r an acquisition error has occurred MIO AI and DSA devices only Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion numChans is the number of channels listed in the scan sequence Range 1 through 16 1 through 512 for the E Series devices AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X 1 through n for PCI 6110E PCI 6111E and DSA devices where n is the number of physical channels onboard Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility numChans i16 number of channels chans i16 list of channels gains i16 list of gain settings count u32 number of samples sampleRate f64 desired sample rate in pts s scanRate f64 desired scan rate in scans s Name Type Description buffer i16 contains the acquired data Chapter 2 Function Reference SCAN_Op National Instruments Corporation 2 297 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles chans is an integer array of a length not less than numChans that contains the channel scan sequence to be used chans can contain any onboard analog input channel number Range 0 through 7 differential 0 through 15 single ended number in any order For onboard analog input channel ranges see Table B 1 in Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation For example if numChans 4 and if chans 1 7 the second channel to be scanned is analog input channel number 7 and NI DAQ scans four analog input channels Note The channels
529. r are as follows Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility gpctrNum u32 number of the counter to use action u32 the action NI DAQ takes Table 2 30 Legal Values for the action Parameter action Description ND_PREPARE Prepare the general purpose counter for the operation selected by invocations of the GPCTR_Set_Application and optionally GPCTR_Change_Parameter function Do not arm the counter ND_ARM Arm the general purpose counter Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Control NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 212 National Instruments Corporation Using This Function You need to use this function with action ND_PROGRAM PROGRAM after completing the configuration sequence consisting of calling GPCTR_Set_Application followed by optional calls to GPCTR_Change_Parameter and GPCTR_Config_Buffer Use the ND_PREPARE and ND_ARM actions to program the counter before arming You might find this useful if it is critical to minimize time between a software event a call to GPCTR_Control and a hardware action counter starts counting You can use this function with action ND_RESET when you want to halt the operation the general purpose counter is performing Use actions ND_COUNT_UP and ND_COUNT_DOWN to change the counting direction You can do this only when your application is ND_SIMPLE_EVENT_CNT or ND_BUFFERED_EVENT_CNT and the counter is configured for software control of the coun
530. r than ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ and ND_INTERNAL_100_KHZ before calling SCAN_Start with scanTimebase set to 0 otherwise SCAN_Start will select low to high transitions on the PFI8 I O connector pin as your external scan timebase On DSA devices scanTimebase is ignored Use DAQ_Set_Clock to set the scan rate scanInterval indicates the length of the scan interval that is the amount of time that elapses between the initiation of each scan sequence NI DAQ scans all channels in the scan sequence at the beginning of each scan interval Range 0 or 2 through 65 535 On DSA devices scanInterval is ignored Use DAQ_Set_Clock to set the scan rate If scanInterval equals zero the time that elapses between A D conversions and the time that elapses between scan sequences are both equal to the sample interval That is as soon as the scan sequence has completed NI DAQ restarts one sample interval later Another advantage of setting scanInterval to 0 is that this frees the scan interval counter counter 2 for other operations such as waveform generation or general purpose counting non E Series devices only The scan interval is a function of the scan timebase resolution The actual scan interval in seconds is determined by the following formula scanInterval scan timebase resolution where the scan timebase resolution is equal to one of the values of scanTimebase as indicated above For example if scanInterval 100 and scanTimebase 2 the scan
531. r the AT MIO 16DE 10 0 through 3 for the VXI AO 48XDC 0 through 4 for the AT MIO 16D 0 through 11 for the DIO 96 0 through 15 for the VXI DIO 128 0 for the PCI 4451 and PCI 4452 0 through 3 for the PCI 4551 and PCI 4552 mode indicates the handshake mode that the port uses 0 Port is configured for no handshaking nonlatched mode You must use mode 0 for all other ports and boards You can use the DIO 32F and DIO 6533 DIO 32HS for handshaking but only through the group calls see DIG_Grp_Config Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility port i16 digital I O port number mode i16 handshake mode dir i16 direction input or output Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Prt_Config NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 184 National Instruments Corporation 1 Port is configured for handshaking latched mode mode 1 is valid only for ports 0 and 1 of the DIO 24 and Lab and 1200 Series devices for ports 2 and 3 of the AT MIO 16D and AT MIO 16DE 10 and for ports 0 1 3 4 6 7 9 and 10 of the DIO 96 dir indicates the direction input or output to which the port is to be configured Range 0 through 3 0 Port is configured as an input port default 1 Port is configured as a standard output port 2 Port is configured as a bidirectional port 3 Port is configured as an output port with wired OR open collector output drivers Note mode must be set to handsha
532. rameter If you are using an SCXI 1122 SCXI 1126 or SCXI 1141 you can save the constants in the module EEPROM calibrationArea 1 or 3 Refer to the EEPROM Organization section later in this function for information about constants in the EEPROM It is best to use calibrationArea 3 user EEPROM area as you are calibrating and then call SCXI_Cal_Constants again at the end of your calibration sequence with opCode 4 to copy your EEPROM area to the default EEPROM load area That way there will be two copies of your new constants and you can revert to the factory constants using opCode 4 without wiping out your new constants entirely For other analog input modules you must specify calibrationArea 0 NI DAQ memory Unfortunately calibration constants stored in NI DAQ memory will be lost at the end of the current NI DAQ session You might want to create a file and save the constants returned in calConst1 and calConst2 so that you can load them again in subsequent application runs using SCXI_Cal_Constants with opCode 3 Any subsequent calls to SCXI_Scale for the given module channel and gain setting will use the new calibration constants when scaling You can repeat steps 2 through 8 for any other channel or gain settings you want to calibrate You can use a different input value for the first measurement instead of grounding the input channel For instance if you know you will be using a specific input value range you might Chap
533. rangeCode is the voltage or current range to be used for the analog output channel 0 0 to 1 V 1 0 to 5 V 2 0 to 10 V 3 1 to 1 V 4 5 to 5 V 5 10 to 10 V 6 0 to 20 mA voltCurrentData is the voltage or current you want to produce at the DAC channel output If opCode 1 NI DAQ ignores this parameter If opCode 2 this is the voltage or current value you want to translate to binary If the value is out of range for the given rangeCode SCXI_AO_Write returns an error binaryData is the binary value you want to write directly to the DAC If opCode is not 1 NI DAQ ignores this parameter Range 0 to 4 095 binaryWritten returns the actual binary value that NI DAQ wrote to the DAC SCXI_AO_Write uses a formula given later in this section using calibration constants that are stored on the module EEPROM to calculate the appropriate binary value that will produce the given voltage or current If opCode 1 binaryWritten is equal to binaryData If opCode 2 SCXI_AO_Write calculates the binary value but does not write anything to the module Using This Function SCXI_AO_Write uses the following equation to translate voltage or current values to binary Bw Bl Vw Vl Bh Bl Vh Vl where Bl binary value that produces the low value of the range Bh binary value that produces the high value of the range Vh high value of the range Vl low value of the range Vw desired voltage or current B
534. rd 500 700 Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility chan i16 analog input channel number gain i16 gain setting filename STR name of data file to be created count u32 number of samples to be acquired sampleRate f64 rate in units of pts s concat i16 enables concatenation to an existing file Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_to_Disk National Instruments Corporation 2 143 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles count is the number of samples to be acquired that is the number of A D conversions to be performed The length of your data file in bytes should be exactly twice the value of count upon completion of the acquisition If you have previously enabled pretrigger mode by a call to DAQ_StopTrigger_Config NI DAQ ignores the count parameter Range 3 through 232 1 except the E Series devices 2 through 224 E Series devices 2 through 224 3 PCI 6110E and PCI 6111E count must be EVEN 2 through 224 PCI 445X devices 2 through 232 1 PCI 455X devices sampleRate is the sample rate you want in units of pts s Range Roughly 0 00153 pts s through 5 000 000 pts s The maximum range varies according to the type of device you have and the speed and degree of fragmentation of your disk storage device Note If you are using an SCXI 1200 with remote SCXI the maximum rate will depend on the baud rate setting and count Refer to the SCXI 1200 User Manual for more
535. re using SCXI read these manuals next for detailed information about signal connections and module configuration They also explain in greater detail how the module works and contain application hints Your DAQ hardware user manuals These manuals have detailed information about the DAQ hardware that plugs into or is connected to your computer Use these manuals for hardware installation and configuration instructions specification information about your DAQ hardware and application hints Software documentation Examples of software documentation you might have are the ComponentWorks LabVIEW and LabWindows CVI VirtualBench and NI DAQ documentation After you have set up your hardware system use either the application software or the NI DAQ documents to help you write your application If you have a large and complicated system it is worthwhile to look through the software manuals before you configure your hardware Accessory installation guides or manuals If you are using accessory products read the terminal block and cable assembly installation guides or accessory board user manuals They explain how to physically connect the relevant pieces of the system Consult these guides when you are making your connections SCXI Chassis User Manual If you are using SCXI read this manual for maintenance information on the chassis and installation instructions NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles xx National Instrumen
536. red Semi Period Measured Semi Period 3 1 2 Measured Semi Period Measured Semi Period Measured Semi Period 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 5 2 3 3 2 5 2 2 2 3 3 2 The instant you arm the counter Warning Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application National Instruments Corporation 2 241 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Figure 2 29 Buffered Pulse Width Measurement Note You must make sure that there is at least one source transition during the measured pulse and between consecutive measured pulses in order for this application to work properly Caution If the gate signal is high when ND_GATE_POLARITY is ND_POSITIVE during arriving of the counter counting starts immediately and the first count is saved on the first high to low transition The same applies to low gate signal during arming of the counter when ND_GATE_POLARITY is set to ND_POSITIVE in this case the first count gets saved on the first low to high transition Figure 2 30 Buffered Pulse Width when Gate Is High during Arming Source Buffer Gate Measured Pulse Width Measured Pulse Width Measured Pulse Width 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 3 3 5 3 3 3 Source Buffer Gate Measured Pulse Width Measured Pulse Width Measured Pulse Width 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 3 3 5 3 3 3 Chapter 2 Fun
537. ries only 5 100 Hz clock used as timebase 10 ms resolution non E Series only On E Series devices if you use this function with sampleTimebase set to 0 must call the Select_Signal function with signal set to ND_IN_CHANNEL_CLOCK_TIMEBASE and source set to a value other than ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ and ND_INTERNAL_100_KHZ before calling SCAN_Start with sampleTimebase set to 0 otherwise SCAN_Start will select low to high transitions on the PFI8 I O connector pin as your external sample timebase If sample interval timing is to be externally controlled extConv 1 or 3 see DAQ_Config NI DAQ ignores the sampTimebase parameter which can be any value On DSA devices sampTimebase is ignored Use DAQ_Set_Clock to set the can rate sampInterval indicates the length of the sample interval that is the amount of time to elapse between each A D conversion within a scan sequence Range 2 through 65 535 The sample interval is a function of the timebase resolution The actual sample interval in seconds is determined by the following formula sampInterval sample timebase resolution where the sample timebase resolution is equal to one of the values of sampTimebase as specified above For example if sampInterval 25 and sampTimebase 2 the actual sample interval is 25 10 s 250 s The time to complete one scan sequence in seconds is the actual sample interval number of channels scanned If the sample interval is to be exter
538. rigger circuitry output is available as ND_PFI_0 Table 2 22 Definition of Other Counter for paramValue Set to ND_OTHER_GPCTR_TC gpctrNum Other Counter E Series All DSA 445X and 455X Devices Other Counter 6602 Devices ND_COUNTER_0 ND_COUNTER_1 ND_COUNTER_1 ND_COUNTER_1 ND_COUNTER_0 ND_COUNTER_0 ND_COUNTER_2 N A ND_COUNTER_3 ND_COUNTER_3 N A ND_COUNTER_2 ND_COUNTER_4 N A ND_COUNTER_5 ND_COUNTER_5 N A ND_COUNTER_4 ND_COUNTER_6 N A ND_COUNTER_7 ND_COUNTER_7 N A ND_COUNTER_6 Table 2 23 Default Source Selection for ND_SIMPLE_EVENT_CNT or ND_BUFFERED_EVENT_CNT gpctrNum E Series and 445X Devices 6602 Devices 455X Devices ND_COUNTER_0 ND_PFI_8 ND_PFI_39 ND_PFI_31 ND_COUNTER_1 ND_PFI_3 ND_PFI_35 ND_PFI_27 ND_COUNTER_2 N A ND_PFI_31 N A ND_COUNTER_3 N A ND_PFI_27 N A ND_COUNTER_4 N A ND_PFI_23 N A ND_COUNTER_5 N A ND_PFI_19 N A ND_COUNTER_6 N A ND_PFI_15 N A ND_COUNTER_7 N A ND_PFI_11 N A Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Change_Parameter National Instruments Corporation 2 201 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles paramID ND_START_TRIGGER 6602 and 455X devices only This paramID allows you to change how a counter arms itself If paramValue is set to ND_ENABLED the counter will be armed using a hardware arm If paramValue is set to ND_DISABLED the counter will be armed using a software arm ND_DISABLED is the default value You can synchronize the
539. ription 2 255 device numbers 2 255 to 2 257 initialization utility functions Align_DMA_Buffer 2 22 to 2 24 Configure_HW_Analog_Trigger 2 83 to 2 89 definition 1 13 Get_DAQ_Device_Info 2 195 to 2 196 Get_NI_DAQ_Version 2 197 Init_DA_Brds 2 255 to 2 262 Line_Change Attribute 2 277 to 2 278 SCAN_Sequence_Setup 2 304 to 2 306 Set_DAQ_Device_Info 2 389 to 2 399 Timeout_Config 2 400 to 2 401 interval counter timer functions See counter timer functions L Lab 516 DAQCard 500 700 function support table C 6 to C 8 Lab_ISCAN_Check function 2 263 to 2 265 Lab_ISCAN_Op function 2 266 to 2 269 Lab_ISCAN_Start function 2 270 to 2 273 Lab_ISCAN_to_Disk function 2 274 to 2 276 LabWindows function tree for data acquisition 1 6 to 1 12 8253 counter ICTR functions 1 12 Am9513 counter CTR functions 1 11 to 1 12 analog input functions 1 7 to 1 8 analog output functions 1 8 to 1 9 block transfer digital I O functions 1 10 Index National Instruments Corporation I 9 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles configuration and calibration functions 1 6 counter timer functions 1 11 to 1 12 DAQ STC counters GPCTR 1 11 digital input output functions 1 9 event messaging functions 1 12 group mode digital I O functions 1 10 initialization utilities functions 1 6 low level analog input functions 1 7 to 1 8 low level waveform generation functions 1 9 multiple point analog input functions 1 7 RTSI bus functions 1 12
540. ritten into the DAC the glitch is largest when the most significant bit in the pattern changes when the waveform crosses the midrange of the DAC it is smaller in other cases When reglitching is turned on the glitch size is much less dependent on the bit pattern To change the reglitching parameter set paramID to ND_REGLITCH If you are not concerned about this you are likely to be satisfied by the default values NI DAQ selects for you if you do not call this function The following table lists devices on which you can change this parameter Voltage or Current Output Some devices require separate calibration constants for voltage and current outputs Setting the output type to voltage or current for these devices causes the driver to use the correct calibration constants and to interpret the input data correctly in AO_VWrite To change the output type set paramID to ND_OUTPUT_TYPE Table 2 3 Reglitching Parameters for Permissible Devices Device Type Per Channel Selection Possible Legal Range for paramValue Default Setting for paramValue AT MIO 16X No ND_OFF and ND_ON ND_ON AT MIO 16E 1 AT MIO 16E 2 AT MIO 64E 3 NEC MIO 16E 4 PCI MIO 16E 1 VXI MIO 64E 1 VXI MIO 64XE 10 Yes ND_OFF and ND_ON ND_OFF Caution If you turn off reglitching on the AT MIO 16X timing problems that NI DAQ cannot detect might occur Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_Change_Parameter National Instruments Corporation 2 29
541. rkmanship for a period of 90 days from date of shipment as evidenced by receipts or other documentation National Instruments will at its option repair or replace software media that do not execute programming instructions if National Instruments receives notice of such defects during the warranty period National Instruments does not warrant that the operation of the software shall be uninterrupted or error free A Return Material Authorization RMA number must be obtained from the factory and clearly marked on the outside of the package before any equipment will be accepted for warranty work National Instruments will pay the shipping costs of returning to the owner parts which are covered by warranty National Instruments believes that the information in this manual is accurate The document has been carefully reviewed for technical accuracy In the event that technical or typographical errors exist National Instruments reserves the right to make changes to subsequent editions of this document without prior notice to holders of this edition The reader should consult National Instruments if errors are suspected In no event shall National Instruments be liable for any damages arising out of or related to this document or the information contained in it EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED HEREIN NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS MAKES NO WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE CUSTOMER S RIGH
542. rm calibration and configuration that is specific to a single type of board The Analog Input class contains all of the classes of functions that perform A D conversions Single Point is a class of Analog Input functions that perform A D conversions of a single sample Multiple Point is a class of functions that perform clocked buffered multiple A D conversions typically used to capture waveforms This class includes high level functions and a Low Level Functions subclass The high level functions are synchronous that is your application is blocked while these functions are performing the requested number of A D conversions The low level functions are asynchronous that is your application continues to run while the board performs A D conversions in the background The low level functions also include the double buffered functions The Analog Output class contains all the classes of functions that perform D A conversions Single Point is a class of Analog Output functions that perform single D A conversions Waveform Generation is a class of functions that perform buffered analog output The Waveform Generation functions generate waveforms from data contained in an array or a disk file The Low Level Functions subclass provides a finer level of control in generating multiple D A conversions Digital Input Output is a class of functions that perform digital input and output operations It also contains two subclasses Group Mode is a
543. rmation on SCXI channel assignments Range 1 through 4 for the 516 and Lab and 1200 Series devices in differential mode 1 through 8 for the DAQCard 500 single ended mode only 1 through 8 for the DAQCard 700 in differential mode 1 through 8 for the 516 and Lab and 1200 Series devices in single ended mode 1 through 16 for the DAQCard 700 and LPM devices in single ended mode gain is the gain setting to be used for the scanning operation NI DAQ applies the same gain to all the channels scanned This gain setting applies only to the DAQ device if you are using SCXI modules with additional gain selection you must establish any gain you want at the SCXI module either by setting jumpers on the module or by calling SCXI_Set_Gain The following gain settings are valid for the Lab and 1200 Series devices 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 If you use an invalid gain setting NI DAQ returns an error NI DAQ ignores gain for the DAQCard 500 700 and 516 and LPM devices buffer is an integer array buffer must have a length equal to or greater than count count is the total number of samples to be acquired that is the number of A D conversions to be performed For double buffered acquisitions count must be even and should be equal to the buffer size Range 3 through 232 1 except the Lab and 1200 Series devices which are limited to 65 535 unless enabled for double buffered mode sampTimebase is the timebase or resolution to be used for the sample
544. rmed ND_NO When the counter is disarmed you can safely access data in the buffer Another approach to accessing the data in the buffer while the counter is running is to use the GPCTR_Read_Buffer Typically modifying the following parameters through the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function is useful when the counter application is ND_BUFFERED_TWO_SIGNAL_EDGE_SEPARATION_MSR You can change the following ND_SOURCE to ND_INTERNAL_100_KHZ With this timebase you can measure intervals between 20 s and 11 37 hours long The resolution will be lower than if you are using ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ ND_SOURCE_POLARITY to ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_GATE to any legal value listed in the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function description ND_GATE_POLARITY to ND_NEGATIVE Measurement will be performed on the active low pulses Source Buffer 3 Second Gate Gate 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 3 4 Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 244 National Instruments Corporation ND_SECOND_GATE to any legal value listed in the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function description ND_SECOND_GATE_POLARITY to ND_NEGATIVE Measurement will be performed on the active low pulses ND_BUFFER_MODE to ND_DOUBLE for circular buffer operations Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Watch National Instruments Corporation 2 245 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles GPCTR_Watch Format sta
545. ronous functions to ensure that these functions eventually return control to your application Examples of synchronous functions are DAQ_Op DAQ_DB_Transfer and WFM_from_Disk Parameters Input Parameter Discussion timeout is the number of timer ticks The duration of a tick is 55 ms 0 055 s and there are approximately 18 ticks s 1 Wait indefinitely timeout disabled 0 to 231 Wait timeout 0 055 s before returning Using This Function The synchronous functions do not return control to your application until they have accomplished their task If you have indicated a large amount of data and or a slow acquisition or generation rate you might want to terminate the function prematurely short of restarting your computer By calling Timeout_Config before calling the synchronous function you can set an upper bound on the amount of time the synchronous function takes before returning If the synchronous function returns the error code timeOutError you know that the number of ticks indicated in the timeout parameter have elapsed and the synchronous function has returned because of the timeout The following is a list of the synchronous functions DIG_DB_Transfer DAQ_DB_Transfer Lab_ISCAN_Op WFM_DB_Transfer DAQ_Op Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility timeout i32 number of timer ticks Chapter 2 Function Reference Timeout_Config National Instruments Corporation 2 401 NI D
546. rs voltage is a pass by reference parameter Using This Function Refer to Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation for the formula AI_VScale uses to calculate voltage from reading If your device polarity and range settings differ from the default settings shown in the Init_DA_Brds function be sure to call AI_Configure to inform the driver of the correct polarity and range before using this function Chapter 2 Function Reference Align_DMA_Buffer NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 22 National Instruments Corporation Align_DMA_Buffer Format status Align_DMA_Buffer deviceNumber resource buffer count bufferSize alignIndex Purpose Aligns the data in a DMA buffer to avoid crossing a physical page boundary This function is for use with DMA waveform generation and digital I O pattern generation AT MIO 16F 5 and AT DIO 32F only Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion resource represents the DAC channel for waveform generation or the digital input or output group for pattern generation for which NI DAQ uses the buffer 0 DAC channel 0 1 DAC channel 1 2 DAC channels 0 and 1 11 DIG group 1 group size of 2 12 DIG group 2 group size of 2 13 DIG group 1 group size of 4 Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility resource i16 represents the DAC channel or the digital input or output group buffer i16 integer
547. ruments Corporation 2 411 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles WFM_DB_Config Format status WFM_DB_Config deviceNumber numChans chanVect dbMode oldDataStop partialTransferStop Purpose Enables and disables the double buffered mode of waveform generation Parameters Input Parameter Discussion numChans indicates the number of analog output channels specified in the array chanVect Range 1 or 2 for most devices 1 through 6 for AT AO 6 1 through 10 for AT AO 10 chanVect is the user array of channel numbers Channel number range 0 or 1 for most devices 0 through 5 for AT AO 6 0 through 9 for AT AO 10 dbMode is a flag whose value either enables or disables the double buffered mode of waveform generation 0 Double buffered mode disabled 1 Double buffered mode enabled Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility numChans i16 number of analog output channels chanVect i16 channel numbers dbMode i16 enables or disables the double buffered mode oldDataStop i16 allow or disallow regeneration of data partialTransferStop i16 whether to stop when a partial half buffer is transferred Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_DB_Config NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 412 National Instruments Corporation oldDataStop is a flag whose value enables or disables the mechanism whereby NI DAQ stops the waveform generation when NI DAQ it is about to generate old data data th
548. s except on E Series devices and SCXI DAQ modules used with remote SCXI if you make repeated calls using these devices this function will return a transferInProgError You also must use the parameter values for numChans and chanVect used in the call to WFM_Load prior to starting the waveform when making calls to WFM_Load while a waveform is in progress AT MIO 16F 5 only If your buffer has been aligned by a previous call to Align_DMA_Buffer WFM_Load automatically indexes into the buffer to the new starting point of the data If you call WFM_Load with a new buffer while a waveform generation is in progress NI DAQ unaligns the previous buffer when the function returns The DSA devices use 32 bit data buffers If you are using C or Delphi you will need to type cast your i32 array to i16 when you call WFM_Load If you are using Visual Basic you should use the nidaqr32 bas file instead of nidaq32 bas to relax type checking on buffer The DSA devices use the upper 18 bits of each buffer element The lower 14 bits are ignored and you should set them to zero Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Op NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 434 National Instruments Corporation WFM_Op Format status WFM_Op deviceNumber numChans chanVect buffer count iterations rate Purpose Assigns a waveform buffer to one or more analog output channels selects the rate and the number of times the data in the buffer is to be generated and starts the g
549. s so any conversion pulses that occur before NI DAQ triggers the acquisition will advance the SCXI channels The AT MIO 16X and AT MIO 16F 5 do not have this restriction Lab and 1200 Series devices only If the device is using an external timing clock for A D conversions extConv 1 the first clock pulse after one of the three start calls AI_Setup DAQ_Start or Lab_ISCAN_Start is to activate the device for external timing It does not generate a conversion However all subsequent clock pulses will generate conversions E Series devices only If you use this function with startTrig 1 the device waits for an active low external pulse on the PFI0 pin to initiate the DAQ sequence If you use this function with extConv 1 or 3 the device uses active low pulses on the PFI2 pin for sample interval timing If you use this function with extConv 2 or 3 the device uses active low pulses on the PFI7 pin for scan interval timing These settings are consistent with the Am9513 based MIO device selections You can use the Select_Signal function instead of this function to take advantage of the DAQ STC signal routing and polarity selection features Chapter 2 Function Reference DAQ_Config NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 120 National Instruments Corporation Note PCI 6110E and PCI 6111E only The only allowed values for extConv are 0 and 2 The conversions occur simultaneously for all channels and are controlled by the scan interval
550. s CVI Function Panel NI DAQ Function Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 1 12 National Instruments Corporation Count Periods CTR_Period Read Counter CTR_EvRead Stop Counter CTR_Stop Restart Counter CTR_Restart Reset Counter CTR_Reset Get Counter Output State CTR_State Convert CTR Rate CTR_Rate Generate Pulse CTR_Pulse Generate Square Wave CTR_Square Generate Freq OUT Signal CTR_FOUT_Config Operate Multi Counters CTR_Simul_Op 8253 Counters ICTR Setup Interval Counter ICTR_Setup Read Interval Counter ICTR_Read Reset Interval Counter ICTR_Reset RTSI Bus Connect RTSI RTSI_Conn Disconnect RTSI RTSI_DisConn Clear RTSI RTSI_Clear Clock RTSI RTSI_Clock Event Messaging Config Alarm Deadband Config_Alarm_Deadband Config Analog Trigger Event Config_ATrig_Event_Message Config Event Message Config_DAQ_Event_Message Table 1 3 The LabWindows CVI Function Tree for Data Acquisition Continued LabWindows CVI Function Panel NI DAQ Function Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions National Instruments Corporation 1 13 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Initialization Utilities is a class of functions used for general board initialization and configuration for configuration retrieval and for setting NI DAQ properties This class also contains several useful utility functions Board Config amp Calibrate is a class of functions that perfo
551. s Code Status Name Description Appendix A Status Codes NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles A 6 National Instruments Corporation 10124 gpctrBadEntityIDError Invalid entityID used 10125 gpctrBadActionError Invalid action used 10200 EEPROMreadError Unable to read data from EEPROM 10201 EEPROMwriteError Unable to write data to EEPROM 10202 EEPROMWriteProtection Error You cannot write into this location or area of your EEPROM because it is write protected You may be trying to store calibration constants into a write protected area if this the case you should select user area of the EEPROM instead 10240 noDriverError The driver interface could not locate or open the driver 10241 oldDriverError One of the driver files or the configuration utility is out of date 10242 functionNotFoundError The specified function is not located in the driver 10243 configFileError The driver could not locate or open the configuration file or the format of the configuration file is not compatible with the currently installed driver 10244 deviceInitError The driver encountered a hardware initialization error while attempting to configure the specified device 10245 osInitError The driver encountered an operating system error while attempting to perform an operation or the operating system does not support an operation performed by the driver 10246 communicationsError T
552. s Corporation SCXI_Track_Hold_Setup Format status SCXI_Track_Hold_Setup SCXIchassisID moduleSlot inputMode source send holdCount DAQdeviceNumber Purpose Establishes the track hold behavior of an SCXI 1140 module and sets up the module for either a single channel operation or an interval scanning operation Parameters Input Parameter Discussion inputMode indicates what type of analog input operation 0 None frees any resources that were previously reserved for the module such as a DAQ device counter or an SCXIbus trigger line 1 Single channel operation 2 Interval channel scanning operation only supported if the DAQdeviceNumber specified is an MIO or AI device Lab PC 1200 Lab PC 1200AI Lab PC SCXI 1200 or DAQCard 1200 Name Type Description SCXIchassisID i16 logical ID assigned to the SCXI chassis moduleSlot i16 chassis slot number inputMode i16 type of analog input operation source i16 indicates which signal will control the track hold state send i16 where else to send the signal specified by source holdCount i16 number of times the module is enabled during an interval scan before going back into track mode DAQdeviceNumber i16 device number of the DAQ device used Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Track_Hold_Setup National Instruments Corporation 2 369 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles source indicates what signal controls the track hold state of the module If the
553. s Corporation 2 203 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Output counterValue GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_RESET paramID ND_GATE This signal controls the operation of the general purpose counter in some applications The default values of paramValue for paramID ND_GATE are shown in Table 2 24 Note If you have configured an analog hardware trigger using the Config_HW_Analog_Trigger function the resulting analog trigger circuitry output signal is available as ND_PFI_0 Table 2 24 Legal Values for paramValue when paramID ND_GATE E Series and 445X Devices 6602 Devices 455X Devices ND_PFI_0 through ND_PFI_9 the 10 I O connector pins ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 the seven RTSI lines ND_IN_START_TRIGGER and ND_IN_STOP_TRIGGER the input section triggers ND_OTHER_GPCTR_OUTPUT the output of the other general purpose counter See Table 2 22 for definition of other counter ND_PFI_38 ND_PFI_34 ND_PFI_30 ND_PFI_26 ND_PFI_22 ND_PFI_18 ND_PFI_14 and ND_PFI_10 ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 the seven RTSI lines ND_OTHER_GPCTR_OUTPUT See Table 2 22 for definition of other counter ND_OTHER_GPCTR_SOURCE the source of the other general purpose counter See Table 2 22 for definition of other counter ND_PFI_30 ND_PFI_26 ND_PFI_22 ND_PFI_18 ND_PFI_14 and ND_PFI_10 ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 the seven RTSI lines ND_OTHER_GPCTR_OUTPUT See Table 2 22 for
554. s and descriptions are also listed in the NI DAQ online help Table A 1 Status Code Summary Status Code Status Name Description 10001 syntaxError An error was detected in the input string the arrangement or ordering of the characters in the string is not consistent with the expected ordering 10002 semanticsError An error was detected in the input string the syntax of the string is correct but certain values specified in the string are inconsistent with other values specified in the string 10003 invalidValueError The value of a numeric parameter is invalid 10004 valueConflictError The value of a numeric parameter is inconsistent with another one and therefore the combination is invalid 10005 badDeviceError The device is invalid 10006 badLineError The line is invalid Appendix A Status Codes NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles A 2 National Instruments Corporation 10007 badChanError A channel is out of range for the board type or input configuration or the combination of channels is not allowed or the scan order must be reversed 0 last 10008 badGroupError The group is invalid 10009 badCounterError The counter is invalid 10010 badCountError The count is too small or too large for the specified counter or the given I O transfer count is not appropriate for the current buffer or channel configuration 10011 badIntervalError The analog input scan r
555. s for those modules apply to all the module channels 2 The voltage calConst2 and current excitation channels calConst1 on the module This is valid for the SCXI 1122 only and only when opCode 0 opCode specifies the type of calibration operation to be performed 0 Retrieve calibration constants for the given channel and range or gain from calibrationArea and return them in calConst1 and calConst2 1 Perform a one point offset calibration calculation using scaled1 binary1 for the given channel and gain and write calibration constants to calibrationArea SCXI analog input modules only 2 Perform a two point calibration calculation using scaled1 binary1 and scaled2 binary2 for the given channel and range or gain and write calibration constants to calibrationArea 3 Write the calibration constants passed in calConst1 and calConst2 to calibrationArea for the given channel and range or gain 4 Copy the entire calibration table in calibrationArea to the module EEPROM default load area so that it will be loaded automatically into NI DAQ memory during subsequent application runs SCXI 1122 SCXI 1124 SCXI 1126 and SCXI 1141 only TBgain f64 SCXI terminal block gain if any scaled1 f64 voltage current frequency corresponding to binary1 binary1 f64 binary value corresponding to scaled1 scaled2 f64 voltage current frequency corresponding to binary2 binary2 f64 binary value corresponding to scaled2 Name
556. s illustrate behavior at different times Figure 2 15 Single Period Measurement Use the GPCTR_Watch function with entityID ND_ARMED to monitor the progress of the counting process This measurement completes when entityValue becomes ND_NO When the counter is no longer armed you can retrieve the counted value by using GPCTR_Watch with entityID ND_COUNT You can do this as follows Create u32 variable counter_armed Create u32 variable counted_value repeat GPCTR_Watch deviceNumber gpctrNumber ND_ARMED counter_armed 0 1 YES YES 2 3 4 4 4 4 Gate Source Count Armed Measured Interval NO NO NO Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 220 National Instruments Corporation until counter_armed ND_NO GPCTR_Watch deviceNumber gpctrNumber ND_COUNT counted_value To calculate the measured interval you need to multiply the counted value by the period corresponding to the timebase you are using For example if your ND_SOURCE is ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ the interval will be 1 20 MHz 50 ns If the ND_COUNT is 4 Figure 2 15 the actual interval is 4 50 ns 200 ns When the counter reaches terminal count see Table 2 31 it rolls over and keeps counting To check if this occurred use the GPCTR_Watch function with entityID set to ND_TC_REACHED Typically you will find modifying the following parameters through the GPCTR_Cha
557. s of groupPattern to that port If the group contains two ports NI DAQ writes all 16 bits of groupPattern to those ports If the group contains ports 0 and 1 NI DAQ writes the low order eight bits to port 0 and the high order eight bits to port 1 If the group contains ports 2 and 3 NI DAQ writes the low order eight bits to port 2 and the high order eight bits to port 3 NI DAQ writes to the two ports simultaneously If the group contains four ports NI DAQ returns a deviceSupportError Use DIG_Block_Out to write to a group containing four ports Using This Function DIG_Out_Grp writes the specified digital data to the group on the specified device If you have not configured the specified group as an output group NI DAQ does not perform the operation and returns an error If you have assigned no ports to the specified group NI DAQ does not perform the operation and returns an error You must call DIG_Grp_Config to configure a group Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility group i16 group groupPattern i16 digital data to be written Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Out_Line National Instruments Corporation 2 179 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DIG_Out_Line Format status DIG_Out_Line deviceNumber port line state Purpose Sets or clears the specified digital output line in the specified digital port Parameters Input Parameter Discussion port is the dig
558. se Performs a synchronous multiple channel scanned data acquisition operation and simultaneously saves the acquired data in a disk file Lab_ISCAN_to_Disk does not return until NI DAQ has acquired and saved all the data or an acquisition error has occurred DAQCard 500 700 and 516 Lab and 1200 Series and LPM devices only Parameters Input Parameter Discussion numChans is the number of channels to be scanned in a single scan sequence The value of this parameter also determines which channels NI DAQ scans because these supported devices have a fixed scanning order The scanned channels range from numChans 1 to channel 0 If you are using SCXI modules with additional multiplexers you must scan the appropriate analog input channels on the DAQ device that corresponds to the SCXI channels you want You should select the SCXI scan list using SCXI_SCAN_Setup before you call this function Refer to Chapter 12 SCXI Hardware in the DAQ Hardware Overview Guide and the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for more information on SCXI channel assignments Range 1 through 4 for the 516 and Lab and 1200 Series devices in differential mode 1 through 8 for the DAQCard 500 single ended mode only Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility numChans i16 number of channels to be scanned gain i16 gain setting filename STR name of the data file to be created count u32 number of samples to be acquired
559. se on each terminal count The corresponding settings of paramValue are ND_PULSE and ND_TOGGLE Also you might need to enable your output pin with Select_Signal paramID ND_OUTPUT_POLARITY This paramID allows you to change the output polarity from default positive the normal state of the output is TTL low to negative the normal state of the output is TTL high The corresponding settings of paramValue are ND_POSITIVE and ND_NEGATIVE Also you might need to enable your output pin with Select_Signal Using This Function This function lets you customize the counter for your application You can use this function after the GPCTR_Set_Application function and before GPCTR_Control function with action ND_PREPARE or action ND_PROGRAM You can call this function as many times as you need to Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Config_Buffer National Instruments Corporation 2 209 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles GPCTR_Config_Buffer Format status GPCTR_Config_Buffer deviceNumber gpctrNum reserved numPoints buffer Purpose Assigns a buffer that NI DAQ will use for a buffered counter operation Parameters Input Parameter Discussion The legal range for gpctrNum is given in terms of constants defined in a header file The header file you should use depends on the language you are using C programmers NIDAQCNS H DATAACQ H for LabWindows CVI BASIC programmers NIDAQCNS INC Visual Basic for Windows progra
560. sequence GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_RESET GPCTR_Set_Application deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_RETRIG_PULSE_GNR GPCTR_Change_Parameter deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_COUNT_1 3 GPCTR_Change_Parameter deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_COUNT_2 4 Select_Signal deviceNumber gpctrNumOut gpctrNumOut ND_LOW_TO_HIGH GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_PROGRAM In Figure 2 21 the following behavior is present Gate is the signal present at the counter gate input Source is the signal present at the counter source input Output is the signal present at the counter output Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 232 National Instruments Corporation Figure 2 21 Retriggerable Pulse Generation Use the GPCTR_Control function with action ND_RESET to stop the pulse generation Typically you will find modifying the following parameters through the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function useful when the counter application is ND_RETRIG_PULSE_GNR You can change the following ND_COUNT_1 and ND_COUNT_2 to any value between 2 and 224 1 The defaults are given for illustrative purposes only ND_SOURCE to ND_INTERNAL_100_KHZ With this timebase you can generate pulses with delay and length between 20 s and 160 s The timing resolution will be lower than if you are using ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ timebase ND_GATE to any legal value listed in the GP
561. ses NI DAQ to return an error unless you are using SCXI If you call AI_VScale for the 516 and LPM devices or DAQCard 500 700 NI DAQ ignores the gain unless you are using SCXI Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility chan i16 channel on which binary reading was taken gain i16 gain setting used to take the reading gainAdjust f64 multiplying factor to adjust gain offset f64 binary offset present in reading reading i16 result of the A D conversion Name Type Description voltage f64 computed floating point voltage Chapter 2 Function Reference AI_VScale National Instruments Corporation 2 21 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles gainAdjust is the multiplying factor to adjust the gain Refer to Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation for the procedure for determining gainAdjust If you do not want to do any gain adjustment for example use the ideal gain as specified by the gain parameter set gainAdjust to 1 offset is the binary offset that needs to be subtracted from the reading Refer to Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation for the procedure for determining offset If you do not want to do any offset compensation set offset to 0 reading is the result of the A D conversion returned by AI_Read voltage is the variable in which NI DAQ returns the input voltage converted from reading Note C Programme
562. signal code number trigLine i16 RTSI bus trigger line Chapter 2 Function Reference SC_2040_Config NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 292 National Instruments Corporation SC_2040_Config Format status SC_2040_Config deviceNumber channel sc2040gain Purpose Informs NI DAQ that an SC 2040 Track and Hold accessory is attached to the device specified by deviceNumber and communicates to NI DAQ gain settings for one or all channels Parameters Input Parameter Discussion channel allows you to specify an individual channel on the SC 2040 or all SC 2040 channels Range 1 for all channels and 0 through 7 for individual channels sc2040gain allows you to indicate the gain you have selected with your SC 2040 jumpers Range 1 10 100 200 300 500 600 700 800 Using This Function You must use this function before any analog input function that uses the SC 2040 This function reserves the PFI 7 line PFI 7 line on your E Series device for use by NI DAQ and the SC 2040 This line is configured for output and the output is the a signal that indicates when a scan is in progress Caution Do not try to drive the PFI 7 line after calling this function If you do you might damage your SC 2040 your E Series device and your equipment Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility channel i16 number of SC 2040 channel you want to configure use 1 to indicate all SC 2040 channels
563. slot number of the module channel i16 module channel filterMode i16 filter configuration mode freq f64 filter cutoff frequency cutoffDivDown u16 external signal divisor for cutoff frequency outClkDivDown u16 clock signal divisor to send to OUTCLK Name Type Description actualFreq f64 actual filter cutoff frequency Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Configure_Filter NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 334 National Instruments Corporation 2 Configure the filter to use an external signal The module divides the external signal by cutoffDivDown to determine the filter cutoff frequency The module also divides the external signal by outClkDivDown and sends it to the module front connector OUTCLK pin You can use this filter mode to configure a tracking filter You can use this mode only with the SCXI 1141 3 Enable the filter the reverse of filterMode 0 freq is the cutoff frequency you want to select from the frequencies available on the module if filterMode 1 The SCXI 1122 has two possible cutoff frequencies 4 0 10 dB at 4 Hz 4 000 0 3 dB at 4 kHz The SCXI 1126 has four possible cutoff frequencies 1 Hz 40 Hz 320 Hz and 1 kHz which attenuate at 80 dB The SCXI 1141 has a range of cutoff frequencies from 10 Hz to 25 kHz SCXI_Configure_Filter produces the frequency you want as closely as possible by dividing an internal 10 MHz signal on the SCXI 1141 The function returns the exact
564. st set channel 1 for those modules gain is the gain or range setting you want to use Notice that gain is a double precision floating point parameter Valid gain settings depend on the module type SCXI 1100 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1 000 2 000 SCXI 1102 VXI SC 1102 1 100 SCXI 1122 0 01 0 02 0 05 0 1 0 2 0 5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1 000 2 000 SCXI 1126 250 500 1 000 2 000 4 000 8 000 16 000 32 000 64 000 128 000 SCXI 1141 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 Name Type Description SCXIchassisID i16 chassis ID number moduleSlot i16 module slot number channel i16 module channel gain f64 gain or range setting Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Set_Input_Mode National Instruments Corporation 2 361 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles SCXI_Set_Input_Mode Format status SCXI_Set_Input_Mode SCXIchassisID moduleSlot inputMode Purpose Configures the SCXI 1122 channels for two wire mode or four wire mode Parameters Input Parameter Discussion inputMode is the channel configuration you want to use 0 two wire mode module default 1 four wire mode Using This Function When the SCXI 1122 is in two wire mode module default setting the module is configured for 16 differential input channels When the SCXI 1122 is in four wire mode channels 0 through 7 are configured to be differential input channels and channels 8 through 15 are configured to be curr
565. surement is performed between a low to high and a high to low transition on the default I O connector gate pin refer to Table 2 25 The counter counts the 20 MHz internal timebase ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ so the resolution of measurement is 50 ns The counter counts up starting from 0 For the E Series and 445X devices with counter width of 24 bits you can Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application National Instruments Corporation 2 221 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles measure a time interval between 100 ns and 0 8 s long For the 6602 and 455X devices with counter width 32 bits you can measure a time interval between 100 ns and 214 s long Figure 2 16 shows one possible scenario of a counter used for ND_SINGLE_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR after the following programming sequence GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_RESET GPCTR_Set_Application deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_SINGLE_PULSE_WIDTH_MSR GPCTR_Control deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_PROGRAM In Figure 2 16 the following behavior is present Gate is the signal present at the counter gate input Source is the signal present at the counter source input Count is the value you would read from the counter if you called the GPCTR_Watch function with entityID ND_COUNT The different numbers illustrate behavior at different times Count Available is the value you would read from the counter if you called the GPCTR_Watch function with entityID ND_COUNT_AVA
566. t of Offset B 7 Measurement of Gain Adjustment B 7 Appendix C NI DAQ Function Support Appendix D Customer Communication Glossary Index Figures Figure 2 1 High Alarm Deadband 2 65 Figure 2 2 Low Alarm Deadband 2 66 Figure 2 3 Analog Trigger Event 2 70 Figure 2 4 ND_BELOW_LOW_LEVEL 2 85 Figure 2 5 ND_ABOVE_HIGH_LEVEL 2 85 Contents NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles x National Instruments Corporation Figure 2 6 ND_INSIDE_REGION 2 85 Figure 2 7 ND_HIGH_HYSTERESIS 2 86 Figure 2 8 ND_LOW_HYSTERESIS 2 86 Figure 2 9 Pulse Generation Timing 2 102 Figure 2 10 Pulse Timing for pulseWidth 0
567. t return control to your application until NI DAQ acquires and saves all the samples you want or until an acquisition error occurs For the Lab and 1200 Series devices when you use posttrigger mode the process stores count A D conversions in the file and ignores any subsequent conversions Note If you have selected external start triggering of the data acquisition operation a low to high edge at the EXTTRIG of the Lab and 1200 Series device I O connector input initiates the data acquisition operation Be aware that if you do not apply the start trigger Lab_ISCAN_to_Disk does not return control to your application Otherwise Lab_ISCAN_to_Disk issues a software trigger to initiate the data acquisition operation If you have enabled pretrigger mode the sample counter does not begin counting acquisitions until you apply a signal at the stop trigger input Until you apply this signal the acquisition continues to write data into the disk file NI DAQ ignores the value of the count parameter when you enable pretrigger mode If you do not apply the stop trigger Lab_ISCAN_to_Disk returns control to your application because you will eventually run out of disk space In any case you can use Timeout_Config to establish a maximum length of time for Lab_ISCAN_to_Disk to execute Chapter 2 Function Reference Line_Change_Attribute National Instruments Corporation 2 277 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Line_Change_Attribute Format status
568. tants are stored in nonvolatile memory EEPROM on your device To achieve specification accuracy you should perform an internal calibration of your device just before a measurement session but after your computer and the device have been powered on and allowed to warm up for at least 15 minutes Frequent calibration produces the most stable and repeatable measurement performance Before the device is shipped from the factory an external calibration is performed and the EEPROM contains calibration constants that NI DAQ automatically loads into the calDACs as needed The value of the onboard reference voltage is also stored in the EEPROM and this value is used when you subsequently perform a self calibration The calibration constants are recalculated and stored in the EEPROM when a self calibration is performed When you perform an external calibration NI DAQ recalculates the value of the onboard reference voltage and then performs a self calibration This new onboard reference value is used for all subsequent self calibration operations If a mistake is made when performing an external calibration you can restore the board s factory calibration so that the board is not unusable Performing Self Calibration of the Board Set operation to ND_SELF_CALIBRATE to perform self calibration of your device Example You want to perform self calibration of your device and you want to store the new set of calibration constants in the EEPROM You should ma
569. tatus Calibrate_1200 device calOP saveNewCal EEPROMloc calRefChan grndRefChan DAC0chan DAC1chan calRefVolts gain Purpose The 1200 and 1200AI devices come fully equipped with accurate factory calibration constants However if you feel that the device is not performing either analog input or output accurately and suspect the device calibration to be in error you can use Calibrate_1200 to obtain a user defined set of new calibration constants A complete set of calibration constants consists of ADC constants for all gains at one polarity plus DAC constants for both DACs again at the same polarity setting It is important to understand the polarity rules The polarity your device was in when a set of calibration constants was created must match the polarity your device is in when those calibration constants are used For example calibration constants created when your ADC is in unipolar must be used only for data acquisition when your ADC is also in unipolar You can store up to six sets of user defined calibration constants These are stored in the EEPROM on your device in places called user calibration areas Refer to your hardware user manual for more information on these calibration areas You also can use the calibration constants created at the factory at any time These are stored in write protected places in the EEPROM called factory calibration areas There are two of these One holds constants for bipolar operation and the other
570. tch function with entityID ND_ARMED The different values illustrate behavior at different times Figure 2 19 Single Pulse Generation Use the GPCTR_Watch function with entityID ND_ARMED to monitor the progress of the pulse generation process The generation completes when entityValue becomes ND_NO Typically you find modifying of the following parameters through the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function useful when the counter application is ND_SINGLE_PERIOD_MSR You can change the following ND_COUNT_1 and ND_COUNT_2 to any value between 2 and 224 1 for E Series and 445X devices and to any value between 232 1 for 6602 and 455X devices The defaults are given for illustrative purposes only ND_SOURCE to ND_INTERNAL_100_KHZ With this timebase you can generate pulses with a delay and length between 20 s and 160 s for E Series and 445X devices and Source Armed No Output No Count_1 3 Count_2 4 Yes Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application National Instruments Corporation 2 229 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles between 20 ns and 11 37 hours for 6602 and 455X devices The timing resolution will be lower than if you are using the ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ timebase You can use the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function after calling GPCTR_Set_Application and before calling GPCTR_Control with action ND_PROGRAM or ND_PREPARE To provide your timebase you can connect your timebase source to one
571. te eight related bits of data an eight bit binary number Also used to denote the amount of memory required to store one byte of data base address a memory address that serves as the starting address for programmable registers All other addresses are located by adding to the base address BCD binary coded decimal binary a number system with a base of 2 bipolar a signal range that includes both positive and negative values for example 5 V to 5 V National Instruments Corporation G 3 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Glossary buffer temporary storage for acquired or generated data software burst mode a high speed data transfer in which the address of the data is sent followed by back to back data words while a physical signal is asserted bus the group of conductors that interconnect individual circuitry in a computer Typically a bus is the expansion vehicle to which I O or other devices are connected Examples of PC buses are the ISA and PCI bus C C Celsius CalDAC calibration DAC cascading process of extending the counting range of a counter chip by connecting to the next higher counter channel pin or wire lead to which you apply or from which you read the analog or digital signal Analog signals can be single ended or differential For digital signals you group channels to form ports Ports usually consist of either four or eight digital channels channel clock the clock controlling the time
572. te f64 update rate you want units i16 units used Name Type Description timebase i16 resolution of clock signal updateInterval u32 number of timebase units Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Rate NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 438 National Instruments Corporation 2 100 kHz clock used as timebase 10 s resolution 3 10 kHz clock used as timebase 100 s resolution Am9513 based MIO devices only 4 1 kHz clock used as timebase 1 ms resolution Am9513 based MIO devices only 5 100 Hz clock used as timebase 10 ms resolution Am9513 based MIO devices only updateInterval is the number of timebase units that elapse between consecutive writes updates to the D A converters The combination of the timebase resolution value and the updateInterval produces the waveform generation rate you want You can input the value returned in updateInterval directly to WFM_ClockRate Range 2 through 65 535 Note If you are using an SCXI 1200 with remote SCXI the maximum rate will depend on the baud rate setting and updateRate Refer to the SCXI 1200 User Manual for more details Note C Programmers timebase and updateInterval are pass by reference parameters Using This Function WFM_Rate produces timebase and update interval values to closely match the update rate you want To calculate the actual rate produced by these values first determine the clock resolution that corresponds to the value timebase r
573. te SCXI Name Type Description SCXIchassisID i16 logical ID assigned to the SCXI chassis chassisType i16 type of SCXI chassis chassisAddress i16 hardware jumpered address commMode i16 communication mode used commPath i16 communication path used numSlots i16 number of plug in module slots modulesPresent i32 type of module present in each slot operatingModes i16 the operating mode of each module connectionMap i16 describes the connections between the SCXI chassis and the DAQ devices Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Set_Config NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 358 National Instruments Corporation 3 VXI SC 1000 carrier module 4 PXI 1010 chassis chassisAddress is the hardware jumpered address of an SCXI chassis Range 0 to 31 commMode is the communication mode that will be used when the driver communicates with the SCXI chassis and modules 0 Communication mode is disabled In effect this disables the chassis 1 Enables serial communication through a digital port of a DAQ device that is cabled to a module in the chassis 2 Enables serial communication through the parallel port cabled to an SCXI 1200 in the chassis 4 Enables serial communication over the VXI backplane 5 Enables serial communication through a digital port of a DAQ device internally connected to the SCXIbus of a PXI 1010 chassis commPath is the communication path that will be used when the driver comm
574. te signal to generate either interrupts or DMA requests If you use counter 1 or 2 a RTSI line must also be available NI DAQ uses the first available counter among counters 5 2 and 1 in that order For Lab and 1200 Series analog output devices if the rate is smaller than 15 26 pts s and counter B0 is busy in a data acquisition or counting operation waveform generation cannot proceed On Am9513 based devices to externally trigger a waveform generation operation you can do so by first changing the gating mode of the counter NI DAQ uses WFM_from_Disk uses either the default gating mode none or the gating mode you specify through the CTR_Config function You need to connect your trigger signal to the gate pin on the I O connector Refer to the CTR_Config function description for details On a variety of E Series devices you can externally trigger a waveform generation in a variety of ways Refer to the Select_Signal function for more details Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_Group_Control NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 420 National Instruments Corporation WFM_Group_Control Format status WFM_Group_Control deviceNumber group operation Purpose Controls waveform generation for a group of analog output channels Parameters Input Parameter Discussion group is the group of analog output channels see WFM_Group_Setup Range 1 for most devices 1 or 2 for the AT AO 6 10 operation selects the operation NI
575. ten used on DAQ devices to temporarily store incoming or outgoing data until that data can be retrieved or output For example an analog input FIFO stores the results of A D conversions until the data can be retrieved into system memory a process that requires the servicing of interrupts and often the programming of the DMA controller This process can take several milliseconds in some cases During this time data accumulates in the FIFO for future retrieval With a larger FIFO longer latencies can be tolerated In the case of analog output a FIFO permits faster update rates because the waveform data can be stored on the FIFO ahead of time This again reduces the effect of latencies associated with getting the data from system memory to the DAQ device filtering a type of signal conditioning that allows you to filter unwanted signals from the signal you are trying to measure ft feet H h hour NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles G 6 National Instruments Corporation Glossary handle pointer to a pointer to a block of memory handles reference arrays and strings An array of strings is a handle to a block of memory containing handles to strings handshaked digital I O a type of digital acquisition generation where a device or module accepts or transfers data after a digital pulse has been received Also called latched digital I O hardware the physical components of a computer system such as the circuit boards plug in boards
576. ter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 218 National Instruments Corporation The following pseudo code continuation of the example given earlier illustrates what you can do to read the counter value continuously GPCTR_Watch function with entityID ND_COUNT does this and print it Repeat Forever GPCTR_Watch deviceNumber gpctrNum ND_COUNT counterValue Output counterValue When the counter reaches terminal count TC it rolls over and keeps counting To check if this occurred use GPCTR_Watch function with entityID set to ND_TC_REACHED Refer to Table 2 32 for TC for E Series 445X 455X and 6602 devices Typically you will find modifying the following parameters through the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function useful when the counter application is ND_SIMPLE_EVENT_CNT You can change the following ND_SOURCE to any value ND_SOURCE_POLARITY to ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_INPUT_CONDITIONING 6602 and 455X devices only to any value You can use the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function after calling GPCTR_Set_Application and before calling GPCTR_Control with action ND_PROGRAM or ND_PREPARE application ND_SINGLE_PERIOD_MSR In this application the counter is used for a single measurement of the time interval between two transitions of the same polarity of the gate signal By default the events are low to high transitions on the default gate connector pins see Table
577. ter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Cal_Constants NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 328 National Instruments Corporation use the endpoints of your expected input range as scaled1 and scaled2 Then you would be specifically calibrating your expected input voltage range If you are using an SCXI 1100 SCXI 1122 SCXI 1126 or SCXI 1141 you can perform a one point calibration to determine the binary offset you can do this easily without external hookups using the SCXI_Calibrate_Setup function to internally ground the amplifier Use the procedure above skipping steps 6 and 7 and using opCode 1 for the SCXI_Cal_Constants function If you are storing calibration constants in the SCXI 1122 SCXI 1126 or SCXI 1141 EEPROM your binary offset and gain adjust factors must not exceed the ranges given in the respective module user manuals The constant format in the EEPROM does not allow for larger constants If your constants exceed these specifications the function returns badExtRefError If this error occurs you should make sure your SCXIgain DAQgain and TBgain values are the actual settings you used to measure the volt binary pairs and you might want to recalibrate your DAQ device if applicable Analog Output Calibration When you call SCXI_AO_Write to output a voltage or current to your SCXI 1124 module NI DAQ uses the calibration constants loaded for the given module channel and output range to scale the voltage or current value to the
578. ter contains a detailed explanation of each NI DAQ function The functions are arranged alphabetically AI_Change_Parameter Format status AI_Change_Parameter deviceNumber channel paramID paramValue Purpose Selects a specific parameter for the analog input section of the device or an analog input channel You can select parameters related to analog input not listed here through the AI_Configure function Input Parameter Discussion Legal ranges for paramID and paramValue are given in terms of constants defined in a header file The header file you should use depends on the language you are using C programmers NIDAQCNS H DATAACQ H for LabWindows CVI BASIC programmers NIDAQCNS INC Note Visual Basic for Windows programmers should refer to the Visual Basic for Windows topic for more information Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility channel i16 number of channel you want to configure use 1 to indicate all channels paramID u32 identification of the parameter you want to change paramValue u32 new value for the parameter specified by paramID Chapter 2 Function Reference AI_Change_Parameter NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 2 National Instruments Corporation Pascal programmers NIDAQCNS PAS Legal values for channel depend on the type of device you are using analog input channels are labeled 0 through n 1 where n is the number of ana
579. th the general purpose counter 7 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR1 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR2 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR3 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR4 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR5 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR6 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR7 ND_DATA_XFER_MODE_DIO_GR8 Method NI DAQ uses for data transfers for the digital input and output operations with group N 1 to 8 ND_SC_2040_MODE Used to enable or disable the track and hold circuitry on the SC 2040 ND_SC_2043_MODE Used to enable or disable the SC 2043 SG accessory ND_SUSPEND_POWER_STATE State of USB device power when your operating system enters power saving suspend mode infoValue Description ND_AUTOMATIC Lets NI DAQ decide the type of FIFO interrupt based on the acquisition rate This is the default ND_INTERRUPTS NI DAQ uses interrupts for data transfer ND_INTERNAL_TIMER Counter 1 uses the internal timer as the source for its CLK1 source ND_INTERRUPT_EVERY_SAMPLE Generates interrupts on every sample regardless of the acquisition rate ND_INTERRUPT_HALF_FIFO Generates interrupts only when the FIFO is half full regardless of the acquisition rate ND_IO_CONNECTOR Counter 1 uses the CLK1 signal from the I O connector as the source for its CLK1 signal ND_NONE Cancels the effects of having accidentally called the SC_2040_Config function ND_NO_STRAIN_GAUGE Disables the SC 2043 SG accessory infoType Description Chapter 2 Function Reference Set_DAQ_Device_Info NI DAQ F
580. the E Series devices Parameters Input Parameter Discussion moduleSlot is the chassis slot number of the SCXI 1140 module you want Range 1 to n where n is the number of slots in the chassis state indicates whether to put the module into track or hold mode 0 Put the module into track mode 1 Put the module into hold mode DAQdeviceNumber is the device number of the DAQ device that will perform the channel scanning operation If you are using the SCXI 1200 to perform the data acquisition you should specify the module logical device number Using This Function Refer to the SCXI Application Hints discussion in Chapter 3 Software Overview of the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles for information about how to use the SCXI 1140 for single channel and channel scanning operations This function is only needed for single channel applications the scan interval timer controls the track hold state of the module during a channel scanning operation The NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles contains flowcharts for single channel operations using the SCXI 1140 and this function Name Type Description SCXIchassisID i16 logical ID assigned to the SCXI chassis moduleSlot i16 chassis slot number state i16 track or hold mode DAQdeviceNumber i16 device number of the DAQ device used to read the input channel Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Track_Hold_Setup NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 368 National Instrument
581. the Lab and 1200 Series devices and finalScanOrder is not useful in this case If you use pretrigger mode the order of the channel numbers in finalScanOrder depends on where in the scan sequence the acquisition ended This can vary because the stop trigger can occur in the middle of a scan sequence which causes the acquisition to end in the middle of a scan sequence so that the oldest data point in the buffer can belong to any channel in the scan sequence Lab_ISCAN_Op rearranges the buffer so that the oldest data point is at index 0 in the buffer This rearrangement causes the scanning order to change This new scanning order is returned by finalScanOrder For example if you scanned three channels the original scan order is channel 2 channel 1 channel 0 channel 2 and so on However after the stop trigger if the acquisition ends after taking a sample from channel 1 the oldest data point belongs to channel 0 So finalScanOrder returns finalScanOrder 0 0 finalScanOrder 1 2 finalScanOrder 2 1 Therefore the first sample in the buffer belongs to channel 0 the second sample belongs to channel 2 the third sample belongs to channel 1 the fourth sample belongs to channel 0 and so on Using This Function Lab_ISCAN_Op initiates a synchronous process of acquiring A D conversion samples and storing them in a buffer Lab_ISCAN_Op does not return control to your application until NI DAQ acquires all the samples you want or until a
582. the binary data you should call SCXI_Scale once for each SCXI channel passing in the appropriate demuxed binary data for each channel scaledArray is the output array for the scaled voltage or frequency data scaledArray should be at least numPoints elements long Using This Function SCXI_Scale uses the following equation to scale the binary data to voltage The SCXI 1126 scales the binary array to frequency using the following equation scaledArray i SCXI gain binArray binaryOffset voltageResolution 5 volts DAQgain gainAdjust The voltage resolution depends on your DAQ device and its range and polarity settings For example the AT MIO 16 in bipolar mode with an input range of 10 to 10 V has a voltage resolution of 4 88 mV per LSB NI DAQ automatically loads binaryOffset and gainAdjust for the SCXI 1122 and SCXI 1126 for all of its gain settings from the module EEPROM The SCXI 1122 and SCXI 1126 module is shipped with factory calibration constants for binaryOffset and gainAdjust loaded in the EEPROM You can calculate your own calibration constants and store them in the EEPROM and in NI DAQ memory for SCXI_Scale to use Refer to the procedure outlined in the SCXI_Cal_Constants function description The same is true for the SCXI 1141 except binaryOffset is not on the SCXI 1141 EEPROM and defaults to 0 0 However you can calculate your own binaryOffset using the procedure outlined in the SCXI_Cal_Constants func
583. the inputMode is 0 0 Nowhere 1 Make the source signal drive the DAQ device counter output and the HOLDTRIG pin on the module front connector if the source is not already one of those signals If you are using a DAQCard 700 DAQCard 1200 Lab PC 1200 Lab PC 1200AI Lab PC PCI 1200 or LPM device you must change the jumper setting on the SCXI 1341 or SCXI 1342 adapter device to prevent the external signal from damaging the timer chip on the DAQ device 2 Make the source signal drive an SCXIbus trigger line so that other SCXI 1140 modules can use it if the source is not from the SCXIbus Only one SCXI 1140 module can drive that trigger line an error will occur if you attempt to configure more than one SCXI 1140 to drive it holdCount is the number of times the module is enabled by NI DAQ during an interval scan before going back into track mode Each time Slot 0 encounters an entry for the module in the module scan list NI DAQ enables the module which remains enabled until the sample count in that module scan list entry expires If there is only one entry for the module in the module scan list holdCount should be 1 this will almost always be the case Range 1 to 255 Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Track_Hold_Setup NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 370 National Instruments Corporation DAQdeviceNumber is the device number of the DAQ device in the PC that will be used to acquire the data If the DAQdeviceNumber specifi
584. the number of samples in the circular waveform buffer are only allowed if you enable partialTransferStop Using This Function Use WFM_DB_Transfer to transfer new data into one or more waveform buffers as waveform generation is in progress The double buffered mode with oldDataStop set to 1 ensures that NI DAQ generates each data point for a specified output channel exactly once If partialTransferStop is enabled a transfer of less than half of the waveform buffer size of a channel stops the waveform generation when NI DAQ has output the partial half buffer AT MIO 16F 5 only If the waveform buffer that you used in calling WFM_Load was aligned by calling Align_DMA_Buffer WFM_DB_Transfer automatically indexes to the correct starting index in the waveform buffer if necessary You need not align the buffer used in the WFM_DB_Transfer call Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_from_Disk National Instruments Corporation 2 417 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles WFM_from_Disk Format status WFM_from_Disk deviceNumber numChans chanVect fileName startPt endPt iterations rate Purpose Assigns a disk file to one or more analog output channels selects the rate and the number of times the data in the file is to be generated and starts the generation WFM_from_Disk always waits for completion before returning unless you call Timeout_Config Parameters Input Parameter Discussion numChans indicates the number of analog output chan
585. the specified time limit 10941 reprogrammingFailedError Reprogramming the remote SCXI unit was unsuccessful Please try again 10942 invalidResetSignatureError An invalid reset signature was sent from the host to the remote SCXI unit 10943 chassisLockupError The interrupt service routine on the remote SCXI unit is taking longer than necessary You do not need to reset your remote SCXI unit however please clear and restart your data acquisition Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description National Instruments Corporation B 1 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles AppendixB Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation This appendix lists the valid channel and gain settings for DAQ boards describes how NI DAQ calculates voltage and describes the measurement of offset and gain adjustment DAQ Device Analog Input Channel Settings Table B 1 lists the valid analog input ADC channel settings If you have one or more AMUX 64T boards and an MIO board see Chapter 10 AMUX 64T External Multiplexer Device in the DAQ Hardware Overview Guide for more information Table B 1 Valid Analog Input Channel Settings Device Settings Single ended Configuration Differential Configuration MIO and AI devices except as noted below 0 15 0 7 AT MIO 64F 5 0 63 0 7 and 16 39 AT MIO 64E 3 0 63 0 7 16 23 32 39 48 55 Lab and 1200
586. the timing diagrams in Figures 2 9 and 2 10 Using This Function CTR_Pulse sets up the counter to generate a pulse of the duration specified by pulseWidth after a time delay of the duration specified by delay If you specify no gating CTR_Pulse starts the counter otherwise counter operation is controlled by the gate input The selected timebase determines the timing of pulse generation as shown in Figure 2 9 You can generate successive pulses by calling CTR_Restart or CTR_Pulse again Be sure that the delay period of the previous pulse has elapsed before calling CTR_Restart or CTR_Pulse A successive call waits until the previous pulse is completed before generating the next pulse In the case where pulseWidth 0 and TC toggle output is used the output polarity toggles after every call to CTR_Restart Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_Pulse NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 102 National Instruments Corporation Pulse Generation Timing Considerations Figure 2 9 shows pulse generation timing for both the TC toggled output and TC pulse output cases These signals are positive polarity output signals Figure 2 9 Pulse Generation Timing An uncertainty is associated with the delay period due to counter synchronization Counting starts on the first timebase edge after NI DAQ applies the starting signal The time between receipt of the starting pulse and start of pulse generation can be between delay and delay 1 units of the t
587. through 4 for the DIO 32F DIO 6533 DIO 32HS and AT MIO 16D 0 through 11 for the DIO 96 0 through 15 for the VXI DIO 128 0 for the PCI 4451 and PCI 4452 0 through 3 for the PCI 4551 and PCI 4552 line is the digital line to be read Range 0 through k 1 where k is the number of digital I O lines making up the port Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility port i16 digital I O port number line i16 digital line to be read Name Type Description state i16 returns the digital logic state Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_In_Line NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 174 National Instruments Corporation state returns the digital logic state of the specified line 0 The specified digital line is at a digital logic low 1 The specified digital line is at a digital logic high Note C Programmers state is a pass by reference parameter Using This Function DIG_In_Line returns the digital logic state of the specified digital line in the specified port If the specified port is configured as an input port NI DAQ determines the state of the specified line by the way in which some external device is driving it If the port or line is configured for output as an output port and the port has read back capability NI DAQ determines the state of the line by the way in which that port itself is driving it Reading a line configured for output on the PC TIO 10 or an E Series device ret
588. ti rate acquisition When SCAN_Sequence_Demux returns the data in buffer will be rearranged samplesPerSequence is the number of samples in a scan sequence obtained from a previous call to SCAN_Sequence_Setup and the size of the scanSequenceVector array scanSequenceVector contains the scan sequence created by NI DAQ as a result of a previous call to SCAN_Sequence_Setup You obtain a copy of scanSequenceVector by calling SCAN_Sequence_Retrieve samplesPerChannelVector contains the number of samples for each channel The channel listed in entry i of chanVector will have a number of samples equal to the value of samplesPerChannelVector i Using This Function SCAN_Sequence_Demux rearranges multirate data so that retrieving the data of a channel is more straightforward The following example illustrates how to use this function The input parameters are as follows numChans 3 chanVector 2 5 7 bufferSize 14 buffer 2 5 7 2 2 5 2 2 5 7 2 2 5 2 where a 2 represents a sample from channel 2 and so on samplesPerSequence 7 scanSequenceVector 2 5 7 2 2 5 2 The output parameters are as follows buffer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 5 5 7 7 where a 2 represents a sample from channel 2 and so on samplesPerChannelVector 8 4 2 The data from a channel can be located in the buffer by calculating the index of the first sample and the index of the last sample The data from a channel listed in chan
589. tializing the device hardware for reinitializing the NI DAQ software and for determining which device has been assigned to a particular slot number Init_DA_Brds will clear all configured messages for the device just as if you called Config_DAQ_Event_Message with a mode of 0 Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion deviceNumberCode indicates the type of device initialized 1 Not a National Instruments DAQ device 0 AT MIO 16L 9 1 AT MIO 16L 15 2 AT MIO 16L 25 4 AT MIO 16H 9 5 AT MIO 16H 15 6 AT MIO 16H 25 7 PC DIO 24 8 AT DIO 32F 11 AT MIO 16F 5 12 PC DIO 96 13 PC LPM 16 Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility Name Type Description deviceNumberCode i16 type of device Chapter 2 Function Reference Init_DA_Brds NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 256 National Instruments Corporation 14 PC TIO 10 15 AT AO 6 19 AT MIO 16X 20 AT MIO 64F 5 21 AT MIO 16DL 9 22 AT MIO 16DL 25 23 AT MIO 16DH 9 24 AT MIO 16DH 25 25 AT MIO 16E 2 26 AT AO 10 27 AT A2150C 28 Lab PC 30 SCXI 1200 31 DAQCard 700 32 NEC MIO 16E 4 33 DAQPad 1200 35 DAQCard DIO 24 36 AT MIO 16E 10 37 AT MIO 16DE 10 38 AT MIO 64E 3 39 AT MIO 16XE 50 40 NEC AI 16E 4 41 NEC MIO 16XE 50 42 NEC AI 16XE 50 43 DAQPad MIO 16XE 50 44 AT MIO 16E 1 45 PC OPDIO 16 46 PC AO 2DC 47 DAQCard A
590. ting direction for UP or DOWN For 6602 and 455X devices only use action ND_SWITCH_CYCLE only if your application is ND_PULSE_TRAIN_GNR ND_DISARM Disarm the general purpose counter ND_PROGRAM ND_PREPARE and then ND_ARM the counter ND_RESET Reset the general purpose counter ND_COUNT_UP Change the counting direction to UP See Using This Function below ND_COUNT_DOWN Change the counting direction to DOWN See Using This Function below ND_SWITCH_CYCLE 6602 and 455X devices only This action can be used to change the properties of a continuous pulse that was started using GPCTR_Set_Application with application ND_PULSE_TRAIN_GNR If you use ND_SWITCH_CYCLE after the counter is armed the counter will be reloaded with the latest values specified by GPCTR_Change_Parameter with paramID ND_COUNT_1 and ND_COUNT_2 Table 2 30 Legal Values for the action Parameter Continued action Description Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Read_Buffer National Instruments Corporation 2 213 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles GPCTR_Read_Buffer Format status GPCTR_Read_Buffer deviceNumber gpctrNum readMode numPts readOffSet timeOut buffer Purpose Returns the data from a asynchronous counter input operation The read mode and offset combined allow you to specify the location from which to read the data for 6602 and 455X devices only Parameters Input Parameter Discussion gpctrNum indicates which counter
591. ting process and returns the count Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion ctr is the counter number Range 0 through 2 count returns the current count of the specified counter while the counter is counting down count can be between zero and 65 535 when ctr is configured in binary mode the default count can be between zero and 9 999 if the last call to ICTR_Setup configured ctr in BCD counting mode Note C Programmers count is a pass by reference parameter Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility ctr i16 counter number Name Type Description count u16 current count Chapter 2 Function Reference ICTR_Read National Instruments Corporation 2 249 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Note BASIC Programmers NI DAQ returns count as a 16 bit unsigned number In BASIC integer variables are represented by a 16 bit two s complement system Thus values grater than 32 767 are incorrectly treated as negative numbers You can avoid this problem by using a long number as shown below if count o then lcount amp count 65 536 else lcount amp count end if Chapter 2 Function Reference ICTR_Reset NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 250 National Instruments Corporation ICTR_Reset Format status ICTR_Reset deviceNumber ctr state Purpose Sets the output of the selected counter to the specified state Parameters Input Paramete
592. tion 2 413 to 2 414 WFM_DB_Transfer function 2 415 to 2 416 WFM_from_Disk 2 417 to 2 419 WFM_Group_Control function 2 420 to 2 422 WFM_Group_Setup function 2 423 to 2 424 WFM_Load function 2 425 to 2 433 Index NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles I 14 National Instruments Corporation ARB mode 2 431 to 2 432 data ranges for buffer parameter DAQArb 5411 devices table 2 426 DDS mode 2 430 to 2 431 mode values for DAQArb 5411 devices count parameter table 2 427 iterations parameter table 2 428 using the function 2 432 to 2 433 WFM_Op 2 434 to 2 436 WFM_Rate function 2 437 to 2 438 WFM_Scale function 2 439 to 2 440 WFM_Set_Clock function 2 441 to 2 442
593. tion If connect is 0 dir is meaningless 0 Receive clock signal from the RTSI bus trigger line 1 Transmit clock signal to the RTSI bus trigger line Using This Function RTSI_Clock can connect the onboard system clock of an AT MIO 16X AT MIO 64F 5 AT AO 6 10 or a DIO 6533 DIO 32HS to the RTSI bus Calling RTSI_Clock with connect equal to 1 and dir equal to 1 configures the specified deviceNumber to transmit its system clock signal onto the RTSI bus You do not need to specify a RTSI bus trigger line because NI DAQ uses a dedicated line Calling RTSI_Clock with connect equal to 1 and dir equal to 0 configures the specified deviceNumber to use the signal on the RTSI bus dedicated clock pin as this device system clock In this way the two devices are controlled by a single system clock Calling RTSI_Clock with connect equal to 0 disconnects the clock signal from the RTSI bus RTSI_Clear also disconnects the clock signal from the RTSI bus Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility connect i16 connect or disconnect the system clock dir i16 direction of the connection Chapter 2 Function Reference RTSI_Clock NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 288 National Instruments Corporation RTSI_Clock always returns an error if deviceNumber is not an AT MIO 16X AT MIO 64F 5 AT AO 6 10 or a DIO 6533 DIO 32HS To connect the system clock signal of any other device to the RTSI bus you must cha
594. tion description For other analog input modules binaryOffset defaults to 0 0 and gainAdjust defaults to 1 0 However you can calculate your own calibration constants and store them in NI DAQ memory for NI DAQ to use in the SCXI_Scale function by following the procedure outlined in the SCXI_Cal_Constants function description scaledArray i binArray i binaryOffset voltageResolution SCXIgain TBgain DAQgain gainAdjust Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_SCAN_Setup National Instruments Corporation 2 355 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles SCXI_SCAN_Setup Format status SCXI_SCAN_Setup SCXIchassisID numModules moduleList numChans startChans DAQdeviceNumber modeFlag Purpose Sets up the SCXI chassis for a multiplexed scanning data acquisition to be performed by the given DAQ device You can scan modules in any order however you must scan channels on each module in consecutive order The function downloads a module scan list to Slot 0 in the SCXI chassis that will determine the sequence of modules to be scanned and how many channels on each module NI DAQ will scan NI DAQ programs each module with its given start channel and resolves any contention on the SCXIbus Parameters Input Parameter Discussion numModules is the number of modules to be sca
595. tional Instruments Corporation 2 87 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles If you set trigSource to ND_THE_AI_CHANNEL you can use the signal connected to one of the analog input pins for triggering In this case the signal is amplified on the device before it is used for trigger generation You can use this source selection under the following conditions You want to perform data acquisition from a single analog input channel the DAQ family of functions You only can use the channel you are acquiring from for analog triggering You want to perform data acquisition from more than one analog input channel a combination of the DAQ and SCAN families of functions The only analog input channel you can use as the start trigger is the first channel from your list of channels You cannot use this form of the analog trigger for the stop trigger in case of pretriggered data acquisition Note The PCI 6110E and PCI 6111E can use any analog input channel You do not want to perform any analog input operations the AI DAQ and SCAN families of functions You must use AI_Setup to select the analog input channel you want to use and the gain of the instrumentation amplifier You also can use AI_Configure to alter the configuration of the analog input channel You want to use AI_Check and you want to use the analog trigger for conversion timing You do not have to perform any special steps The reason for using these constraints is that i
596. to DAC1 calRefVolts f64 DC calibration voltage gain f64 gain at which ADC is operating Chapter 2 Function Reference Calibrate_1200 National Instruments Corporation 2 51 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles obtained during the process remain in use by the DACs until the device is initialized again Note The ADC must be in referenced single ended and bipolar mode and fully calibrated using calOP 2 for successful calibration of the DACs 4 Reserved 5 Edit the default load table so that the set of constants in the area identified by EEPROMloc 1 6 9 or 10 become the default calibration constants for the ADC NI DAQ changes either the unipolar or bipolar pointer in the default load table depending on the polarity those constants are intended for The factory default for the ADC unipolar pointer is EEPROMloc 9 The factory default for the ADC bipolar pointer is EEPROMloc 10 You can specify any user area in EEPROMloc after you have run a calibration on the ADC and saved the calibration constants to that user area Or you can specify EEPROMloc 9 or 10 to reset the default load table to the factory calibration for unipolar and bipolar mode respectively 6 Edit the default load table so that the set of constants in the area identified by EEPROMloc 1 6 9 or 10 become the default calibration constants for the DACs NI DAQ s behavior for calOP 6 is identical to that for calOP 5 Just substitute DAC everywh
597. to program Legal values for this parameter are shown in Table 2 19 The type of read operation specified in readMode is used in conjunction with the readOffSet to compute the reading mark Basically read mark reading point specified by readMode readOffSet The readMode can have the following legal values ND_READ_MARK The reading point is placed at the location of the current read mark ND_BUFFER_START The reading point is placed at the start of the buffer ND_WRITE_MARK The reading point is placed at a position in the buffer that has the latest data Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility gpctrNum u32 number of the counter to use readMode u32 the parameter to set the reading point in the buffer numPts u32 the number of points to read readOffSet i32 the offset from the reading point timeOut u32 time for which this function will wait before returning buffer u32 destination buffer for the data Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Read_Buffer NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 214 National Instruments Corporation numPts is the number of points to retrieve from the buffer being used This argument is passed by reference When this function returns numPts holds the value of actual number of inputs that were read readOffSet is the offset that is added to the reading point specified by readMode to compute the location in the buffer from which
598. tput voltage or current changes immediately Otherwise the output voltage or current changes on a call to AO_Update or the application if an external pulse If you have changed the output polarity for the analog output channel from the factory setting of bipolar to unipolar you must call AO_Configure with this information for AO_VWrite to correctly scale the floating point value to the binary value You also can use this function to calibrate the VXI AO 48XDC On this device writes to channel number 48 affect the voltage or current offset calibration depending on the output type of this channel as set by the AO_Change_Parameter function In addition writes to channel number 49 affect the voltage or current gain calibration which also depends on the output type of the channel as set by the AO_Change_Parameter function Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_Write National Instruments Corporation 2 47 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles AO_Write Format status AO_Write deviceNumber chan value Purpose Writes a binary value to one of the analog output channels changing the voltage produced at the channel Parameters Input Parameter Discussion chan is the analog output channel number Range 0 or 1 for Lab and 1200 Series analog output and MIO devices 0 through 5 for AT AO 6 0 through 9 for AT AO 10 0 through 47 for the VXI AO 48XDC value is the digital value to be written to the analog output channel value has several r
599. ts Corporation About This Manual Related Documentation The following documents contain information you may find useful as you read this manual For detailed hardware information refer to the user manual included with each board The following manuals are available from National Instruments Microsoft Visual C User Guide to Programming Omega Temperature Handbook NIST Monograph 125 Thermocouple Reference Tables Customer Communication National Instruments wants to receive your comments on our products and manuals We are interested in the applications you develop with our products and we want to help if you have problems with them To make it easy for you to contact us this manual contains comment and configuration forms for you to complete These forms are in Appendix D Customer Communication at the end of this manual National Instruments Corporation 1 1 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Chapter1 Using the NI DAQ Functions This chapter contains important information about how to apply the function descriptions in this manual to your programming language and environment When you are familiar with the material in the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles you can use this manual for detailed information about each NI DAQ function Status Codes Device Numbers and SCXI Chassis IDs Every NI DAQ function is of the following form status Function_Name parameter 1 parameter 2 parameter n
600. ttings for that waveform for example the number of loops For more details on staging based waveform generation refer to WFM_Load in this manual For more details on triggering and trigger sources refer to your DAQArb 5411 User Manual Table 2 12 Parameter Setting Information for Frequency Correction for the Analog Filter Device Type Per Channel Selection Possible Legal Range for paramValue Default Setting for paramValue DAQArb AT 5411 DAQArb PCI 5411 Yes 0 through 16 000 000 0 Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_Change_Parameter National Instruments Corporation 2 35 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles PLL Reference Frequency On some of the devices you can phase lock the internal timebase to an external reference clock The internal timebase can be an integral multiple of the external reference clock This feature is useful because you can synchronize the timebases of multiple devices so that they are all locked to each other On DAQArb 5411 devices you can phase lock the internal timebase to a non National Instruments device using the I O connector or to a National Instruments device using the RTSI connector You can select the reference clock source by using the Select_Signal function call If the PLL reference clock source is the RTSI clock set the reference clock frequency to 20 MHz To change the PLL reference frequency set paramID to ND_PLL_REF_FREQ Note The values are set up in Hertz Hz SYNC D
601. tup 2 423 WFM_Load 2 425 WFM_Op 2 434 WFM_Rate 2 437 WFM_Scale 2 439 WFM_Set_Clock 2 441 Appendix A Status Codes Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation DAQ Device Analog Input Channel Settings B 1 Valid Internal Analog Input Channels B 2 DAQ Device Gain Settings B 5 Voltage Calculation B 5 Offset and Gain Adjustment B 7 Measuremen
602. tus GPCTR_Watch deviceNumber gpctrNum entityID entityValue Purpose Monitors state of the general purpose counter and its operation Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion Legal ranges for the gpctrNum entityID and entityValue are in terms of constants defined in a header file The header file you should use depends on which of the following languages you are using C programmers NIDAQCNS H DATAACQ H for LabWindows CVI BASIC programmers NIDAQCNS INC Visual Basic for Windows programmers should refer to the Programming Language Considerations section in Chapter 1 Using the NI DAQ Functions for more information Pascal programmers NIDAQCNS PAS gpctrNum indicates which counter to program The legal values for this parameter shown in Table 2 20 entityID indicates which feature you are interested in Legal values are listed in the following paragraphs along with the corresponding values you can expect for entityValue entityValue will be given either in terms of constants from the header file or as numbers as appropriate Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility gpctrNum u32 number of the counter to use entityID u32 identification of the feature to monitor Name Type Description entityValue u32 the value of the feature specified by entityID Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Watch NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 246 National
603. tus Codes National Instruments Corporation A 17 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 10634 noContTransferInProgressError No continuous double buffered transfer is in progress for the specified resource 10635 invalidSCXIOpModeError Either the SCXI operating mode specified in a configuration call is invalid or a module is in the wrong operating mode to execute the function call 10636 noContWithSynchError You cannot start a continuous double buffered operation with a synchronous function call 10637 bufferAlreadyConfigError Attempted to configure a buffer after the buffer had already been configured You can configure a buffer only once 10680 badChanGainError All channels of this board must have the same gain 10681 badChanRangeError All channels of this board must have the same range 10682 badChanPolarityError All channels of this board must be the same polarity 10683 badChanCouplingError All channels of this board must have the same coupling 10684 badChanInputModeError All channels of this board must have the same input mode 10685 clkExceedsBrdsMaxConvRateError The clock rate exceeds the board s recommended maximum rate 10686 scanListInvalidError A configuration change has invalidated the scan list 10687 bufferInvalidError A configuration change has invalidated the acquisition buffer or an acquisition buffer has not been configured Table A 1
604. u are using the ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ timebase ND_GATE to any legal value listed in the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function description You can use the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function after calling GPCTR_Set_Application and before calling GPCTR_Control with action ND_PROGRAM or ND_PREPARE To provide your timebase connect your timebase source to one of the PFI pins on the I O connector and change ND_SOURCE and ND_SOURCE_POLARITY to the appropriate values You also can configure the other general purpose counter for ND_FSK and set ND_SOURCE of this counter to ND_OTHER_GPCTR_TC to generate pulses with delays and intervals longer than 160 s application ND_BUFFERED_EVENT_CNT In this application the counter is used for continuous counting of events By default the counted events are low to high transitions on the line given in Table 2 21 Counts present at specified events of the signal present at the gate are saved in a buffer By default those events Source Output 2 1 3 4 5 6 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 Gate Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 236 National Instruments Corporation are the low to high transitions of the signal on the PFI9 GPCTR0_GATE I O connector pin for general purpose counter 0 and the PFI4 GPCTR1_GATE I O connector pin for general purpose counter 1 The counter counts up starting from 0 its contents are placed in the buffer after
605. unction to calibrate your E Series device and to select a set of calibration constants to be used by NI DAQ Caution Read the calibration chapter in your device user manual before using Calibrate_E_Series Note Analog output channels and the AO and WFM functions do not apply to the AI E Series devices Parameters Input Parameter Discussion The legal ranges for the calOp and setOfCalConst parameters are given in terms of constants that are defined in the header file The header file you should use depends on which of the following languages you are using C programmers NIDAQCNS H DATAACQ H for LabWindows CVI BASIC programmers NIDAQCNS INC Pascal programmers NIDAQCNS PAS calOP determines the operation to be performed Range ND_SET_DEFAULT_LOAD_AREA Make setOfCalConst the default load area do not perform calibration ND_SELF_CALIBRATE Self calibrates the device ND_EXTERNAL_CALIBRATE Externally calibrates the device Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility calOP u32 operation to be performed setOfCalConst u32 set of calibration constants or the EEPROM location to use calRefVolts f64 DC calibration voltage Chapter 2 Function Reference Calibrate_E_Series National Instruments Corporation 2 59 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles setOfCalConst selects the set of calibration constants to be used by NI DAQ These calibration constants reside
606. unicates with the SCXI chassis and modules When commMode 1 2 4 or 5 set the path to the device number of the DAQ device that is the designated communicator for the chassis If only one DAQ device is connected to the chassis set commPath to the device number of that device If more than one DAQ device is connected to modules in the chassis you must designate one device as the communicator device and you should set its device number to commPath If commMode is 1 or 2 refer to the connectionMap array description you should set commPath to one of the device numbers specified in that array When commMode 0 NI DAQ ignores commPath numSlots is the number of plug in module slots in the SCXI chassis 4 For the SCXI 1000 and PXI 1010 chassis 12 For the SCXI 1001 chassis modulesPresent is an array of length numSlots that indicates what type of module is present in each slot The first element of the array corresponds to slot 1 of the chassis and so on 1 Empty slot there is no module present in the corresponding slot 1 SCXI 1126 2 SCXI 1121 4 SCXI 1120 6 SCXI 1100 8 SCXI 1140 10 SCXI 1122 12 SCXI 1160 14 SCXI 1161 16 SCXI 1162 18 SCXI 1163 20 SCXI 1124 Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Set_Config National Instruments Corporation 2 359 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 24 SCXI 1162HV 28 SCXI 1163R 30 SCXI 1102 32 SCXI 1141 42 VXI SC 1102 44 VXI SC 1150 68 S
607. unter before setting it up for any subsequent operation of a different type event counting for example You also can use CTR_Reset to change the output state of an idle counter Note The output line of counter 1 on the MIO16 16D and counters 1 2 and 5 on the AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X are pulled up to 5 V while in the high impedance state Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility ctr i16 counter number output i16 output state of the counter OUT signal driver Chapter 2 Function Reference CTR_Restart National Instruments Corporation 2 107 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles CTR_Restart Format status CTR_Restart deviceNumber ctr Purpose Restarts operation of the specified counter Parameters Input Parameter Discussion ctr is the counter number Range 1 2 or 5 for an MIO device except the E Series devices 1 through 10 for a PC TIO 10 Using This Function You can use CTR_Restart after a CTR_Stop operation to allow the suspended counter to resume If the specified counter was never set up for an operation CTR_Restart returns an error You also can use CTR_Restart after a CTR_Pulse operation to generate additional pulses CTR_Pulse generates the first pulse In this case do not call CTR_Restart until after the previous pulse has completed Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility ctr i16 counter number
608. up 2 15 AI_VRead 2 17 AI_VRead_Scan 2 19 Contents NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles vi National Instruments Corporation AI_VScale 2 20 Align_DMA_Buffer 2 22 AO_Calibrate 2 25 AO_Change_Parameter 2 27 AO_Configure 2 38 AO_Update 2 42 AO_VScale 2 43 AO_VWrite
609. urns a warning stating that NI DAQ has read an output line Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_In_Port National Instruments Corporation 2 175 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DIG_In_Port Format status DIG_In_Port deviceNumber port pattern Purpose Returns digital input data from the specified digital I O port Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion port is the digital I O port number Range 0 or 1 for the AT AO 6 10 DAQCard 500 700 PC TIO 10 PC OPDIO 16 516 devices AO 2DC Am9513 based MIO devices and LPM devices 0 for the E Series devices except the AT MIO 16DE 10 0 through 2 for the DIO 24 and Lab and 1200 Series devices 0 and 2 through 4 for the AT MIO 16DE 10 0 through 3 for the VXI AO 48XDC 0 through 4 for the DIO 32F DIO 6533 DIO 32HS and AT MIO 16D 0 through 11 for the DIO 96 0 through 15 for the VXI DIO 128 0 for the PCI 4451 and PCI 4452 0 through 3 for the PCI 4551 and PCI 4552 pattern returns the 8 bit digital data read from the specified port NI DAQ maps pattern to the digital input lines making up the port such that bit 0 the least significant bit corresponds to digital input line 0 The high eight bits of pattern are always 0 If the port is less than eight bits wide NI DAQ also sets the bits in the low order byte of pattern that do not correspond to lines in the port to 0 For example because ports 0 and 1 on the Am9513 based boards are Name Type Description devic
610. used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or SOURCE 9 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 10 SOURCE5 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or SOURCE 10 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 11 GATE 1 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or GATE6 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 12 GATE 2 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or GATE7 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 13 GATE 3 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or GATE8 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 14 GATE 4 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or GATE9 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 15 GATE 5 used as timebase if 1 ctr 5 or GATE10 used as timebase if 6 ctr 10 Set timebase to 0 to concatenate counters Set timebase to 1 through 5 for the counter to use one of the five available internal signals Set timebase to 6 through 15 except 10 for the PC TIO 10 to provide an external clock to the counter delay is the delay before NI DAQ generates the pulse delay can be between 3 and 65 535 Use the following formula to determine the actual time period that delay represents delay timebase resolution pulseWidth is the width of the pulse NI DAQ generates pulseWidth can be between 0 and 65 535 Use the following formula to determine the actual time that pulseWidth represents pulseWidth timebase resolution for 1 pulseWidth 65 535 pulseWidth 0 is a special case of pulse generation and actually generates a pulse of infinite duration see
611. uses bus contention over the trigger line You can connect two or more signals on the same device together using a RTSI bus trigger line as long as you follow the above rules You can disconnect RTSI connections by using either RTSI_DisConn or RTSI_Clear Chapter 2 Function Reference RTSI_DisConn National Instruments Corporation 2 291 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles RTSI_DisConn Format status RTSI_DisConn deviceNumber sigCode trigLine Purpose Disconnects a device signal from the specified RTSI bus trigger line Parameters Input Parameter Discussion sigCode is the signal code number of the device signal to be disconnected from the RTSI bus trigger line Signal code numbers for each device type are in the RTSI Bus Trigger Functions section of Chapter 3 Software Overview of the NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles trigLine specifies the RTSI bus trigger line that is to be disconnected from the signal Range 0 through 6 Using This Function RTSI_DisConn programs the RTSI bus interface on the specified deviceNumber such that NI DAQ disconnects the signal identified by sigCode and the trigger line specified by trigLine Note It takes the same number of RTSI_DisConn calls to disconnect a connection as it took RTSI_Conn calls to make the connection in the first place See RTSI_Conn for further explanation Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility sigCode i16
612. ust be programmed loaded with certain numbers called calibration constants Those constants are stored in non volatile memory EEPROM on your device or are maintained by NI DAQ To achieve specification accuracy you should perform an internal calibration of your device just before a measurement session but after your computer and the device have been powered on and allowed to warm up for at least 15 minutes Frequent calibration produces the most stable and repeatable measurement performance The device is not affected negatively if you recalibrate it as often as you want Two sets of calibration constants can reside in two load areas inside the EEPROM one set is programmed at the factory and the other is left for the user One load area in the EEPROM corresponds to one set of constants The load area NI DAQ uses for loading calDACs with calibration constants is called the default load area When you get the device from the factory Chapter 2 Function Reference Calibrate_E_Series NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 60 National Instruments Corporation the default load area is the area that contains the calibration constants obtained by calibrating the device in the factory NI DAQ automatically loads the relevant calibration constants stored in the load area the first time you call a function an AI AO DAQ SCAN and WFM function that requires them NI DAQ also automatically reloads calibration constants whenever appropriate see the Cali
613. ut writes the lower eight bits of buffer 0 to the group on the first write and the upper eight bits of buffer 0 to the group on the second write For example if buffer 0 0xABCD NI DAQ writes 0xCD to the group on the first write and writes 0xAB to the group on the second write If group size is 2 DIG_Block_Out writes data from the lower eight bits of buffer 0 to the lower port port 0 or port 2 and data from the upper eight bits of buffer 0 to the higher port port 1 or port 3 If group size is 4 DIG_Block_Out writes data from buffer 0 to ports 0 and 1 and data from buffer 1 to ports 2 and 3 If you use any device but a DIO 32F or a 6533 device NI DAQ writes the lower byte of each buffer element to the group in the order indicated in portList when you call DIG_SCAN_Setup If the group size is two on the first write DIG_Block_Out writes the lower byte of buffer 0 to the first port on portList and the lower byte of buffer 1 to the last port on portList For example if buffer 0 0xABCD and buffer 1 is 0x1234 NI DAQ writes 0xCD to the first port on portList and writes 0x34 to the last port on portList If you have not configured the specified group as an output group NI DAQ does not perform the operation and returns an error If you have assigned no ports to the specified group NI DAQ does not perform the operation and returns an error You can call DIG_Block_Check to monitor the status of a transfer initiated by DIG_Block_Out
614. uty Cycle The SYNC output is a TTL version of the sine waveform being generated at the output It is obtained by using a zero crossing detector on the sine output It is generated on a separate output connector instead of the main analog output connector The SYNC output might not carry any meaning for any other types of waveforms being generated You can vary the duty cycle of TTL output on the fly To change the SYNC duty cycle as the percentage of the time high set paramID to ND_SYNC_DUTY_CYCLE_HIGH The paramValue parameters imply percentage To disable the SYNC output set the Table 2 13 Parameter Setting Information for the Trigger Mode Device Type Per Channel Selection Possible Legal Range for paramValue Default Setting for paramValue DAQArb AT 5411 DAQArb PCI 5411 Yes ND_SINGLE ND_CONTINUOUS ND_BURST ND_STEPPED ND_CONTINUOUS Table 2 14 Parameter Setting Information for PLL Reference Frequency Device Type Per Channel Selection Possible Legal Range for paramValue Default Setting for paramValue DAQArb AT 5411 DAQArb PCI 5411 Yes 1 000 000 10 000 000 20 000 000 1 000 000 Chapter 2 Function Reference AO_Change_Parameter NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 36 National Instruments Corporation paramValue to 0 or 100 By setting it to 0 the SYNC output goes to 0 V If you set it to 100 it goes to 5 V Using This Function Use this function to customize the behavior of the ana
615. vailable Create u32 variable counted_value repeat GPCTR_Watch deviceNumber gpctrNumber ND_COUNT_AVAILABLE count_available until count_available ND_YES GPCTR_Watch deviceNumber gpctrNumber ND_COUNT counted_value To calculate the measured interval multiply the counted value by the period corresponding to the timebase you are using For example if your ND_SOURCE is ND_INTERNAL_20_MHZ the interval will be 1 20 MHz 50 ns If the ND_COUNT is 4 Figure 2 15 the actual interval is 4 50 ns 200 ns Note The measured interval will correspond to the most recent pulse that arrived prior to the invoking of GPCTR_Watch call with entityID set to ND_COUNT_AVAILABLE Caution There should be source transitions between gate transitions in order for this measurement to be correct 0 0 NO NO 0 Gate Source Count Count Available Measured Interval NO YES 0 0 1 2 2 Trigger Chapter 2 Function Reference GPCTR_Set_Application National Instruments Corporation 2 225 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles When the counter reaches terminal count 224 1 for E Series and 445X devices and 232 1 for 6602 and 455X devices it rolls over and keeps counting To check if this occurred use GPCTR_Watch function with entityID set to ND_TC_REACHED Typically you will find modifying the following parameters through the GPCTR_Change_Parameter function useful when the counter appli
616. vailable for reading from an input port or writing to an output port 1 A unidirectional port is available for reading from an input port or writing to an output port 2 A bidirectional port is ready for reading 3 A bidirectional port is ready for writing 4 A bidirectional port is ready for reading and writing Note C Programmers handshakeStatus is a pass by reference parameter Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility port i16 digital I O port number Name Type Description handshakeStatus i16 handshake status Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Prt_Status National Instruments Corporation 2 187 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles Using This Function DIG_Prt_Status reads the handshake status of the specified port and returns the port status in handshakeStatus DIG_Prt_Status along with DIG_Out_Port and DIG_In_Port facilitates handshaking of digital data between systems If the specified port is configured as an input port DIG_Prt_Status indicates when to call DIG_In_Port to fetch the data that an external device has latched in If the specified port is configured as an output port DIG_Prt_Status indicates when to call DIG_Out_Port to write the next piece of data to the external device If the specified port is not configured for handshaking NI DAQ returns an error code and handshakeStatus 0 Refer to your device user manual for handshake timing information If the port is
617. visor mode i16 enables the delay clock Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_ClockRate National Instruments Corporation 2 407 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 0 If whichclock is equal to 0 the external clock is connected to OUT2 on the MIO 16 and AT MIO 16D to EXTDACUPDATE on the AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X to EXTUPDATE on the AT AO 6 10 and Lab and 1200 Series analog output devices or to a pin chosen through the Select_Signal function on an E Series device default is PFI5 If whichclock is equal to 1 the external clock is connected to OUT2 on the AT MIO 16X and AT MIO 64F 5 1 1 MHz clock used as timebase 1 s resolution Am9513 based devices only 2 100 kHz clock used as timebase 10 s resolution 3 10 kHz clock used as timebase 100 s resolution Am9513 based devices only 4 1 kHz clock used as timebase 1 ms resolution Am9513 based devices only 5 100 Hz clock used as timebase 10 ms resolution Am9513 based devices only 6 SOURCE1 used as timebase Am9513 based MIO devices only 7 SOURCE2 used as timebase Am9513 based MIO devices only 8 SOURCE3 used as timebase Am9513 based MIO devices only 9 SOURCE4 used as timebase Am9513 based MIO devices only 10 SOURCE5 used as timebase Am9513 based MIO devices only 11 External timebase E Series devices only Connect your external timebase to PFI5 by default or use the Select_Signal function to specify a different sourc
618. w the binary value which will generate Vw NI DAQ loads a table of calibration constants from the SCXI 1124 EEPROM load area The calibration table contains values for Bl and Bh for each channel and range Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_AO_Write National Instruments Corporation 2 321 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles The SCXI 1124 is shipped with a set of factory calibration constants in the factory set EEPROM area and a copy of the factory constants in the EEPROM load area You can recalibrate your module and store your own calibration constants in the EEPROM load area using the SCXI_Cal_Constants function Refer to the SCXI_Cal_Constants function description for calibration procedures and information about the module EEPROM If you want to write a binary value directly to the output channel use opCode 1 SCXI_AO_Write will not use the calibration constants or the conversion formula it will simply write your binaryData value to the DAC Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Cal_Constants NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 322 National Instruments Corporation SCXI_Cal_Constants Format status SCXI_Cal_Constants SCXIchassisID moduleSlot channel opCode calibrationArea rangeCode SCXIgain DAQboard DAQchan DAQgain TBgain scaled1 binary1 scaled2 binary2 calConst1 calConst2 Purpose Calculates calibration constants for the given channel and range or gain using measured input value binary pairs You can use
619. waveform is related to the rate by this the following formula frequency rate count cycles s Using This Function WFM_from_Disk initiates a waveform generation operation NI DAQ writes the portion of data in the file determined by startPt and endPt to the specified analog output channels at a rate as close to the rate you want as the hardware permits see WFM_Rate for further explanation If numChans is greater than one NI DAQ writes the data values from file to the DAC in ascending order WFM_from_Disk always waits until the requested number of file iterations is complete before returning Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_from_Disk National Instruments Corporation 2 419 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles If you have changed the analog output configuration from the defaults by changing the jumpers on the device you must call AO_Configure to set the software copies of the settings prior to calling WFM_from_Disk NI DAQ ignores the group settings made by calling WFM_Group_Setup when you call WFM_from_Disk WFM_from_Disk and the settings are not changed after you execute WFM_from_Disk Note For the MIO 16 and AT MIO 16D counter 2 must be available in order to use waveform generation If an interval scan is in progress see SCAN_Start or a CTR function is using counter 2 waveform generation cannot proceed For the AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X you can use counters 1 2 and 5 as well as a dedicated external upda
620. wfmStopped and itersDone indicate the status of waveform generation operation Chapter 2 Function Reference WFM_ClockRate NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 406 National Instruments Corporation WFM_ClockRate Format status WFM_ClockRate deviceNumber group whichclock timebase interval mode Purpose Sets an update rate and a delay rate for a group of analog output channels Parameters Input Parameter Discussion group is the group of analog output channels see WFM_Group_Setup Range 1 for most devices 1 or 2 for the AT AO 6 10 whichclock indicates the type of clock 0 The update clock default 1 The delay clock 2 The delay clock prescalar 1 E Series devices only 3 The delay clock prescalar 2 E Series devices only Notice that you can program the delay clock only on the AT MIO 16X AT MIO 64F 5 and E Series devices timebase is the timebase or resolution NI DAQ uses in determining interval timebase has the following possible values 4 40 MHz clock used as a timebase 25ns DAQArb 5411 only 3 20 MHz clock used as a timebase 50 ns E Series only 1 5 MHz clock used as timebase 200 ns resolution AT MIO 16F 5 AT MIO 64F 5 and AT MIO 16X only Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility group i16 group of analog output channels whichclock i16 the update or delay clock timebase i16 resolution interval u32 timebase di
621. x A Status Codes NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles A 16 National Instruments Corporation 10624 delayTrigError The delayed trigger mode is not supported or is not available in the current configuration or no delay source has been assigned 10625 masterTrigError The trigger configuration for the trigger master is invalid 10626 slaveTrigError The trigger configuration for the trigger slave is invalid 10627 noTrigDrvError No signal has been assigned to the trigger resource 10628 multTrigDrvError A signal has already been assigned to the trigger resource 10629 invalidOpModeError The specified operating mode is invalid or the resources have not been configured for the specified operating mode 10630 invalidReadError The parameters specified to read data were invalid in the context of the acquisition For example an attempt was made to read 0 bytes from the transfer buffer or an attempt was made to read past the end of the transfer buffer 10631 noInfiniteModeError Continuous input or output transfers are not allowed in the current operating mode 10632 someInputsIgnoredError Certain inputs were ignored because they are not relevant in the current operating mode 10633 invalidRegenModeError The specified analog output regeneration mode is not allowed for this board Table A 1 Status Code Summary Continued Status Code Status Name Description Appendix A Sta
622. y a hardware write must take place before the driver can obtain the states of the module You should call SCXI_Reset after a call to SCXI_Set_Config or SCXI_Load_Config for the SCXI 1160 SCXI 1161 SCXI 1163 and SCXI 1163R modules Remember that only on the SCXI 1162 SCXI 1163 SCXI 1162HV and SCXI 1163R in Parallel mode does NI DAQ read the states from hardware On both the SCXI 1160 and SCXI 1161 the driver keeps a software copy of the relay states in memory Chapter 2 Function Reference SCXI_Get_Status NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 342 National Instruments Corporation SCXI_Get_Status Format status SCXI_Get_Status SCXIChassisID moduleSlot wait data Purpose Reads the data in the Status Register on the specified module This function supports the SCXI 1160 VXI SC 1102 SCXI 1102 SCXI 1122 SCXI 1124 and SCXI 1126 modules Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion wait determines if the function should poll the Status Register on the module until either the module is ready or timeout is reached If the module is not ready by timeout NI DAQ returns a timeout error 1 The function will poll the Status Register on the module until ready or timeout 0 The function will read and return the Status Register on the module data contains the contents of the Status Register 0 Indicates that the module is busy Do not perform any further operations on the modules until the status bit goes high again
623. y does not cause unpredictable results Partial alignment is possible if Chapter 2 Function Reference Align_DMA_Buffer NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 24 National Instruments Corporation bufferSize count 1 If neither form of alignment is possible the function returns an error If Align_DMA_Buffer partially aligned the data the function returns a memPageError warning indicating that a page boundary is still in the data Note Physical DMA page boundaries do not exist on EISA bus computers However page boundaries can be introduced on these computers as a side effect of Windows 386 Enhanced mode and the Windows NT virtual memory management system This happens when a buffer is locked into physical memory in preparation for a DAQ operation If the memory manager cannot find a contiguous space large enough it fragments the buffer placing pieces of it here and there in physical memory This type of page boundary only affects the performance on an AT bus computer NI DAQ uses the DMA chaining feature available on EISA computers to chain across page boundaries thus avoiding the delay involved in DMA programming Call Align_DMA_Buffer after your application has loaded buffer with the data samples for waveform generation or digital output and before calling WFM_Op WFM_Load DIG_Block_In or DIG_Block_Out You should pass the aligned buffer to the waveform generation and pattern generation functions the same way you would an unalig
624. y is an array of double precision values returned by DAQ_VScale and is the voltage representation of binArray Using This Function Refer to Appendix B Analog Input Channel Gain Settings and Voltage Calculation for the formula used by DAQ_VScale to calculate voltage from binary reading Chapter 2 Function Reference DIG_Block_Check National Instruments Corporation 2 147 NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles DIG_Block_Check Format status DIG_Block_Check deviceNumber group remaining Purpose Returns the number of items remaining to be transferred after a DIG_Block_In or DIG_Block_Out call Parameters Input Output Parameter Discussion group is the group involved in the asynchronous transfer Range 1 or 2 for most devices 1 through 8 for the DIO 96 remaining is the number of items yet to be transferred The actual number of bytes remaining to be transferred is equal to remaining multiplied by the value of groupSize specified in the call to DIG_Grp_Config or DIG_SCAN_Setup Note C Programmers remaining is a pass by reference parameter Using This Function DIG_Block_Check monitors an asynchronous transfer of data started via a DIG_Block_In or DIG_Block_Out call If NI DAQ has completed the transfer DIG_Block_Check automatically calls DIG_Block_Clear which permits NI DAQ to make a new block transfer call immediately Name Type Description deviceNumber i16 assigned by configuration utility group i1
625. you are using an AMUX 64T channel can be equal to any one of the AMUX 64T channels Range 1 for data from all channels being sampled n where n is one of the channels being sampled sequential is a flag that enables or disables the return of consecutive or oldest blocks of data from the acquisition buffer A call to DAQ_Monitor with the value of sequential equal to one returns a block of data that begins where the last sequential call to DAQ_Monitor left off A call to DAQ_Monitor with sequential equal to zero returns the most recent block of data available 0 Most recent data 1 Consecutive data numPts is the number of data points you want to retrieve from the buffer being used by the acquisition operation If the channel parameter is equal to 1 numPts must be an integer multiple of the number of channels contained in the scan sequence If you are using one or more AMUX 64T boards remember that the actual number of channels scanned is equal to the value of the numChans parameter you selected in SCAN_Setup multiplied by the number of AMUX 64T boards multiplied by 4 Range if channel equals 1 1 to the value of count in the DAQ_Start SCAN_Start or Lab_ISCAN_Start call if channel is not equal to 1 1 to the number of points per channel that the acquisition buffer can hold monitorBuffer is the destination buffer for the data It is an integer array monitorBuffer must be at least big enough to hold numPts worth of data Up
626. you can attach an external signal to it This is useful because it enables you to communicate a signal from the I O connector to the RTSI bus When you enable this pin for output you can program it to output the signal present at any one of the RTSI bus trigger lines or the general purpose counter 0 output The RTSI selections are useful because they enable you to communicate a signal from the RTSI bus to the I O connector signal ND_GPCTR1_OUTPUT Use ND_NONE to disable the output on the pin in other words do place the pin in high impedance state NI DAQ can use ND_RESERVED when you use this device with some of the SCXI modules In this case you can use general purpose counter 1 but the output will not be available on the ND_PFI_4 ND_GPCTR1_GATE ND_POSITIVE ND_PFI_5 ND_OUT_UPDATE ND_HIGH_TO_LOW ND_PFI_6 ND_OUT_START_TRIGGER ND_LOW_TO_HIGH ND_PFI_7 ND_IN_SCAN_START ND_LOW_TO_HIGH ND_PFI_7 ND_IN_SCAN_IN_PROG ND_LOW_TO_HIGH ND_PFI_8 ND_GPCTR0_SOURCE ND_LOW_TO_HIGH ND_PFI_9 ND_GPCTR0_GATE ND_POSITIVE source sourceSpec ND_NONE ND_DONT_CARE ND_GPCTR0_OUTPUT ND_LOW_TO_HIGH ND_RTSI_0 through ND_RTSI_6 ND_LOW_TO_HIGH source sourceSpec ND_NONE ND_DONT_CARE ND_GPCTR1_OUTPUT ND_LOW_TO_HIGH ND_RESERVED ND_DONT_CARE signal source sourceSpec Chapter 2 Function Reference Select_Signal NI DAQ FRM for PC Compatibles 2 382 National Instruments Corporation I O connector because the

National Instruments 321645c-01 Welding System User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents